<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/880/index.xml"/>
    <title>Discover the Best Audio Stories in Non-Fiction, Computers &amp; Technology</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Thu, 05 Dec 2024 06:23:35 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/880/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Discover the Best Audio Stories in Non-Fiction, Computers &amp; Technology</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/880/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Kyler Steuber</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/880/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals &amp;amp; Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea And Air by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea And Air
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: JOHN ROBERTS
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water.Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water. Moving beyond recreation, this manual delves into the commercial side of RC technology, demonstrating its impact on various industries. From precision agriculture to search and rescue missions, the practical applications are wide-ranging. Join us on this straightforward exploration of RC models, catering to both enthusiasts and entrepreneurs navigating the versatile landscape of RC technology. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. The first section of this manual focuses on the toy aspect of RC models, and the second on commercial applications for those who have learned advanced methods of control and may want to apply them to a career. Other than that, the chapters are in no particular order. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835471714.mp3" length="1391771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835471714.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea And Air
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: JOHN ROBERTS
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water.Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water. Moving beyond recreation, this manual delves into the commercial side of RC technology, demonstrating its impact on various industries. From precision agriculture to search and rescue missions, the practical applications are wide-ranging. Join us on this straightforward exploration of RC models, catering to both enthusiasts and entrepreneurs navigating the versatile landscape of RC technology. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. The first section of this manual focuses on the toy aspect of RC models, and the second on commercial applications for those who have learned advanced methods of control and may want to apply them to a career. Other than that, the chapters are in no particular order. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/838857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea And Air
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: JOHN ROBERTS
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 9 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water.Welcome to “Unleashing RC Adventures Land, Sea, and Air: Your Guide to Radio-Controlled Models and Their Thrilling Applications!” This manual is your practical guide to the expansive world of radio-controlled (RC) technology. Whether you’re an enthusiastic hobbyist looking to enhance your skills or a business-oriented individual exploring the commercial potential of RC models, this manual is designed to be your go-to resource. Explore advanced techniques for piloting RC helicopters, learn how to assemble and operate your own RC boats, and discover the diverse applications of RC technology in fields like agriculture, wildlife conservation, and infrastructure inspection. Each chapter unveils new possibilities, from aerobatics to boats gracefully navigating the water. Moving beyond recreation, this manual delves into the commercial side of RC technology, demonstrating its impact on various industries. From precision agriculture to search and rescue missions, the practical applications are wide-ranging. Join us on this straightforward exploration of RC models, catering to both enthusiasts and entrepreneurs navigating the versatile landscape of RC technology. I hope that you will find the information helpful, useful and profitable. The first section of this manual focuses on the toy aspect of RC models, and the second on commercial applications for those who have learned advanced methods of control and may want to apply them to a career. Other than that, the chapters are in no particular order. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Combatting Cyber Terrorism: A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning by Richard Bingley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Cyber Terrorism: A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning
Author: Richard Bingley
Narrator: Daniel Crispin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his second book with IT Governance Publishing, Richard Bingley&amp;#039;s Combatting Cyber Terrorism – A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning analyses the evolution of cyber terrorism and what organisations can do to mitigate this threat.      This book discusses:   - Definitions of cyber terrorism; - Ideologies and idealisations that can lead to cyber terrorism; - How threat actors use computer systems to diversify, complicate and increase terrorist attack impacts; - The role of Big Tech and social media organisations such as X (formerly Twitter) and Instagram within the cyber threat landscape; and - How organisations can prepare for acts of cyber terrorism via security planning and incident response strategies such as ISO 31000, ISO 27001 and the NIST Cybersecurity Framework.Increasingly, cyber security practitioners are confronted with a stark phrase: cyber terrorism. For many, it conveys fear and hopelessness. What is this thing called &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039; and what can we begin to do about it?   Malicious-minded ICT users, programmers and even programs (including much AI-powered software) have all been instrumental in recruiting, inspiring, training, executing and amplifying acts of terrorism. This has resulted in the loss of life and/or life-changing physical injuries that could never have occurred without support and facilitation from the cyber sphere. These types of attacks can be encapsulated by the phrase &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039;.    This book recounts case studies to show the types of threats we face and provides a comprehensive coverage of risk management tactics and strategies to protect yourself against such nefarious threat actors. These include key mitigation and controls for information security or security and HR-related professionals.</description>
      <author>Richard Bingley</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781787785229.mp3" length="840734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781787785229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Cyber Terrorism: A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning
Author: Richard Bingley
Narrator: Daniel Crispin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his second book with IT Governance Publishing, Richard Bingley&amp;#039;s Combatting Cyber Terrorism – A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning analyses the evolution of cyber terrorism and what organisations can do to mitigate this threat.      This book discusses:   - Definitions of cyber terrorism; - Ideologies and idealisations that can lead to cyber terrorism; - How threat actors use computer systems to diversify, complicate and increase terrorist attack impacts; - The role of Big Tech and social media organisations such as X (formerly Twitter) and Instagram within the cyber threat landscape; and - How organisations can prepare for acts of cyber terrorism via security planning and incident response strategies such as ISO 31000, ISO 27001 and the NIST Cybersecurity Framework.Increasingly, cyber security practitioners are confronted with a stark phrase: cyber terrorism. For many, it conveys fear and hopelessness. What is this thing called &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039; and what can we begin to do about it?   Malicious-minded ICT users, programmers and even programs (including much AI-powered software) have all been instrumental in recruiting, inspiring, training, executing and amplifying acts of terrorism. This has resulted in the loss of life and/or life-changing physical injuries that could never have occurred without support and facilitation from the cyber sphere. These types of attacks can be encapsulated by the phrase &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039;.    This book recounts case studies to show the types of threats we face and provides a comprehensive coverage of risk management tactics and strategies to protect yourself against such nefarious threat actors. These include key mitigation and controls for information security or security and HR-related professionals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837790</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Combatting Cyber Terrorism: A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning
Author: Richard Bingley
Narrator: Daniel Crispin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 17 minutes
Release date: October 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In his second book with IT Governance Publishing, Richard Bingley&amp;#039;s Combatting Cyber Terrorism – A guide to understanding the cyber threat landscape and incident response planning analyses the evolution of cyber terrorism and what organisations can do to mitigate this threat.      This book discusses:   - Definitions of cyber terrorism; - Ideologies and idealisations that can lead to cyber terrorism; - How threat actors use computer systems to diversify, complicate and increase terrorist attack impacts; - The role of Big Tech and social media organisations such as X (formerly Twitter) and Instagram within the cyber threat landscape; and - How organisations can prepare for acts of cyber terrorism via security planning and incident response strategies such as ISO 31000, ISO 27001 and the NIST Cybersecurity Framework.Increasingly, cyber security practitioners are confronted with a stark phrase: cyber terrorism. For many, it conveys fear and hopelessness. What is this thing called &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039; and what can we begin to do about it?   Malicious-minded ICT users, programmers and even programs (including much AI-powered software) have all been instrumental in recruiting, inspiring, training, executing and amplifying acts of terrorism. This has resulted in the loss of life and/or life-changing physical injuries that could never have occurred without support and facilitation from the cyber sphere. These types of attacks can be encapsulated by the phrase &amp;#039;cyber terrorism&amp;#039;.    This book recounts case studies to show the types of threats we face and provides a comprehensive coverage of risk management tactics and strategies to protect yourself against such nefarious threat actors. These include key mitigation and controls for information security or security and HR-related professionals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide by Ethan Cormac, Ellery Wolf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide
Author: Ethan Cormac, Ellery Wolf
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide There is a huge market for video games so if you love playing video games and you have a creative mind, you can certainly make use of it creating video games. If you have an idea already for a video game you want to create, you&amp;#039;ve won half the battle already because the most difficult thing in creating games is coming up with ideas. Creativity should never be underestimated and you can learn how to create a video game.  This bundle will teach you about the basics on how to create a video game. You will learn different softwares you can use in building games. If you’re into gaming, this will also be a suitable guide for you to learn the basics and to learn the things you need when it comes to hardware and software This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Creating Games: The Ultimate Guide to Building Your Own Games, Learn the Different Creation Techniques and Tools You Need To Build Your Own Games 2. Gaming Basics Guide: Discover Basic Gaming Tools, Hardware and Software That Will Help You Become a Gaming Master If you want to learn more, download your copy of Gamedev Guide Bundle today!</description>
      <author>Ethan Cormac, Ellery Wolf</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jul 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667994598.mp3" length="487410" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667994598.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide
Author: Ethan Cormac, Ellery Wolf
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide There is a huge market for video games so if you love playing video games and you have a creative mind, you can certainly make use of it creating video games. If you have an idea already for a video game you want to create, you&amp;#039;ve won half the battle already because the most difficult thing in creating games is coming up with ideas. Creativity should never be underestimated and you can learn how to create a video game.  This bundle will teach you about the basics on how to create a video game. You will learn different softwares you can use in building games. If you’re into gaming, this will also be a suitable guide for you to learn the basics and to learn the things you need when it comes to hardware and software This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Creating Games: The Ultimate Guide to Building Your Own Games, Learn the Different Creation Techniques and Tools You Need To Build Your Own Games 2. Gaming Basics Guide: Discover Basic Gaming Tools, Hardware and Software That Will Help You Become a Gaming Master If you want to learn more, download your copy of Gamedev Guide Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837456</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide
Author: Ethan Cormac, Ellery Wolf
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: July 26, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gamedev Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Creating Games and Gaming Basics Guide There is a huge market for video games so if you love playing video games and you have a creative mind, you can certainly make use of it creating video games. If you have an idea already for a video game you want to create, you&amp;#039;ve won half the battle already because the most difficult thing in creating games is coming up with ideas. Creativity should never be underestimated and you can learn how to create a video game.  This bundle will teach you about the basics on how to create a video game. You will learn different softwares you can use in building games. If you’re into gaming, this will also be a suitable guide for you to learn the basics and to learn the things you need when it comes to hardware and software This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Creating Games: The Ultimate Guide to Building Your Own Games, Learn the Different Creation Techniques and Tools You Need To Build Your Own Games 2. Gaming Basics Guide: Discover Basic Gaming Tools, Hardware and Software That Will Help You Become a Gaming Master If you want to learn more, download your copy of Gamedev Guide Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers by J.T. Flynn, Jonathan Brook</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers
Author: J.T. Flynn, Jonathan Brook
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers These days, most things are run by computers so it’s essential that you know how to operate even the most basic ones. Don&amp;#039;t worry too much if you lack advanced technical computer skills. A lot of that can be remedied now by just putting in a little bit of time each week in doing some self-study. And this is where this bundle will be helpful for you. Another thing you have to watch out for are hackers that can cause havoc not just to your personal information but if you have any professional blog or website for a business as well.  In this bundle, you will learn the technical computer skills necessary to service your sweet spot clients. You will learn how to set-up your computer system which will help the efficiency of your people and your business as a whole. It will also teach you essential tips that would help keep your website secure and hacker free. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Computers Made Easy: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Computers and Technology. Learn All the Basics of Building and Setting Up Computers for Your Business 2. Fight Off Hackers: Learn Tips and Tricks on How to Beat Hackers to Protect Your Website Today! If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Computer Guide 2 in 1 Bundle today!</description>
      <author>J.T. Flynn, Jonathan Brook</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jul 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781667988535.mp3" length="511817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781667988535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers
Author: J.T. Flynn, Jonathan Brook
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers These days, most things are run by computers so it’s essential that you know how to operate even the most basic ones. Don&amp;#039;t worry too much if you lack advanced technical computer skills. A lot of that can be remedied now by just putting in a little bit of time each week in doing some self-study. And this is where this bundle will be helpful for you. Another thing you have to watch out for are hackers that can cause havoc not just to your personal information but if you have any professional blog or website for a business as well.  In this bundle, you will learn the technical computer skills necessary to service your sweet spot clients. You will learn how to set-up your computer system which will help the efficiency of your people and your business as a whole. It will also teach you essential tips that would help keep your website secure and hacker free. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Computers Made Easy: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Computers and Technology. Learn All the Basics of Building and Setting Up Computers for Your Business 2. Fight Off Hackers: Learn Tips and Tricks on How to Beat Hackers to Protect Your Website Today! If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Computer Guide 2 in 1 Bundle today!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837451</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers
Author: J.T. Flynn, Jonathan Brook
Narrator: Marcus Mulenga
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 17 minutes
Release date: July 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The Computer Guide Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Computers Made Easy and Fight Off Hackers These days, most things are run by computers so it’s essential that you know how to operate even the most basic ones. Don&amp;#039;t worry too much if you lack advanced technical computer skills. A lot of that can be remedied now by just putting in a little bit of time each week in doing some self-study. And this is where this bundle will be helpful for you. Another thing you have to watch out for are hackers that can cause havoc not just to your personal information but if you have any professional blog or website for a business as well.  In this bundle, you will learn the technical computer skills necessary to service your sweet spot clients. You will learn how to set-up your computer system which will help the efficiency of your people and your business as a whole. It will also teach you essential tips that would help keep your website secure and hacker free. This 2 in 1 bundle includes the following audiobooks: 1. Computers Made Easy: The Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Computers and Technology. Learn All the Basics of Building and Setting Up Computers for Your Business 2. Fight Off Hackers: Learn Tips and Tricks on How to Beat Hackers to Protect Your Website Today! If you want to learn more, download your copy of The Computer Guide 2 in 1 Bundle today!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cracking the Modern PM Interview: Landing a Product Management Job in Today’s Tech Market by Alex Trottier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracking the Modern PM Interview: Landing a Product Management Job in Today’s Tech Market
Author: Alex Trottier
Narrator: Alex Trottier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cracking the Modern PM Interview is an essential guide for aspiring and experienced product managers navigating today’s highly competitive job market. This book provides a deep dive into the modern expectations for product management, from mastering Product-Led Growth (PLG) strategies and setting effective OKRs to building cross-functional collaboration skills and tackling technical interview challenges. Covering all stages of the hiring process, it teaches readers how to communicate with clarity, lead with vision, and showcase the adaptability that top tech companies demand. The book includes actionable insights for demonstrating your value as a product manager, addressing questions about AI, remote work, and sustainability, and preparing for complex scenarios that come up in real-world product management. Designed to help you stand out in every interview, Cracking the Modern PM Interview offers strategies for both entry-level and senior product roles, including how to rise to director or CPO positions. With real-world examples, key frameworks like the STARR method, and detailed guidance on resumes, cover letters, and pitching yourself, this book is packed with everything you need to advance your product management career and secure a role in today’s tech landscape. Perfect for anyone aiming to stay ahead, whether they are breaking into product management or seeking career advancement, this guide equips readers with the essential tools to navigate and excel in modern product manager interviews.</description>
      <author>Alex Trottier</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875193675.mp3" length="1256722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875193675.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracking the Modern PM Interview: Landing a Product Management Job in Today’s Tech Market
Author: Alex Trottier
Narrator: Alex Trottier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cracking the Modern PM Interview is an essential guide for aspiring and experienced product managers navigating today’s highly competitive job market. This book provides a deep dive into the modern expectations for product management, from mastering Product-Led Growth (PLG) strategies and setting effective OKRs to building cross-functional collaboration skills and tackling technical interview challenges. Covering all stages of the hiring process, it teaches readers how to communicate with clarity, lead with vision, and showcase the adaptability that top tech companies demand. The book includes actionable insights for demonstrating your value as a product manager, addressing questions about AI, remote work, and sustainability, and preparing for complex scenarios that come up in real-world product management. Designed to help you stand out in every interview, Cracking the Modern PM Interview offers strategies for both entry-level and senior product roles, including how to rise to director or CPO positions. With real-world examples, key frameworks like the STARR method, and detailed guidance on resumes, cover letters, and pitching yourself, this book is packed with everything you need to advance your product management career and secure a role in today’s tech landscape. Perfect for anyone aiming to stay ahead, whether they are breaking into product management or seeking career advancement, this guide equips readers with the essential tools to navigate and excel in modern product manager interviews.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837337</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cracking the Modern PM Interview: Landing a Product Management Job in Today’s Tech Market
Author: Alex Trottier
Narrator: Alex Trottier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Cracking the Modern PM Interview is an essential guide for aspiring and experienced product managers navigating today’s highly competitive job market. This book provides a deep dive into the modern expectations for product management, from mastering Product-Led Growth (PLG) strategies and setting effective OKRs to building cross-functional collaboration skills and tackling technical interview challenges. Covering all stages of the hiring process, it teaches readers how to communicate with clarity, lead with vision, and showcase the adaptability that top tech companies demand. The book includes actionable insights for demonstrating your value as a product manager, addressing questions about AI, remote work, and sustainability, and preparing for complex scenarios that come up in real-world product management. Designed to help you stand out in every interview, Cracking the Modern PM Interview offers strategies for both entry-level and senior product roles, including how to rise to director or CPO positions. With real-world examples, key frameworks like the STARR method, and detailed guidance on resumes, cover letters, and pitching yourself, this book is packed with everything you need to advance your product management career and secure a role in today’s tech landscape. Perfect for anyone aiming to stay ahead, whether they are breaking into product management or seeking career advancement, this guide equips readers with the essential tools to navigate and excel in modern product manager interviews.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building An Interactive AI Video Clone: Unlocking The Power Of Personalized Communication by TJ Walker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building An Interactive AI Video Clone: Unlocking The Power Of Personalized Communication
Author: TJ Walker
Narrator: TJ Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Step into the future of communication with &amp;#039;Building an Interactive AI Video Clone.&amp;#039; In this comprehensive guide, TJ Walker takes you on an inspiring journey to create your very own AI that embodies your unique voice, style, and personality. Imagine having a Video twin that can engage your audience, respond to inquiries, and provide personalized experiences—all while reflecting your authentic self. This book dives deep into the transformative potential of AI technology, offering step-by-step instructions and practical tools to help you build an interactive Video clone tailored to your needs. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business owner looking to enhance customer engagement, a content creator aiming to connect with your followers, or an individual curious about the possibilities of AI, this guide is your key to unlocking a new realm of communication. Learn how to leverage advanced AI techniques to craft meaningful conversations, streamline your messaging, and establish a strong online presence. With real-world examples and actionable strategies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to make your Video clone not just a tool, but a powerful extension of your brand and personality. Join the revolution in personalized communication and elevate your interactions to new heights. Your journey to building an interactive AI Video clone starts here—transform the way you connect with the world!</description>
      <author>TJ Walker</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 19 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875189630.mp3" length="1377559" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875189630.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building An Interactive AI Video Clone: Unlocking The Power Of Personalized Communication
Author: TJ Walker
Narrator: TJ Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Step into the future of communication with &amp;#039;Building an Interactive AI Video Clone.&amp;#039; In this comprehensive guide, TJ Walker takes you on an inspiring journey to create your very own AI that embodies your unique voice, style, and personality. Imagine having a Video twin that can engage your audience, respond to inquiries, and provide personalized experiences—all while reflecting your authentic self. This book dives deep into the transformative potential of AI technology, offering step-by-step instructions and practical tools to help you build an interactive Video clone tailored to your needs. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business owner looking to enhance customer engagement, a content creator aiming to connect with your followers, or an individual curious about the possibilities of AI, this guide is your key to unlocking a new realm of communication. Learn how to leverage advanced AI techniques to craft meaningful conversations, streamline your messaging, and establish a strong online presence. With real-world examples and actionable strategies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to make your Video clone not just a tool, but a powerful extension of your brand and personality. Join the revolution in personalized communication and elevate your interactions to new heights. Your journey to building an interactive AI Video clone starts here—transform the way you connect with the world!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837318</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building An Interactive AI Video Clone: Unlocking The Power Of Personalized Communication
Author: TJ Walker
Narrator: TJ Walker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 32 minutes
Release date: October 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Step into the future of communication with &amp;#039;Building an Interactive AI Video Clone.&amp;#039; In this comprehensive guide, TJ Walker takes you on an inspiring journey to create your very own AI that embodies your unique voice, style, and personality. Imagine having a Video twin that can engage your audience, respond to inquiries, and provide personalized experiences—all while reflecting your authentic self. This book dives deep into the transformative potential of AI technology, offering step-by-step instructions and practical tools to help you build an interactive Video clone tailored to your needs. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business owner looking to enhance customer engagement, a content creator aiming to connect with your followers, or an individual curious about the possibilities of AI, this guide is your key to unlocking a new realm of communication. Learn how to leverage advanced AI techniques to craft meaningful conversations, streamline your messaging, and establish a strong online presence. With real-world examples and actionable strategies, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to make your Video clone not just a tool, but a powerful extension of your brand and personality. Join the revolution in personalized communication and elevate your interactions to new heights. Your journey to building an interactive AI Video clone starts here—transform the way you connect with the world!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cheap Flights: Unlock the Secrets to Affordable Air Travel by Will Hunter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Flights: Unlock the Secrets to Affordable Air Travel
Author: Will Hunter
Narrator: Jessica Doller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the world of airline pricing can be a daunting task for travelers seeking affordable flights. Prices fluctuate based on various factors, including demand, seasonality, and booking timing. Understanding these dynamics is essential for identifying the best deals and making informed travel decisions. In this chapter, we will explore the complexities of airline pricing, including how fare classes impact costs, the significance of booking in advance, and the advantages of being flexible with travel dates. By grasping these concepts, you’ll be better equipped to secure the most economical flights for your adventures. Airlines utilize a complex pricing structure influenced by multiple factors to determine ticket prices. One of the primary components is the concept of supply and demand. When demand for a particular route is high, airlines are likely to raise ticket prices to maximize revenue. Conversely, during periods of low demand, airlines may lower prices to attract more customers. Another critical factor in ticket pricing is fare classes. Airlines typically categorize tickets into different fare classes, each with its own price point and conditions. These classes can range from economy to first class, with prices adjusted based on the amenities and flexibility offered. For instance, a ticket in a higher fare class may allow for free cancellations or changes, while a lower fare may come with stricter restrictions.</description>
      <author>Will Hunter</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875192036.mp3" length="1478662" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875192036.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Flights: Unlock the Secrets to Affordable Air Travel
Author: Will Hunter
Narrator: Jessica Doller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the world of airline pricing can be a daunting task for travelers seeking affordable flights. Prices fluctuate based on various factors, including demand, seasonality, and booking timing. Understanding these dynamics is essential for identifying the best deals and making informed travel decisions. In this chapter, we will explore the complexities of airline pricing, including how fare classes impact costs, the significance of booking in advance, and the advantages of being flexible with travel dates. By grasping these concepts, you’ll be better equipped to secure the most economical flights for your adventures. Airlines utilize a complex pricing structure influenced by multiple factors to determine ticket prices. One of the primary components is the concept of supply and demand. When demand for a particular route is high, airlines are likely to raise ticket prices to maximize revenue. Conversely, during periods of low demand, airlines may lower prices to attract more customers. Another critical factor in ticket pricing is fare classes. Airlines typically categorize tickets into different fare classes, each with its own price point and conditions. These classes can range from economy to first class, with prices adjusted based on the amenities and flexibility offered. For instance, a ticket in a higher fare class may allow for free cancellations or changes, while a lower fare may come with stricter restrictions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837284</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cheap Flights: Unlock the Secrets to Affordable Air Travel
Author: Will Hunter
Narrator: Jessica Doller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 53 minutes
Release date: October 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Navigating the world of airline pricing can be a daunting task for travelers seeking affordable flights. Prices fluctuate based on various factors, including demand, seasonality, and booking timing. Understanding these dynamics is essential for identifying the best deals and making informed travel decisions. In this chapter, we will explore the complexities of airline pricing, including how fare classes impact costs, the significance of booking in advance, and the advantages of being flexible with travel dates. By grasping these concepts, you’ll be better equipped to secure the most economical flights for your adventures. Airlines utilize a complex pricing structure influenced by multiple factors to determine ticket prices. One of the primary components is the concept of supply and demand. When demand for a particular route is high, airlines are likely to raise ticket prices to maximize revenue. Conversely, during periods of low demand, airlines may lower prices to attract more customers. Another critical factor in ticket pricing is fare classes. Airlines typically categorize tickets into different fare classes, each with its own price point and conditions. These classes can range from economy to first class, with prices adjusted based on the amenities and flexibility offered. For instance, a ticket in a higher fare class may allow for free cancellations or changes, while a lower fare may come with stricter restrictions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Day One Executive: A Guidebook to Stand Out in Your Career Starting Now by April Armstrong</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day One Executive: A Guidebook to Stand Out in Your Career Starting Now
Author: April Armstrong
Narrator: April Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How can ambitious professionals stand out as future executives? In The Day One Executive, strategic leadership advisor April Armstrong explains how long-term success requires getting results, building mutually beneficial relationships, and cultivating reserves of resilience. It empowers you to hit the ground running in all three of these areas starting on Day One. Early in her career, Armstrong discovered a huge gap between what is taught in school and what it takes to be a successful executive. This book aims to close that gap through insight, research, and stories from more than a dozen top executives who share secrets from the C-suite to help you know: 1. Why it pays to move up early; 2. How to spot—and seize—a potential “catapult moment,” which can rapidly accelerate your career; and 3. Why you must go beyond the job description to custom create your role starting on Day One. Choosing to be an executive is a very specific form of leadership: the stakes, standards, and levels of success are higher.  The Day One Executive shares the distinguishing attitudes and behaviors to get noticed and, once recognized, start enjoying better choices, increased financial autonomy and freedom, and greater influence and impact in your career.</description>
      <author>April Armstrong</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875193101.mp3" length="1331623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875193101.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day One Executive: A Guidebook to Stand Out in Your Career Starting Now
Author: April Armstrong
Narrator: April Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How can ambitious professionals stand out as future executives? In The Day One Executive, strategic leadership advisor April Armstrong explains how long-term success requires getting results, building mutually beneficial relationships, and cultivating reserves of resilience. It empowers you to hit the ground running in all three of these areas starting on Day One. Early in her career, Armstrong discovered a huge gap between what is taught in school and what it takes to be a successful executive. This book aims to close that gap through insight, research, and stories from more than a dozen top executives who share secrets from the C-suite to help you know: 1. Why it pays to move up early; 2. How to spot—and seize—a potential “catapult moment,” which can rapidly accelerate your career; and 3. Why you must go beyond the job description to custom create your role starting on Day One. Choosing to be an executive is a very specific form of leadership: the stakes, standards, and levels of success are higher.  The Day One Executive shares the distinguishing attitudes and behaviors to get noticed and, once recognized, start enjoying better choices, increased financial autonomy and freedom, and greater influence and impact in your career.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/837257</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Day One Executive: A Guidebook to Stand Out in Your Career Starting Now
Author: April Armstrong
Narrator: April Armstrong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How can ambitious professionals stand out as future executives? In The Day One Executive, strategic leadership advisor April Armstrong explains how long-term success requires getting results, building mutually beneficial relationships, and cultivating reserves of resilience. It empowers you to hit the ground running in all three of these areas starting on Day One. Early in her career, Armstrong discovered a huge gap between what is taught in school and what it takes to be a successful executive. This book aims to close that gap through insight, research, and stories from more than a dozen top executives who share secrets from the C-suite to help you know: 1. Why it pays to move up early; 2. How to spot—and seize—a potential “catapult moment,” which can rapidly accelerate your career; and 3. Why you must go beyond the job description to custom create your role starting on Day One. Choosing to be an executive is a very specific form of leadership: the stakes, standards, and levels of success are higher.  The Day One Executive shares the distinguishing attitudes and behaviors to get noticed and, once recognized, start enjoying better choices, increased financial autonomy and freedom, and greater influence and impact in your career.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Screen-time Management by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen-time Management
Series: #22 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांचा, टिनेजर्सचा आणि संपूर्ण कुटुंबाचाच स्क्रीन टाईम प्रचंड वाढलेला आहे. तो जरुरीपेक्षा जास्त होताच पण कोरोनानंतर ऑनलाईन शाळा आणि वर्क फ्रॉम होम सुरु झाल्यानंतर तर तो प्रचंड प्रमाणात वाढलेला आहे. स्क्रीन टाईम कमी केला पाहिजे हे आता सगळ्यांनाच मान्य आहे पण ते करायचं कसं हे मात्र समजत नाही. या पॉड कास्टमधून स्क्रीन टाईम मॅनेजमेंटच्या सध्या सोप्या टिप्सची माहिती तर मिळेलच पण तंत्रज्ञानाचा वापरही स्क्रीन टाईम कमी करण्यासाठी कसा करता येऊ शकतो याची माहिती मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसरोगतज्ज्ञ आणि डिजिटल मीडियाचे अभ्यासक डॉ. मुकुल जोशी यांच्याशी झालेल्या गप्पामधून समजून घेतली आहे.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Aug 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100111273.mp3" length="861569" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100111273.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen-time Management
Series: #22 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांचा, टिनेजर्सचा आणि संपूर्ण कुटुंबाचाच स्क्रीन टाईम प्रचंड वाढलेला आहे. तो जरुरीपेक्षा जास्त होताच पण कोरोनानंतर ऑनलाईन शाळा आणि वर्क फ्रॉम होम सुरु झाल्यानंतर तर तो प्रचंड प्रमाणात वाढलेला आहे. स्क्रीन टाईम कमी केला पाहिजे हे आता सगळ्यांनाच मान्य आहे पण ते करायचं कसं हे मात्र समजत नाही. या पॉड कास्टमधून स्क्रीन टाईम मॅनेजमेंटच्या सध्या सोप्या टिप्सची माहिती तर मिळेलच पण तंत्रज्ञानाचा वापरही स्क्रीन टाईम कमी करण्यासाठी कसा करता येऊ शकतो याची माहिती मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसरोगतज्ज्ञ आणि डिजिटल मीडियाचे अभ्यासक डॉ. मुकुल जोशी यांच्याशी झालेल्या गप्पामधून समजून घेतली आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836764</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen-time Management
Series: #22 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांचा, टिनेजर्सचा आणि संपूर्ण कुटुंबाचाच स्क्रीन टाईम प्रचंड वाढलेला आहे. तो जरुरीपेक्षा जास्त होताच पण कोरोनानंतर ऑनलाईन शाळा आणि वर्क फ्रॉम होम सुरु झाल्यानंतर तर तो प्रचंड प्रमाणात वाढलेला आहे. स्क्रीन टाईम कमी केला पाहिजे हे आता सगळ्यांनाच मान्य आहे पण ते करायचं कसं हे मात्र समजत नाही. या पॉड कास्टमधून स्क्रीन टाईम मॅनेजमेंटच्या सध्या सोप्या टिप्सची माहिती तर मिळेलच पण तंत्रज्ञानाचा वापरही स्क्रीन टाईम कमी करण्यासाठी कसा करता येऊ शकतो याची माहिती मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसरोगतज्ज्ञ आणि डिजिटल मीडियाचे अभ्यासक डॉ. मुकुल जोशी यांच्याशी झालेल्या गप्पामधून समजून घेतली आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Me Sundar Aahe? by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Me Sundar Aahe?
Series: #15 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
टीन्स, व्हर्चुअल जग आणि बॉडी इमेज ही गुंतागुंत फार विचित्र आहे. व्हर्चुअल जगात आपण कसे दिसतो, लोक आपल्याविषयी काय बोलतात याविषयी मुलं फार संवेदनशील असतात. बॉडी शेमिंग, फॅशन आणि मेकअप हॅक्स वापरण्याचं पिअर प्रेशर, सौंदर्याच्या प्रमाण व्याख्या आणि त्यात बसण्याची मोठ्यांच्या जगाची धडपड; जी मुलं बघत असतात या सगळ्याच परिणामही टीनेजर्सवर होतो. बॉडी इमेज म्हणजे नक्की काय? ऑनलाईन जगाचा बॉडी इमेजशी काय आणि कसा संबंध असतो आणि त्याचा मुलांवर होणारा परिणाम याविषयी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. मानसी देशमुख यांच्याशी मारलेल्या विशेष गप्पा!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Jun 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100109836.mp3" length="1440351" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100109836.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Me Sundar Aahe?
Series: #15 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
टीन्स, व्हर्चुअल जग आणि बॉडी इमेज ही गुंतागुंत फार विचित्र आहे. व्हर्चुअल जगात आपण कसे दिसतो, लोक आपल्याविषयी काय बोलतात याविषयी मुलं फार संवेदनशील असतात. बॉडी शेमिंग, फॅशन आणि मेकअप हॅक्स वापरण्याचं पिअर प्रेशर, सौंदर्याच्या प्रमाण व्याख्या आणि त्यात बसण्याची मोठ्यांच्या जगाची धडपड; जी मुलं बघत असतात या सगळ्याच परिणामही टीनेजर्सवर होतो. बॉडी इमेज म्हणजे नक्की काय? ऑनलाईन जगाचा बॉडी इमेजशी काय आणि कसा संबंध असतो आणि त्याचा मुलांवर होणारा परिणाम याविषयी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. मानसी देशमुख यांच्याशी मारलेल्या विशेष गप्पा!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836765</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Me Sundar Aahe?
Series: #15 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: June 17, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
टीन्स, व्हर्चुअल जग आणि बॉडी इमेज ही गुंतागुंत फार विचित्र आहे. व्हर्चुअल जगात आपण कसे दिसतो, लोक आपल्याविषयी काय बोलतात याविषयी मुलं फार संवेदनशील असतात. बॉडी शेमिंग, फॅशन आणि मेकअप हॅक्स वापरण्याचं पिअर प्रेशर, सौंदर्याच्या प्रमाण व्याख्या आणि त्यात बसण्याची मोठ्यांच्या जगाची धडपड; जी मुलं बघत असतात या सगळ्याच परिणामही टीनेजर्सवर होतो. बॉडी इमेज म्हणजे नक्की काय? ऑनलाईन जगाचा बॉडी इमेजशी काय आणि कसा संबंध असतो आणि त्याचा मुलांवर होणारा परिणाम याविषयी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. मानसी देशमुख यांच्याशी मारलेल्या विशेष गप्पा!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Covid , Mula ani Internet by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Covid , Mula ani Internet
Series: #13 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आली आणि अचानक ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचं मोठं आव्हान मुलं, पालक आणि शाळांच्या समोर उभं राहिलं. तोवर ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचा विचार कुणीच गांभीर्याने केलेला नव्हता. अशावेळी महानगरांपासून गाव खेड्यापर्यंत मुलांनी ऑनलाईन शिक्षण कसं घेतलं? काय अडचणी आल्या? हातात सतत मोबाईल असणं इथपासून ते ऑनलाईन शिक्षणासाठी गॅजेट्स नसणं, कनेक्टिव्हीटी नसणं या सगळ्याचा मुलांच्या मानसिकतेवर काय परिणाम होतो आहे? शिक्षणाची मानसिकता, ऑनलाईन शिकवण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेली स्किल्स त्यांच्याकडे आहेत का? त्याचबरोबर शाळांनी काय अभिनव पद्धतीने ऑनलाईन शिक्षण देऊ केले, येत्या काळात ऑनलाईन शिक्षण आणि मुलं या समीकरणाकडे कसं बघायला हवं? या अतिशय कळीच्या विषयावर शिक्षक, स्तंभ लेखक आणि अभ्यासक भाऊसाहेब चासकर यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद !</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100109546.mp3" length="1112402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100109546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Covid , Mula ani Internet
Series: #13 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आली आणि अचानक ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचं मोठं आव्हान मुलं, पालक आणि शाळांच्या समोर उभं राहिलं. तोवर ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचा विचार कुणीच गांभीर्याने केलेला नव्हता. अशावेळी महानगरांपासून गाव खेड्यापर्यंत मुलांनी ऑनलाईन शिक्षण कसं घेतलं? काय अडचणी आल्या? हातात सतत मोबाईल असणं इथपासून ते ऑनलाईन शिक्षणासाठी गॅजेट्स नसणं, कनेक्टिव्हीटी नसणं या सगळ्याचा मुलांच्या मानसिकतेवर काय परिणाम होतो आहे? शिक्षणाची मानसिकता, ऑनलाईन शिकवण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेली स्किल्स त्यांच्याकडे आहेत का? त्याचबरोबर शाळांनी काय अभिनव पद्धतीने ऑनलाईन शिक्षण देऊ केले, येत्या काळात ऑनलाईन शिक्षण आणि मुलं या समीकरणाकडे कसं बघायला हवं? या अतिशय कळीच्या विषयावर शिक्षक, स्तंभ लेखक आणि अभ्यासक भाऊसाहेब चासकर यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद !</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836766</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Covid , Mula ani Internet
Series: #13 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आली आणि अचानक ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचं मोठं आव्हान मुलं, पालक आणि शाळांच्या समोर उभं राहिलं. तोवर ऑनलाईन शिक्षणाचा विचार कुणीच गांभीर्याने केलेला नव्हता. अशावेळी महानगरांपासून गाव खेड्यापर्यंत मुलांनी ऑनलाईन शिक्षण कसं घेतलं? काय अडचणी आल्या? हातात सतत मोबाईल असणं इथपासून ते ऑनलाईन शिक्षणासाठी गॅजेट्स नसणं, कनेक्टिव्हीटी नसणं या सगळ्याचा मुलांच्या मानसिकतेवर काय परिणाम होतो आहे? शिक्षणाची मानसिकता, ऑनलाईन शिकवण्यासाठी आवश्यक असलेली स्किल्स त्यांच्याकडे आहेत का? त्याचबरोबर शाळांनी काय अभिनव पद्धतीने ऑनलाईन शिक्षण देऊ केले, येत्या काळात ऑनलाईन शिक्षण आणि मुलं या समीकरणाकडे कसं बघायला हवं? या अतिशय कळीच्या विषयावर शिक्षक, स्तंभ लेखक आणि अभ्यासक भाऊसाहेब चासकर यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद !</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Samachar Samiksha by Dr Sharad Kunte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Samachar Samiksha
Author: Dr Sharad Kunte
Narrator: Savita Mhaskar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्रचार प्रसिद्धीच्या या युगात जग अगदी लहान झाले आहे. जगाच्या कानाकोपर्‍यात घडणारी कोणतीही गोष्ट तत्काळ या टोकापासून त्या टोकापर्यंत सर्वांपर्यंत पोचते असे म्हणतात. या विधानातले तथ्य एवढेच की, प्रचार माध्यमे अधिक शक्तिशाली झाली आहेत व रात्रंदिवस माहिती ऐकविण्याची त्यांची क्षमता अपरिमीत वाढली आहे. पण साधन हे कधीच चांगले अथवा वाईट नसते. ते वापरणार्‍यांच्या बुद्धीवर त्याचा चांगले वाईटपणा अवलंबून असतो. प्रसिद्धी माध्यमे आज सर्वसामान्य व्यक्तीचे प्रबोधन करणे, संस्कार करणे, जगात कुठे काय चांगले चालले आहे ते इतरांपर्यंत पोचवतो या भूमिकेपासून फार दूर आहेत. या वार्तांकनाचे विश्‍लेषण समीक्षा कशी करावी हे समजावून देण्याचा प्रयत्न या पुस्तकात केलेला आहे अशा पद्धतीच्या विश्‍लेषणातून एकांगी बातम्यांमुळे होणारा सामान्य माणसाच्या मनातील गोंधळ कमी होईल अशी आशा वाटते.</description>
      <author>Dr Sharad Kunte</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789356045798.mp3" length="1447600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789356045798.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Samachar Samiksha
Author: Dr Sharad Kunte
Narrator: Savita Mhaskar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्रचार प्रसिद्धीच्या या युगात जग अगदी लहान झाले आहे. जगाच्या कानाकोपर्‍यात घडणारी कोणतीही गोष्ट तत्काळ या टोकापासून त्या टोकापर्यंत सर्वांपर्यंत पोचते असे म्हणतात. या विधानातले तथ्य एवढेच की, प्रचार माध्यमे अधिक शक्तिशाली झाली आहेत व रात्रंदिवस माहिती ऐकविण्याची त्यांची क्षमता अपरिमीत वाढली आहे. पण साधन हे कधीच चांगले अथवा वाईट नसते. ते वापरणार्‍यांच्या बुद्धीवर त्याचा चांगले वाईटपणा अवलंबून असतो. प्रसिद्धी माध्यमे आज सर्वसामान्य व्यक्तीचे प्रबोधन करणे, संस्कार करणे, जगात कुठे काय चांगले चालले आहे ते इतरांपर्यंत पोचवतो या भूमिकेपासून फार दूर आहेत. या वार्तांकनाचे विश्‍लेषण समीक्षा कशी करावी हे समजावून देण्याचा प्रयत्न या पुस्तकात केलेला आहे अशा पद्धतीच्या विश्‍लेषणातून एकांगी बातम्यांमुळे होणारा सामान्य माणसाच्या मनातील गोंधळ कमी होईल अशी आशा वाटते.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/836485</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Samachar Samiksha
Author: Dr Sharad Kunte
Narrator: Savita Mhaskar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्रचार प्रसिद्धीच्या या युगात जग अगदी लहान झाले आहे. जगाच्या कानाकोपर्‍यात घडणारी कोणतीही गोष्ट तत्काळ या टोकापासून त्या टोकापर्यंत सर्वांपर्यंत पोचते असे म्हणतात. या विधानातले तथ्य एवढेच की, प्रचार माध्यमे अधिक शक्तिशाली झाली आहेत व रात्रंदिवस माहिती ऐकविण्याची त्यांची क्षमता अपरिमीत वाढली आहे. पण साधन हे कधीच चांगले अथवा वाईट नसते. ते वापरणार्‍यांच्या बुद्धीवर त्याचा चांगले वाईटपणा अवलंबून असतो. प्रसिद्धी माध्यमे आज सर्वसामान्य व्यक्तीचे प्रबोधन करणे, संस्कार करणे, जगात कुठे काय चांगले चालले आहे ते इतरांपर्यंत पोचवतो या भूमिकेपासून फार दूर आहेत. या वार्तांकनाचे विश्‍लेषण समीक्षा कशी करावी हे समजावून देण्याचा प्रयत्न या पुस्तकात केलेला आहे अशा पद्धतीच्या विश्‍लेषणातून एकांगी बातम्यांमुळे होणारा सामान्य माणसाच्या मनातील गोंधळ कमी होईल अशी आशा वाटते.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Shrimant Banavnari Pustake by Prasad Mirasdar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Shrimant Banavnari Pustake
Series: #72 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आपण श्रीमंत व्हावं, भरपूर पैसे कामवावेत असं जवळपास प्रत्येकाचं माणसाला वाटत असतं. पण पैसे कमावणं, पैशांचं व्यवस्थापन ही किचकट गोष्ट आहे. ती प्रत्येकाला जमतेच असं नाही. म्हणून श्रीमंत कसं व्हावं आणि पैसे कसे टिकवून ठेवावेत याचं मार्गदर्शन करणारी अनेक पुस्तकं बाजारात उपलब्ध आहेत. त्यांच्या लाखो प्रति खपतात. यातील रिच़ डॅड पुअर डॅड आणि थिंक ॲंड ग्रो रिच या दोन गाजलेल्या पुस्तकांबद्दल आपण आज जाणून घेणार आहोत...</description>
      <author>Prasad Mirasdar</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100178184.mp3" length="578780" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100178184.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Shrimant Banavnari Pustake
Series: #72 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आपण श्रीमंत व्हावं, भरपूर पैसे कामवावेत असं जवळपास प्रत्येकाचं माणसाला वाटत असतं. पण पैसे कमावणं, पैशांचं व्यवस्थापन ही किचकट गोष्ट आहे. ती प्रत्येकाला जमतेच असं नाही. म्हणून श्रीमंत कसं व्हावं आणि पैसे कसे टिकवून ठेवावेत याचं मार्गदर्शन करणारी अनेक पुस्तकं बाजारात उपलब्ध आहेत. त्यांच्या लाखो प्रति खपतात. यातील रिच़ डॅड पुअर डॅड आणि थिंक ॲंड ग्रो रिच या दोन गाजलेल्या पुस्तकांबद्दल आपण आज जाणून घेणार आहोत...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835981</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Shrimant Banavnari Pustake
Series: #72 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आपण श्रीमंत व्हावं, भरपूर पैसे कामवावेत असं जवळपास प्रत्येकाचं माणसाला वाटत असतं. पण पैसे कमावणं, पैशांचं व्यवस्थापन ही किचकट गोष्ट आहे. ती प्रत्येकाला जमतेच असं नाही. म्हणून श्रीमंत कसं व्हावं आणि पैसे कसे टिकवून ठेवावेत याचं मार्गदर्शन करणारी अनेक पुस्तकं बाजारात उपलब्ध आहेत. त्यांच्या लाखो प्रति खपतात. यातील रिच़ डॅड पुअर डॅड आणि थिंक ॲंड ग्रो रिच या दोन गाजलेल्या पुस्तकांबद्दल आपण आज जाणून घेणार आहोत...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - The Kumar Vishwas Show : Major Dhyanchand by Dr. Kumar Vishwas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - The Kumar Vishwas Show : Major Dhyanchand
Series: #1 of The Kumar Vishwas Show
Author: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Narrator: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Storytel का ख़ास audio प्रोग्राम The Kumar Vishwas Show में आप सुनेंगे भारत की कहानी, मशहूर कवि डॉ. कुमार विश्वास की ज़ुबानी! इस शो में कुमार विश्वास आपको मिलवाते हैं उन शख़्सियतों के क़िस्सों से जिन्होंने किसी ना किसी क्षेत्र में वो मुक़ाम हासिल किया जिसने हमारे समाज को एक नयी दिशा दी! इस एपिसोड में कुमार विश्वास बात कर रहें हैं, हॉकी के जादूगर मेजर ध्यानचंद के बारे में!</description>
      <author>Dr. Kumar Vishwas</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 14 Aug 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100118104.mp3" length="293397" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100118104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - The Kumar Vishwas Show : Major Dhyanchand
Series: #1 of The Kumar Vishwas Show
Author: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Narrator: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Storytel का ख़ास audio प्रोग्राम The Kumar Vishwas Show में आप सुनेंगे भारत की कहानी, मशहूर कवि डॉ. कुमार विश्वास की ज़ुबानी! इस शो में कुमार विश्वास आपको मिलवाते हैं उन शख़्सियतों के क़िस्सों से जिन्होंने किसी ना किसी क्षेत्र में वो मुक़ाम हासिल किया जिसने हमारे समाज को एक नयी दिशा दी! इस एपिसोड में कुमार विश्वास बात कर रहें हैं, हॉकी के जादूगर मेजर ध्यानचंद के बारे में!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/835205</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - The Kumar Vishwas Show : Major Dhyanchand
Series: #1 of The Kumar Vishwas Show
Author: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Narrator: Dr. Kumar Vishwas
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Storytel का ख़ास audio प्रोग्राम The Kumar Vishwas Show में आप सुनेंगे भारत की कहानी, मशहूर कवि डॉ. कुमार विश्वास की ज़ुबानी! इस शो में कुमार विश्वास आपको मिलवाते हैं उन शख़्सियतों के क़िस्सों से जिन्होंने किसी ना किसी क्षेत्र में वो मुक़ाम हासिल किया जिसने हमारे समाज को एक नयी दिशा दी! इस एपिसोड में कुमार विश्वास बात कर रहें हैं, हॉकी के जादूगर मेजर ध्यानचंद के बारे में!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Virtual Jagatali Hinsa by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Virtual Jagatali Hinsa
Series: #20 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या आभासी जगात मोठ्याप्रमाणावर हिंसा बघितली जाते. विकली जाते आणि युजर्स कळत नकळत हिंसेचा वापर करत असतात. लैंगिक छळापासून ट्रोलिंगपर्यंत आणि गेमिंगपासून सायबर बुलिंगपर्यंत सगळीकडे हिंसा बघायला मिळते. या प्रत्यक्ष आणि अप्रत्यक्ष हिंसेचा टिनेजर्सवर नेमका काय आणि कसा परिणाम होतो? ऑनलाइन अब्युज बघणं आणि करणं यामागची मानसिकता काय असते. हिंसेकडे कसं बघितलं पाहिजे? जसं मुलांशी लैंगिकतेबद्दल बोललं पाहिजे तसंच हिंसेबद्दल बोलणं का आवश्यक आहे, व्हर्चुअल जगातल्या हिंसेचा आपल्या समाजाच्या एकूण अस्वस्थतेशी संबंध असू शकतो आणि कसा? या सगळ्याच्या मनोसामाजिक आणि भावनिक परिणामांचे काय? अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांचा उहापोह प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. शिरीषा साठे आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी केला आहे.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100111259.mp3" length="1430107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100111259.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Virtual Jagatali Hinsa
Series: #20 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या आभासी जगात मोठ्याप्रमाणावर हिंसा बघितली जाते. विकली जाते आणि युजर्स कळत नकळत हिंसेचा वापर करत असतात. लैंगिक छळापासून ट्रोलिंगपर्यंत आणि गेमिंगपासून सायबर बुलिंगपर्यंत सगळीकडे हिंसा बघायला मिळते. या प्रत्यक्ष आणि अप्रत्यक्ष हिंसेचा टिनेजर्सवर नेमका काय आणि कसा परिणाम होतो? ऑनलाइन अब्युज बघणं आणि करणं यामागची मानसिकता काय असते. हिंसेकडे कसं बघितलं पाहिजे? जसं मुलांशी लैंगिकतेबद्दल बोललं पाहिजे तसंच हिंसेबद्दल बोलणं का आवश्यक आहे, व्हर्चुअल जगातल्या हिंसेचा आपल्या समाजाच्या एकूण अस्वस्थतेशी संबंध असू शकतो आणि कसा? या सगळ्याच्या मनोसामाजिक आणि भावनिक परिणामांचे काय? अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांचा उहापोह प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. शिरीषा साठे आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी केला आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Virtual Jagatali Hinsa
Series: #20 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या आभासी जगात मोठ्याप्रमाणावर हिंसा बघितली जाते. विकली जाते आणि युजर्स कळत नकळत हिंसेचा वापर करत असतात. लैंगिक छळापासून ट्रोलिंगपर्यंत आणि गेमिंगपासून सायबर बुलिंगपर्यंत सगळीकडे हिंसा बघायला मिळते. या प्रत्यक्ष आणि अप्रत्यक्ष हिंसेचा टिनेजर्सवर नेमका काय आणि कसा परिणाम होतो? ऑनलाइन अब्युज बघणं आणि करणं यामागची मानसिकता काय असते. हिंसेकडे कसं बघितलं पाहिजे? जसं मुलांशी लैंगिकतेबद्दल बोललं पाहिजे तसंच हिंसेबद्दल बोलणं का आवश्यक आहे, व्हर्चुअल जगातल्या हिंसेचा आपल्या समाजाच्या एकूण अस्वस्थतेशी संबंध असू शकतो आणि कसा? या सगळ्याच्या मनोसामाजिक आणि भावनिक परिणामांचे काय? अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांचा उहापोह प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचारतज्ज्ञ डॉ. शिरीषा साठे आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी केला आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Sexting by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Sexting
Series: #21 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August  5, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सेक्सटिंग म्हणजे काय? ओळखीच्या किंवा अनोळखी व्यक्तींबरोबर लैंगिक संवाद साधावासा, स्वतःचे नग्न, अर्ध नग्न फोटो, व्हिडीओ शेअर करावेसे का वाटतात? दुसऱ्याचे बघण्याचा मोह का होतो? सेक्सटिंग हे व्यसन आहे का? सेक्स ऍडिक्शनचा भाग असू शकतं का? सेक्सटिंग फक्त टिनेजर्समध्ये चालतं की सर्व वयोगटांमध्ये दिसून येतं? यातल्या मानसिक आणि भावनिक गुंतवणुकीचं काय? की तशी काही नसतेच? सेक्सटिंग करणाऱ्या व्यक्तींच्या मना मेंदूत नेमकं सुरु काय असतं? याचा मागोवा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी समुपदेशक लीना कुलकर्णी यांच्या समवेत घेतला आहे.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Aug 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100111266.mp3" length="661367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100111266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Sexting
Series: #21 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August  5, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सेक्सटिंग म्हणजे काय? ओळखीच्या किंवा अनोळखी व्यक्तींबरोबर लैंगिक संवाद साधावासा, स्वतःचे नग्न, अर्ध नग्न फोटो, व्हिडीओ शेअर करावेसे का वाटतात? दुसऱ्याचे बघण्याचा मोह का होतो? सेक्सटिंग हे व्यसन आहे का? सेक्स ऍडिक्शनचा भाग असू शकतं का? सेक्सटिंग फक्त टिनेजर्समध्ये चालतं की सर्व वयोगटांमध्ये दिसून येतं? यातल्या मानसिक आणि भावनिक गुंतवणुकीचं काय? की तशी काही नसतेच? सेक्सटिंग करणाऱ्या व्यक्तींच्या मना मेंदूत नेमकं सुरु काय असतं? याचा मागोवा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी समुपदेशक लीना कुलकर्णी यांच्या समवेत घेतला आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/833988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Sexting
Series: #21 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August  5, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सेक्सटिंग म्हणजे काय? ओळखीच्या किंवा अनोळखी व्यक्तींबरोबर लैंगिक संवाद साधावासा, स्वतःचे नग्न, अर्ध नग्न फोटो, व्हिडीओ शेअर करावेसे का वाटतात? दुसऱ्याचे बघण्याचा मोह का होतो? सेक्सटिंग हे व्यसन आहे का? सेक्स ऍडिक्शनचा भाग असू शकतं का? सेक्सटिंग फक्त टिनेजर्समध्ये चालतं की सर्व वयोगटांमध्ये दिसून येतं? यातल्या मानसिक आणि भावनिक गुंतवणुकीचं काय? की तशी काही नसतेच? सेक्सटिंग करणाऱ्या व्यक्तींच्या मना मेंदूत नेमकं सुरु काय असतं? याचा मागोवा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी समुपदेशक लीना कुलकर्णी यांच्या समवेत घेतला आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Dharma by Amish Tripathi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Dharma
Author: Amish Tripathi
Narrator: Prasad Phanse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्राचीन हिंदू महाकाव्यांचा विविधांगी अभ्यास करून लेखक अमीश त्रिपाठी यांनी लिहिलेलं हे नॉनफिक्शन पुस्तक धर्माकडे पाहण्याची वेगळी दृष्टी देतं. धर्म, पुरातन सांस्कृतिक वारसा, परंपरा यांच्या कालसुसंगत संदर्भांवर भाष्य करतं. आपली मुळं समजून घेण्यासाठी, धर्म संकल्पनेबाबत अधिक जाणून घेण्यासाठी ऐकायलाच हवं असं हे ऑडिओबुक - &amp;#039;धर्म&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Amish Tripathi</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789355443229.mp3" length="1131977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789355443229.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Dharma
Author: Amish Tripathi
Narrator: Prasad Phanse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्राचीन हिंदू महाकाव्यांचा विविधांगी अभ्यास करून लेखक अमीश त्रिपाठी यांनी लिहिलेलं हे नॉनफिक्शन पुस्तक धर्माकडे पाहण्याची वेगळी दृष्टी देतं. धर्म, पुरातन सांस्कृतिक वारसा, परंपरा यांच्या कालसुसंगत संदर्भांवर भाष्य करतं. आपली मुळं समजून घेण्यासाठी, धर्म संकल्पनेबाबत अधिक जाणून घेण्यासाठी ऐकायलाच हवं असं हे ऑडिओबुक - &amp;#039;धर्म&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Dharma
Author: Amish Tripathi
Narrator: Prasad Phanse
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 25 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
प्राचीन हिंदू महाकाव्यांचा विविधांगी अभ्यास करून लेखक अमीश त्रिपाठी यांनी लिहिलेलं हे नॉनफिक्शन पुस्तक धर्माकडे पाहण्याची वेगळी दृष्टी देतं. धर्म, पुरातन सांस्कृतिक वारसा, परंपरा यांच्या कालसुसंगत संदर्भांवर भाष्य करतं. आपली मुळं समजून घेण्यासाठी, धर्म संकल्पनेबाबत अधिक जाणून घेण्यासाठी ऐकायलाच हवं असं हे ऑडिओबुक - &amp;#039;धर्म&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Screen time with Mukta - Cyber safety by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen time with Mukta - Cyber safety
Series: #2 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांबरोबर घडणारे सायबर गुन्हे कशा प्रकारचे आहेत? मुलं यात का आणि कशी अडकतात? मुलांच्या सायबर सुरक्षेची जबाबदारी नक्की कोणाची असते? शाळांनी ऑनलाईन वर्ग घेताना सायबर सुरक्षेचा विचार केलेला असतो का? या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या मुद्द्यांवर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांच्याशी संवाद साधतायेत प्रसिद्ध सायबर लॉ तज्ञ वैशाली भागवत.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100096174.mp3" length="1359315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100096174.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen time with Mukta - Cyber safety
Series: #2 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांबरोबर घडणारे सायबर गुन्हे कशा प्रकारचे आहेत? मुलं यात का आणि कशी अडकतात? मुलांच्या सायबर सुरक्षेची जबाबदारी नक्की कोणाची असते? शाळांनी ऑनलाईन वर्ग घेताना सायबर सुरक्षेचा विचार केलेला असतो का? या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या मुद्द्यांवर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांच्याशी संवाद साधतायेत प्रसिद्ध सायबर लॉ तज्ञ वैशाली भागवत.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832803</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen time with Mukta - Cyber safety
Series: #2 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
मुलांबरोबर घडणारे सायबर गुन्हे कशा प्रकारचे आहेत? मुलं यात का आणि कशी अडकतात? मुलांच्या सायबर सुरक्षेची जबाबदारी नक्की कोणाची असते? शाळांनी ऑनलाईन वर्ग घेताना सायबर सुरक्षेचा विचार केलेला असतो का? या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या मुद्द्यांवर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांच्याशी संवाद साधतायेत प्रसिद्ध सायबर लॉ तज्ञ वैशाली भागवत.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Asthir Jagaat Jagav Kasa by Prasad Mirasdar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Asthir Jagaat Jagav Kasa
Series: #70 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सध्याचे जग कसे आहे असा प्रश्न कणालाही विचारला तर साधारणपणे जी उत्तरे येतात त्यात आपले जग फार वेगवान होत चालले आहे असे बरेच जण म्हणतात. अनेकांना नेमकं काय चालले आहे ते समजतच नाही. पुढे काय होणार? आपल्या मुलांचे काय होणार? आपल्या गुंतवणूकीचे आणि भविष्याचे काय होणार या चिंतेने जो तो हैराण असतो. पूर्वी ज्याप्रमाणे पुढील पाच पन्नास वर्षांचे नियोजन करता यायचे, एकदा नोकरी मिळाली की चिंता नाही असे अनेकांना वाटायचे. पण आता इतके संदर्भ बदलले आहेत की आपण ज्या मल्टीनॅशनल कंपनीचे भविष्यच सांगता येत नाही तर नोकरीचे भविष्य कसे सांगणार असे तरूण मुले विचारू लागले आहेत. दूर देशात चाललेल्या युक्रेन आणि रशियासारख्या जागतिक पातळीवर घडणा-या युध्दांचा आपल्या जीवनावर काही परिणाम होत असेल असा विचारही पूर्वी मनात येत नव्हता. पण आता थेट देशाच्या अर्थकारणावर या युध्दांचा परिणाम होत असल्याने सामान्य माणसाला युध्दाची झळ महागाईच्या रूपाने पोहचू लागली आहे.</description>
      <author>Prasad Mirasdar</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jul 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100172106.mp3" length="579440" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100172106.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Asthir Jagaat Jagav Kasa
Series: #70 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सध्याचे जग कसे आहे असा प्रश्न कणालाही विचारला तर साधारणपणे जी उत्तरे येतात त्यात आपले जग फार वेगवान होत चालले आहे असे बरेच जण म्हणतात. अनेकांना नेमकं काय चालले आहे ते समजतच नाही. पुढे काय होणार? आपल्या मुलांचे काय होणार? आपल्या गुंतवणूकीचे आणि भविष्याचे काय होणार या चिंतेने जो तो हैराण असतो. पूर्वी ज्याप्रमाणे पुढील पाच पन्नास वर्षांचे नियोजन करता यायचे, एकदा नोकरी मिळाली की चिंता नाही असे अनेकांना वाटायचे. पण आता इतके संदर्भ बदलले आहेत की आपण ज्या मल्टीनॅशनल कंपनीचे भविष्यच सांगता येत नाही तर नोकरीचे भविष्य कसे सांगणार असे तरूण मुले विचारू लागले आहेत. दूर देशात चाललेल्या युक्रेन आणि रशियासारख्या जागतिक पातळीवर घडणा-या युध्दांचा आपल्या जीवनावर काही परिणाम होत असेल असा विचारही पूर्वी मनात येत नव्हता. पण आता थेट देशाच्या अर्थकारणावर या युध्दांचा परिणाम होत असल्याने सामान्य माणसाला युध्दाची झळ महागाईच्या रूपाने पोहचू लागली आहे.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Asthir Jagaat Jagav Kasa
Series: #70 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Prasad Mirasdar
Narrator: Prasad Mirasdar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 25, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सध्याचे जग कसे आहे असा प्रश्न कणालाही विचारला तर साधारणपणे जी उत्तरे येतात त्यात आपले जग फार वेगवान होत चालले आहे असे बरेच जण म्हणतात. अनेकांना नेमकं काय चालले आहे ते समजतच नाही. पुढे काय होणार? आपल्या मुलांचे काय होणार? आपल्या गुंतवणूकीचे आणि भविष्याचे काय होणार या चिंतेने जो तो हैराण असतो. पूर्वी ज्याप्रमाणे पुढील पाच पन्नास वर्षांचे नियोजन करता यायचे, एकदा नोकरी मिळाली की चिंता नाही असे अनेकांना वाटायचे. पण आता इतके संदर्भ बदलले आहेत की आपण ज्या मल्टीनॅशनल कंपनीचे भविष्यच सांगता येत नाही तर नोकरीचे भविष्य कसे सांगणार असे तरूण मुले विचारू लागले आहेत. दूर देशात चाललेल्या युक्रेन आणि रशियासारख्या जागतिक पातळीवर घडणा-या युध्दांचा आपल्या जीवनावर काही परिणाम होत असेल असा विचारही पूर्वी मनात येत नव्हता. पण आता थेट देशाच्या अर्थकारणावर या युध्दांचा परिणाम होत असल्याने सामान्य माणसाला युध्दाची झळ महागाईच्या रूपाने पोहचू लागली आहे.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Porn Cha Vyasan Lagta Kasa? by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Porn Cha Vyasan Lagta Kasa?
Series: #18 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
हल्ली टीनेजर्सना सहज पॉर्न बघणं उपलब्ध झालं आहे आणि त्यातून अशा क्लिप्स सातत्याने बघण्याची सवय मुलांना लागते असं म्हटलं जातं. मग प्रश्न उभा राहतो पॉर्न ऍडिक्शन म्हणजे काय? टिनेजर्स मधल्या पॉर्न ऍडिक्शनचा थेट संबंध व्यक्तिमत्वाशी आणि त्यातल्या बदलांशी असतो का? भारतात पॉर्न बूम आहे असं मानलं जातं, याकडे कसं बघायचं? लैंगिक शिक्षण नाही आणि पॉर्न हातात असणं हे भयानक कॉकटेल का आहे? या आणि अशा अतिशय नाजूक मुद्द्यावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी प्रसिद्ध सेक्सोलॉजिस्ट डॉ. प्रसन्न गद्रे यांच्याशी रोखठोक मारलेल्या गप्पा!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100110023.mp3" length="1381803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100110023.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Porn Cha Vyasan Lagta Kasa?
Series: #18 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
हल्ली टीनेजर्सना सहज पॉर्न बघणं उपलब्ध झालं आहे आणि त्यातून अशा क्लिप्स सातत्याने बघण्याची सवय मुलांना लागते असं म्हटलं जातं. मग प्रश्न उभा राहतो पॉर्न ऍडिक्शन म्हणजे काय? टिनेजर्स मधल्या पॉर्न ऍडिक्शनचा थेट संबंध व्यक्तिमत्वाशी आणि त्यातल्या बदलांशी असतो का? भारतात पॉर्न बूम आहे असं मानलं जातं, याकडे कसं बघायचं? लैंगिक शिक्षण नाही आणि पॉर्न हातात असणं हे भयानक कॉकटेल का आहे? या आणि अशा अतिशय नाजूक मुद्द्यावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी प्रसिद्ध सेक्सोलॉजिस्ट डॉ. प्रसन्न गद्रे यांच्याशी रोखठोक मारलेल्या गप्पा!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Porn Cha Vyasan Lagta Kasa?
Series: #18 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: July 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
हल्ली टीनेजर्सना सहज पॉर्न बघणं उपलब्ध झालं आहे आणि त्यातून अशा क्लिप्स सातत्याने बघण्याची सवय मुलांना लागते असं म्हटलं जातं. मग प्रश्न उभा राहतो पॉर्न ऍडिक्शन म्हणजे काय? टिनेजर्स मधल्या पॉर्न ऍडिक्शनचा थेट संबंध व्यक्तिमत्वाशी आणि त्यातल्या बदलांशी असतो का? भारतात पॉर्न बूम आहे असं मानलं जातं, याकडे कसं बघायचं? लैंगिक शिक्षण नाही आणि पॉर्न हातात असणं हे भयानक कॉकटेल का आहे? या आणि अशा अतिशय नाजूक मुद्द्यावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी प्रसिद्ध सेक्सोलॉजिस्ट डॉ. प्रसन्न गद्रे यांच्याशी रोखठोक मारलेल्या गप्पा!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Algorithm Desigined for Disaster by Vinayak Pachalag</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Algorithm Desigined for Disaster
Series: #8 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Vinayak Pachalag
Narrator: Nihal Rukdikar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
गेल्या आठवड्यातली गोष्ट, &amp;#039;हिंदुस्थानी भाई&amp;#039; उर्फ विकास फाटक या इन्स्टाग्रामवरील एका इंफ्लुएन्सरने आपल्या हँडलवरून आवाहन केलं आणि मुंबईच्या रस्त्यावर १०वी आणि १२वी ची शेकडो मुलं रस्त्यावर उतरली. कशासाठी? तर &amp;#039;परीक्षा ऑफलाईन नको, ऑनलाइनच घ्या&amp;#039; अशा एका विचित्र मागणीसाठी. हे कसं घडलं? या हिंदुस्थानी भाऊने आवाहन केल्यावर इतकी मुलं एकत्र का आली? या प्रश्नाच्या मुळाशी जाण्याचा प्रयत्न आपण करणार आहोत...</description>
      <author>Vinayak Pachalag</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Feb 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100158773.mp3" length="581250" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100158773.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Algorithm Desigined for Disaster
Series: #8 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Vinayak Pachalag
Narrator: Nihal Rukdikar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
गेल्या आठवड्यातली गोष्ट, &amp;#039;हिंदुस्थानी भाई&amp;#039; उर्फ विकास फाटक या इन्स्टाग्रामवरील एका इंफ्लुएन्सरने आपल्या हँडलवरून आवाहन केलं आणि मुंबईच्या रस्त्यावर १०वी आणि १२वी ची शेकडो मुलं रस्त्यावर उतरली. कशासाठी? तर &amp;#039;परीक्षा ऑफलाईन नको, ऑनलाइनच घ्या&amp;#039; अशा एका विचित्र मागणीसाठी. हे कसं घडलं? या हिंदुस्थानी भाऊने आवाहन केल्यावर इतकी मुलं एकत्र का आली? या प्रश्नाच्या मुळाशी जाण्याचा प्रयत्न आपण करणार आहोत...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/832552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Algorithm Desigined for Disaster
Series: #8 of Storytel Think Today
Author: Vinayak Pachalag
Narrator: Nihal Rukdikar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 14 minutes
Release date: February  9, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
गेल्या आठवड्यातली गोष्ट, &amp;#039;हिंदुस्थानी भाई&amp;#039; उर्फ विकास फाटक या इन्स्टाग्रामवरील एका इंफ्लुएन्सरने आपल्या हँडलवरून आवाहन केलं आणि मुंबईच्या रस्त्यावर १०वी आणि १२वी ची शेकडो मुलं रस्त्यावर उतरली. कशासाठी? तर &amp;#039;परीक्षा ऑफलाईन नको, ऑनलाइनच घ्या&amp;#039; अशा एका विचित्र मागणीसाठी. हे कसं घडलं? या हिंदुस्थानी भाऊने आवाहन केल्यावर इतकी मुलं एकत्र का आली? या प्रश्नाच्या मुळाशी जाण्याचा प्रयत्न आपण करणार आहोत...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Generation Z by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Generation Z
Series: #19 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
जन्माला आल्यापासून ज्या मुलांच्या आजूबाजूला गॅजेट्स आहेत, अगदी चिमुरड्या वयात जी पिढी इंटरनेट, स्मार्ट फोन वापरायला शिकली आहे, वयाच्या 13 व्या वर्षांपासून जे टीनेजर्स सोशल मीडियावर आहेत त्यांच्या जगण्याचा पोत मागच्या कुठल्याही पिढ्यांपेक्षा वेगळा असणार आहे. अशावेळी या जनरेशन झी कडे &amp;#039;काय ही आजची पिढी&amp;#039; अशा नजरेतून बघण्यापेक्षा त्यांच्याच नजरेतून बघितलं तर? कदाचित या आजच्या पिढीच्या जगण्यातलं वेगळेपण बाकी सगळ्या पिढ्यांनाही दिसू शकेल..याचाच शोध घेण्यासाठी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी जेनरेशन झी ची प्रतिनिधी म्हणून सुहानी धडफळे हिच्याशी दिलखुलास गप्पा मारल्या आहेत.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Jul 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100110030.mp3" length="853748" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100110030.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Generation Z
Series: #19 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
जन्माला आल्यापासून ज्या मुलांच्या आजूबाजूला गॅजेट्स आहेत, अगदी चिमुरड्या वयात जी पिढी इंटरनेट, स्मार्ट फोन वापरायला शिकली आहे, वयाच्या 13 व्या वर्षांपासून जे टीनेजर्स सोशल मीडियावर आहेत त्यांच्या जगण्याचा पोत मागच्या कुठल्याही पिढ्यांपेक्षा वेगळा असणार आहे. अशावेळी या जनरेशन झी कडे &amp;#039;काय ही आजची पिढी&amp;#039; अशा नजरेतून बघण्यापेक्षा त्यांच्याच नजरेतून बघितलं तर? कदाचित या आजच्या पिढीच्या जगण्यातलं वेगळेपण बाकी सगळ्या पिढ्यांनाही दिसू शकेल..याचाच शोध घेण्यासाठी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी जेनरेशन झी ची प्रतिनिधी म्हणून सुहानी धडफळे हिच्याशी दिलखुलास गप्पा मारल्या आहेत.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/831665</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Generation Z
Series: #19 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 56 minutes
Release date: July 22, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
जन्माला आल्यापासून ज्या मुलांच्या आजूबाजूला गॅजेट्स आहेत, अगदी चिमुरड्या वयात जी पिढी इंटरनेट, स्मार्ट फोन वापरायला शिकली आहे, वयाच्या 13 व्या वर्षांपासून जे टीनेजर्स सोशल मीडियावर आहेत त्यांच्या जगण्याचा पोत मागच्या कुठल्याही पिढ्यांपेक्षा वेगळा असणार आहे. अशावेळी या जनरेशन झी कडे &amp;#039;काय ही आजची पिढी&amp;#039; अशा नजरेतून बघण्यापेक्षा त्यांच्याच नजरेतून बघितलं तर? कदाचित या आजच्या पिढीच्या जगण्यातलं वेगळेपण बाकी सगळ्या पिढ्यांनाही दिसू शकेल..याचाच शोध घेण्यासाठी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी जेनरेशन झी ची प्रतिनिधी म्हणून सुहानी धडफळे हिच्याशी दिलखुलास गप्पा मारल्या आहेत.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Cyber Hygiene and Etiquettes by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Cyber Hygiene and Etiquettes
Series: #3 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सायबर हायजिन म्हणजे काय? सायबर एटीकेट्स म्हणजे काय? मुलांना शिकवताना ते पालकांनी सुद्धा शिकणं का गरजेचं आहे? डिजिटल डिटॉक्स का केलं पाहिजे आणि डिजिटल वेलबीईंगचा म्हणजे डिजिटल आरोग्याचा विचार का गरजेचं आहे या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांवर ओपन सोर्स टेक्नलॉजी ट्रेनर आणि स्पीकर प्रसाद शिरगावकर आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांची गप्पांची मैफल!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100096181.mp3" length="860299" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100096181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Cyber Hygiene and Etiquettes
Series: #3 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सायबर हायजिन म्हणजे काय? सायबर एटीकेट्स म्हणजे काय? मुलांना शिकवताना ते पालकांनी सुद्धा शिकणं का गरजेचं आहे? डिजिटल डिटॉक्स का केलं पाहिजे आणि डिजिटल वेलबीईंगचा म्हणजे डिजिटल आरोग्याचा विचार का गरजेचं आहे या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांवर ओपन सोर्स टेक्नलॉजी ट्रेनर आणि स्पीकर प्रसाद शिरगावकर आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांची गप्पांची मैफल!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830908</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Cyber Hygiene and Etiquettes
Series: #3 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सायबर हायजिन म्हणजे काय? सायबर एटीकेट्स म्हणजे काय? मुलांना शिकवताना ते पालकांनी सुद्धा शिकणं का गरजेचं आहे? डिजिटल डिटॉक्स का केलं पाहिजे आणि डिजिटल वेलबीईंगचा म्हणजे डिजिटल आरोग्याचा विचार का गरजेचं आहे या आणि अशा महत्वाच्या प्रश्नांवर ओपन सोर्स टेक्नलॉजी ट्रेनर आणि स्पीकर प्रसाद शिरगावकर आणि मुक्ता चैतन्य यांची गप्पांची मैफल!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Gaming cha Vyasan by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Gaming cha Vyasan
Series: #4 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सतत गेमिंग करावंसं का वाटतं? गेमिंगमध्ये नेमके काय ट्रिगर्स पेरलेले असतात? गेमिंगचं व्यसन लागू शकतं का? अशावेळी मनाबरोबर मेंदूत नेमकं काय घडतं? पालकच गेमिंगमध्ये अडकलेले आहेत तर मुलांना त्यातून बाहेर पडायला हवं हे कसं आणि कोण सांगणार? याविषयावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मुक्तांगण व्यसनमुक्ती केंद्र संचालिका मुक्ता पुणतांबेकर यांच्याशी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100096167.mp3" length="865269" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100096167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Gaming cha Vyasan
Series: #4 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सतत गेमिंग करावंसं का वाटतं? गेमिंगमध्ये नेमके काय ट्रिगर्स पेरलेले असतात? गेमिंगचं व्यसन लागू शकतं का? अशावेळी मनाबरोबर मेंदूत नेमकं काय घडतं? पालकच गेमिंगमध्ये अडकलेले आहेत तर मुलांना त्यातून बाहेर पडायला हवं हे कसं आणि कोण सांगणार? याविषयावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मुक्तांगण व्यसनमुक्ती केंद्र संचालिका मुक्ता पुणतांबेकर यांच्याशी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830909</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Gaming cha Vyasan
Series: #4 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: February 11, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
सतत गेमिंग करावंसं का वाटतं? गेमिंगमध्ये नेमके काय ट्रिगर्स पेरलेले असतात? गेमिंगचं व्यसन लागू शकतं का? अशावेळी मनाबरोबर मेंदूत नेमकं काय घडतं? पालकच गेमिंगमध्ये अडकलेले आहेत तर मुलांना त्यातून बाहेर पडायला हवं हे कसं आणि कोण सांगणार? याविषयावर मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मुक्तांगण व्यसनमुक्ती केंद्र संचालिका मुक्ता पुणतांबेकर यांच्याशी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Dark web by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Dark web
Series: #1 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या जादुई दुनियेची काळी बाजू असलेलं &amp;#039;डार्क वेब&amp;#039;... हे जग नेमकं असतं कुठे? आणि तिथे चालतं काय? सामान्य माणसांना आणि घराघरात इंटरनेट वापरणाऱ्या मुलांना हे जग टार्गेट करतं का? प्रसिद्ध सायबर क्राईम्स इन्व्हेस्टीगेटर रितेश भाटिया यांच्याशी या माहित नसलेल्या जगाबद्दल मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100096150.mp3" length="826060" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100096150.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Dark web
Series: #1 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या जादुई दुनियेची काळी बाजू असलेलं &amp;#039;डार्क वेब&amp;#039;... हे जग नेमकं असतं कुठे? आणि तिथे चालतं काय? सामान्य माणसांना आणि घराघरात इंटरनेट वापरणाऱ्या मुलांना हे जग टार्गेट करतं का? प्रसिद्ध सायबर क्राईम्स इन्व्हेस्टीगेटर रितेश भाटिया यांच्याशी या माहित नसलेल्या जगाबद्दल मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830910</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Screen Time with Mukta - Dark web
Series: #1 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 50 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
इंटरनेटच्या जादुई दुनियेची काळी बाजू असलेलं &amp;#039;डार्क वेब&amp;#039;... हे जग नेमकं असतं कुठे? आणि तिथे चालतं काय? सामान्य माणसांना आणि घराघरात इंटरनेट वापरणाऱ्या मुलांना हे जग टार्गेट करतं का? प्रसिद्ध सायबर क्राईम्स इन्व्हेस्टीगेटर रितेश भाटिया यांच्याशी या माहित नसलेल्या जगाबद्दल मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी साधलेला विशेष संवाद!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Social Media Chya Guhet by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Social Media Chya Guhet
Series: #17 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
व्हर्चुअल जगात वावरताना एक डेटा वापरण्याचे पैसे सोडले तर ग्राहक इतर कशासाठीचे ही पैसे देत नाही. पण म्हणून या जगात काहीच फुकट मिळत नाही. माणसांची खासगी माहिती याला आज अनन्य साधारण महत्व आहे. सोशल मीडिया आणि इंटरनेट वर असलेली माहिती खरंच आपल्याला मॅनिप्युलेट करते का? सोशल मीडियाच्या गुहेत शिरण्यापूर्वी आपण आपल्या मुलांना कुठल्या गोष्टी सांगितल्याच पाहिजेत. इंटरनेट वापरणं हा जर मूलभूत हक्क असेल तर आपली कर्तव्ये काय आहेत याविषयी टेक्नॉलॉजी आणि सोशल मीडिया आणि आंत्रप्रिनर समीर आठल्ये यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मारलेल्या मनमोकळ्या गप्पा!</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100110016.mp3" length="820924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100110016.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Social Media Chya Guhet
Series: #17 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
व्हर्चुअल जगात वावरताना एक डेटा वापरण्याचे पैसे सोडले तर ग्राहक इतर कशासाठीचे ही पैसे देत नाही. पण म्हणून या जगात काहीच फुकट मिळत नाही. माणसांची खासगी माहिती याला आज अनन्य साधारण महत्व आहे. सोशल मीडिया आणि इंटरनेट वर असलेली माहिती खरंच आपल्याला मॅनिप्युलेट करते का? सोशल मीडियाच्या गुहेत शिरण्यापूर्वी आपण आपल्या मुलांना कुठल्या गोष्टी सांगितल्याच पाहिजेत. इंटरनेट वापरणं हा जर मूलभूत हक्क असेल तर आपली कर्तव्ये काय आहेत याविषयी टेक्नॉलॉजी आणि सोशल मीडिया आणि आंत्रप्रिनर समीर आठल्ये यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मारलेल्या मनमोकळ्या गप्पा!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830846</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Social Media Chya Guhet
Series: #17 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
व्हर्चुअल जगात वावरताना एक डेटा वापरण्याचे पैसे सोडले तर ग्राहक इतर कशासाठीचे ही पैसे देत नाही. पण म्हणून या जगात काहीच फुकट मिळत नाही. माणसांची खासगी माहिती याला आज अनन्य साधारण महत्व आहे. सोशल मीडिया आणि इंटरनेट वर असलेली माहिती खरंच आपल्याला मॅनिप्युलेट करते का? सोशल मीडियाच्या गुहेत शिरण्यापूर्वी आपण आपल्या मुलांना कुठल्या गोष्टी सांगितल्याच पाहिजेत. इंटरनेट वापरणं हा जर मूलभूत हक्क असेल तर आपली कर्तव्ये काय आहेत याविषयी टेक्नॉलॉजी आणि सोशल मीडिया आणि आंत्रप्रिनर समीर आठल्ये यांच्याशी मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी मारलेल्या मनमोकळ्या गप्पा!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Episode 10 : Rkasha aur Aantrik Suraksha by Anjum Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 10 : Rkasha aur Aantrik Suraksha
Series: #10 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत रक्षा क्षेत्र पर खर्च करने वाले दुनिया के शीर्ष देशों में से एक है। रक्षा क्षेत्र में भारत धीरे धीरे आत्मनिर्भरता की ओर कदम बढ़ा रहा है। वहीं देश के सामने आंतरिक सुरक्षा संबंधी कुछ चुनौतियाँ भी हैं। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए, बीते साल रक्षा और आंतरिक सुरक्षा से जुड़े कौन से ज़रूरी फ़ैसले लिए गए, समझौते हुए और नीतियाँ बनीं।</description>
      <author>Anjum Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100097058.mp3" length="869393" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100097058.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 10 : Rkasha aur Aantrik Suraksha
Series: #10 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत रक्षा क्षेत्र पर खर्च करने वाले दुनिया के शीर्ष देशों में से एक है। रक्षा क्षेत्र में भारत धीरे धीरे आत्मनिर्भरता की ओर कदम बढ़ा रहा है। वहीं देश के सामने आंतरिक सुरक्षा संबंधी कुछ चुनौतियाँ भी हैं। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए, बीते साल रक्षा और आंतरिक सुरक्षा से जुड़े कौन से ज़रूरी फ़ैसले लिए गए, समझौते हुए और नीतियाँ बनीं।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 10 : Rkasha aur Aantrik Suraksha
Series: #10 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत रक्षा क्षेत्र पर खर्च करने वाले दुनिया के शीर्ष देशों में से एक है। रक्षा क्षेत्र में भारत धीरे धीरे आत्मनिर्भरता की ओर कदम बढ़ा रहा है। वहीं देश के सामने आंतरिक सुरक्षा संबंधी कुछ चुनौतियाँ भी हैं। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए, बीते साल रक्षा और आंतरिक सुरक्षा से जुड़े कौन से ज़रूरी फ़ैसले लिए गए, समझौते हुए और नीतियाँ बनीं।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Episode 7 : Krishi by Anjum Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 7 : Krishi
Series: #7 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत में आधे से अधिक लोगों की आजीविका कृषि पर आधारित है इसलिए भारत के किसान और कृषि दोनों राजनीतिक, आर्थिक नज़रिए से महत्वपूर्ण है। बीते साल कृषि क़ानूनों का विरोध सबसे ज़्यादा सुर्ख़ियों में रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए आख़िर क्या है किसान आंदोलन की वजह? इसके अलावा टिड्डियों का हमला किसानों के लिए क्यों है ख़तरनाक, साथ ही जानिए कृषि से जुड़ी कुछ योजनाएँ और नयी तकनीकों के बारे में।</description>
      <author>Anjum Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100097027.mp3" length="569018" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100097027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 7 : Krishi
Series: #7 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत में आधे से अधिक लोगों की आजीविका कृषि पर आधारित है इसलिए भारत के किसान और कृषि दोनों राजनीतिक, आर्थिक नज़रिए से महत्वपूर्ण है। बीते साल कृषि क़ानूनों का विरोध सबसे ज़्यादा सुर्ख़ियों में रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए आख़िर क्या है किसान आंदोलन की वजह? इसके अलावा टिड्डियों का हमला किसानों के लिए क्यों है ख़तरनाक, साथ ही जानिए कृषि से जुड़ी कुछ योजनाएँ और नयी तकनीकों के बारे में।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 7 : Krishi
Series: #7 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
भारत में आधे से अधिक लोगों की आजीविका कृषि पर आधारित है इसलिए भारत के किसान और कृषि दोनों राजनीतिक, आर्थिक नज़रिए से महत्वपूर्ण है। बीते साल कृषि क़ानूनों का विरोध सबसे ज़्यादा सुर्ख़ियों में रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए आख़िर क्या है किसान आंदोलन की वजह? इसके अलावा टिड्डियों का हमला किसानों के लिए क्यों है ख़तरनाक, साथ ही जानिए कृषि से जुड़ी कुछ योजनाएँ और नयी तकनीकों के बारे में।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Episode 4 : Vaishvik Ghatnakram by Anjum Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 4 : Vaishvik Ghatnakram
Series: #4 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
बीते साल वैश्विक स्तर पर अमरीकी राष्ट्रपति चुनाव प्रमुख घटना रही। इसके अलावा जॉर्ज फ्लॉयड की मृत्यु, बेरूत में धमाका, आर्मेनिया-अज़रबैजान संघर्ष, इज़राइल और यूएई के बीच ऐतिहासिक शांति समझौता, हॉन्ग कॉन्ग संकट, क्वार्डनकर आंदोलन पर सबकी नज़रें रहीं। इनके अलावा कुछ समुदाय और समझौते भी चर्चा में रहे जिनमें से कुछ प्रमुख की जानकारी सुनिए इस एपिसोड में।</description>
      <author>Anjum Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100096990.mp3" length="590638" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100096990.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 4 : Vaishvik Ghatnakram
Series: #4 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
बीते साल वैश्विक स्तर पर अमरीकी राष्ट्रपति चुनाव प्रमुख घटना रही। इसके अलावा जॉर्ज फ्लॉयड की मृत्यु, बेरूत में धमाका, आर्मेनिया-अज़रबैजान संघर्ष, इज़राइल और यूएई के बीच ऐतिहासिक शांति समझौता, हॉन्ग कॉन्ग संकट, क्वार्डनकर आंदोलन पर सबकी नज़रें रहीं। इनके अलावा कुछ समुदाय और समझौते भी चर्चा में रहे जिनमें से कुछ प्रमुख की जानकारी सुनिए इस एपिसोड में।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830557</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 4 : Vaishvik Ghatnakram
Series: #4 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
बीते साल वैश्विक स्तर पर अमरीकी राष्ट्रपति चुनाव प्रमुख घटना रही। इसके अलावा जॉर्ज फ्लॉयड की मृत्यु, बेरूत में धमाका, आर्मेनिया-अज़रबैजान संघर्ष, इज़राइल और यूएई के बीच ऐतिहासिक शांति समझौता, हॉन्ग कॉन्ग संकट, क्वार्डनकर आंदोलन पर सबकी नज़रें रहीं। इनके अलावा कुछ समुदाय और समझौते भी चर्चा में रहे जिनमें से कुछ प्रमुख की जानकारी सुनिए इस एपिसोड में।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Episode 8 : Gramin Vikas by Anjum Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 8 : Gramin Vikas
Series: #8 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आख़िर क्यों कहा जाता है कि ग्रामीण विकास के लिए पंचायती राज संस्थानों का सशक्तीकरण ज़रूरी है। तेज़ी बदल रही दुनिया में यह ख़याल ज़रूरी है कि स्थानीय स्वशासन की इकाईयाँ कहीं पिछड़ न जाए। ऐसे में ग्रामीण लोगों की आर्थिक स्थिति में सुधार के लिए सरकार क्या प्रयास कर रही है, इस एपिसोड में सुनिए।</description>
      <author>Anjum Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100097034.mp3" length="801683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100097034.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 8 : Gramin Vikas
Series: #8 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आख़िर क्यों कहा जाता है कि ग्रामीण विकास के लिए पंचायती राज संस्थानों का सशक्तीकरण ज़रूरी है। तेज़ी बदल रही दुनिया में यह ख़याल ज़रूरी है कि स्थानीय स्वशासन की इकाईयाँ कहीं पिछड़ न जाए। ऐसे में ग्रामीण लोगों की आर्थिक स्थिति में सुधार के लिए सरकार क्या प्रयास कर रही है, इस एपिसोड में सुनिए।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830553</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 8 : Gramin Vikas
Series: #8 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
आख़िर क्यों कहा जाता है कि ग्रामीण विकास के लिए पंचायती राज संस्थानों का सशक्तीकरण ज़रूरी है। तेज़ी बदल रही दुनिया में यह ख़याल ज़रूरी है कि स्थानीय स्वशासन की इकाईयाँ कहीं पिछड़ न जाए। ऐसे में ग्रामीण लोगों की आर्थिक स्थिति में सुधार के लिए सरकार क्या प्रयास कर रही है, इस एपिसोड में सुनिए।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Episode 5 : Bharat ki Aarthiki by Anjum Sharma</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 5 : Bharat ki Aarthiki
Series: #5 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोविड ने दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था को एक झटके में ज़मीन पर ला दिया। बीते कुछ दशकों में दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था में सबसे तेज़ गिरावट साल 2020 में देखने को मिली। करोड़ों लोगों बेरोज़गार हुए। पलायन हुआ। भारत भी इससे अछूता नहीं रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए कैसी रही भारत की अर्थव्यवस्था और इससे उबरने के लिए क्या प्रयास किए गए।</description>
      <author>Anjum Sharma</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100097003.mp3" length="828078" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100097003.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 5 : Bharat ki Aarthiki
Series: #5 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोविड ने दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था को एक झटके में ज़मीन पर ला दिया। बीते कुछ दशकों में दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था में सबसे तेज़ गिरावट साल 2020 में देखने को मिली। करोड़ों लोगों बेरोज़गार हुए। पलायन हुआ। भारत भी इससे अछूता नहीं रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए कैसी रही भारत की अर्थव्यवस्था और इससे उबरने के लिए क्या प्रयास किए गए।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830554</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Episode 5 : Bharat ki Aarthiki
Series: #5 of Storytel Yearbook
Author: Anjum Sharma
Narrator: Anjum Sharma
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 27 minutes
Release date: February 15, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोविड ने दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था को एक झटके में ज़मीन पर ला दिया। बीते कुछ दशकों में दुनिया की अर्थव्यवस्था में सबसे तेज़ गिरावट साल 2020 में देखने को मिली। करोड़ों लोगों बेरोज़गार हुए। पलायन हुआ। भारत भी इससे अछूता नहीं रहा। इस एपिसोड में सुनिए कैसी रही भारत की अर्थव्यवस्था और इससे उबरने के लिए क्या प्रयास किए गए।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Hindi] - Yogasan aur Swasthya by Acharya Bhagwan Dev</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Yogasan aur Swasthya
Author: Acharya Bhagwan Dev
Narrator: Anuradha Jain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
योग भारतीय संस्कृति की प्राचीनतम पहचानों में से एक है। यही वह विज्ञान है, जिसके बलबूते पर न केवल भारत कभी &amp;#039;सोने की चिड़िया&amp;#039; कहलाता था, बल्कि विश्वगुरु बनकर भी उभरा था। भगवान शंकर के बाद वैदिक ऋषि-मुनियों से ही योग का प्रारंभ माना जाता है। बाद में कृष्ण, बुद्ध, महावीर आदि ने भी इसे अपनी तरह से विस्तार प्रदान किया। इसे आगे चलकर पतंजलि ने सुव्यवस्थित कर लिखित रूप दिया और योग सूत्र की रचना की, जो कि मनुष्य लिए किसी वरदान से कम नहीं है।</description>
      <author>Acharya Bhagwan Dev</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789389860320.mp3" length="1379722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789389860320.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Yogasan aur Swasthya
Author: Acharya Bhagwan Dev
Narrator: Anuradha Jain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
योग भारतीय संस्कृति की प्राचीनतम पहचानों में से एक है। यही वह विज्ञान है, जिसके बलबूते पर न केवल भारत कभी &amp;#039;सोने की चिड़िया&amp;#039; कहलाता था, बल्कि विश्वगुरु बनकर भी उभरा था। भगवान शंकर के बाद वैदिक ऋषि-मुनियों से ही योग का प्रारंभ माना जाता है। बाद में कृष्ण, बुद्ध, महावीर आदि ने भी इसे अपनी तरह से विस्तार प्रदान किया। इसे आगे चलकर पतंजलि ने सुव्यवस्थित कर लिखित रूप दिया और योग सूत्र की रचना की, जो कि मनुष्य लिए किसी वरदान से कम नहीं है।</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Hindi] - Yogasan aur Swasthya
Author: Acharya Bhagwan Dev
Narrator: Anuradha Jain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
योग भारतीय संस्कृति की प्राचीनतम पहचानों में से एक है। यही वह विज्ञान है, जिसके बलबूते पर न केवल भारत कभी &amp;#039;सोने की चिड़िया&amp;#039; कहलाता था, बल्कि विश्वगुरु बनकर भी उभरा था। भगवान शंकर के बाद वैदिक ऋषि-मुनियों से ही योग का प्रारंभ माना जाता है। बाद में कृष्ण, बुद्ध, महावीर आदि ने भी इसे अपनी तरह से विस्तार प्रदान किया। इसे आगे चलकर पतंजलि ने सुव्यवस्थित कर लिखित रूप दिया और योग सूत्र की रचना की, जो कि मनुष्य लिए किसी वरदान से कम नहीं है।</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Marathi] - Mulanchya Zopecha Sauda by Mukta Chaitanya</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Mulanchya Zopecha Sauda
Series: #14 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आल्यापासून मुलांना स्वतःची गॅजेट्स मिळाली आहेत. ऑनलाईन जग त्यांच्यासाठी आधीच खुलं होतं पण आता स्वतःचं, हक्काचं गॅजेट किंवा गॅजेट वापरायचा वेळ मिळाल्यावर मुलांना ऑनलाईन वावर पूर्वीपेक्षा खूप जास्त वाढलेला आहे. आपोआपच गेमिंग, चॅटिंग आणि बिंज वॉचिंगचं प्रमाणही वाढलेलं आहे. या सगळ्याचा थेट परिणाम मुलांच्या झोपेवर होतोय का? अपुऱ्या झोपेचा आणि ताणाचा संबंध असतो का? मुलांमध्ये दिसणाऱ्या डिप्रेशनची मुळं अपुऱ्या झोपेत आणि इंटरनेट डिपेन्डसी मध्ये आहेत का? या रोजच्याच पण दुर्लक्षित विषयाचा आढावा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी घेतला आहे प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचार तज्ज्ञ डॉ. कौस्तुभ जोग यांच्यासह.</description>
      <author>Mukta Chaitanya</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/0408100109553.mp3" length="1373696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/0408100109553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Mulanchya Zopecha Sauda
Series: #14 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आल्यापासून मुलांना स्वतःची गॅजेट्स मिळाली आहेत. ऑनलाईन जग त्यांच्यासाठी आधीच खुलं होतं पण आता स्वतःचं, हक्काचं गॅजेट किंवा गॅजेट वापरायचा वेळ मिळाल्यावर मुलांना ऑनलाईन वावर पूर्वीपेक्षा खूप जास्त वाढलेला आहे. आपोआपच गेमिंग, चॅटिंग आणि बिंज वॉचिंगचं प्रमाणही वाढलेलं आहे. या सगळ्याचा थेट परिणाम मुलांच्या झोपेवर होतोय का? अपुऱ्या झोपेचा आणि ताणाचा संबंध असतो का? मुलांमध्ये दिसणाऱ्या डिप्रेशनची मुळं अपुऱ्या झोपेत आणि इंटरनेट डिपेन्डसी मध्ये आहेत का? या रोजच्याच पण दुर्लक्षित विषयाचा आढावा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी घेतला आहे प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचार तज्ज्ञ डॉ. कौस्तुभ जोग यांच्यासह.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/830449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Marathi] - Mulanchya Zopecha Sauda
Series: #14 of Screen Time with Mukta
Author: Mukta Chaitanya
Narrator: Mukta Chaitanya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: June 10, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
कोरोना महामारी आल्यापासून मुलांना स्वतःची गॅजेट्स मिळाली आहेत. ऑनलाईन जग त्यांच्यासाठी आधीच खुलं होतं पण आता स्वतःचं, हक्काचं गॅजेट किंवा गॅजेट वापरायचा वेळ मिळाल्यावर मुलांना ऑनलाईन वावर पूर्वीपेक्षा खूप जास्त वाढलेला आहे. आपोआपच गेमिंग, चॅटिंग आणि बिंज वॉचिंगचं प्रमाणही वाढलेलं आहे. या सगळ्याचा थेट परिणाम मुलांच्या झोपेवर होतोय का? अपुऱ्या झोपेचा आणि ताणाचा संबंध असतो का? मुलांमध्ये दिसणाऱ्या डिप्रेशनची मुळं अपुऱ्या झोपेत आणि इंटरनेट डिपेन्डसी मध्ये आहेत का? या रोजच्याच पण दुर्लक्षित विषयाचा आढावा मुक्ता चैतन्य यांनी घेतला आहे प्रसिद्ध मानसोपचार तज्ज्ञ डॉ. कौस्तुभ जोग यांच्यासह.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Inteligencia artificial e IA generativa para principiantes: Comprenda el aprendizaje automático, explore casos de uso de la IA by David M. Patel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia artificial e IA generativa para principiantes: Comprenda el aprendizaje automático, explore casos de uso de la IA
Series: #1 of Inteligencia Artificial Hecha Fácil
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Ernesto Tissot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Buscas una guía sencilla para comprender la IA? ¿Tienes curiosidad por el revuelo en torno a la IA generativa? ¿Quieres saber cómo utilizar ChatGPT o MidJourney para beneficiarte a ti mismo y en el trabajo? Si te encuentras asintiendo a estas preguntas, entonces ¡este libro es exactamente para ti! David M. Patel, autor bestseller de Amazon y consultor de IA, te mostrará todo lo que necesitas saber para convertirte en un usuario experto en inteligencia artificial e IA generativa. Te guiará paso a paso desde el descubrimiento de los fundamentos de la inteligencia artificial hasta la comprensión de cómo funcionan los modelos generativos, y te mostrará cómo aprovechar todo el poder de las herramientas de inteligencia artificial como ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 y MidJourney para disparar tu productividad y que crezcas exponencialmente. En esta guía práctica, descubrirás lo siguiente: - La fascinante historia de la IA: más de sesenta años de grandes avances - Los cinco componentes principales de la IA que debes conocer - Los tres tipos de aprendizaje automático y en qué se diferencian - Principales campos de la IA: PNL, visión informática y robótica + aplicaciones - Qué es y qué no es la IA generativa - Los nueve tipos de IA generativa y cómo funcionan - Ideas de negocios con la IA generativa: dos estudios de caso detallados - Cuatro herramientas esenciales para desarrollar tu propio modelo de IA generativa - Trece GUÍAS PRÁCTICAS: escribe artículos, diseña imágenes &amp;#039;INTELIGENCIA ARTIFICIAL E IA GENERATIVA PARA PRINCIPIANTES&amp;#039; es para cualquiera que desee adentrarse en el mundo de la IA, ya seas un principiante absoluto que siente curiosidad por los conceptos básicos, un profesional que desee potenciar tus herramientas o incluso un escéptico que se pregunte a qué viene tanto alboroto. El futuro de la IA está aquí y ahora. Sé parte de él. ¡Consigue hoy mismo tu ejemplar y comienza tu viaje transformador en el mundo de la IA!</description>
      <author>David M. Patel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783689835439.mp3" length="798855" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783689835439.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia artificial e IA generativa para principiantes: Comprenda el aprendizaje automático, explore casos de uso de la IA
Series: #1 of Inteligencia Artificial Hecha Fácil
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Ernesto Tissot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Buscas una guía sencilla para comprender la IA? ¿Tienes curiosidad por el revuelo en torno a la IA generativa? ¿Quieres saber cómo utilizar ChatGPT o MidJourney para beneficiarte a ti mismo y en el trabajo? Si te encuentras asintiendo a estas preguntas, entonces ¡este libro es exactamente para ti! David M. Patel, autor bestseller de Amazon y consultor de IA, te mostrará todo lo que necesitas saber para convertirte en un usuario experto en inteligencia artificial e IA generativa. Te guiará paso a paso desde el descubrimiento de los fundamentos de la inteligencia artificial hasta la comprensión de cómo funcionan los modelos generativos, y te mostrará cómo aprovechar todo el poder de las herramientas de inteligencia artificial como ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 y MidJourney para disparar tu productividad y que crezcas exponencialmente. En esta guía práctica, descubrirás lo siguiente: - La fascinante historia de la IA: más de sesenta años de grandes avances - Los cinco componentes principales de la IA que debes conocer - Los tres tipos de aprendizaje automático y en qué se diferencian - Principales campos de la IA: PNL, visión informática y robótica + aplicaciones - Qué es y qué no es la IA generativa - Los nueve tipos de IA generativa y cómo funcionan - Ideas de negocios con la IA generativa: dos estudios de caso detallados - Cuatro herramientas esenciales para desarrollar tu propio modelo de IA generativa - Trece GUÍAS PRÁCTICAS: escribe artículos, diseña imágenes &amp;#039;INTELIGENCIA ARTIFICIAL E IA GENERATIVA PARA PRINCIPIANTES&amp;#039; es para cualquiera que desee adentrarse en el mundo de la IA, ya seas un principiante absoluto que siente curiosidad por los conceptos básicos, un profesional que desee potenciar tus herramientas o incluso un escéptico que se pregunte a qué viene tanto alboroto. El futuro de la IA está aquí y ahora. Sé parte de él. ¡Consigue hoy mismo tu ejemplar y comienza tu viaje transformador en el mundo de la IA!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/829532</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia artificial e IA generativa para principiantes: Comprenda el aprendizaje automático, explore casos de uso de la IA
Series: #1 of Inteligencia Artificial Hecha Fácil
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Ernesto Tissot
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Buscas una guía sencilla para comprender la IA? ¿Tienes curiosidad por el revuelo en torno a la IA generativa? ¿Quieres saber cómo utilizar ChatGPT o MidJourney para beneficiarte a ti mismo y en el trabajo? Si te encuentras asintiendo a estas preguntas, entonces ¡este libro es exactamente para ti! David M. Patel, autor bestseller de Amazon y consultor de IA, te mostrará todo lo que necesitas saber para convertirte en un usuario experto en inteligencia artificial e IA generativa. Te guiará paso a paso desde el descubrimiento de los fundamentos de la inteligencia artificial hasta la comprensión de cómo funcionan los modelos generativos, y te mostrará cómo aprovechar todo el poder de las herramientas de inteligencia artificial como ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 y MidJourney para disparar tu productividad y que crezcas exponencialmente. En esta guía práctica, descubrirás lo siguiente: - La fascinante historia de la IA: más de sesenta años de grandes avances - Los cinco componentes principales de la IA que debes conocer - Los tres tipos de aprendizaje automático y en qué se diferencian - Principales campos de la IA: PNL, visión informática y robótica + aplicaciones - Qué es y qué no es la IA generativa - Los nueve tipos de IA generativa y cómo funcionan - Ideas de negocios con la IA generativa: dos estudios de caso detallados - Cuatro herramientas esenciales para desarrollar tu propio modelo de IA generativa - Trece GUÍAS PRÁCTICAS: escribe artículos, diseña imágenes &amp;#039;INTELIGENCIA ARTIFICIAL E IA GENERATIVA PARA PRINCIPIANTES&amp;#039; es para cualquiera que desee adentrarse en el mundo de la IA, ya seas un principiante absoluto que siente curiosidad por los conceptos básicos, un profesional que desee potenciar tus herramientas o incluso un escéptico que se pregunte a qué viene tanto alboroto. El futuro de la IA está aquí y ahora. Sé parte de él. ¡Consigue hoy mismo tu ejemplar y comienza tu viaje transformador en el mundo de la IA!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us by Nello Cristianini</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us
Author: Nello Cristianini
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An influential scientist in the field of artificial intelligence (AI) explains its fundamental concepts and how it is changing culture and society. A particular form of AI is now embedded in our tech, our infrastructure, and our lives. How did it get there? Where and why should we be concerned? And what should we do now? The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us provides an accessible yet probing exposure of AI in its prevalent form today, proposing a new narrative to connect and make sense of events that have happened in the recent tumultuous past, and enabling us to think soberly about the road ahead. This book is divided into ten carefully crafted and easily digestible chapters. Each chapter grapples with an important question for AI. Ranging from the scientific concepts that underpin the technology to wider implications for society, it develops a unified description using tools from different disciplines and avoiding unnecessary abstractions or words that end with -ism. The book uses real examples wherever possible, introducing the listener to the people who have created some of these technologies and to ideas shaping modern society that originate from the technical side of AI. It contains important practical advice about how we should approach AI in the future without promoting exaggerated hypes or fears.</description>
      <author>Nello Cristianini</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350874341.mp3" length="8027180" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350874341.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us
Author: Nello Cristianini
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An influential scientist in the field of artificial intelligence (AI) explains its fundamental concepts and how it is changing culture and society. A particular form of AI is now embedded in our tech, our infrastructure, and our lives. How did it get there? Where and why should we be concerned? And what should we do now? The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us provides an accessible yet probing exposure of AI in its prevalent form today, proposing a new narrative to connect and make sense of events that have happened in the recent tumultuous past, and enabling us to think soberly about the road ahead. This book is divided into ten carefully crafted and easily digestible chapters. Each chapter grapples with an important question for AI. Ranging from the scientific concepts that underpin the technology to wider implications for society, it develops a unified description using tools from different disciplines and avoiding unnecessary abstractions or words that end with -ism. The book uses real examples wherever possible, introducing the listener to the people who have created some of these technologies and to ideas shaping modern society that originate from the technical side of AI. It contains important practical advice about how we should approach AI in the future without promoting exaggerated hypes or fears.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/827798</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us
Author: Nello Cristianini
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An influential scientist in the field of artificial intelligence (AI) explains its fundamental concepts and how it is changing culture and society. A particular form of AI is now embedded in our tech, our infrastructure, and our lives. How did it get there? Where and why should we be concerned? And what should we do now? The Shortcut: Why Intelligent Machines Do Not Think Like Us provides an accessible yet probing exposure of AI in its prevalent form today, proposing a new narrative to connect and make sense of events that have happened in the recent tumultuous past, and enabling us to think soberly about the road ahead. This book is divided into ten carefully crafted and easily digestible chapters. Each chapter grapples with an important question for AI. Ranging from the scientific concepts that underpin the technology to wider implications for society, it develops a unified description using tools from different disciplines and avoiding unnecessary abstractions or words that end with -ism. The book uses real examples wherever possible, introducing the listener to the people who have created some of these technologies and to ideas shaping modern society that originate from the technical side of AI. It contains important practical advice about how we should approach AI in the future without promoting exaggerated hypes or fears.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flying and Dying by Tom Huitema</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying and Dying
Author: Tom Huitema
Narrator: Tom Huitema
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An irreverent kid is saved by flying. From a single-engine Cessna 150 to the captain’s seat of a Boeing 787 Dreamliner, he commits his career to serving others within his field. Captain Tom is at the pinnacle of his profession, traveling the globe, a social media influencer, and a health and fitness advocate. One night his life comes to a screeching halt when an undiagnosed heart defect triggers sudden cardiac arrest. After twenty minutes of CPR and seven defibrillator shocks, he is miraculously revived. Having had a profound afterlife experience, he returns to the living and reshapes his life to inspire others. No longer able to fly, he forges a new path to complete his aviation legacy. “Flying and Dying” is the remarkable story of that journey.</description>
      <author>Tom Huitema</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185625.mp3" length="1350006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185625.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying and Dying
Author: Tom Huitema
Narrator: Tom Huitema
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An irreverent kid is saved by flying. From a single-engine Cessna 150 to the captain’s seat of a Boeing 787 Dreamliner, he commits his career to serving others within his field. Captain Tom is at the pinnacle of his profession, traveling the globe, a social media influencer, and a health and fitness advocate. One night his life comes to a screeching halt when an undiagnosed heart defect triggers sudden cardiac arrest. After twenty minutes of CPR and seven defibrillator shocks, he is miraculously revived. Having had a profound afterlife experience, he returns to the living and reshapes his life to inspire others. No longer able to fly, he forges a new path to complete his aviation legacy. “Flying and Dying” is the remarkable story of that journey.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824569</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Flying and Dying
Author: Tom Huitema
Narrator: Tom Huitema
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 25 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An irreverent kid is saved by flying. From a single-engine Cessna 150 to the captain’s seat of a Boeing 787 Dreamliner, he commits his career to serving others within his field. Captain Tom is at the pinnacle of his profession, traveling the globe, a social media influencer, and a health and fitness advocate. One night his life comes to a screeching halt when an undiagnosed heart defect triggers sudden cardiac arrest. After twenty minutes of CPR and seven defibrillator shocks, he is miraculously revived. Having had a profound afterlife experience, he returns to the living and reshapes his life to inspire others. No longer able to fly, he forges a new path to complete his aviation legacy. “Flying and Dying” is the remarkable story of that journey.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling by J.A. Drexler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling
Author: J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced digital world, creating compelling content that resonates with audiences is crucial for building a successful brand. Content that Rocks is your ultimate guide to mastering the art of storytelling and content strategy. This audiobook takes you on a step-by-step journey, exploring how to craft captivating stories, optimize content for search engines, and embrace multimedia formats that will take your digital presence to the next level. Whether you&amp;#039;re a marketer, entrepreneur, or content creator, this audiobook provides actionable insights on how to adapt to the latest trends and technologies, all while keeping your audience engaged. Learn how to develop a personalized content strategy, tap into the power of SEO, leverage the potential of video, infographics, and more, and discover the evolving landscape of digital storytelling. Start building a digital brand that rocks with this essential guide!</description>
      <author>J.A. Drexler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185588.mp3" length="896826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185588.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling
Author: J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced digital world, creating compelling content that resonates with audiences is crucial for building a successful brand. Content that Rocks is your ultimate guide to mastering the art of storytelling and content strategy. This audiobook takes you on a step-by-step journey, exploring how to craft captivating stories, optimize content for search engines, and embrace multimedia formats that will take your digital presence to the next level. Whether you&amp;#039;re a marketer, entrepreneur, or content creator, this audiobook provides actionable insights on how to adapt to the latest trends and technologies, all while keeping your audience engaged. Learn how to develop a personalized content strategy, tap into the power of SEO, leverage the potential of video, infographics, and more, and discover the evolving landscape of digital storytelling. Start building a digital brand that rocks with this essential guide!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824536</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling
Author: J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content that Rocks: Building a Digital Brand with Powerful Storytelling In today&amp;#039;s fast-paced digital world, creating compelling content that resonates with audiences is crucial for building a successful brand. Content that Rocks is your ultimate guide to mastering the art of storytelling and content strategy. This audiobook takes you on a step-by-step journey, exploring how to craft captivating stories, optimize content for search engines, and embrace multimedia formats that will take your digital presence to the next level. Whether you&amp;#039;re a marketer, entrepreneur, or content creator, this audiobook provides actionable insights on how to adapt to the latest trends and technologies, all while keeping your audience engaged. Learn how to develop a personalized content strategy, tap into the power of SEO, leverage the potential of video, infographics, and more, and discover the evolving landscape of digital storytelling. Start building a digital brand that rocks with this essential guide!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success by Eric Duffield</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success
Author: Eric Duffield
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success In a digital world where attention spans are fleeting and competition is fierce, the art of crafting compelling narratives has become the cornerstone of online success. &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; is your essential guide to mastering this art, offering you the keys to unlock the full potential of your digital presence. This audiobook delves deep into the heart of digital storytelling, revealing the strategies and techniques that empower you to create content that captivates and connects with your target audience. From crafting engaging blog posts and social media updates to producing impactful videos and podcasts, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; equips you with the tools needed to leave a lasting impression. You will learn to harness the power of storytelling to build brand loyalty, boost online engagement, and achieve digital success. Discover how to navigate the ever-changing digital landscape, adapt to shifting trends, and make your content stand out in the crowded online arena. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned content creator looking to refine your skills or just starting your digital journey, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; empowers you to not only connect with your audience but to thrive in the dynamic world of digital content creation. Get ready to transform your online presence, one compelling narrative at a time.</description>
      <author>Eric Duffield</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185564.mp3" length="915666" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185564.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success
Author: Eric Duffield
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success In a digital world where attention spans are fleeting and competition is fierce, the art of crafting compelling narratives has become the cornerstone of online success. &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; is your essential guide to mastering this art, offering you the keys to unlock the full potential of your digital presence. This audiobook delves deep into the heart of digital storytelling, revealing the strategies and techniques that empower you to create content that captivates and connects with your target audience. From crafting engaging blog posts and social media updates to producing impactful videos and podcasts, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; equips you with the tools needed to leave a lasting impression. You will learn to harness the power of storytelling to build brand loyalty, boost online engagement, and achieve digital success. Discover how to navigate the ever-changing digital landscape, adapt to shifting trends, and make your content stand out in the crowded online arena. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned content creator looking to refine your skills or just starting your digital journey, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; empowers you to not only connect with your audience but to thrive in the dynamic world of digital content creation. Get ready to transform your online presence, one compelling narrative at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824537</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success
Author: Eric Duffield
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Rules: Creating Compelling Online Narratives to Connect with Audiences and Drive Digital Success In a digital world where attention spans are fleeting and competition is fierce, the art of crafting compelling narratives has become the cornerstone of online success. &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; is your essential guide to mastering this art, offering you the keys to unlock the full potential of your digital presence. This audiobook delves deep into the heart of digital storytelling, revealing the strategies and techniques that empower you to create content that captivates and connects with your target audience. From crafting engaging blog posts and social media updates to producing impactful videos and podcasts, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; equips you with the tools needed to leave a lasting impression. You will learn to harness the power of storytelling to build brand loyalty, boost online engagement, and achieve digital success. Discover how to navigate the ever-changing digital landscape, adapt to shifting trends, and make your content stand out in the crowded online arena. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned content creator looking to refine your skills or just starting your digital journey, &amp;#039;Content Rules&amp;#039; empowers you to not only connect with your audience but to thrive in the dynamic world of digital content creation. Get ready to transform your online presence, one compelling narrative at a time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World by Will Regent</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World
Author: Will Regent
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World There is no denying that technology has done wonders in our life. It has made connecting with other people easier. But online activity in social media, online shopping and even online gambling can lead to unhealthy amounts of time spent online and even addiction. It is crucial that you learn how to disconnect.  Over 80% of the population owns a mobile device and studies show that the average time spent on social networking was projected as 144 minutes per day. Electronic devices that are connected to the internet can be found everywhere: in our home, in our car, our TV, our watch and sometimes even our fridge! We often hear that most people are now addicted to the internet. It is now common to see an entire family all focused on their own phone. They are no longer talking and instead are more focused on each of their devices. It&amp;#039;s become really challenging now to put down the phone.   This audiobook will teach you how you can try to disconnect from the digital world. You will discover about the current state of the digital world and how it affects or impact your physical and mental health. This audiobook will show you more positive behaviors with technology while finding a way to reconnect. In this audiobook, you will learn about: The History and Current State of Our Digital Life The Digital Impact On Your Body Learn to Sleep Again The Digital Impact On Your Mind How You Can Improve Your Attention and Awareness How the Digital World is Shaping Your Behavior Practice Emotional Awareness Planned Solitude: Learning to Be Connected With Yourself Developing a Healthy Relationship And Other Practical Ideas A 21-Day Plan to Disconnect For Good There is no question that the internet is truly addictive. Most online businesses and websites are designed that way to keep their customers coming back</description>
      <author>Will Regent</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185502.mp3" length="803671" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185502.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World
Author: Will Regent
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World There is no denying that technology has done wonders in our life. It has made connecting with other people easier. But online activity in social media, online shopping and even online gambling can lead to unhealthy amounts of time spent online and even addiction. It is crucial that you learn how to disconnect.  Over 80% of the population owns a mobile device and studies show that the average time spent on social networking was projected as 144 minutes per day. Electronic devices that are connected to the internet can be found everywhere: in our home, in our car, our TV, our watch and sometimes even our fridge! We often hear that most people are now addicted to the internet. It is now common to see an entire family all focused on their own phone. They are no longer talking and instead are more focused on each of their devices. It&amp;#039;s become really challenging now to put down the phone.   This audiobook will teach you how you can try to disconnect from the digital world. You will discover about the current state of the digital world and how it affects or impact your physical and mental health. This audiobook will show you more positive behaviors with technology while finding a way to reconnect. In this audiobook, you will learn about: The History and Current State of Our Digital Life The Digital Impact On Your Body Learn to Sleep Again The Digital Impact On Your Mind How You Can Improve Your Attention and Awareness How the Digital World is Shaping Your Behavior Practice Emotional Awareness Planned Solitude: Learning to Be Connected With Yourself Developing a Healthy Relationship And Other Practical Ideas A 21-Day Plan to Disconnect For Good There is no question that the internet is truly addictive. Most online businesses and websites are designed that way to keep their customers coming back</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824452</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World
Author: Will Regent
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Minimalism: The Essential Guide to Minimizing Your Time in the Digital World, Learn Tips and Strategies on How You Can Unplug and Spend More Time in The Real World There is no denying that technology has done wonders in our life. It has made connecting with other people easier. But online activity in social media, online shopping and even online gambling can lead to unhealthy amounts of time spent online and even addiction. It is crucial that you learn how to disconnect.  Over 80% of the population owns a mobile device and studies show that the average time spent on social networking was projected as 144 minutes per day. Electronic devices that are connected to the internet can be found everywhere: in our home, in our car, our TV, our watch and sometimes even our fridge! We often hear that most people are now addicted to the internet. It is now common to see an entire family all focused on their own phone. They are no longer talking and instead are more focused on each of their devices. It&amp;#039;s become really challenging now to put down the phone.   This audiobook will teach you how you can try to disconnect from the digital world. You will discover about the current state of the digital world and how it affects or impact your physical and mental health. This audiobook will show you more positive behaviors with technology while finding a way to reconnect. In this audiobook, you will learn about: The History and Current State of Our Digital Life The Digital Impact On Your Body Learn to Sleep Again The Digital Impact On Your Mind How You Can Improve Your Attention and Awareness How the Digital World is Shaping Your Behavior Practice Emotional Awareness Planned Solitude: Learning to Be Connected With Yourself Developing a Healthy Relationship And Other Practical Ideas A 21-Day Plan to Disconnect For Good There is no question that the internet is truly addictive. Most online businesses and websites are designed that way to keep their customers coming back</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services by Max Nelson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services
Author: Max Nelson
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services Live demos or demonstration videos are as simple as they sound but can be complicated to master. They are live demonstrations of a product or service you or a company provides. It provides an opportunity to showcase exactly how a product or service works, or can solve a problem for someone else. Live demos can easily be the reason why some companies are beyond successful and others are not. Remember, the primary purpose of hosting live product demonstrations is to close a sale and, in turn, generate more revenue for the company or you. In this audiobook, you will get a step-by-step guide on how to create live demonstration videos for your products and services. You will learn how to create live demos that are informative, educational, and also memorable.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: Why Bother Creating Live Demos? Which Products and Services Work Best for Live Demos? Which Software and Platforms Should You Use? Equipment You Cannot Do Without If You Want to Be Successful How to Plan Your Demos Successfully Steps to Making a Live Demo Common Live Demo Mistakes to Avoid And many more! Any business can utilize live demos to meet their goals. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</description>
      <author>Max Nelson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185427.mp3" length="906578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185427.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services
Author: Max Nelson
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services Live demos or demonstration videos are as simple as they sound but can be complicated to master. They are live demonstrations of a product or service you or a company provides. It provides an opportunity to showcase exactly how a product or service works, or can solve a problem for someone else. Live demos can easily be the reason why some companies are beyond successful and others are not. Remember, the primary purpose of hosting live product demonstrations is to close a sale and, in turn, generate more revenue for the company or you. In this audiobook, you will get a step-by-step guide on how to create live demonstration videos for your products and services. You will learn how to create live demos that are informative, educational, and also memorable.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: Why Bother Creating Live Demos? Which Products and Services Work Best for Live Demos? Which Software and Platforms Should You Use? Equipment You Cannot Do Without If You Want to Be Successful How to Plan Your Demos Successfully Steps to Making a Live Demo Common Live Demo Mistakes to Avoid And many more! Any business can utilize live demos to meet their goals. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824455</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services
Author: Max Nelson
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How to Do Live Demos: Learn the Ins and Outs of How to Create Visually Stunning Live Video Demonstrations That Can Help Promote Your Products and Services Live demos or demonstration videos are as simple as they sound but can be complicated to master. They are live demonstrations of a product or service you or a company provides. It provides an opportunity to showcase exactly how a product or service works, or can solve a problem for someone else. Live demos can easily be the reason why some companies are beyond successful and others are not. Remember, the primary purpose of hosting live product demonstrations is to close a sale and, in turn, generate more revenue for the company or you. In this audiobook, you will get a step-by-step guide on how to create live demonstration videos for your products and services. You will learn how to create live demos that are informative, educational, and also memorable.  This audiobook will cover the following topics: Why Bother Creating Live Demos? Which Products and Services Work Best for Live Demos? Which Software and Platforms Should You Use? Equipment You Cannot Do Without If You Want to Be Successful How to Plan Your Demos Successfully Steps to Making a Live Demo Common Live Demo Mistakes to Avoid And many more! Any business can utilize live demos to meet their goals. If you want to learn more, scroll up and click “add to cart” now!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks by Eric Duffield, J.A. Drexler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks
Author: Eric Duffield, J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks Become a master content creator with the Content Powerhouse Bundle, featuring two powerful audiobooks designed to elevate your digital presence. Whether you&amp;#039;re building a brand, creating online narratives, or looking to captivate your audience, this bundle provides the expert strategies you need to stand out and succeed in the digital landscape.</description>
      <author>Eric Duffield, J.A. Drexler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875185687.mp3" length="1501786" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875185687.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks
Author: Eric Duffield, J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks Become a master content creator with the Content Powerhouse Bundle, featuring two powerful audiobooks designed to elevate your digital presence. Whether you&amp;#039;re building a brand, creating online narratives, or looking to captivate your audience, this bundle provides the expert strategies you need to stand out and succeed in the digital landscape.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824449</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks
Author: Eric Duffield, J.A. Drexler
Narrator: Thomas Morrison
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Powerhouse Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Content Rules and Content that Rocks Become a master content creator with the Content Powerhouse Bundle, featuring two powerful audiobooks designed to elevate your digital presence. Whether you&amp;#039;re building a brand, creating online narratives, or looking to captivate your audience, this bundle provides the expert strategies you need to stand out and succeed in the digital landscape.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The 1 &amp;amp; The 0: Binary by Mike Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 1 &amp;amp; The 0: Binary
Series: #1 of BIG TECH
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The One (1) and the Zero (0). Binary: About the intrinsic use of computer code down to Binary base level. They&amp;#039;re all around us now, computers. In our heads with social media, and the internet is now part of our dna (so to speak). All fed by the 1&amp;#039;s &amp;amp; the 0&amp;#039;s ! https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07GRC3428 *MORE POEMS by the Author: https://www.amazon.com/-/e/B00SG40RM8 To contact the Author: Please add me Mike Miko on Facebook &amp;amp; then message me, thanks. https://www.facebook.com/mike.cco1 I will then contact the Author your behalf. or on Twitter: miko_1_dollar ~ Tumblr : ccobes ~  Instagram: wild_poetrys   //  wild.poetry.webs TikTok: @wild_poetrys Website: www.wild-poetry.com Facebook: WOW https://www.facebook.com/wow.fact</description>
      <author>Mike Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875186417.mp3" length="226219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875186417.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 1 &amp;amp; The 0: Binary
Series: #1 of BIG TECH
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The One (1) and the Zero (0). Binary: About the intrinsic use of computer code down to Binary base level. They&amp;#039;re all around us now, computers. In our heads with social media, and the internet is now part of our dna (so to speak). All fed by the 1&amp;#039;s &amp;amp; the 0&amp;#039;s ! https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07GRC3428 *MORE POEMS by the Author: https://www.amazon.com/-/e/B00SG40RM8 To contact the Author: Please add me Mike Miko on Facebook &amp;amp; then message me, thanks. https://www.facebook.com/mike.cco1 I will then contact the Author your behalf. or on Twitter: miko_1_dollar ~ Tumblr : ccobes ~  Instagram: wild_poetrys   //  wild.poetry.webs TikTok: @wild_poetrys Website: www.wild-poetry.com Facebook: WOW https://www.facebook.com/wow.fact</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/824430</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The 1 &amp;amp; The 0: Binary
Series: #1 of BIG TECH
Author: Mike Blake
Narrator: Mike Blake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The One (1) and the Zero (0). Binary: About the intrinsic use of computer code down to Binary base level. They&amp;#039;re all around us now, computers. In our heads with social media, and the internet is now part of our dna (so to speak). All fed by the 1&amp;#039;s &amp;amp; the 0&amp;#039;s ! https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07GRC3428 *MORE POEMS by the Author: https://www.amazon.com/-/e/B00SG40RM8 To contact the Author: Please add me Mike Miko on Facebook &amp;amp; then message me, thanks. https://www.facebook.com/mike.cco1 I will then contact the Author your behalf. or on Twitter: miko_1_dollar ~ Tumblr : ccobes ~  Instagram: wild_poetrys   //  wild.poetry.webs TikTok: @wild_poetrys Website: www.wild-poetry.com Facebook: WOW https://www.facebook.com/wow.fact</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Elevate Your Projects : Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management: Spiritual Wisdom for Effective Project Delivery by Rohit Dumane</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elevate Your Projects : Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management: Spiritual Wisdom for Effective Project Delivery
Author: Rohit Dumane
Narrator: Adriaan Hellenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book &amp;#039;Elevate Your Projects: Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management&amp;#039; reveals how integrating spiritual principles can elevate your projects, teams, and outcomes. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s three decades of experience in Project Management of versatile Construction Projects, this guide shows how to infuse your projects with purpose, compassion, and resilience. Discover how to cultivate a culture of collaboration, innovation, and sustainability, and learn how to measure success through spiritual metrics. Embark on this journey to elevate your projects and transform your approach to Project Management.</description>
      <author>Rohit Dumane</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875173349.mp3" length="1377267" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875173349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elevate Your Projects : Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management: Spiritual Wisdom for Effective Project Delivery
Author: Rohit Dumane
Narrator: Adriaan Hellenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book &amp;#039;Elevate Your Projects: Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management&amp;#039; reveals how integrating spiritual principles can elevate your projects, teams, and outcomes. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s three decades of experience in Project Management of versatile Construction Projects, this guide shows how to infuse your projects with purpose, compassion, and resilience. Discover how to cultivate a culture of collaboration, innovation, and sustainability, and learn how to measure success through spiritual metrics. Embark on this journey to elevate your projects and transform your approach to Project Management.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/822186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Elevate Your Projects : Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management: Spiritual Wisdom for Effective Project Delivery
Author: Rohit Dumane
Narrator: Adriaan Hellenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 40 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This book &amp;#039;Elevate Your Projects: Infusing Spiritual Principles in Project Management&amp;#039; reveals how integrating spiritual principles can elevate your projects, teams, and outcomes. Drawing from the author&amp;#039;s three decades of experience in Project Management of versatile Construction Projects, this guide shows how to infuse your projects with purpose, compassion, and resilience. Discover how to cultivate a culture of collaboration, innovation, and sustainability, and learn how to measure success through spiritual metrics. Embark on this journey to elevate your projects and transform your approach to Project Management.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals by Brent Dykes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals
Author: Brent Dykes
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master the art and science of data storytelling?with frameworks and techniques to help you craft compelling stories with data.  The ability to effectively communicate with data is no longer a luxury in today’s economy; it is a necessity. Transforming data into visual communication is only one part of the picture. It is equally important to engage your audience with a narrative?to tell a story with the numbers. Effective Data Storytelling will teach you the essential skills necessary to communicate your insights through persuasive and memorable data stories.  Narratives are more powerful than raw statistics, more enduring than pretty charts. When done correctly, data stories can influence decisions and drive change. Most other books focus only on data visualization while neglecting the powerful narrative and psychological aspects of telling stories with data. Author Brent Dykes shows you how to take the three central elements of data storytelling?data, narrative, and visuals?and combine them for maximum effectiveness. Taking a comprehensive look at all the elements of data storytelling, this unique book will enable you to:   - Transform your insights and data visualizations into appealing, impactful data stories  - Learn the fundamental elements of a data story and key audience drivers  - Understand the differences between how the brain processes facts and narrative  - Structure your findings as a data narrative, using a four-step storyboarding process  - Incorporate the seven essential principles of better visual storytelling into your work  - Avoid common data storytelling mistakes by learning from historical and modern examples  Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals is a must-have resource for anyone who communicates regularly with data, including business professionals, analysts, marketers, salespeople, financial managers, and educators.  This audiobook is expertly read by Joel Richards, with audio engineering by Mike Thal. It was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Brent Dykes</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666684452.mp3" length="854321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666684452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals
Author: Brent Dykes
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master the art and science of data storytelling?with frameworks and techniques to help you craft compelling stories with data.  The ability to effectively communicate with data is no longer a luxury in today’s economy; it is a necessity. Transforming data into visual communication is only one part of the picture. It is equally important to engage your audience with a narrative?to tell a story with the numbers. Effective Data Storytelling will teach you the essential skills necessary to communicate your insights through persuasive and memorable data stories.  Narratives are more powerful than raw statistics, more enduring than pretty charts. When done correctly, data stories can influence decisions and drive change. Most other books focus only on data visualization while neglecting the powerful narrative and psychological aspects of telling stories with data. Author Brent Dykes shows you how to take the three central elements of data storytelling?data, narrative, and visuals?and combine them for maximum effectiveness. Taking a comprehensive look at all the elements of data storytelling, this unique book will enable you to:   - Transform your insights and data visualizations into appealing, impactful data stories  - Learn the fundamental elements of a data story and key audience drivers  - Understand the differences between how the brain processes facts and narrative  - Structure your findings as a data narrative, using a four-step storyboarding process  - Incorporate the seven essential principles of better visual storytelling into your work  - Avoid common data storytelling mistakes by learning from historical and modern examples  Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals is a must-have resource for anyone who communicates regularly with data, including business professionals, analysts, marketers, salespeople, financial managers, and educators.  This audiobook is expertly read by Joel Richards, with audio engineering by Mike Thal. It was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/821753</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals
Author: Brent Dykes
Narrator: Joel Richards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master the art and science of data storytelling?with frameworks and techniques to help you craft compelling stories with data.  The ability to effectively communicate with data is no longer a luxury in today’s economy; it is a necessity. Transforming data into visual communication is only one part of the picture. It is equally important to engage your audience with a narrative?to tell a story with the numbers. Effective Data Storytelling will teach you the essential skills necessary to communicate your insights through persuasive and memorable data stories.  Narratives are more powerful than raw statistics, more enduring than pretty charts. When done correctly, data stories can influence decisions and drive change. Most other books focus only on data visualization while neglecting the powerful narrative and psychological aspects of telling stories with data. Author Brent Dykes shows you how to take the three central elements of data storytelling?data, narrative, and visuals?and combine them for maximum effectiveness. Taking a comprehensive look at all the elements of data storytelling, this unique book will enable you to:   - Transform your insights and data visualizations into appealing, impactful data stories  - Learn the fundamental elements of a data story and key audience drivers  - Understand the differences between how the brain processes facts and narrative  - Structure your findings as a data narrative, using a four-step storyboarding process  - Incorporate the seven essential principles of better visual storytelling into your work  - Avoid common data storytelling mistakes by learning from historical and modern examples  Effective Data Storytelling: How to Drive Change with Data, Narrative and Visuals is a must-have resource for anyone who communicates regularly with data, including business professionals, analysts, marketers, salespeople, financial managers, and educators.  This audiobook is expertly read by Joel Richards, with audio engineering by Mike Thal. It was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ingenious: A Biography of Benjamin Franklin, Scientist by Richard Munson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingenious: A Biography of Benjamin Franklin, Scientist
Author: Richard Munson
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic story of an ingenious man who explained nature and created a country. Benjamin Franklin was one of the preeminent scientists of his time. Driven by curiosity, he conducted cutting-edge research on electricity, heat, ocean currents, weather patterns, chemical bonds, and plants. But today, Franklin is remembered more for his political prowess and diplomatic achievements than his scientific creativity. In this incisive and rich account of Benjamin Franklin&amp;#039;s life and career, Richard Munson recovers this vital part of Franklin&amp;#039;s story, reveals his modern relevance, and offers a compelling portrait of a shrewd experimenter, clever innovator, and visionary physicist whose fame opened doors to negotiate French support and funding for American independence. Munson&amp;#039;s riveting narrative explores how science underpins Franklin&amp;#039;s entire story—from tradesman to inventor to nation-founder—and argues that Franklin&amp;#039;s political life cannot be understood without giving proper credit to his scientific accomplishments.</description>
      <author>Richard Munson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855583144.mp3" length="8741805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855583144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingenious: A Biography of Benjamin Franklin, Scientist
Author: Richard Munson
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic story of an ingenious man who explained nature and created a country. Benjamin Franklin was one of the preeminent scientists of his time. Driven by curiosity, he conducted cutting-edge research on electricity, heat, ocean currents, weather patterns, chemical bonds, and plants. But today, Franklin is remembered more for his political prowess and diplomatic achievements than his scientific creativity. In this incisive and rich account of Benjamin Franklin&amp;#039;s life and career, Richard Munson recovers this vital part of Franklin&amp;#039;s story, reveals his modern relevance, and offers a compelling portrait of a shrewd experimenter, clever innovator, and visionary physicist whose fame opened doors to negotiate French support and funding for American independence. Munson&amp;#039;s riveting narrative explores how science underpins Franklin&amp;#039;s entire story—from tradesman to inventor to nation-founder—and argues that Franklin&amp;#039;s political life cannot be understood without giving proper credit to his scientific accomplishments.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/820850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ingenious: A Biography of Benjamin Franklin, Scientist
Author: Richard Munson
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The dramatic story of an ingenious man who explained nature and created a country. Benjamin Franklin was one of the preeminent scientists of his time. Driven by curiosity, he conducted cutting-edge research on electricity, heat, ocean currents, weather patterns, chemical bonds, and plants. But today, Franklin is remembered more for his political prowess and diplomatic achievements than his scientific creativity. In this incisive and rich account of Benjamin Franklin&amp;#039;s life and career, Richard Munson recovers this vital part of Franklin&amp;#039;s story, reveals his modern relevance, and offers a compelling portrait of a shrewd experimenter, clever innovator, and visionary physicist whose fame opened doors to negotiate French support and funding for American independence. Munson&amp;#039;s riveting narrative explores how science underpins Franklin&amp;#039;s entire story—from tradesman to inventor to nation-founder—and argues that Franklin&amp;#039;s political life cannot be understood without giving proper credit to his scientific accomplishments.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Year in Tech, 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review by Harvard Business Review</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year in Tech, 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Series: Part of HBR Insights
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Shannon Condon, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A year of HBR&amp;#039;s essential thinking on tech—all in one place. Generative AI, biometrics, spatial computing, electric vehicles—new technologies like these are reshaping organizations at the hybrid office, on factory floors, and in the C-suite. What should you and your company be doing now to take advantage of the new opportunities these technologies are creating—and avoid falling victim to disruption? The Year in Tech 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand what the latest and most important tech innovations mean for your organization and how you can use them to compete and win in today&amp;#039;s turbulent business environment. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow.</description>
      <author>Harvard Business Review</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747969.mp3" length="771807" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747969.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year in Tech, 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Series: Part of HBR Insights
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Shannon Condon, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A year of HBR&amp;#039;s essential thinking on tech—all in one place. Generative AI, biometrics, spatial computing, electric vehicles—new technologies like these are reshaping organizations at the hybrid office, on factory floors, and in the C-suite. What should you and your company be doing now to take advantage of the new opportunities these technologies are creating—and avoid falling victim to disruption? The Year in Tech 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand what the latest and most important tech innovations mean for your organization and how you can use them to compete and win in today&amp;#039;s turbulent business environment. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819849</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Year in Tech, 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review
Series: Part of HBR Insights
Author: Harvard Business Review
Narrator: Shannon Condon, Steve Menasche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A year of HBR&amp;#039;s essential thinking on tech—all in one place. Generative AI, biometrics, spatial computing, electric vehicles—new technologies like these are reshaping organizations at the hybrid office, on factory floors, and in the C-suite. What should you and your company be doing now to take advantage of the new opportunities these technologies are creating—and avoid falling victim to disruption? The Year in Tech 2025: The Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review will help you understand what the latest and most important tech innovations mean for your organization and how you can use them to compete and win in today&amp;#039;s turbulent business environment. Business is changing. Will you adapt or be left behind? Get up to speed and deepen your understanding of the topics that are shaping your company&amp;#039;s future with the Insights You Need from Harvard Business Review series. Featuring HBR&amp;#039;s smartest thinking on fast-moving issues—blockchain, cybersecurity, AI, and more—each book provides the foundational introduction and practical case studies your organization needs to compete today and collects the best research, interviews, and analysis to get it ready for tomorrow.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Empower Your Nonprofit: Simple Ways to Co-Create with AI for Profound Impact by Amy Neumann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empower Your Nonprofit: Simple Ways to Co-Create with AI for Profound Impact
Author: Amy Neumann
Narrator: Patricia Shade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower Your Nonprofit is a comprehensive, accessible, and highly practical guide to harnessing the power of emerging AI technologies in the nonprofit sector. This book delivers strategic research, tools, case studies, and advice to help nonprofits advance their missions through AI, with interviews, outlooks, testimonials, and quotes from nonprofit leaders and influencers in the AI industry delivering key insight to all listeners regardless of technical expertise. Listeners will learn how to practically resolve the top ten most common nonprofit pain points through the utilization of AI, backed by current case studies of AI implementation for core nonprofit functions like fundraising, grants, marketing, and initiative event optimization. In this book, listeners will find information on the nonprofit sector&amp;#039;s critical missions, success factors, challenges, and needs of today; AI as a way to automate inefficient internal processes, freeing talent to work on more inspired projects; and tools, tips, and tricks to get started with AI as soon as today. Empower Your Nonprofit earns a well-deserved spot on the bookshelves of all nonprofit leaders and involved donors seeking a comprehensive step-by-step guidebook on how this exciting new technology can be leveraged for greater nonprofit success.</description>
      <author>Amy Neumann</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663749505.mp3" length="801702" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663749505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empower Your Nonprofit: Simple Ways to Co-Create with AI for Profound Impact
Author: Amy Neumann
Narrator: Patricia Shade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower Your Nonprofit is a comprehensive, accessible, and highly practical guide to harnessing the power of emerging AI technologies in the nonprofit sector. This book delivers strategic research, tools, case studies, and advice to help nonprofits advance their missions through AI, with interviews, outlooks, testimonials, and quotes from nonprofit leaders and influencers in the AI industry delivering key insight to all listeners regardless of technical expertise. Listeners will learn how to practically resolve the top ten most common nonprofit pain points through the utilization of AI, backed by current case studies of AI implementation for core nonprofit functions like fundraising, grants, marketing, and initiative event optimization. In this book, listeners will find information on the nonprofit sector&amp;#039;s critical missions, success factors, challenges, and needs of today; AI as a way to automate inefficient internal processes, freeing talent to work on more inspired projects; and tools, tips, and tricks to get started with AI as soon as today. Empower Your Nonprofit earns a well-deserved spot on the bookshelves of all nonprofit leaders and involved donors seeking a comprehensive step-by-step guidebook on how this exciting new technology can be leveraged for greater nonprofit success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empower Your Nonprofit: Simple Ways to Co-Create with AI for Profound Impact
Author: Amy Neumann
Narrator: Patricia Shade
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 32 minutes
Release date: November 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Empower Your Nonprofit is a comprehensive, accessible, and highly practical guide to harnessing the power of emerging AI technologies in the nonprofit sector. This book delivers strategic research, tools, case studies, and advice to help nonprofits advance their missions through AI, with interviews, outlooks, testimonials, and quotes from nonprofit leaders and influencers in the AI industry delivering key insight to all listeners regardless of technical expertise. Listeners will learn how to practically resolve the top ten most common nonprofit pain points through the utilization of AI, backed by current case studies of AI implementation for core nonprofit functions like fundraising, grants, marketing, and initiative event optimization. In this book, listeners will find information on the nonprofit sector&amp;#039;s critical missions, success factors, challenges, and needs of today; AI as a way to automate inefficient internal processes, freeing talent to work on more inspired projects; and tools, tips, and tricks to get started with AI as soon as today. Empower Your Nonprofit earns a well-deserved spot on the bookshelves of all nonprofit leaders and involved donors seeking a comprehensive step-by-step guidebook on how this exciting new technology can be leveraged for greater nonprofit success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Hands on Tech: The AI-Powered Citizen Revolution by Ian Barkin, Thomas H. Davenport</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Hands on Tech: The AI-Powered Citizen Revolution
Author: Ian Barkin, Thomas H. Davenport
Narrator: Brian Telestai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into a future of work where technology empowers everyone to be a creator and builder with All Hands on Tech. This pivotal book offers a comprehensive look into the role of citizen developers—business domain experts who are driving IT-enabled innovation using technology previously reserved for professional technologists. Through case studies of citizens and citizen-enabled enterprises, the authors demonstrate how emerging technology bestows unprecedented power on these individuals and unprecedented value on the organizations that channel their efforts. They outline a transformative approach to citizen development that not only enhances companies&amp;#039; innovative capacity via the empowerment of domain experts, but also minimizes risk and liberates IT departments to pursue more strategic initiatives. All Hands on Tech describes a revolution in work—powered by technology becoming more human and humans becoming more comfortable with technology. This convergence provides a clear pathway for enterprises to leverage the experience and insight of all employees. The authors provide diverse examples of companies that have aligned the work of their citizen developers with wider organizational goals across citizen data science, automation, and development projects. These examples demonstrate why and how to commit to the citizen revolution in your organization.</description>
      <author>Ian Barkin, Thomas H. Davenport</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747624.mp3" length="815192" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747624.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:36:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Hands on Tech: The AI-Powered Citizen Revolution
Author: Ian Barkin, Thomas H. Davenport
Narrator: Brian Telestai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into a future of work where technology empowers everyone to be a creator and builder with All Hands on Tech. This pivotal book offers a comprehensive look into the role of citizen developers—business domain experts who are driving IT-enabled innovation using technology previously reserved for professional technologists. Through case studies of citizens and citizen-enabled enterprises, the authors demonstrate how emerging technology bestows unprecedented power on these individuals and unprecedented value on the organizations that channel their efforts. They outline a transformative approach to citizen development that not only enhances companies&amp;#039; innovative capacity via the empowerment of domain experts, but also minimizes risk and liberates IT departments to pursue more strategic initiatives. All Hands on Tech describes a revolution in work—powered by technology becoming more human and humans becoming more comfortable with technology. This convergence provides a clear pathway for enterprises to leverage the experience and insight of all employees. The authors provide diverse examples of companies that have aligned the work of their citizen developers with wider organizational goals across citizen data science, automation, and development projects. These examples demonstrate why and how to commit to the citizen revolution in your organization.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819852</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: All Hands on Tech: The AI-Powered Citizen Revolution
Author: Ian Barkin, Thomas H. Davenport
Narrator: Brian Telestai
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 36 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into a future of work where technology empowers everyone to be a creator and builder with All Hands on Tech. This pivotal book offers a comprehensive look into the role of citizen developers—business domain experts who are driving IT-enabled innovation using technology previously reserved for professional technologists. Through case studies of citizens and citizen-enabled enterprises, the authors demonstrate how emerging technology bestows unprecedented power on these individuals and unprecedented value on the organizations that channel their efforts. They outline a transformative approach to citizen development that not only enhances companies&amp;#039; innovative capacity via the empowerment of domain experts, but also minimizes risk and liberates IT departments to pursue more strategic initiatives. All Hands on Tech describes a revolution in work—powered by technology becoming more human and humans becoming more comfortable with technology. This convergence provides a clear pathway for enterprises to leverage the experience and insight of all employees. The authors provide diverse examples of companies that have aligned the work of their citizen developers with wider organizational goals across citizen data science, automation, and development projects. These examples demonstrate why and how to commit to the citizen revolution in your organization.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning Systems Thinking: Essential Non-Linear Skills and Practices for Software Professionals by Diana Montalion</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Systems Thinking: Essential Non-Linear Skills and Practices for Software Professionals
Author: Diana Montalion
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A decade ago, developers built information-sharing software by writing a lot of custom code in a single code base, then adding layers of caching. Now we build information systems: interdependent software and services, data platforms, and event streams. Many of our software-to-systems initiatives fail, though, and when they do, we double down on traditional linear approaches. But linear thinking cannot resolve systems challenges. We need to shift to systems thinking. This book shows software developers and architects how systems thinking can guide you through the emerging complexity of modern systems. Author Diana Montalion presents a vision of technology architecture that transforms how we learn, communicate, and collaborate with others. Through practical examples and scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to develop critical self-reflection and decision-making skills amid complexity and uncertainty—and lead impactful cultural change within your organization. You&amp;#039;ll learn how linear thinking limits your perspective on software systems; the obstacles to changing your perspective and how to move past them; how systems and nonlinear thinking help you understand and navigate complex issues arising from internal and external factors; how to provide a modern style of leadership as software becomes information systems; and much more.</description>
      <author>Diana Montalion</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747143.mp3" length="750463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747143.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Systems Thinking: Essential Non-Linear Skills and Practices for Software Professionals
Author: Diana Montalion
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A decade ago, developers built information-sharing software by writing a lot of custom code in a single code base, then adding layers of caching. Now we build information systems: interdependent software and services, data platforms, and event streams. Many of our software-to-systems initiatives fail, though, and when they do, we double down on traditional linear approaches. But linear thinking cannot resolve systems challenges. We need to shift to systems thinking. This book shows software developers and architects how systems thinking can guide you through the emerging complexity of modern systems. Author Diana Montalion presents a vision of technology architecture that transforms how we learn, communicate, and collaborate with others. Through practical examples and scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to develop critical self-reflection and decision-making skills amid complexity and uncertainty—and lead impactful cultural change within your organization. You&amp;#039;ll learn how linear thinking limits your perspective on software systems; the obstacles to changing your perspective and how to move past them; how systems and nonlinear thinking help you understand and navigate complex issues arising from internal and external factors; how to provide a modern style of leadership as software becomes information systems; and much more.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/819775</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning Systems Thinking: Essential Non-Linear Skills and Practices for Software Professionals
Author: Diana Montalion
Narrator: Wendy Tremont King
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 16 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A decade ago, developers built information-sharing software by writing a lot of custom code in a single code base, then adding layers of caching. Now we build information systems: interdependent software and services, data platforms, and event streams. Many of our software-to-systems initiatives fail, though, and when they do, we double down on traditional linear approaches. But linear thinking cannot resolve systems challenges. We need to shift to systems thinking. This book shows software developers and architects how systems thinking can guide you through the emerging complexity of modern systems. Author Diana Montalion presents a vision of technology architecture that transforms how we learn, communicate, and collaborate with others. Through practical examples and scenarios, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to develop critical self-reflection and decision-making skills amid complexity and uncertainty—and lead impactful cultural change within your organization. You&amp;#039;ll learn how linear thinking limits your perspective on software systems; the obstacles to changing your perspective and how to move past them; how systems and nonlinear thinking help you understand and navigate complex issues arising from internal and external factors; how to provide a modern style of leadership as software becomes information systems; and much more.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future by James Morton Turner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</description>
      <author>James Morton Turner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855570960.mp3" length="8316209" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855570960.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Charged: A History of Batteries and Lessons for a Clean Energy Future
Author: James Morton Turner
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 19 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Winner of the 24th Annual Susanne M. Glasscock Humanities Book Prize Finalist for the 2023 Cundill History Prize Gold Medal Recipient, Nautilus Book Awards, Sustainability To achieve fossil fuel independence, few technologies are more important than batteries. Used for powering zero-emission vehicles, storing electricity from solar panels and wind turbines, and revitalizing the electric grid, batteries are essential to scaling up the renewable energy resources that help address global warming. But given the unique environmental impact of batteries—including mining, disposal, and more—does a clean energy transition risk trading one set of problems for another? In Charged, James Morton Turner unpacks the history of batteries to explore why solving &amp;#039;the battery problem&amp;#039; is critical to a clean energy transition. As climate activists focus on what a clean energy future will create the history of batteries offers a sharp reminder of what building that future will consume. With new insight on the consequences for people and communities on the front lines, Turner draws on the past for crucial lessons that will help us build a just and clean energy future, from the ground up.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Spice Ports: Mapping the Origins of the Global Sea Trade by Nicholas Nugent</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spice Ports: Mapping the Origins of the Global Sea Trade
Author: Nicholas Nugent
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We may think of &amp;#039;globalism&amp;#039; as a recent development but its origins date back to the fifteenth century and beyond, when seafarers pioneered routes across the oceans with the objectives of exploration, trade, and profit. These voyages only became possible after certain technical innovations—improvements in ship design, compasses, and mapping—enabled navigation across unprecedented distances. The mariners&amp;#039; embarkation points were the vibrant ports of the West—Venice, Amsterdam, Lisbon—and their destinations the exotic ports of the East—Malacca, Goa, Bombay—where they tracked down the elusive spices, so much in demand by Western palates. This development of maritime communication brought benefits apart from culinary delights: the spread of ideas on art, literature, and science. But it was not necessarily beneficial for everyone concerned: colonial ambitions were often disastrous for local populations, who were frequently exploited as slave plantation labor. This wide-ranging account of a fascinating period of global history uses original maps and contemporary artists&amp;#039; views to tell the story of how each port developed individually while also encouraging us to consider contrasting points of view of the benefits and the damages of the maritime spice trade.</description>
      <author>Nicholas Nugent</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855592023.mp3" length="8257935" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855592023.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spice Ports: Mapping the Origins of the Global Sea Trade
Author: Nicholas Nugent
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We may think of &amp;#039;globalism&amp;#039; as a recent development but its origins date back to the fifteenth century and beyond, when seafarers pioneered routes across the oceans with the objectives of exploration, trade, and profit. These voyages only became possible after certain technical innovations—improvements in ship design, compasses, and mapping—enabled navigation across unprecedented distances. The mariners&amp;#039; embarkation points were the vibrant ports of the West—Venice, Amsterdam, Lisbon—and their destinations the exotic ports of the East—Malacca, Goa, Bombay—where they tracked down the elusive spices, so much in demand by Western palates. This development of maritime communication brought benefits apart from culinary delights: the spread of ideas on art, literature, and science. But it was not necessarily beneficial for everyone concerned: colonial ambitions were often disastrous for local populations, who were frequently exploited as slave plantation labor. This wide-ranging account of a fascinating period of global history uses original maps and contemporary artists&amp;#039; views to tell the story of how each port developed individually while also encouraging us to consider contrasting points of view of the benefits and the damages of the maritime spice trade.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818769</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Spice Ports: Mapping the Origins of the Global Sea Trade
Author: Nicholas Nugent
Narrator: Bruce Mann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We may think of &amp;#039;globalism&amp;#039; as a recent development but its origins date back to the fifteenth century and beyond, when seafarers pioneered routes across the oceans with the objectives of exploration, trade, and profit. These voyages only became possible after certain technical innovations—improvements in ship design, compasses, and mapping—enabled navigation across unprecedented distances. The mariners&amp;#039; embarkation points were the vibrant ports of the West—Venice, Amsterdam, Lisbon—and their destinations the exotic ports of the East—Malacca, Goa, Bombay—where they tracked down the elusive spices, so much in demand by Western palates. This development of maritime communication brought benefits apart from culinary delights: the spread of ideas on art, literature, and science. But it was not necessarily beneficial for everyone concerned: colonial ambitions were often disastrous for local populations, who were frequently exploited as slave plantation labor. This wide-ranging account of a fascinating period of global history uses original maps and contemporary artists&amp;#039; views to tell the story of how each port developed individually while also encouraging us to consider contrasting points of view of the benefits and the damages of the maritime spice trade.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inclusive Transportation: A Manifesto for Repairing Divided Communities by Veronica O. Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inclusive Transportation: A Manifesto for Repairing Divided Communities
Author: Veronica O. Davis
Narrator: Tyanni Mah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Transportation planners, engineers, and policymakers in the United States face the monumental task of righting the wrongs of their predecessors while charting the course for the next generation. This task requires empathy while pushing against forces in the industry that are resistant to change. How do you change a system that was never designed to be equitable? How do you change a system that continues to divide communities? In Inclusive Transportation, transportation expert Veronica O. Davis shines a light on the inequitable and often destructive practice of transportation planning and engineering. She calls for new thinking and more diverse leadership to create transportation networks that connect people to jobs, education, opportunities, and to each other. Inclusive Transportation is a vision for change and a new era of transportation planning. Davis explains why centering people in transportation decisions requires a great shift in how transportation planners and engineers are trained, how they communicate, the kind of data they collect, and how they work as professional teams. Davis aims to disrupt the status quo of the transportation industry. She urges transportation professionals to reflect on past injustices and elevate current practice to do the hard work that results in more than an idea and a catchphrase.</description>
      <author>Veronica O. Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855598407.mp3" length="7855133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855598407.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inclusive Transportation: A Manifesto for Repairing Divided Communities
Author: Veronica O. Davis
Narrator: Tyanni Mah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Transportation planners, engineers, and policymakers in the United States face the monumental task of righting the wrongs of their predecessors while charting the course for the next generation. This task requires empathy while pushing against forces in the industry that are resistant to change. How do you change a system that was never designed to be equitable? How do you change a system that continues to divide communities? In Inclusive Transportation, transportation expert Veronica O. Davis shines a light on the inequitable and often destructive practice of transportation planning and engineering. She calls for new thinking and more diverse leadership to create transportation networks that connect people to jobs, education, opportunities, and to each other. Inclusive Transportation is a vision for change and a new era of transportation planning. Davis explains why centering people in transportation decisions requires a great shift in how transportation planners and engineers are trained, how they communicate, the kind of data they collect, and how they work as professional teams. Davis aims to disrupt the status quo of the transportation industry. She urges transportation professionals to reflect on past injustices and elevate current practice to do the hard work that results in more than an idea and a catchphrase.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818691</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inclusive Transportation: A Manifesto for Repairing Divided Communities
Author: Veronica O. Davis
Narrator: Tyanni Mah
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 45 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Transportation planners, engineers, and policymakers in the United States face the monumental task of righting the wrongs of their predecessors while charting the course for the next generation. This task requires empathy while pushing against forces in the industry that are resistant to change. How do you change a system that was never designed to be equitable? How do you change a system that continues to divide communities? In Inclusive Transportation, transportation expert Veronica O. Davis shines a light on the inequitable and often destructive practice of transportation planning and engineering. She calls for new thinking and more diverse leadership to create transportation networks that connect people to jobs, education, opportunities, and to each other. Inclusive Transportation is a vision for change and a new era of transportation planning. Davis explains why centering people in transportation decisions requires a great shift in how transportation planners and engineers are trained, how they communicate, the kind of data they collect, and how they work as professional teams. Davis aims to disrupt the status quo of the transportation industry. She urges transportation professionals to reflect on past injustices and elevate current practice to do the hard work that results in more than an idea and a catchphrase.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - Habilidades! Técnicas &amp;amp; comportamentais: Evolua no mercado (de TI) com equilíbrio by Augusto de Paula Júlio</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Habilidades! Técnicas &amp;amp; comportamentais: Evolua no mercado (de TI) com equilíbrio
Author: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Narrator: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Habilidades técnicas e comportamentais (hard e soft skills) são termos comumente abordados no mercado de trabalho na atualidade. Como profissional da área de TI, percebo que é muito importante adquirir conhecimento técnico constantemente assim como aprimorar minhas habilidades comportamentais. O objetivo dessa obra é ilustrar e exemplificar a importância de aprimorarmos nossas skills técnicas e comportamentais em simultâneo, para buscarmos nos tornar profissionais mais completos e pessoas melhores. Através dela, irei discorrer sobre algumas skills e situações que vivenciei, que acredito serem muito relevantes e me ajudam muito em minha caminhada.</description>
      <author>Augusto de Paula Júlio</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875177187.mp3" length="569571" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875177187.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Habilidades! Técnicas &amp;amp; comportamentais: Evolua no mercado (de TI) com equilíbrio
Author: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Narrator: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Habilidades técnicas e comportamentais (hard e soft skills) são termos comumente abordados no mercado de trabalho na atualidade. Como profissional da área de TI, percebo que é muito importante adquirir conhecimento técnico constantemente assim como aprimorar minhas habilidades comportamentais. O objetivo dessa obra é ilustrar e exemplificar a importância de aprimorarmos nossas skills técnicas e comportamentais em simultâneo, para buscarmos nos tornar profissionais mais completos e pessoas melhores. Através dela, irei discorrer sobre algumas skills e situações que vivenciei, que acredito serem muito relevantes e me ajudam muito em minha caminhada.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - Habilidades! Técnicas &amp;amp; comportamentais: Evolua no mercado (de TI) com equilíbrio
Author: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Narrator: Augusto de Paula Júlio
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: September 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Habilidades técnicas e comportamentais (hard e soft skills) são termos comumente abordados no mercado de trabalho na atualidade. Como profissional da área de TI, percebo que é muito importante adquirir conhecimento técnico constantemente assim como aprimorar minhas habilidades comportamentais. O objetivo dessa obra é ilustrar e exemplificar a importância de aprimorarmos nossas skills técnicas e comportamentais em simultâneo, para buscarmos nos tornar profissionais mais completos e pessoas melhores. Através dela, irei discorrer sobre algumas skills e situações que vivenciei, que acredito serem muito relevantes e me ajudam muito em minha caminhada.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Path to Singularity: How Technology Will Challenge the Future of Humanity by J. Craig Wheeler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Path to Singularity: How Technology Will Challenge the Future of Humanity
Author: J. Craig Wheeler
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Astrophysicist J. Craig Wheeler, former president of the American Astronomical Society, takes a critical look at the technological advances shaping our future. From artificial intelligence to genetic engineering, Wheeler explores how these innovations are interconnected and the potential they hold for humanity&amp;#039;s evolution. With thought-provoking insights into the ethical dilemmas we face, Wheeler stresses the importance of staying informed and proactive. Key Questions Raised by Wheeler: Will there be jobs for those willing to work in a future dominated by automation? How might social media companies manipulate our decisions, potentially stripping us of free will? Could AI influence or even dictate our voting behaviors? What implications arise if we solve aging? How will society adapt to the challenges of perpetual youth? What are the realistic prospects of migrating to space as Earth becomes increasingly inhospitable? Our decisions today will determine if we control technology or if it controls us. Wheeler not only outlines the challenges but also offers practical advice on how we can retain control over our technological destiny. Includes a foreword by Neil DeGrasse Tyson.</description>
      <author>J. Craig Wheeler</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577709.mp3" length="8073007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577709.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Path to Singularity: How Technology Will Challenge the Future of Humanity
Author: J. Craig Wheeler
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Astrophysicist J. Craig Wheeler, former president of the American Astronomical Society, takes a critical look at the technological advances shaping our future. From artificial intelligence to genetic engineering, Wheeler explores how these innovations are interconnected and the potential they hold for humanity&amp;#039;s evolution. With thought-provoking insights into the ethical dilemmas we face, Wheeler stresses the importance of staying informed and proactive. Key Questions Raised by Wheeler: Will there be jobs for those willing to work in a future dominated by automation? How might social media companies manipulate our decisions, potentially stripping us of free will? Could AI influence or even dictate our voting behaviors? What implications arise if we solve aging? How will society adapt to the challenges of perpetual youth? What are the realistic prospects of migrating to space as Earth becomes increasingly inhospitable? Our decisions today will determine if we control technology or if it controls us. Wheeler not only outlines the challenges but also offers practical advice on how we can retain control over our technological destiny. Includes a foreword by Neil DeGrasse Tyson.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818425</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Path to Singularity: How Technology Will Challenge the Future of Humanity
Author: J. Craig Wheeler
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Astrophysicist J. Craig Wheeler, former president of the American Astronomical Society, takes a critical look at the technological advances shaping our future. From artificial intelligence to genetic engineering, Wheeler explores how these innovations are interconnected and the potential they hold for humanity&amp;#039;s evolution. With thought-provoking insights into the ethical dilemmas we face, Wheeler stresses the importance of staying informed and proactive. Key Questions Raised by Wheeler: Will there be jobs for those willing to work in a future dominated by automation? How might social media companies manipulate our decisions, potentially stripping us of free will? Could AI influence or even dictate our voting behaviors? What implications arise if we solve aging? How will society adapt to the challenges of perpetual youth? What are the realistic prospects of migrating to space as Earth becomes increasingly inhospitable? Our decisions today will determine if we control technology or if it controls us. Wheeler not only outlines the challenges but also offers practical advice on how we can retain control over our technological destiny. Includes a foreword by Neil DeGrasse Tyson.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions by Perry Carpenter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions
Author: Perry Carpenter
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where artificial intelligence can create content indistinguishable from reality, how do we separate truth from fiction? In FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions, cybersecurity and deception expert Perry Carpenter unveils the hidden dangers of generative artificial intelligence, showing you how to use these technologies safely while protecting yourself and others from cyber scams and threats. This isn&amp;#039;t just another book about technology—it&amp;#039;s your survival guide to the digital jungle. Carpenter takes you on an insightful journey through the &amp;#039;Exploitation Zone,&amp;#039; where rapid technological advancements outpace our ability to adapt, creating fertile ground for deception. Explore the mechanics behind deepfakes, disinformation, and other cognitive security threats. Discover how cybercriminals can leverage even the most trusted AI systems to create and spread synthetic media and use it for malicious purposes. At its core, FAIK is an empowering exposé in which Carpenter effectively weaves together engaging narratives and practical insights, all aimed to equip you with the knowledge to recognize and counter advanced tactics with practical media literacy skills and a deep understanding of social engineering.</description>
      <author>Perry Carpenter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663749147.mp3" length="865924" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663749147.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions
Author: Perry Carpenter
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where artificial intelligence can create content indistinguishable from reality, how do we separate truth from fiction? In FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions, cybersecurity and deception expert Perry Carpenter unveils the hidden dangers of generative artificial intelligence, showing you how to use these technologies safely while protecting yourself and others from cyber scams and threats. This isn&amp;#039;t just another book about technology—it&amp;#039;s your survival guide to the digital jungle. Carpenter takes you on an insightful journey through the &amp;#039;Exploitation Zone,&amp;#039; where rapid technological advancements outpace our ability to adapt, creating fertile ground for deception. Explore the mechanics behind deepfakes, disinformation, and other cognitive security threats. Discover how cybercriminals can leverage even the most trusted AI systems to create and spread synthetic media and use it for malicious purposes. At its core, FAIK is an empowering exposé in which Carpenter effectively weaves together engaging narratives and practical insights, all aimed to equip you with the knowledge to recognize and counter advanced tactics with practical media literacy skills and a deep understanding of social engineering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818263</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions
Author: Perry Carpenter
Narrator: Keith Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where artificial intelligence can create content indistinguishable from reality, how do we separate truth from fiction? In FAIK: A Practical Guide to Living in a World of Deepfakes, Disinformation, and AI-Generated Deceptions, cybersecurity and deception expert Perry Carpenter unveils the hidden dangers of generative artificial intelligence, showing you how to use these technologies safely while protecting yourself and others from cyber scams and threats. This isn&amp;#039;t just another book about technology—it&amp;#039;s your survival guide to the digital jungle. Carpenter takes you on an insightful journey through the &amp;#039;Exploitation Zone,&amp;#039; where rapid technological advancements outpace our ability to adapt, creating fertile ground for deception. Explore the mechanics behind deepfakes, disinformation, and other cognitive security threats. Discover how cybercriminals can leverage even the most trusted AI systems to create and spread synthetic media and use it for malicious purposes. At its core, FAIK is an empowering exposé in which Carpenter effectively weaves together engaging narratives and practical insights, all aimed to equip you with the knowledge to recognize and counter advanced tactics with practical media literacy skills and a deep understanding of social engineering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Atlas de inteligencia artificial - Poder, política y costos planetarios by Kate Crawford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Atlas de inteligencia artificial - Poder, política y costos planetarios
Author: Kate Crawford
Narrator: Noelia Antunez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde mediados de la década de 2000, la inteligencia artificial (IA) se ha expandido a gran velocidad a nivel mundial, como campo académico y como industria. Pero ¿es posible crear inteligencia? ¿Cómo son los sistemas de IA que se desarrollan a escala planetaria? ¿Qué tipos de políticas están contenidas en el modo en que esos sistemas cartografían e interpretan el mundo? ¿Cuáles son las consecuencias de incluir la IA en los sistemas de toma de decisiones en los lugares de trabajo, la educación, la salud, las finanzas, la justicia y el gobierno? Atlas de inteligencia artificial demuestra que la IA no es una innovación tecnológica neutral u objetiva ni una fuerza espectral o incorpórea, sino una verdadera industria de extracción global. De hecho, la creación de los sistemas de IA contemporáneos dependen de la explotación de los recursos energéticos y minerales del planeta, de la mano de obra barata y de los datos a gran escala. De manera crítica, advierte cómo la IA altera la forma en que el mundo es visto y entendido, e impulsa un cambio hacia gobiernos antidemocráticos, una mayor desigualdad y enormes daños medioambientales. De modo contundente, Kate Crawford sostiene: &amp;#039;La IA no es artificial ni inteligente. Más bien existe de forma corpórea, como algo material, hecho de recursos naturales, combustible, mano de obra, infraestructuras, logística, historias y clasificaciones. Los sistemas de IA no son autónomos, racionales ni capaces de discernir algo sin un entrenamiento extenso e intensivo&amp;#039;. Se trata de sistemas diseñados para servir a los intereses dominantes ya existentes: son, finalmente, un certificado de poder</description>
      <author>Kate Crawford</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789877195057.mp3" length="690420" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789877195057.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Atlas de inteligencia artificial - Poder, política y costos planetarios
Author: Kate Crawford
Narrator: Noelia Antunez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde mediados de la década de 2000, la inteligencia artificial (IA) se ha expandido a gran velocidad a nivel mundial, como campo académico y como industria. Pero ¿es posible crear inteligencia? ¿Cómo son los sistemas de IA que se desarrollan a escala planetaria? ¿Qué tipos de políticas están contenidas en el modo en que esos sistemas cartografían e interpretan el mundo? ¿Cuáles son las consecuencias de incluir la IA en los sistemas de toma de decisiones en los lugares de trabajo, la educación, la salud, las finanzas, la justicia y el gobierno? Atlas de inteligencia artificial demuestra que la IA no es una innovación tecnológica neutral u objetiva ni una fuerza espectral o incorpórea, sino una verdadera industria de extracción global. De hecho, la creación de los sistemas de IA contemporáneos dependen de la explotación de los recursos energéticos y minerales del planeta, de la mano de obra barata y de los datos a gran escala. De manera crítica, advierte cómo la IA altera la forma en que el mundo es visto y entendido, e impulsa un cambio hacia gobiernos antidemocráticos, una mayor desigualdad y enormes daños medioambientales. De modo contundente, Kate Crawford sostiene: &amp;#039;La IA no es artificial ni inteligente. Más bien existe de forma corpórea, como algo material, hecho de recursos naturales, combustible, mano de obra, infraestructuras, logística, historias y clasificaciones. Los sistemas de IA no son autónomos, racionales ni capaces de discernir algo sin un entrenamiento extenso e intensivo&amp;#039;. Se trata de sistemas diseñados para servir a los intereses dominantes ya existentes: son, finalmente, un certificado de poder</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818178</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Atlas de inteligencia artificial - Poder, política y costos planetarios
Author: Kate Crawford
Narrator: Noelia Antunez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Desde mediados de la década de 2000, la inteligencia artificial (IA) se ha expandido a gran velocidad a nivel mundial, como campo académico y como industria. Pero ¿es posible crear inteligencia? ¿Cómo son los sistemas de IA que se desarrollan a escala planetaria? ¿Qué tipos de políticas están contenidas en el modo en que esos sistemas cartografían e interpretan el mundo? ¿Cuáles son las consecuencias de incluir la IA en los sistemas de toma de decisiones en los lugares de trabajo, la educación, la salud, las finanzas, la justicia y el gobierno? Atlas de inteligencia artificial demuestra que la IA no es una innovación tecnológica neutral u objetiva ni una fuerza espectral o incorpórea, sino una verdadera industria de extracción global. De hecho, la creación de los sistemas de IA contemporáneos dependen de la explotación de los recursos energéticos y minerales del planeta, de la mano de obra barata y de los datos a gran escala. De manera crítica, advierte cómo la IA altera la forma en que el mundo es visto y entendido, e impulsa un cambio hacia gobiernos antidemocráticos, una mayor desigualdad y enormes daños medioambientales. De modo contundente, Kate Crawford sostiene: &amp;#039;La IA no es artificial ni inteligente. Más bien existe de forma corpórea, como algo material, hecho de recursos naturales, combustible, mano de obra, infraestructuras, logística, historias y clasificaciones. Los sistemas de IA no son autónomos, racionales ni capaces de discernir algo sin un entrenamiento extenso e intensivo&amp;#039;. Se trata de sistemas diseñados para servir a los intereses dominantes ya existentes: son, finalmente, un certificado de poder</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Streaming Data Mesh: A Model for Optimizing Real-Time Data Services by Stephen Mooney, Hubert Dulay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Streaming Data Mesh: A Model for Optimizing Real-Time Data Services
Author: Stephen Mooney, Hubert Dulay
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Data lakes and warehouses have become increasingly fragile, costly, and difficult to maintain as data gets bigger and moves faster. Data meshes can help your organization decentralize data, giving ownership back to the engineers who produced it. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of data mesh patterns for streaming and real-time data services. Authors Hubert Dulay and Stephen Mooney examine the vast differences between streaming and batch data meshes. Data engineers, architects, data product owners, and those in DevOps and MLOps roles will learn steps for implementing a streaming data mesh, from defining a data domain to building a good data product. Through the course of the book, you&amp;#039;ll create a complete self-service data platform and devise a data governance system that enables your mesh to work seamlessly. With this book, you will design a streaming data mesh using Kafka; learn how to identify a domain; build your first data product using self-service tools; apply data governance to the data products you create; learn the differences between synchronous and asynchronous data services; and implement self-services that support decentralized data.</description>
      <author>Stephen Mooney, Hubert Dulay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735485.mp3" length="830185" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735485.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Streaming Data Mesh: A Model for Optimizing Real-Time Data Services
Author: Stephen Mooney, Hubert Dulay
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Data lakes and warehouses have become increasingly fragile, costly, and difficult to maintain as data gets bigger and moves faster. Data meshes can help your organization decentralize data, giving ownership back to the engineers who produced it. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of data mesh patterns for streaming and real-time data services. Authors Hubert Dulay and Stephen Mooney examine the vast differences between streaming and batch data meshes. Data engineers, architects, data product owners, and those in DevOps and MLOps roles will learn steps for implementing a streaming data mesh, from defining a data domain to building a good data product. Through the course of the book, you&amp;#039;ll create a complete self-service data platform and devise a data governance system that enables your mesh to work seamlessly. With this book, you will design a streaming data mesh using Kafka; learn how to identify a domain; build your first data product using self-service tools; apply data governance to the data products you create; learn the differences between synchronous and asynchronous data services; and implement self-services that support decentralized data.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/818071</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Streaming Data Mesh: A Model for Optimizing Real-Time Data Services
Author: Stephen Mooney, Hubert Dulay
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Data lakes and warehouses have become increasingly fragile, costly, and difficult to maintain as data gets bigger and moves faster. Data meshes can help your organization decentralize data, giving ownership back to the engineers who produced it. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of data mesh patterns for streaming and real-time data services. Authors Hubert Dulay and Stephen Mooney examine the vast differences between streaming and batch data meshes. Data engineers, architects, data product owners, and those in DevOps and MLOps roles will learn steps for implementing a streaming data mesh, from defining a data domain to building a good data product. Through the course of the book, you&amp;#039;ll create a complete self-service data platform and devise a data governance system that enables your mesh to work seamlessly. With this book, you will design a streaming data mesh using Kafka; learn how to identify a domain; build your first data product using self-service tools; apply data governance to the data products you create; learn the differences between synchronous and asynchronous data services; and implement self-services that support decentralized data.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified: Unlock the Power of AI for Personal Growth, Efficiency, and Time Management; No Tech Skills Needed by Linda Jreige</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified: Unlock the Power of AI for Personal Growth, Efficiency, and Time Management; No Tech Skills Needed
Author: Linda Jreige
Narrator: Kathleen LI
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.96 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.96 of Total 49
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock the Power of AI to Transform Your Life: Achieve Personal Growth, Boost Efficiency, and Master Time Management.  Do you struggle to manage your time effectively, constantly battling an ever-growing to-do list?  Are you searching for ways to enhance your personal growth but feel overwhelmed by the abundance of information out there?  Do you find yourself wishing for tools that can streamline your daily tasks and make life simpler? &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified&amp;#039; understands your struggles and offers practical solutions to these common challenges. This book is designed to demystify AI and show you how to leverage its power to improve various aspects of your life. - Discover how AI can revolutionize your daily routines and boost your productivity. - Learn about AI-powered tools that can enhance your personal growth and development. - Explore practical applications of AI in time management to help you achieve more in less time. - Understand the benefits of integrating AI into your home for a smarter, more efficient living environment. - Gain insights into AI&amp;#039;s role in improving health and wellness through personalized fitness and mental health applications. - Unlock the potential of AI in managing your finances, from budgeting to investment planning. - Find out how AI can transform your learning experience and provide personalized educational resources and much more. Worried that AI is too complex to understand or implement in your life?  This book breaks down the concepts into simple, easy-to-understand language, ensuring that you can grasp and apply AI technology regardless of your technical background.  Concerned about the cost of AI tools? Many of the solutions presented are affordable or even free, making it accessible for everyone.  Unsure if AI can really make a difference? The real-life case studies and practical examples included will demonstrate the tangible benefits AI can bring to your everyday life.</description>
      <author>Linda Jreige</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875173363.mp3" length="1420391" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875173363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified: Unlock the Power of AI for Personal Growth, Efficiency, and Time Management; No Tech Skills Needed
Author: Linda Jreige
Narrator: Kathleen LI
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.96 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.96 of Total 49
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock the Power of AI to Transform Your Life: Achieve Personal Growth, Boost Efficiency, and Master Time Management.  Do you struggle to manage your time effectively, constantly battling an ever-growing to-do list?  Are you searching for ways to enhance your personal growth but feel overwhelmed by the abundance of information out there?  Do you find yourself wishing for tools that can streamline your daily tasks and make life simpler? &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified&amp;#039; understands your struggles and offers practical solutions to these common challenges. This book is designed to demystify AI and show you how to leverage its power to improve various aspects of your life. - Discover how AI can revolutionize your daily routines and boost your productivity. - Learn about AI-powered tools that can enhance your personal growth and development. - Explore practical applications of AI in time management to help you achieve more in less time. - Understand the benefits of integrating AI into your home for a smarter, more efficient living environment. - Gain insights into AI&amp;#039;s role in improving health and wellness through personalized fitness and mental health applications. - Unlock the potential of AI in managing your finances, from budgeting to investment planning. - Find out how AI can transform your learning experience and provide personalized educational resources and much more. Worried that AI is too complex to understand or implement in your life?  This book breaks down the concepts into simple, easy-to-understand language, ensuring that you can grasp and apply AI technology regardless of your technical background.  Concerned about the cost of AI tools? Many of the solutions presented are affordable or even free, making it accessible for everyone.  Unsure if AI can really make a difference? The real-life case studies and practical examples included will demonstrate the tangible benefits AI can bring to your everyday life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/817853</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified: Unlock the Power of AI for Personal Growth, Efficiency, and Time Management; No Tech Skills Needed
Author: Linda Jreige
Narrator: Kathleen LI
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 4 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.96 of Total 50 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.96 of Total 49
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Unlock the Power of AI to Transform Your Life: Achieve Personal Growth, Boost Efficiency, and Master Time Management.  Do you struggle to manage your time effectively, constantly battling an ever-growing to-do list?  Are you searching for ways to enhance your personal growth but feel overwhelmed by the abundance of information out there?  Do you find yourself wishing for tools that can streamline your daily tasks and make life simpler? &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence in Everyday Life Simplified&amp;#039; understands your struggles and offers practical solutions to these common challenges. This book is designed to demystify AI and show you how to leverage its power to improve various aspects of your life. - Discover how AI can revolutionize your daily routines and boost your productivity. - Learn about AI-powered tools that can enhance your personal growth and development. - Explore practical applications of AI in time management to help you achieve more in less time. - Understand the benefits of integrating AI into your home for a smarter, more efficient living environment. - Gain insights into AI&amp;#039;s role in improving health and wellness through personalized fitness and mental health applications. - Unlock the potential of AI in managing your finances, from budgeting to investment planning. - Find out how AI can transform your learning experience and provide personalized educational resources and much more. Worried that AI is too complex to understand or implement in your life?  This book breaks down the concepts into simple, easy-to-understand language, ensuring that you can grasp and apply AI technology regardless of your technical background.  Concerned about the cost of AI tools? Many of the solutions presented are affordable or even free, making it accessible for everyone.  Unsure if AI can really make a difference? The real-life case studies and practical examples included will demonstrate the tangible benefits AI can bring to your everyday life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Robot Souls: Programming in Humanity by Eve Poole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Souls: Programming in Humanity
Author: Eve Poole
Narrator: Esther Wane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two of the biggest design problems in Artificial Intelligence are how to build robots that behave in line with human values and how to stop them ever going rogue. One under-explored solution to these alignment and control problems might be to examine how these are already addressed in the design of humans. Looking closely at the human blueprint, it contains a suite of capacities that are so clumsy they have generally been kept away from AI. It was assumed that robots with features like emotions and intuition, that made mistakes and looked for meaning and purpose, would not work as well as robots without this kind of code. But on considering why all these irrational properties are there, it seems that they emerge from the source code of soul. Because it is actually this &amp;#039;junk&amp;#039; code that makes us human and promotes the kind of reciprocal altruism that keeps humanity alive and thriving. Robot Souls looks at developments in AI and reviews the emergence of ideas of consciousness and the soul. It places our &amp;#039;junk code&amp;#039; in this context and argues that it is time to foreground that code, and to use it to look again at how we are programming AI.</description>
      <author>Eve Poole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350882643.mp3" length="8272072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350882643.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Souls: Programming in Humanity
Author: Eve Poole
Narrator: Esther Wane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two of the biggest design problems in Artificial Intelligence are how to build robots that behave in line with human values and how to stop them ever going rogue. One under-explored solution to these alignment and control problems might be to examine how these are already addressed in the design of humans. Looking closely at the human blueprint, it contains a suite of capacities that are so clumsy they have generally been kept away from AI. It was assumed that robots with features like emotions and intuition, that made mistakes and looked for meaning and purpose, would not work as well as robots without this kind of code. But on considering why all these irrational properties are there, it seems that they emerge from the source code of soul. Because it is actually this &amp;#039;junk&amp;#039; code that makes us human and promotes the kind of reciprocal altruism that keeps humanity alive and thriving. Robot Souls looks at developments in AI and reviews the emergence of ideas of consciousness and the soul. It places our &amp;#039;junk code&amp;#039; in this context and argues that it is time to foreground that code, and to use it to look again at how we are programming AI.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/816127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Robot Souls: Programming in Humanity
Author: Eve Poole
Narrator: Esther Wane
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 24 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Two of the biggest design problems in Artificial Intelligence are how to build robots that behave in line with human values and how to stop them ever going rogue. One under-explored solution to these alignment and control problems might be to examine how these are already addressed in the design of humans. Looking closely at the human blueprint, it contains a suite of capacities that are so clumsy they have generally been kept away from AI. It was assumed that robots with features like emotions and intuition, that made mistakes and looked for meaning and purpose, would not work as well as robots without this kind of code. But on considering why all these irrational properties are there, it seems that they emerge from the source code of soul. Because it is actually this &amp;#039;junk&amp;#039; code that makes us human and promotes the kind of reciprocal altruism that keeps humanity alive and thriving. Robot Souls looks at developments in AI and reviews the emergence of ideas of consciousness and the soul. It places our &amp;#039;junk code&amp;#039; in this context and argues that it is time to foreground that code, and to use it to look again at how we are programming AI.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, And Tools by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, And Tools
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Gregory Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages.Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages. Discover the convenience of smart thermostats and lighting systems that adapt to your preferences, creating a comfortable and energy-efficient home environment. Dive into the world of wearable fitness trackers, which not only monitor your physical activity but also motivate and inspire you to achieve your health and fitness goals. Explore the fascinating capabilities of drones, from hobbyist drones capturing breathtaking aerial footage to professional-grade drones revolutionising industries like agriculture and film-making. Dive into the world of cool car accessories and cell phone gadgets that enhance your driving experience and keep you connected on the go. Join us on this adventure through Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools, where we delve into the world of gadgets, devices, contraptions, and tools that continue to shape the way we live in the modern world. Whether you’re seeking practical solutions or simply intrigued by the latest technological marvels, this book is your guide to the ever-evolving landscape of innovation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 07 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835470267.mp3" length="1273407" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835470267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, And Tools
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Gregory Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages.Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages. Discover the convenience of smart thermostats and lighting systems that adapt to your preferences, creating a comfortable and energy-efficient home environment. Dive into the world of wearable fitness trackers, which not only monitor your physical activity but also motivate and inspire you to achieve your health and fitness goals. Explore the fascinating capabilities of drones, from hobbyist drones capturing breathtaking aerial footage to professional-grade drones revolutionising industries like agriculture and film-making. Dive into the world of cool car accessories and cell phone gadgets that enhance your driving experience and keep you connected on the go. Join us on this adventure through Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools, where we delve into the world of gadgets, devices, contraptions, and tools that continue to shape the way we live in the modern world. Whether you’re seeking practical solutions or simply intrigued by the latest technological marvels, this book is your guide to the ever-evolving landscape of innovation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, And Tools
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Gregory Gottlieb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages.Embark on a captivating journey into the realm of ingenious gadgets and cutting-edge devices with Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools As a gadget enthusiast, the allure of innovative technology is a constant source of fascination and excitement. This book serves as a guide to the latest and most intriguing gadgets, offering insights into their functionality, applications, and the impact they have on our daily lives. From the convenience of smart home technology to the thrill of wearable fitness trackers and the awe-inspiring capabilities of drone technology, this book explores a wide array of gadgets that have revolutionised the way we live, work, and play. Whether you’re a seasoned gadget aficionado or just dipping your toes into the world of innovation, there’s something for everyone within these pages. Discover the convenience of smart thermostats and lighting systems that adapt to your preferences, creating a comfortable and energy-efficient home environment. Dive into the world of wearable fitness trackers, which not only monitor your physical activity but also motivate and inspire you to achieve your health and fitness goals. Explore the fascinating capabilities of drones, from hobbyist drones capturing breathtaking aerial footage to professional-grade drones revolutionising industries like agriculture and film-making. Dive into the world of cool car accessories and cell phone gadgets that enhance your driving experience and keep you connected on the go. Join us on this adventure through Cool Gadgets, Devices, Contraptions, and Tools, where we delve into the world of gadgets, devices, contraptions, and tools that continue to shape the way we live in the modern world. Whether you’re seeking practical solutions or simply intrigued by the latest technological marvels, this book is your guide to the ever-evolving landscape of innovation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age by Yuhyun Park</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</description>
      <author>Yuhyun Park</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789815280869.mp3" length="2485441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789815280869.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/815479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IQ, EQ and DQ: Digital DNA in the AI Age
Author: Yuhyun Park
Narrator: Ellie Flory Fawcett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Do you know that 60% of children around the world have experienced at least one cyber-risk such as cyber-bullying, technology addiction, misinformation, online sexual exploitation, and others? The COVID-19 pandemic is accelerating the digitalization of global society. Cyber-risks among children, digital skill gaps and societal instability due to fake news and cyber-threats, are rapidly increasing and widening inequality. Amidst these challenges, how can we move forward to realize a better future?This book is about Park’s social impact journey to develop DQ (Digital Intelligence) as the global standard for digital literacy, digital skills, and digital readiness with the belief that ‘technology is only meaningful when it enhances humanness’. This book shares over a decade of her experiences and insights on the empowerment of individuals across more than 80 countries with digital citizenship, which constitutes the core life skills that are needed in the digital age to minimize cyber-risks and maximize human potential. The story invites all people to envision how DQ can help to reshape technology, education, and well-being in the digital age.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sky High: The IndiGo Story by Tarun Shukla</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sky High: The IndiGo Story
Author: Tarun Shukla
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2006, IndiGo was one of the late entrants into the low-cost airline business in India. The market already had many strong players by then-several of them new-including Captain Gopinath&amp;#039;s Air Deccan, Ajay Singh&amp;#039;s SpiceJet, Vijay Mallya&amp;#039;s Kingfisher Airlines and Wadia Group&amp;#039;s GoAir. In the next seventeen years, while some struggled and others were grounded, IndiGo became not only the largest airline in the country, but also the most valuable in the history of Indian aviation. No other Indian airline has come close to matching these numbers since Indian aviation took off in 1932 with J.R.D. Tata&amp;#039;s Air India. What does IndiGo do differently-and right? What makes it prosper in a troubled and often loss-riddled industry? Why has IndiGo continued to grow despite the rift in the nearly twenty- five-year-long friendship of its promoters Rahul Bhatia and Rakesh Gangwal? What is the road ahead for IndiGo as it defends its supremacy in Indian aviation from Tata and Singapore Airlines-backed Air India? In Sky High, award-winning journalist Tarun Shukla presents a detailed account of how one dream, two media-shy friends and some great execution created an aviation behemoth. Based on years of research, extensive interviews and authoritative data, this is a fascinating story of patience, planning and persistence.</description>
      <author>Tarun Shukla</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789356997455.mp3" length="1332149" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789356997455.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sky High: The IndiGo Story
Author: Tarun Shukla
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2006, IndiGo was one of the late entrants into the low-cost airline business in India. The market already had many strong players by then-several of them new-including Captain Gopinath&amp;#039;s Air Deccan, Ajay Singh&amp;#039;s SpiceJet, Vijay Mallya&amp;#039;s Kingfisher Airlines and Wadia Group&amp;#039;s GoAir. In the next seventeen years, while some struggled and others were grounded, IndiGo became not only the largest airline in the country, but also the most valuable in the history of Indian aviation. No other Indian airline has come close to matching these numbers since Indian aviation took off in 1932 with J.R.D. Tata&amp;#039;s Air India. What does IndiGo do differently-and right? What makes it prosper in a troubled and often loss-riddled industry? Why has IndiGo continued to grow despite the rift in the nearly twenty- five-year-long friendship of its promoters Rahul Bhatia and Rakesh Gangwal? What is the road ahead for IndiGo as it defends its supremacy in Indian aviation from Tata and Singapore Airlines-backed Air India? In Sky High, award-winning journalist Tarun Shukla presents a detailed account of how one dream, two media-shy friends and some great execution created an aviation behemoth. Based on years of research, extensive interviews and authoritative data, this is a fascinating story of patience, planning and persistence.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814512</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Sky High: The IndiGo Story
Author: Tarun Shukla
Narrator: Ranjit Madgavkar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 2006, IndiGo was one of the late entrants into the low-cost airline business in India. The market already had many strong players by then-several of them new-including Captain Gopinath&amp;#039;s Air Deccan, Ajay Singh&amp;#039;s SpiceJet, Vijay Mallya&amp;#039;s Kingfisher Airlines and Wadia Group&amp;#039;s GoAir. In the next seventeen years, while some struggled and others were grounded, IndiGo became not only the largest airline in the country, but also the most valuable in the history of Indian aviation. No other Indian airline has come close to matching these numbers since Indian aviation took off in 1932 with J.R.D. Tata&amp;#039;s Air India. What does IndiGo do differently-and right? What makes it prosper in a troubled and often loss-riddled industry? Why has IndiGo continued to grow despite the rift in the nearly twenty- five-year-long friendship of its promoters Rahul Bhatia and Rakesh Gangwal? What is the road ahead for IndiGo as it defends its supremacy in Indian aviation from Tata and Singapore Airlines-backed Air India? In Sky High, award-winning journalist Tarun Shukla presents a detailed account of how one dream, two media-shy friends and some great execution created an aviation behemoth. Based on years of research, extensive interviews and authoritative data, this is a fascinating story of patience, planning and persistence.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software by Elecia White</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software
Author: Elecia White
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Interested in developing embedded systems? Since they don&amp;#039;t tolerate inefficiency, these systems require a disciplined approach to programming. This accessible guide helps you cultivate good development practices based on classic software design patterns and new patterns unique to embedded programming. Written by an expert who has created systems ranging from DNA scanners to children&amp;#039;s toys, this book is ideal for intermediate and experienced programmers, no matter what platform you use. This expanded second edition includes new chapters on IoT and networked sensors, motors and movement, debugging, data handling strategies, and more. In this book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to optimize your system to reduce cost and increase performance; develop an architecture that makes your software robust in resource-constrained environments; explore sensors, displays, motors, and other I/O devices; and reduce RAM and power consumption, code space, and processor cycles. The book also covers interpreting schematics, datasheets, and power requirements; implementing complex mathematics and machine learning on small processors; and designing effective embedded systems for IoT and networked sensors.</description>
      <author>Elecia White</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747228.mp3" length="760821" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747228.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software
Author: Elecia White
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Interested in developing embedded systems? Since they don&amp;#039;t tolerate inefficiency, these systems require a disciplined approach to programming. This accessible guide helps you cultivate good development practices based on classic software design patterns and new patterns unique to embedded programming. Written by an expert who has created systems ranging from DNA scanners to children&amp;#039;s toys, this book is ideal for intermediate and experienced programmers, no matter what platform you use. This expanded second edition includes new chapters on IoT and networked sensors, motors and movement, debugging, data handling strategies, and more. In this book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to optimize your system to reduce cost and increase performance; develop an architecture that makes your software robust in resource-constrained environments; explore sensors, displays, motors, and other I/O devices; and reduce RAM and power consumption, code space, and processor cycles. The book also covers interpreting schematics, datasheets, and power requirements; implementing complex mathematics and machine learning on small processors; and designing effective embedded systems for IoT and networked sensors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814297</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Making Embedded Systems: Design Patterns for Great Software
Author: Elecia White
Narrator: April Doty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Interested in developing embedded systems? Since they don&amp;#039;t tolerate inefficiency, these systems require a disciplined approach to programming. This accessible guide helps you cultivate good development practices based on classic software design patterns and new patterns unique to embedded programming. Written by an expert who has created systems ranging from DNA scanners to children&amp;#039;s toys, this book is ideal for intermediate and experienced programmers, no matter what platform you use. This expanded second edition includes new chapters on IoT and networked sensors, motors and movement, debugging, data handling strategies, and more. In this book, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to optimize your system to reduce cost and increase performance; develop an architecture that makes your software robust in resource-constrained environments; explore sensors, displays, motors, and other I/O devices; and reduce RAM and power consumption, code space, and processor cycles. The book also covers interpreting schematics, datasheets, and power requirements; implementing complex mathematics and machine learning on small processors; and designing effective embedded systems for IoT and networked sensors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your AI Survival Guide: Scraped Knees, Bruised Elbows, and Lessons Learned from Real-World AI Deployments by Sol Rashidi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your AI Survival Guide: Scraped Knees, Bruised Elbows, and Lessons Learned from Real-World AI Deployments
Author: Sol Rashidi
Narrator: Edelyn Okano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Your AI Survival Guide, Sol Rashidi delivers an insightful and practical discussion of how to deploy artificial intelligence in your company. Having helped IBM launch Watson in 2011, Sol has firsthand knowledge of the ups, downs, and change management intricacies that can help you with a successful deployment beyond all the AI hype. She walks you through various frameworks for how to establish your AI strategy, pick your use cases, prepare your non-technology teams, and overcome the most common obstacles standing in the way of successfully implementing AI in your business. Sol demystifies the topic of artificial intelligence in a way that business leaders and business owners—and those who want to be more business minded—can easily understand. The book also offers: ● Real-world use cases from ten different industries, including retail, healthcare, energy, insurance, agriculture, and more, and ten different functions, including supply chain, manufacturing, procurement, legal, and more ● personal stories, anecdotes, and insights gained from implementations ● techniques for facilitating executive-level buy-in for your most ambitious and promising AI strategies</description>
      <author>Sol Rashidi</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747686.mp3" length="815405" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747686.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your AI Survival Guide: Scraped Knees, Bruised Elbows, and Lessons Learned from Real-World AI Deployments
Author: Sol Rashidi
Narrator: Edelyn Okano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Your AI Survival Guide, Sol Rashidi delivers an insightful and practical discussion of how to deploy artificial intelligence in your company. Having helped IBM launch Watson in 2011, Sol has firsthand knowledge of the ups, downs, and change management intricacies that can help you with a successful deployment beyond all the AI hype. She walks you through various frameworks for how to establish your AI strategy, pick your use cases, prepare your non-technology teams, and overcome the most common obstacles standing in the way of successfully implementing AI in your business. Sol demystifies the topic of artificial intelligence in a way that business leaders and business owners—and those who want to be more business minded—can easily understand. The book also offers: ● Real-world use cases from ten different industries, including retail, healthcare, energy, insurance, agriculture, and more, and ten different functions, including supply chain, manufacturing, procurement, legal, and more ● personal stories, anecdotes, and insights gained from implementations ● techniques for facilitating executive-level buy-in for your most ambitious and promising AI strategies</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/814294</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Your AI Survival Guide: Scraped Knees, Bruised Elbows, and Lessons Learned from Real-World AI Deployments
Author: Sol Rashidi
Narrator: Edelyn Okano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Your AI Survival Guide, Sol Rashidi delivers an insightful and practical discussion of how to deploy artificial intelligence in your company. Having helped IBM launch Watson in 2011, Sol has firsthand knowledge of the ups, downs, and change management intricacies that can help you with a successful deployment beyond all the AI hype. She walks you through various frameworks for how to establish your AI strategy, pick your use cases, prepare your non-technology teams, and overcome the most common obstacles standing in the way of successfully implementing AI in your business. Sol demystifies the topic of artificial intelligence in a way that business leaders and business owners—and those who want to be more business minded—can easily understand. The book also offers: ● Real-world use cases from ten different industries, including retail, healthcare, energy, insurance, agriculture, and more, and ten different functions, including supply chain, manufacturing, procurement, legal, and more ● personal stories, anecdotes, and insights gained from implementations ● techniques for facilitating executive-level buy-in for your most ambitious and promising AI strategies</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Marketing with AI For Dummies by Shiv Singh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marketing with AI For Dummies
Author: Shiv Singh
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marketing with AI For Dummies is your introduction to the revolution that&amp;#039;s occurring in the marketing industry, thanks to artificial intelligence tools that can create text, images, audio, video, websites, and beyond. This book captures the insight of leading marketing executive Shiv Singh on how AI will change marketing, helping new and experienced marketers tackle AI marketing plans, content, creative assets, and localized campaigns. You&amp;#039;ll also learn to manage SEO and customer personalization with powerful new technologies. ● Peek at the inner workings of AI marketing tools to see how you can best leverage their capabilities ● Identify customers, create content, customize outreach, and personalize customer experience with AI ● Consider how your team, department, or organization can be retooled to thrive in an AI-enabled world ● Learn from valuable case studies that show how large organizations are using AI in their campaigns This guide is perfect for marketers at all levels, as well as those who only wear a marketing hat occasionally. Whatever your professional background, Marketing with AI For Dummies will usher you into the future of marketing.</description>
      <author>Shiv Singh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855567601.mp3" length="8069840" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855567601.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marketing with AI For Dummies
Author: Shiv Singh
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marketing with AI For Dummies is your introduction to the revolution that&amp;#039;s occurring in the marketing industry, thanks to artificial intelligence tools that can create text, images, audio, video, websites, and beyond. This book captures the insight of leading marketing executive Shiv Singh on how AI will change marketing, helping new and experienced marketers tackle AI marketing plans, content, creative assets, and localized campaigns. You&amp;#039;ll also learn to manage SEO and customer personalization with powerful new technologies. ● Peek at the inner workings of AI marketing tools to see how you can best leverage their capabilities ● Identify customers, create content, customize outreach, and personalize customer experience with AI ● Consider how your team, department, or organization can be retooled to thrive in an AI-enabled world ● Learn from valuable case studies that show how large organizations are using AI in their campaigns This guide is perfect for marketers at all levels, as well as those who only wear a marketing hat occasionally. Whatever your professional background, Marketing with AI For Dummies will usher you into the future of marketing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812635</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Marketing with AI For Dummies
Author: Shiv Singh
Narrator: Mike Lenz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 25 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Marketing with AI For Dummies is your introduction to the revolution that&amp;#039;s occurring in the marketing industry, thanks to artificial intelligence tools that can create text, images, audio, video, websites, and beyond. This book captures the insight of leading marketing executive Shiv Singh on how AI will change marketing, helping new and experienced marketers tackle AI marketing plans, content, creative assets, and localized campaigns. You&amp;#039;ll also learn to manage SEO and customer personalization with powerful new technologies. ● Peek at the inner workings of AI marketing tools to see how you can best leverage their capabilities ● Identify customers, create content, customize outreach, and personalize customer experience with AI ● Consider how your team, department, or organization can be retooled to thrive in an AI-enabled world ● Learn from valuable case studies that show how large organizations are using AI in their campaigns This guide is perfect for marketers at all levels, as well as those who only wear a marketing hat occasionally. Whatever your professional background, Marketing with AI For Dummies will usher you into the future of marketing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success by Keelin Siobhán Conant</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success
Author: Keelin Siobhán Conant
Narrator: Kierstin Valenti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success” is a captivating journey through the dynamic world of business technology, presented by seasoned tech professional Keelin Siobhán Conant. Drawing from her wealth of experience, Keelin shares insightful anecdotes from her professional history, blending humor, empowerment, and practical tips for small to medium-business professionals. In this engaging guide, Keelin transforms the often-daunting landscape of technology into a thrilling Tech Carnival, where non-tech business owners can find joy and inspiration. The book serves as an inspiration for people struggling with tech in their businesses, offering a refreshing perspective on embracing and loving technology. Keelin&amp;#039;s narrative is not just about the bottom line; it&amp;#039;s about making decisions that resonate with individual needs, fostering an all-inclusive approach to tech integration. With a mix of wisdom, leadership insights, and relatable human anecdotes, &amp;#039;The Tech Carnival&amp;#039; becomes a guide that transcends traditional tech literature, making it both enjoyable and easy to read. Keelin empowers business leaders to not only navigate their company&amp;#039;s tech needs but to find joy and excitement in the process, creating a harmonious blend of technology and business success.</description>
      <author>Keelin Siobhán Conant</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875167300.mp3" length="1307247" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875167300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success
Author: Keelin Siobhán Conant
Narrator: Kierstin Valenti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success” is a captivating journey through the dynamic world of business technology, presented by seasoned tech professional Keelin Siobhán Conant. Drawing from her wealth of experience, Keelin shares insightful anecdotes from her professional history, blending humor, empowerment, and practical tips for small to medium-business professionals. In this engaging guide, Keelin transforms the often-daunting landscape of technology into a thrilling Tech Carnival, where non-tech business owners can find joy and inspiration. The book serves as an inspiration for people struggling with tech in their businesses, offering a refreshing perspective on embracing and loving technology. Keelin&amp;#039;s narrative is not just about the bottom line; it&amp;#039;s about making decisions that resonate with individual needs, fostering an all-inclusive approach to tech integration. With a mix of wisdom, leadership insights, and relatable human anecdotes, &amp;#039;The Tech Carnival&amp;#039; becomes a guide that transcends traditional tech literature, making it both enjoyable and easy to read. Keelin empowers business leaders to not only navigate their company&amp;#039;s tech needs but to find joy and excitement in the process, creating a harmonious blend of technology and business success.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812383</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success
Author: Keelin Siobhán Conant
Narrator: Kierstin Valenti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 55 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Tech Carnival: Your Ticket to Business Success” is a captivating journey through the dynamic world of business technology, presented by seasoned tech professional Keelin Siobhán Conant. Drawing from her wealth of experience, Keelin shares insightful anecdotes from her professional history, blending humor, empowerment, and practical tips for small to medium-business professionals. In this engaging guide, Keelin transforms the often-daunting landscape of technology into a thrilling Tech Carnival, where non-tech business owners can find joy and inspiration. The book serves as an inspiration for people struggling with tech in their businesses, offering a refreshing perspective on embracing and loving technology. Keelin&amp;#039;s narrative is not just about the bottom line; it&amp;#039;s about making decisions that resonate with individual needs, fostering an all-inclusive approach to tech integration. With a mix of wisdom, leadership insights, and relatable human anecdotes, &amp;#039;The Tech Carnival&amp;#039; becomes a guide that transcends traditional tech literature, making it both enjoyable and easy to read. Keelin empowers business leaders to not only navigate their company&amp;#039;s tech needs but to find joy and excitement in the process, creating a harmonious blend of technology and business success.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI In Education For A+ Success: Innovative and Practical Strategies for Teachers to Save Time, Inspire Students of All Abilities, and Transform Learning with Ethics and Insight by M. D. Hooper</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI In Education For A+ Success: Innovative and Practical Strategies for Teachers to Save Time, Inspire Students of All Abilities, and Transform Learning with Ethics and Insight
Author: M. D. Hooper
Narrator: Dini Steyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the transformative power of AI in education: Enhance your teaching practices and inspire your students, even if you&amp;#039;re not tech-savvy! It has become clear that our future classrooms will be shaped by AI, but for many educators, parents and students, this exciting change brings big questions and challenges. This comprehensive guide navigates the complexities of AI in education, equipping educators with practical strategies, real-world applications, and ethical considerations. Imagine yourself as a tech-savvy, innovative educator, transforming your students&amp;#039; learning experience with the positive power of Artificial Intelligence. Here&amp;#039;s a peek of what you&amp;#039;ll explore within this revolutionary book: * Step-by-step roadmap to seamlessly integrate AI into your existing curriculum, tailored to different age groups and subjects * Proven strategies to personalize learning for each student using AI * Exploration of ethical considerations and data privacy in AI use, with practical recommendations * Tips to overcome common technical hitches and get reliable support when you need it * Ideas to engage parents and the wider community in the value of AI assisted education * Inspirational case studies showcasing successful AI integration in diverse educational settings * Detailed discussion of how AI can assist with classroom management and administrative tasks * Cost-effective suggestions to help you implement AI tools in budget-constrained educational environments * Expert advice on how to foster student engagement with AI learning tools * Forecasts on the future of job markets and how AI can prepare your students * Methods to stay abreast of rapid AI advancements * Guidance on navigating the risks and challenges of AI in education and strategies to mitigate them * How AI can help students with special needs - the tools and the approach * Attention-grabbing techniques to assist with keeping up with rapid advancements of AI technology ...and so much more!</description>
      <author>M. D. Hooper</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 23 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875168291.mp3" length="1420795" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875168291.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI In Education For A+ Success: Innovative and Practical Strategies for Teachers to Save Time, Inspire Students of All Abilities, and Transform Learning with Ethics and Insight
Author: M. D. Hooper
Narrator: Dini Steyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the transformative power of AI in education: Enhance your teaching practices and inspire your students, even if you&amp;#039;re not tech-savvy! It has become clear that our future classrooms will be shaped by AI, but for many educators, parents and students, this exciting change brings big questions and challenges. This comprehensive guide navigates the complexities of AI in education, equipping educators with practical strategies, real-world applications, and ethical considerations. Imagine yourself as a tech-savvy, innovative educator, transforming your students&amp;#039; learning experience with the positive power of Artificial Intelligence. Here&amp;#039;s a peek of what you&amp;#039;ll explore within this revolutionary book: * Step-by-step roadmap to seamlessly integrate AI into your existing curriculum, tailored to different age groups and subjects * Proven strategies to personalize learning for each student using AI * Exploration of ethical considerations and data privacy in AI use, with practical recommendations * Tips to overcome common technical hitches and get reliable support when you need it * Ideas to engage parents and the wider community in the value of AI assisted education * Inspirational case studies showcasing successful AI integration in diverse educational settings * Detailed discussion of how AI can assist with classroom management and administrative tasks * Cost-effective suggestions to help you implement AI tools in budget-constrained educational environments * Expert advice on how to foster student engagement with AI learning tools * Forecasts on the future of job markets and how AI can prepare your students * Methods to stay abreast of rapid AI advancements * Guidance on navigating the risks and challenges of AI in education and strategies to mitigate them * How AI can help students with special needs - the tools and the approach * Attention-grabbing techniques to assist with keeping up with rapid advancements of AI technology ...and so much more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/812355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI In Education For A+ Success: Innovative and Practical Strategies for Teachers to Save Time, Inspire Students of All Abilities, and Transform Learning with Ethics and Insight
Author: M. D. Hooper
Narrator: Dini Steyn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 52 minutes
Release date: August 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the transformative power of AI in education: Enhance your teaching practices and inspire your students, even if you&amp;#039;re not tech-savvy! It has become clear that our future classrooms will be shaped by AI, but for many educators, parents and students, this exciting change brings big questions and challenges. This comprehensive guide navigates the complexities of AI in education, equipping educators with practical strategies, real-world applications, and ethical considerations. Imagine yourself as a tech-savvy, innovative educator, transforming your students&amp;#039; learning experience with the positive power of Artificial Intelligence. Here&amp;#039;s a peek of what you&amp;#039;ll explore within this revolutionary book: * Step-by-step roadmap to seamlessly integrate AI into your existing curriculum, tailored to different age groups and subjects * Proven strategies to personalize learning for each student using AI * Exploration of ethical considerations and data privacy in AI use, with practical recommendations * Tips to overcome common technical hitches and get reliable support when you need it * Ideas to engage parents and the wider community in the value of AI assisted education * Inspirational case studies showcasing successful AI integration in diverse educational settings * Detailed discussion of how AI can assist with classroom management and administrative tasks * Cost-effective suggestions to help you implement AI tools in budget-constrained educational environments * Expert advice on how to foster student engagement with AI learning tools * Forecasts on the future of job markets and how AI can prepare your students * Methods to stay abreast of rapid AI advancements * Guidance on navigating the risks and challenges of AI in education and strategies to mitigate them * How AI can help students with special needs - the tools and the approach * Attention-grabbing techniques to assist with keeping up with rapid advancements of AI technology ...and so much more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security by Chuck Brooks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security
Author: Chuck Brooks
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where technological innovation evolves at an exponential rate, Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security emerges as a critical roadmap for understanding and leveraging the next wave of tech advancements. Chuck Brooks, a renowned executive and consultant, breaks down complex technological trends into digestible insights, offering a deep dive into how emerging technologies will shape the future of industry and society.   In the book, you&amp;#039;ll:    ● Gain clear, accessible explanations of cutting-edge technologies such as AI, blockchain, and quantum computing, and their impact on the business world    ● Learn how to navigate the cybersecurity landscape, safeguarding your business against the vulnerabilities introduced by rapid technological progress     ● Uncover the opportunities that technological advancements present for disrupting traditional industries and creating new value    Perfect for entrepreneurs, executives, technology professionals, and anyone interested in the intersection of tech and business, Inside Cyber equips you with the knowledge to lead in the digital age. Embrace the future confidently with this indispensable guide.</description>
      <author>Chuck Brooks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663748225.mp3" length="777832" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663748225.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security
Author: Chuck Brooks
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where technological innovation evolves at an exponential rate, Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security emerges as a critical roadmap for understanding and leveraging the next wave of tech advancements. Chuck Brooks, a renowned executive and consultant, breaks down complex technological trends into digestible insights, offering a deep dive into how emerging technologies will shape the future of industry and society.   In the book, you&amp;#039;ll:    ● Gain clear, accessible explanations of cutting-edge technologies such as AI, blockchain, and quantum computing, and their impact on the business world    ● Learn how to navigate the cybersecurity landscape, safeguarding your business against the vulnerabilities introduced by rapid technological progress     ● Uncover the opportunities that technological advancements present for disrupting traditional industries and creating new value    Perfect for entrepreneurs, executives, technology professionals, and anyone interested in the intersection of tech and business, Inside Cyber equips you with the knowledge to lead in the digital age. Embrace the future confidently with this indispensable guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security
Author: Chuck Brooks
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 27 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In an era where technological innovation evolves at an exponential rate, Inside Cyber: How AI, 5G, and Quantum Computing Will Transform Privacy and Our Security emerges as a critical roadmap for understanding and leveraging the next wave of tech advancements. Chuck Brooks, a renowned executive and consultant, breaks down complex technological trends into digestible insights, offering a deep dive into how emerging technologies will shape the future of industry and society.   In the book, you&amp;#039;ll:    ● Gain clear, accessible explanations of cutting-edge technologies such as AI, blockchain, and quantum computing, and their impact on the business world    ● Learn how to navigate the cybersecurity landscape, safeguarding your business against the vulnerabilities introduced by rapid technological progress     ● Uncover the opportunities that technological advancements present for disrupting traditional industries and creating new value    Perfect for entrepreneurs, executives, technology professionals, and anyone interested in the intersection of tech and business, Inside Cyber equips you with the knowledge to lead in the digital age. Embrace the future confidently with this indispensable guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Effective Machine Learning Teams: Best Practices for ML Practitioners by David Tan, Ada Leung, David Colls</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Machine Learning Teams: Best Practices for ML Practitioners
Author: David Tan, Ada Leung, David Colls
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gain the valuable skills and techniques you need to accelerate the delivery of machine learning solutions. With this practical guide, data scientists, ML engineers, and their leaders will learn how to bridge the gap between data science and Lean product delivery in a practical and simple way. David Tan, Ada Leung, and Dave Colls show you how to apply time-tested software engineering skills and Lean product delivery practices to reduce toil and waste, shorten feedback loops, and improve your team&amp;#039;s flow when building ML systems and products. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience across multiple real-world data and ML projects, the proven techniques in this book will help your team avoid common traps in the ML world, so you can iterate and scale more quickly and reliably. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Write automated tests for ML systems, containerize development environments, and refactor problematic codebases ● Apply MLOps and CI/CD practices to accelerate experimentation cycles and improve reliability of ML solutions ● Apply Lean delivery and product practices to improve your odds of building the right product for your users ● And more</description>
      <author>David Tan, Ada Leung, David Colls</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747204.mp3" length="776887" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747204.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Machine Learning Teams: Best Practices for ML Practitioners
Author: David Tan, Ada Leung, David Colls
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gain the valuable skills and techniques you need to accelerate the delivery of machine learning solutions. With this practical guide, data scientists, ML engineers, and their leaders will learn how to bridge the gap between data science and Lean product delivery in a practical and simple way. David Tan, Ada Leung, and Dave Colls show you how to apply time-tested software engineering skills and Lean product delivery practices to reduce toil and waste, shorten feedback loops, and improve your team&amp;#039;s flow when building ML systems and products. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience across multiple real-world data and ML projects, the proven techniques in this book will help your team avoid common traps in the ML world, so you can iterate and scale more quickly and reliably. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Write automated tests for ML systems, containerize development environments, and refactor problematic codebases ● Apply MLOps and CI/CD practices to accelerate experimentation cycles and improve reliability of ML solutions ● Apply Lean delivery and product practices to improve your odds of building the right product for your users ● And more</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Effective Machine Learning Teams: Best Practices for ML Practitioners
Author: David Tan, Ada Leung, David Colls
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 45 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Gain the valuable skills and techniques you need to accelerate the delivery of machine learning solutions. With this practical guide, data scientists, ML engineers, and their leaders will learn how to bridge the gap between data science and Lean product delivery in a practical and simple way. David Tan, Ada Leung, and Dave Colls show you how to apply time-tested software engineering skills and Lean product delivery practices to reduce toil and waste, shorten feedback loops, and improve your team&amp;#039;s flow when building ML systems and products. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience across multiple real-world data and ML projects, the proven techniques in this book will help your team avoid common traps in the ML world, so you can iterate and scale more quickly and reliably. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to: ● Write automated tests for ML systems, containerize development environments, and refactor problematic codebases ● Apply MLOps and CI/CD practices to accelerate experimentation cycles and improve reliability of ML solutions ● Apply Lean delivery and product practices to improve your odds of building the right product for your users ● And more</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Wellbeing: Empowering Connection with Wonder and Imagination in the Age of AI by Caitlin Krause</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Wellbeing: Empowering Connection with Wonder and Imagination in the Age of AI
Author: Caitlin Krause
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Wellbeing is a transformative guide that offers leaders, business professionals, educators, and lifelong learners a path to thrive in the digital age. Krause provides innovative strategies to enhance mindfulness, creativity, and wellbeing in a world enriched by technology. This book empowers listeners to leverage digital tools to create meaningful, positive connections and improve their overall quality of life. Discover how to integrate principles of wonder, awe, creativity, and imagination with cutting-edge technology to achieve a balanced and fulfilling digital experience. ● Learn about frameworks for digital wellbeing and how to apply them effectively ● Gain insights on using technology to enhance connection and a sense of belonging ● Explore the impact of spatial computing, immersive imagination, virtual reality, and AI on wellbeing ● Access actionable strategies for leaders, educators, and individuals to excel digitally ● Learn how tech usage can be more intentional and less reactionary ● And more</description>
      <author>Caitlin Krause</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747280.mp3" length="721065" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747280.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Wellbeing: Empowering Connection with Wonder and Imagination in the Age of AI
Author: Caitlin Krause
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Wellbeing is a transformative guide that offers leaders, business professionals, educators, and lifelong learners a path to thrive in the digital age. Krause provides innovative strategies to enhance mindfulness, creativity, and wellbeing in a world enriched by technology. This book empowers listeners to leverage digital tools to create meaningful, positive connections and improve their overall quality of life. Discover how to integrate principles of wonder, awe, creativity, and imagination with cutting-edge technology to achieve a balanced and fulfilling digital experience. ● Learn about frameworks for digital wellbeing and how to apply them effectively ● Gain insights on using technology to enhance connection and a sense of belonging ● Explore the impact of spatial computing, immersive imagination, virtual reality, and AI on wellbeing ● Access actionable strategies for leaders, educators, and individuals to excel digitally ● Learn how tech usage can be more intentional and less reactionary ● And more</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811727</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Wellbeing: Empowering Connection with Wonder and Imagination in the Age of AI
Author: Caitlin Krause
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Wellbeing is a transformative guide that offers leaders, business professionals, educators, and lifelong learners a path to thrive in the digital age. Krause provides innovative strategies to enhance mindfulness, creativity, and wellbeing in a world enriched by technology. This book empowers listeners to leverage digital tools to create meaningful, positive connections and improve their overall quality of life. Discover how to integrate principles of wonder, awe, creativity, and imagination with cutting-edge technology to achieve a balanced and fulfilling digital experience. ● Learn about frameworks for digital wellbeing and how to apply them effectively ● Gain insights on using technology to enhance connection and a sense of belonging ● Explore the impact of spatial computing, immersive imagination, virtual reality, and AI on wellbeing ● Access actionable strategies for leaders, educators, and individuals to excel digitally ● Learn how tech usage can be more intentional and less reactionary ● And more</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications by Shreyas Subramanian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications
Author: Shreyas Subramanian
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications, Principal Data Scientist at Amazon Web Services, Shreyas Subramanian, delivers a practical guide for developers and data scientists who wish to build and deploy cost-effective large language model (LLM)-based solutions. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll find coverage of a wide range of key topics, including how to select a model, pre- and post-processing of data, prompt engineering, and instruction fine-tuning. The author sheds light on techniques for optimizing inference, like model quantization and pruning, as well as different and affordable architectures for typical generative AI (GenAI) applications, including search systems, agent assists, and autonomous agents. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Effective strategies to address the challenge of the high computational cost associated with LLMs ● Assistance with the complexities of building and deploying affordable generative AI apps, including tuning and inference techniques ● Selection criteria for choosing a model, with particular consideration given to compact, nimble, and domain-specific models</description>
      <author>Shreyas Subramanian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663749284.mp3" length="770370" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663749284.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications
Author: Shreyas Subramanian
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications, Principal Data Scientist at Amazon Web Services, Shreyas Subramanian, delivers a practical guide for developers and data scientists who wish to build and deploy cost-effective large language model (LLM)-based solutions. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll find coverage of a wide range of key topics, including how to select a model, pre- and post-processing of data, prompt engineering, and instruction fine-tuning. The author sheds light on techniques for optimizing inference, like model quantization and pruning, as well as different and affordable architectures for typical generative AI (GenAI) applications, including search systems, agent assists, and autonomous agents. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Effective strategies to address the challenge of the high computational cost associated with LLMs ● Assistance with the complexities of building and deploying affordable generative AI apps, including tuning and inference techniques ● Selection criteria for choosing a model, with particular consideration given to compact, nimble, and domain-specific models</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811712</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications
Author: Shreyas Subramanian
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Large Language Model-Based Solutions: How to Deliver Value with Cost-Effective Generative AI Applications, Principal Data Scientist at Amazon Web Services, Shreyas Subramanian, delivers a practical guide for developers and data scientists who wish to build and deploy cost-effective large language model (LLM)-based solutions. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll find coverage of a wide range of key topics, including how to select a model, pre- and post-processing of data, prompt engineering, and instruction fine-tuning. The author sheds light on techniques for optimizing inference, like model quantization and pruning, as well as different and affordable architectures for typical generative AI (GenAI) applications, including search systems, agent assists, and autonomous agents. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Effective strategies to address the challenge of the high computational cost associated with LLMs ● Assistance with the complexities of building and deploying affordable generative AI apps, including tuning and inference techniques ● Selection criteria for choosing a model, with particular consideration given to compact, nimble, and domain-specific models</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth by Erica Orange</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth
Author: Erica Orange
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth by Erica Orange, a renowned futurist, offers a compelling exploration of generative AI&amp;#039;s potential to enhance human creativity rather than replace it. This pivotal book navigates how AI tools will help shape the human experience, and aid in augmenting human ingenuity and imagination. The author eloquently argues that the essence of human intelligence—our curiosity, critical thinking, empathy, and more—is not only irreplaceable but will become increasingly valuable as AI evolves to take on routine tasks. AI + the New Human Frontier is a clarion call for embedding trust, human oversight and judgment into AI development, ensuring that the technology amplifies our most human capabilities. At a time when the lines between what is real, fake, true and false are becoming more blurred, reliance on human-centric solutions, not just technological ones, will become more critical. Perfect for business leaders, managers, executives, and professionals navigating the new landscape of technology, AI + The New Human Frontier provides not only a vision of the future but also practical advice on thriving in an AI-enhanced world. Add this book to your library to ensure you&amp;#039;re ready for the transformative changes that lie ahead.</description>
      <author>Erica Orange</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747662.mp3" length="825709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747662.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth
Author: Erica Orange
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth by Erica Orange, a renowned futurist, offers a compelling exploration of generative AI&amp;#039;s potential to enhance human creativity rather than replace it. This pivotal book navigates how AI tools will help shape the human experience, and aid in augmenting human ingenuity and imagination. The author eloquently argues that the essence of human intelligence—our curiosity, critical thinking, empathy, and more—is not only irreplaceable but will become increasingly valuable as AI evolves to take on routine tasks. AI + the New Human Frontier is a clarion call for embedding trust, human oversight and judgment into AI development, ensuring that the technology amplifies our most human capabilities. At a time when the lines between what is real, fake, true and false are becoming more blurred, reliance on human-centric solutions, not just technological ones, will become more critical. Perfect for business leaders, managers, executives, and professionals navigating the new landscape of technology, AI + The New Human Frontier provides not only a vision of the future but also practical advice on thriving in an AI-enhanced world. Add this book to your library to ensure you&amp;#039;re ready for the transformative changes that lie ahead.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811711</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth
Author: Erica Orange
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI + The New Human Frontier: Reimagining the Future of Time, Trust + Truth by Erica Orange, a renowned futurist, offers a compelling exploration of generative AI&amp;#039;s potential to enhance human creativity rather than replace it. This pivotal book navigates how AI tools will help shape the human experience, and aid in augmenting human ingenuity and imagination. The author eloquently argues that the essence of human intelligence—our curiosity, critical thinking, empathy, and more—is not only irreplaceable but will become increasingly valuable as AI evolves to take on routine tasks. AI + the New Human Frontier is a clarion call for embedding trust, human oversight and judgment into AI development, ensuring that the technology amplifies our most human capabilities. At a time when the lines between what is real, fake, true and false are becoming more blurred, reliance on human-centric solutions, not just technological ones, will become more critical. Perfect for business leaders, managers, executives, and professionals navigating the new landscape of technology, AI + The New Human Frontier provides not only a vision of the future but also practical advice on thriving in an AI-enhanced world. Add this book to your library to ensure you&amp;#039;re ready for the transformative changes that lie ahead.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers by Hatim Rahman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers
Author: Hatim Rahman
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world increasingly run by algorithms and artificial intelligence, Hatim Rahman traces how organizations are using algorithms to control workers in an &amp;#039;invisible cage.&amp;#039;   Inside the Invisible Cage uses unique longitudinal data to investigate how digital labor platforms use algorithms to dictate the actions of high-skilled workers by determining accepted behaviors, work opportunities, and even success. As Hatim Rahman explains, employers can use algorithms to shift rules and guidelines without notice, explanation, or recourse for workers. The invisible cage signals a profound shift in the way markets and organizations categorize and ultimately control people.   Unlike previous forms of labor control, the invisible cage is ubiquitous, yet it is also opaque and shifting, which makes breaking free from it difficult for workers. This book traces how the invisible cage was developed over time and the implications it has for the spread of new technology, such as generative artificial intelligence. Inside the Invisible Cage also provides organizations, workers, and policymakers with insights on how to ensure the future of work has truly equitable, mutually beneficial outcomes.</description>
      <author>Hatim Rahman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663748645.mp3" length="783049" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663748645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers
Author: Hatim Rahman
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world increasingly run by algorithms and artificial intelligence, Hatim Rahman traces how organizations are using algorithms to control workers in an &amp;#039;invisible cage.&amp;#039;   Inside the Invisible Cage uses unique longitudinal data to investigate how digital labor platforms use algorithms to dictate the actions of high-skilled workers by determining accepted behaviors, work opportunities, and even success. As Hatim Rahman explains, employers can use algorithms to shift rules and guidelines without notice, explanation, or recourse for workers. The invisible cage signals a profound shift in the way markets and organizations categorize and ultimately control people.   Unlike previous forms of labor control, the invisible cage is ubiquitous, yet it is also opaque and shifting, which makes breaking free from it difficult for workers. This book traces how the invisible cage was developed over time and the implications it has for the spread of new technology, such as generative artificial intelligence. Inside the Invisible Cage also provides organizations, workers, and policymakers with insights on how to ensure the future of work has truly equitable, mutually beneficial outcomes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811701</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Inside the Invisible Cage: How Algorithms Control Workers
Author: Hatim Rahman
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In a world increasingly run by algorithms and artificial intelligence, Hatim Rahman traces how organizations are using algorithms to control workers in an &amp;#039;invisible cage.&amp;#039;   Inside the Invisible Cage uses unique longitudinal data to investigate how digital labor platforms use algorithms to dictate the actions of high-skilled workers by determining accepted behaviors, work opportunities, and even success. As Hatim Rahman explains, employers can use algorithms to shift rules and guidelines without notice, explanation, or recourse for workers. The invisible cage signals a profound shift in the way markets and organizations categorize and ultimately control people.   Unlike previous forms of labor control, the invisible cage is ubiquitous, yet it is also opaque and shifting, which makes breaking free from it difficult for workers. This book traces how the invisible cage was developed over time and the implications it has for the spread of new technology, such as generative artificial intelligence. Inside the Invisible Cage also provides organizations, workers, and policymakers with insights on how to ensure the future of work has truly equitable, mutually beneficial outcomes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>IRREPLACEABLE: The Art of Standing Out in the Age of Artificial Intelligence by Pascal Bornet</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IRREPLACEABLE: The Art of Standing Out in the Age of Artificial Intelligence
Author: Pascal Bornet
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Pascal Bornet, an award-winning AI expert, former McKinsey executive, and Top Voice in Technology with over 1 million LinkedIn followers, unveils the ultimate guide for working, living, and leading organizations in a rapidly changing, AI-driven world. With over twenty years of pioneering research at the human-AI intersection, Bornet reveals the secrets to living in harmony with AI while cultivating uniquely human qualities. He introduces the Three Competencies of the Future that we need to develop urgently to thrive in our new world. In IRREPLACEABLE, you will discover techniques to boost your career using AI—without losing your job to automation; secrets to unlocking your uniquely human abilities—ones AI can never replicate; counterintuitive methods to raise Future-ready children; strategies to avoid falling into the &amp;#039;AI Obesity&amp;#039; trap; and blueprints for leveraging AI to turn your company into an unstoppable force of innovation. Whether you&amp;#039;re an individual looking to future-proof your career, a parent aiming to raise future-proof children, or a business leader eager to steer your organization through technological disruption, IRREPLACEABLE offers a universal and comprehensive framework.</description>
      <author>Pascal Bornet</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663746900.mp3" length="790317" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663746900.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IRREPLACEABLE: The Art of Standing Out in the Age of Artificial Intelligence
Author: Pascal Bornet
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Pascal Bornet, an award-winning AI expert, former McKinsey executive, and Top Voice in Technology with over 1 million LinkedIn followers, unveils the ultimate guide for working, living, and leading organizations in a rapidly changing, AI-driven world. With over twenty years of pioneering research at the human-AI intersection, Bornet reveals the secrets to living in harmony with AI while cultivating uniquely human qualities. He introduces the Three Competencies of the Future that we need to develop urgently to thrive in our new world. In IRREPLACEABLE, you will discover techniques to boost your career using AI—without losing your job to automation; secrets to unlocking your uniquely human abilities—ones AI can never replicate; counterintuitive methods to raise Future-ready children; strategies to avoid falling into the &amp;#039;AI Obesity&amp;#039; trap; and blueprints for leveraging AI to turn your company into an unstoppable force of innovation. Whether you&amp;#039;re an individual looking to future-proof your career, a parent aiming to raise future-proof children, or a business leader eager to steer your organization through technological disruption, IRREPLACEABLE offers a universal and comprehensive framework.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811703</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: IRREPLACEABLE: The Art of Standing Out in the Age of Artificial Intelligence
Author: Pascal Bornet
Narrator: Christopher P. Brown
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 56 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Pascal Bornet, an award-winning AI expert, former McKinsey executive, and Top Voice in Technology with over 1 million LinkedIn followers, unveils the ultimate guide for working, living, and leading organizations in a rapidly changing, AI-driven world. With over twenty years of pioneering research at the human-AI intersection, Bornet reveals the secrets to living in harmony with AI while cultivating uniquely human qualities. He introduces the Three Competencies of the Future that we need to develop urgently to thrive in our new world. In IRREPLACEABLE, you will discover techniques to boost your career using AI—without losing your job to automation; secrets to unlocking your uniquely human abilities—ones AI can never replicate; counterintuitive methods to raise Future-ready children; strategies to avoid falling into the &amp;#039;AI Obesity&amp;#039; trap; and blueprints for leveraging AI to turn your company into an unstoppable force of innovation. Whether you&amp;#039;re an individual looking to future-proof your career, a parent aiming to raise future-proof children, or a business leader eager to steer your organization through technological disruption, IRREPLACEABLE offers a universal and comprehensive framework.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digitally Curious: Your Guide to Navigating the Future of AI and All Things Tech by Andrew Grill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digitally Curious: Your Guide to Navigating the Future of AI and All Things Tech
Author: Andrew Grill
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Digitally Curious, futurist, speaker, and technology trends expert Andrew Grill delivers an easy-to-follow and incisive discussion of current and future technologies, as well as how leading companies are deploying them. The author examines critical business concepts, like the future of work, from a technical and human-centric point of view and how Artificial Intelligence will impact us at work and in society. He includes a broad range of relevant technologies and platforms, offering examples that will be immediately relevant to any industry and business. Digitally Curious offers recent and relevant examples via accessible and revealing interviews with global business leaders from various fields. The book also provides actionable insights and end-of-chapter takeaways; complimentary access to a companion website created and updated by the author, a thirty-year veteran of technology and business; and immediately applicable steps you can implement right away to create positive change in your business. Digitally Curious is perfect for managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders. It is the ideal resource for anyone looking for a simple and straightforward explanation of how new and upcoming tech and digital trends will impact you at work and in broader society.</description>
      <author>Andrew Grill</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663749529.mp3" length="751700" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663749529.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digitally Curious: Your Guide to Navigating the Future of AI and All Things Tech
Author: Andrew Grill
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Digitally Curious, futurist, speaker, and technology trends expert Andrew Grill delivers an easy-to-follow and incisive discussion of current and future technologies, as well as how leading companies are deploying them. The author examines critical business concepts, like the future of work, from a technical and human-centric point of view and how Artificial Intelligence will impact us at work and in society. He includes a broad range of relevant technologies and platforms, offering examples that will be immediately relevant to any industry and business. Digitally Curious offers recent and relevant examples via accessible and revealing interviews with global business leaders from various fields. The book also provides actionable insights and end-of-chapter takeaways; complimentary access to a companion website created and updated by the author, a thirty-year veteran of technology and business; and immediately applicable steps you can implement right away to create positive change in your business. Digitally Curious is perfect for managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders. It is the ideal resource for anyone looking for a simple and straightforward explanation of how new and upcoming tech and digital trends will impact you at work and in broader society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811705</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digitally Curious: Your Guide to Navigating the Future of AI and All Things Tech
Author: Andrew Grill
Narrator: Graham Mack
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 7 minutes
Release date: November  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Digitally Curious, futurist, speaker, and technology trends expert Andrew Grill delivers an easy-to-follow and incisive discussion of current and future technologies, as well as how leading companies are deploying them. The author examines critical business concepts, like the future of work, from a technical and human-centric point of view and how Artificial Intelligence will impact us at work and in society. He includes a broad range of relevant technologies and platforms, offering examples that will be immediately relevant to any industry and business. Digitally Curious offers recent and relevant examples via accessible and revealing interviews with global business leaders from various fields. The book also provides actionable insights and end-of-chapter takeaways; complimentary access to a companion website created and updated by the author, a thirty-year veteran of technology and business; and immediately applicable steps you can implement right away to create positive change in your business. Digitally Curious is perfect for managers, executives, board members, and other business leaders. It is the ideal resource for anyone looking for a simple and straightforward explanation of how new and upcoming tech and digital trends will impact you at work and in broader society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code--Faster! by Kurt Dowswell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code--Faster!
Author: Kurt Dowswell
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code—Faster, veteran software developer and GitHub community hero Kurt Dowswell delivers an insightful and hands-on exploration of GitHub&amp;#039;s powerful, new AI coding assistant, Copilot. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to use the tool&amp;#039;s capabilities to push the boundaries of what you thought was possible in programming. Even if you&amp;#039;ve used autocomplete tools—like VS Code&amp;#039;s TabNine extension—before, you&amp;#039;ll be floored by GitHub Copilot&amp;#039;s potential to transform the way you code. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to install, configure, and use the software, from employing it&amp;#039;s most common and widely used features to deploying business and enterprise functionality. You&amp;#039;ll even discover how to fix runtime and compilation bugs and write unit, integration, and end-to-end tests. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Prompt strategies to get GitHub Copilot to help you brainstorm new code solutions ● What the future looks like for AI-assisted coding, including discussions of issues like code licensing and ethics ● Directions for chatting with Copilot, including common commands and prompts to help you guide the conversation to where you want it to go</description>
      <author>Kurt Dowswell</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663749321.mp3" length="796332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663749321.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code--Faster!
Author: Kurt Dowswell
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code—Faster, veteran software developer and GitHub community hero Kurt Dowswell delivers an insightful and hands-on exploration of GitHub&amp;#039;s powerful, new AI coding assistant, Copilot. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to use the tool&amp;#039;s capabilities to push the boundaries of what you thought was possible in programming. Even if you&amp;#039;ve used autocomplete tools—like VS Code&amp;#039;s TabNine extension—before, you&amp;#039;ll be floored by GitHub Copilot&amp;#039;s potential to transform the way you code. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to install, configure, and use the software, from employing it&amp;#039;s most common and widely used features to deploying business and enterprise functionality. You&amp;#039;ll even discover how to fix runtime and compilation bugs and write unit, integration, and end-to-end tests. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Prompt strategies to get GitHub Copilot to help you brainstorm new code solutions ● What the future looks like for AI-assisted coding, including discussions of issues like code licensing and ethics ● Directions for chatting with Copilot, including common commands and prompts to help you guide the conversation to where you want it to go</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/811692</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code--Faster!
Author: Kurt Dowswell
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Programming with GitHub Copilot: Write Better Code—Faster, veteran software developer and GitHub community hero Kurt Dowswell delivers an insightful and hands-on exploration of GitHub&amp;#039;s powerful, new AI coding assistant, Copilot. In the book, you&amp;#039;ll discover how to use the tool&amp;#039;s capabilities to push the boundaries of what you thought was possible in programming. Even if you&amp;#039;ve used autocomplete tools—like VS Code&amp;#039;s TabNine extension—before, you&amp;#039;ll be floored by GitHub Copilot&amp;#039;s potential to transform the way you code. You&amp;#039;ll learn how to install, configure, and use the software, from employing it&amp;#039;s most common and widely used features to deploying business and enterprise functionality. You&amp;#039;ll even discover how to fix runtime and compilation bugs and write unit, integration, and end-to-end tests. You&amp;#039;ll also find: ● Prompt strategies to get GitHub Copilot to help you brainstorm new code solutions ● What the future looks like for AI-assisted coding, including discussions of issues like code licensing and ethics ● Directions for chatting with Copilot, including common commands and prompts to help you guide the conversation to where you want it to go</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful: Master the Fundamentals, Learn Useful Prompts, Boost Your Productivity (GPT-4o) by David M. Patel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful: Master the Fundamentals, Learn Useful Prompts, Boost Your Productivity (GPT-4o)
Series: #1 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
- Do you want to use ChatGPT… but think it is too hard? - Need to boost your productivity with the help of AI? - Want to become a ChatGPT Pro in less than 7 days? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading … Bestselling author and experienced AI teacher David M. Patel is going to show you step-by-step in 15 easy lessons (and included free ChatGPT Video Course) how to learn, master and excel in ChatGPT … even if you have never used ChatGPT in your life! In &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll discover: - Master AI Basics: Understand AI Concepts with Ease - Prompting Precision: How to Get Perfect Outputs Every Time - Save 10 Hours a Week by Automating Daily Tasks &amp;amp; Routines - Write Better and Faster – Copywriting, Blogging or even Books! - Generate AI Art &amp;amp; Photography Like an AI Picasso! - Your Personal AI Assistant: Customize ChatGPT to Your Needs - GPT-4o: How to Use The Most Powerful Model for Maximum Benefit - 5 Amazing Every Day Use Cases for ChatGPT Nobody Is Talking About - Effective Troubleshooting: Solve Common Issues With Ease - Fully Up-to-Date &amp;amp; 100 % Accurate Outputs with ChatGPT - Build Your Own GPTs Step-by-Step – For Productivity &amp;amp; Profit - The GPT Store: How to Find and Utilize The Best GPTs for Your Needs - Remember Everything &amp;amp; Apply Today: 60+ Action Steps &amp;amp; Reflective Exercises Maybe you think that ChatGPT and AI is too complicated or simply not for you… or that it is too hard to understand. Don&amp;#039;t worry, this book was written for beginners completely new to ChatGPT – very easy-to-understand with hands-on guides and free of technical jargon.  Useful action steps and reflective exercises will help you learn step-by-step and transfer the learnings into your professional and personal lives. You will save hundreds of hours each month and be more creative than ever before! Wait… There&amp;#039;s More: You get exclusive access to David M. Patel&amp;#039;s complete video course &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners&amp;#039; - for free!</description>
      <author>David M. Patel</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783689833367.mp3" length="894367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783689833367.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful: Master the Fundamentals, Learn Useful Prompts, Boost Your Productivity (GPT-4o)
Series: #1 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
- Do you want to use ChatGPT… but think it is too hard? - Need to boost your productivity with the help of AI? - Want to become a ChatGPT Pro in less than 7 days? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading … Bestselling author and experienced AI teacher David M. Patel is going to show you step-by-step in 15 easy lessons (and included free ChatGPT Video Course) how to learn, master and excel in ChatGPT … even if you have never used ChatGPT in your life! In &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll discover: - Master AI Basics: Understand AI Concepts with Ease - Prompting Precision: How to Get Perfect Outputs Every Time - Save 10 Hours a Week by Automating Daily Tasks &amp;amp; Routines - Write Better and Faster – Copywriting, Blogging or even Books! - Generate AI Art &amp;amp; Photography Like an AI Picasso! - Your Personal AI Assistant: Customize ChatGPT to Your Needs - GPT-4o: How to Use The Most Powerful Model for Maximum Benefit - 5 Amazing Every Day Use Cases for ChatGPT Nobody Is Talking About - Effective Troubleshooting: Solve Common Issues With Ease - Fully Up-to-Date &amp;amp; 100 % Accurate Outputs with ChatGPT - Build Your Own GPTs Step-by-Step – For Productivity &amp;amp; Profit - The GPT Store: How to Find and Utilize The Best GPTs for Your Needs - Remember Everything &amp;amp; Apply Today: 60+ Action Steps &amp;amp; Reflective Exercises Maybe you think that ChatGPT and AI is too complicated or simply not for you… or that it is too hard to understand. Don&amp;#039;t worry, this book was written for beginners completely new to ChatGPT – very easy-to-understand with hands-on guides and free of technical jargon.  Useful action steps and reflective exercises will help you learn step-by-step and transfer the learnings into your professional and personal lives. You will save hundreds of hours each month and be more creative than ever before! Wait… There&amp;#039;s More: You get exclusive access to David M. Patel&amp;#039;s complete video course &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners&amp;#039; - for free!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful: Master the Fundamentals, Learn Useful Prompts, Boost Your Productivity (GPT-4o)
Series: #1 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 21 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
- Do you want to use ChatGPT… but think it is too hard? - Need to boost your productivity with the help of AI? - Want to become a ChatGPT Pro in less than 7 days? If you answered yes to any of these questions, then keep reading … Bestselling author and experienced AI teacher David M. Patel is going to show you step-by-step in 15 easy lessons (and included free ChatGPT Video Course) how to learn, master and excel in ChatGPT … even if you have never used ChatGPT in your life! In &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners Made Useful&amp;#039; you&amp;#039;ll discover: - Master AI Basics: Understand AI Concepts with Ease - Prompting Precision: How to Get Perfect Outputs Every Time - Save 10 Hours a Week by Automating Daily Tasks &amp;amp; Routines - Write Better and Faster – Copywriting, Blogging or even Books! - Generate AI Art &amp;amp; Photography Like an AI Picasso! - Your Personal AI Assistant: Customize ChatGPT to Your Needs - GPT-4o: How to Use The Most Powerful Model for Maximum Benefit - 5 Amazing Every Day Use Cases for ChatGPT Nobody Is Talking About - Effective Troubleshooting: Solve Common Issues With Ease - Fully Up-to-Date &amp;amp; 100 % Accurate Outputs with ChatGPT - Build Your Own GPTs Step-by-Step – For Productivity &amp;amp; Profit - The GPT Store: How to Find and Utilize The Best GPTs for Your Needs - Remember Everything &amp;amp; Apply Today: 60+ Action Steps &amp;amp; Reflective Exercises Maybe you think that ChatGPT and AI is too complicated or simply not for you… or that it is too hard to understand. Don&amp;#039;t worry, this book was written for beginners completely new to ChatGPT – very easy-to-understand with hands-on guides and free of technical jargon.  Useful action steps and reflective exercises will help you learn step-by-step and transfer the learnings into your professional and personal lives. You will save hundreds of hours each month and be more creative than ever before! Wait… There&amp;#039;s More: You get exclusive access to David M. Patel&amp;#039;s complete video course &amp;#039;ChatGPT for Beginners&amp;#039; - for free!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial Intelligence &amp;amp; Generative AI for Beginners: The Complete Guide by David M. Patel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence &amp;amp; Generative AI for Beginners: The Complete Guide
Series: #2 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
*****This book now comes with a FREE VIDEO COURSE: ChatGPT for Beginners!***** Do you want an easy guide to understanding AI? Curious about the hype around generative AI? Looking for ways to use ChatGPT, MidJourney for business &amp;amp; personal gain? If you find yourself nodding in agreement, then this book is exactly for you! Amazon bestselling author &amp;amp; AI Consultant David M. Patel is going to show you everything you need to know become an expert user of artificial intelligence &amp;amp; generative AI. He is going to lead you step-by-step to discovering the foundations of artificial intelligence, understand how generative models work and how to tap into the full power of AI tools like ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 and MidJourney to skyrocket your productivity and scale yourself exponentially. In this action-oriented guide, you are going to discover: In part I – Artificial Intelligence for Beginners: - The Fascinating History of AI: 60+ Years of Breakthroughs - 5 Major Components of AI You Need to Know - The 3 Types of Machine Learning &amp;amp; How They Differ - What Role Data and Algorithms Play in AI (Most People Overlook This) - Major Fields of AI: NLP, Computer Vision and Robotics + Applications In part II – Generative AI - Foundations: - What Generative AI Is and Isn&amp;#039;t - The 9 Types of Generative AI &amp;amp; How They Work - Business Ideas with Generative AI: 2 Detailed Case Studies - 4 Essential Tools for Developing Your Own Generative AI Model In part III: HOW TO-GUIDES &amp;amp; Practical Applications: - How To Use Generative AI for Copywriting, Graphic Design &amp;amp; Video Editing - The 12 Best Generative AI Tools for 2024 (#7-#12 Are Barely Known) - 13 HANDS ON-GUIDES - Write Articles &amp;amp; Design images with AI &amp;amp; Build Your Own GPT - 50+ Best Generative AI Podcasts, Influencers and Thought Leaders to Follow And so much more! It&amp;#039;s more than just a book; it&amp;#039;s your roadmap to the future. Discover, learn, act - the future of AI awaits you!</description>
      <author>David M. Patel</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783689833961.mp3" length="878514" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783689833961.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence &amp;amp; Generative AI for Beginners: The Complete Guide
Series: #2 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
*****This book now comes with a FREE VIDEO COURSE: ChatGPT for Beginners!***** Do you want an easy guide to understanding AI? Curious about the hype around generative AI? Looking for ways to use ChatGPT, MidJourney for business &amp;amp; personal gain? If you find yourself nodding in agreement, then this book is exactly for you! Amazon bestselling author &amp;amp; AI Consultant David M. Patel is going to show you everything you need to know become an expert user of artificial intelligence &amp;amp; generative AI. He is going to lead you step-by-step to discovering the foundations of artificial intelligence, understand how generative models work and how to tap into the full power of AI tools like ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 and MidJourney to skyrocket your productivity and scale yourself exponentially. In this action-oriented guide, you are going to discover: In part I – Artificial Intelligence for Beginners: - The Fascinating History of AI: 60+ Years of Breakthroughs - 5 Major Components of AI You Need to Know - The 3 Types of Machine Learning &amp;amp; How They Differ - What Role Data and Algorithms Play in AI (Most People Overlook This) - Major Fields of AI: NLP, Computer Vision and Robotics + Applications In part II – Generative AI - Foundations: - What Generative AI Is and Isn&amp;#039;t - The 9 Types of Generative AI &amp;amp; How They Work - Business Ideas with Generative AI: 2 Detailed Case Studies - 4 Essential Tools for Developing Your Own Generative AI Model In part III: HOW TO-GUIDES &amp;amp; Practical Applications: - How To Use Generative AI for Copywriting, Graphic Design &amp;amp; Video Editing - The 12 Best Generative AI Tools for 2024 (#7-#12 Are Barely Known) - 13 HANDS ON-GUIDES - Write Articles &amp;amp; Design images with AI &amp;amp; Build Your Own GPT - 50+ Best Generative AI Podcasts, Influencers and Thought Leaders to Follow And so much more! It&amp;#039;s more than just a book; it&amp;#039;s your roadmap to the future. Discover, learn, act - the future of AI awaits you!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/810588</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence &amp;amp; Generative AI for Beginners: The Complete Guide
Series: #2 of Generative AI &amp;amp; Chat GPT Mastery Series
Author: David M. Patel
Narrator: Dan Levy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
*****This book now comes with a FREE VIDEO COURSE: ChatGPT for Beginners!***** Do you want an easy guide to understanding AI? Curious about the hype around generative AI? Looking for ways to use ChatGPT, MidJourney for business &amp;amp; personal gain? If you find yourself nodding in agreement, then this book is exactly for you! Amazon bestselling author &amp;amp; AI Consultant David M. Patel is going to show you everything you need to know become an expert user of artificial intelligence &amp;amp; generative AI. He is going to lead you step-by-step to discovering the foundations of artificial intelligence, understand how generative models work and how to tap into the full power of AI tools like ChatGPT, DALL-E 3 and MidJourney to skyrocket your productivity and scale yourself exponentially. In this action-oriented guide, you are going to discover: In part I – Artificial Intelligence for Beginners: - The Fascinating History of AI: 60+ Years of Breakthroughs - 5 Major Components of AI You Need to Know - The 3 Types of Machine Learning &amp;amp; How They Differ - What Role Data and Algorithms Play in AI (Most People Overlook This) - Major Fields of AI: NLP, Computer Vision and Robotics + Applications In part II – Generative AI - Foundations: - What Generative AI Is and Isn&amp;#039;t - The 9 Types of Generative AI &amp;amp; How They Work - Business Ideas with Generative AI: 2 Detailed Case Studies - 4 Essential Tools for Developing Your Own Generative AI Model In part III: HOW TO-GUIDES &amp;amp; Practical Applications: - How To Use Generative AI for Copywriting, Graphic Design &amp;amp; Video Editing - The 12 Best Generative AI Tools for 2024 (#7-#12 Are Barely Known) - 13 HANDS ON-GUIDES - Write Articles &amp;amp; Design images with AI &amp;amp; Build Your Own GPT - 50+ Best Generative AI Podcasts, Influencers and Thought Leaders to Follow And so much more! It&amp;#039;s more than just a book; it&amp;#039;s your roadmap to the future. Discover, learn, act - the future of AI awaits you!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Deepfake by Olivier Lascar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Deepfake
Author: Olivier Lascar
Narrator: David Furlong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comment réagir face à la menace deepfake ? Nous avons tous en tête les images de Macron en gilet jaune, du Pape François en doudoune ou encore de l&amp;#039;ancien Président Obama traitant Trump de « con fini » face caméra. Modifier un fichier sonore ou vidéo, voire le créer de toutes pièces en détournant l&amp;#039;image ou la voix d&amp;#039;une personnalité  ne relève plus aujourd&amp;#039;hui de la science-fiction.  Avec les deepfakes, la culture du faux s&amp;#039;immisce partout, ils sont de véritables armes de désinformation. Comment s&amp;#039;en protéger dans un quotidien où nous sommes en permanence confrontés aux images ? Avons-nous basculé dans une ère où nous ne pouvons plus croire ce que nous voyons ? Déjà, les scientifiques travaillent aux outils numériques qui permettront, demain, de dire si une vidéo est vraie ou fausse. Mais il ne peuvent pas agir seuls : le législateur d&amp;#039;un côté, les plateformes numériques et les GAFAM de l&amp;#039;autre ont leur rôle à jouer pour que nous puissions continuer à savoir ce que « réel » veut dire.</description>
      <author>Olivier Lascar</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004184002.mp3" length="702602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004184002.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Deepfake
Author: Olivier Lascar
Narrator: David Furlong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comment réagir face à la menace deepfake ? Nous avons tous en tête les images de Macron en gilet jaune, du Pape François en doudoune ou encore de l&amp;#039;ancien Président Obama traitant Trump de « con fini » face caméra. Modifier un fichier sonore ou vidéo, voire le créer de toutes pièces en détournant l&amp;#039;image ou la voix d&amp;#039;une personnalité  ne relève plus aujourd&amp;#039;hui de la science-fiction.  Avec les deepfakes, la culture du faux s&amp;#039;immisce partout, ils sont de véritables armes de désinformation. Comment s&amp;#039;en protéger dans un quotidien où nous sommes en permanence confrontés aux images ? Avons-nous basculé dans une ère où nous ne pouvons plus croire ce que nous voyons ? Déjà, les scientifiques travaillent aux outils numériques qui permettront, demain, de dire si une vidéo est vraie ou fausse. Mais il ne peuvent pas agir seuls : le législateur d&amp;#039;un côté, les plateformes numériques et les GAFAM de l&amp;#039;autre ont leur rôle à jouer pour que nous puissions continuer à savoir ce que « réel » veut dire.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/809105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Deepfake
Author: Olivier Lascar
Narrator: David Furlong
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 38 minutes
Release date: October 31, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Comment réagir face à la menace deepfake ? Nous avons tous en tête les images de Macron en gilet jaune, du Pape François en doudoune ou encore de l&amp;#039;ancien Président Obama traitant Trump de « con fini » face caméra. Modifier un fichier sonore ou vidéo, voire le créer de toutes pièces en détournant l&amp;#039;image ou la voix d&amp;#039;une personnalité  ne relève plus aujourd&amp;#039;hui de la science-fiction.  Avec les deepfakes, la culture du faux s&amp;#039;immisce partout, ils sont de véritables armes de désinformation. Comment s&amp;#039;en protéger dans un quotidien où nous sommes en permanence confrontés aux images ? Avons-nous basculé dans une ère où nous ne pouvons plus croire ce que nous voyons ? Déjà, les scientifiques travaillent aux outils numériques qui permettront, demain, de dire si une vidéo est vraie ou fausse. Mais il ne peuvent pas agir seuls : le législateur d&amp;#039;un côté, les plateformes numériques et les GAFAM de l&amp;#039;autre ont leur rôle à jouer pour que nous puissions continuer à savoir ce que « réel » veut dire.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning by Alex J. Gutman, Jordan Goldmeier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning
Author: Alex J. Gutman, Jordan Goldmeier
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Turn yourself into a Data Head. You&amp;#039;ll become a more valuable employee and make your organization more successful.  Thomas H. Davenport, Research Fellow, Author of Competing on Analytics, Big Data @ Work, and The AI Advantage  You&amp;#039;ve heard the hype around data?now get the facts.  In Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning, award-winning data scientists Alex Gutman and Jordan Goldmeier pull back the curtain on data science and give you the language and tools necessary to talk and think critically about it.  You&amp;#039;ll learn how to:   - Think statistically and understand the role variation plays in your life and decision making  - Speak intelligently and ask the right questions about the statistics and results you encounter in the workplace  - Understand what&amp;#039;s really going on with machine learning, text analytics, deep learning, and artificial intelligence  - Avoid common pitfalls when working with and interpreting data  Becoming a Data Head is a complete guide for data science in the workplace: covering everything from the personalities you’ll work with to the math behind the algorithms. The authors have spent years in data trenches and sought to create a fun, approachable, and eminently readable book. Anyone can become a Data Head?an active participant in data science, statistics, and machine learning. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business professional, engineer, executive, or aspiring data scientist, this book is for you.  This audiobook is skillfully read by Brian Arens and was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Alex J. Gutman, Jordan Goldmeier</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666678154.mp3" length="822674" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666678154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning
Author: Alex J. Gutman, Jordan Goldmeier
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Turn yourself into a Data Head. You&amp;#039;ll become a more valuable employee and make your organization more successful.  Thomas H. Davenport, Research Fellow, Author of Competing on Analytics, Big Data @ Work, and The AI Advantage  You&amp;#039;ve heard the hype around data?now get the facts.  In Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning, award-winning data scientists Alex Gutman and Jordan Goldmeier pull back the curtain on data science and give you the language and tools necessary to talk and think critically about it.  You&amp;#039;ll learn how to:   - Think statistically and understand the role variation plays in your life and decision making  - Speak intelligently and ask the right questions about the statistics and results you encounter in the workplace  - Understand what&amp;#039;s really going on with machine learning, text analytics, deep learning, and artificial intelligence  - Avoid common pitfalls when working with and interpreting data  Becoming a Data Head is a complete guide for data science in the workplace: covering everything from the personalities you’ll work with to the math behind the algorithms. The authors have spent years in data trenches and sought to create a fun, approachable, and eminently readable book. Anyone can become a Data Head?an active participant in data science, statistics, and machine learning. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business professional, engineer, executive, or aspiring data scientist, this book is for you.  This audiobook is skillfully read by Brian Arens and was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808344</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning
Author: Alex J. Gutman, Jordan Goldmeier
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Turn yourself into a Data Head. You&amp;#039;ll become a more valuable employee and make your organization more successful.  Thomas H. Davenport, Research Fellow, Author of Competing on Analytics, Big Data @ Work, and The AI Advantage  You&amp;#039;ve heard the hype around data?now get the facts.  In Becoming a Data Head: How to Think, Speak, and Understand Data Science, Statistics, and Machine Learning, award-winning data scientists Alex Gutman and Jordan Goldmeier pull back the curtain on data science and give you the language and tools necessary to talk and think critically about it.  You&amp;#039;ll learn how to:   - Think statistically and understand the role variation plays in your life and decision making  - Speak intelligently and ask the right questions about the statistics and results you encounter in the workplace  - Understand what&amp;#039;s really going on with machine learning, text analytics, deep learning, and artificial intelligence  - Avoid common pitfalls when working with and interpreting data  Becoming a Data Head is a complete guide for data science in the workplace: covering everything from the personalities you’ll work with to the math behind the algorithms. The authors have spent years in data trenches and sought to create a fun, approachable, and eminently readable book. Anyone can become a Data Head?an active participant in data science, statistics, and machine learning. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business professional, engineer, executive, or aspiring data scientist, this book is for you.  This audiobook is skillfully read by Brian Arens and was produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Reign of Botnets: Defending Against Abuses, Bots and Fraud on the Internet by David Senecal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Reign of Botnets: Defending Against Abuses, Bots and Fraud on the Internet
Author: David Senecal
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Reign of Botnets, fraud and bot detection expert David Senecal delivers a timely and incisive presentation of the contemporary bot threat landscape and the latest defense strategies used by leading companies to protect themselves. The author uses plain language to lift the veil on bots and fraud, making a topic critical to your website&amp;#039;s security easy to understand and even easier to implement. You&amp;#039;ll learn how attackers think, what motivates them, how their strategies have evolved over time, and how website owners have changed their own behaviors to keep up with their adversaries. You&amp;#039;ll also discover how you can best respond to patterns and incidents that pose a threat to your site, your business, and your customers. The book includes: ● A description of common bot detection techniques exploring the difference between positive and negative security strategies and other key concepts ● A method for assessing and analyzing bot activity, to evaluate the accuracy of the detection and understand the botnet sophistication ● A discussion about the challenge of data collection for the purpose of providing security and balancing the ever-present needs for user privacy</description>
      <author>David Senecal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663746405.mp3" length="807228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663746405.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Reign of Botnets: Defending Against Abuses, Bots and Fraud on the Internet
Author: David Senecal
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Reign of Botnets, fraud and bot detection expert David Senecal delivers a timely and incisive presentation of the contemporary bot threat landscape and the latest defense strategies used by leading companies to protect themselves. The author uses plain language to lift the veil on bots and fraud, making a topic critical to your website&amp;#039;s security easy to understand and even easier to implement. You&amp;#039;ll learn how attackers think, what motivates them, how their strategies have evolved over time, and how website owners have changed their own behaviors to keep up with their adversaries. You&amp;#039;ll also discover how you can best respond to patterns and incidents that pose a threat to your site, your business, and your customers. The book includes: ● A description of common bot detection techniques exploring the difference between positive and negative security strategies and other key concepts ● A method for assessing and analyzing bot activity, to evaluate the accuracy of the detection and understand the botnet sophistication ● A discussion about the challenge of data collection for the purpose of providing security and balancing the ever-present needs for user privacy</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808282</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Reign of Botnets: Defending Against Abuses, Bots and Fraud on the Internet
Author: David Senecal
Narrator: Bob Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 44 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In The Reign of Botnets, fraud and bot detection expert David Senecal delivers a timely and incisive presentation of the contemporary bot threat landscape and the latest defense strategies used by leading companies to protect themselves. The author uses plain language to lift the veil on bots and fraud, making a topic critical to your website&amp;#039;s security easy to understand and even easier to implement. You&amp;#039;ll learn how attackers think, what motivates them, how their strategies have evolved over time, and how website owners have changed their own behaviors to keep up with their adversaries. You&amp;#039;ll also discover how you can best respond to patterns and incidents that pose a threat to your site, your business, and your customers. The book includes: ● A description of common bot detection techniques exploring the difference between positive and negative security strategies and other key concepts ● A method for assessing and analyzing bot activity, to evaluate the accuracy of the detection and understand the botnet sophistication ● A discussion about the challenge of data collection for the purpose of providing security and balancing the ever-present needs for user privacy</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Ai-Driven Leader: Harnessing AI to Make Faster, Smarter Decisions by Geoff Woods</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ai-Driven Leader: Harnessing AI to Make Faster, Smarter Decisions
Author: Geoff Woods
Narrator: Geoff Woods
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The difference between growing your business and going out of business is your ability to think strategically. The problem is, most leaders are stuck in the operational weeds, struggling to find the time to make better strategic decisions. This challenge is only heightened by the rise of AI. While you know AI is the future, current demands leave you with no time to explore its benefits. Meanwhile, your competition is gaining an edge by integrating AI. The time to act is now. In The AI-Driven Leader, you’ll learn how to: Escape operational overwhelm and lead with strategic clarity (Chapter 3) Collapse the time it takes to turn data into decisions (Chapter 7) Transform your decision-making with AI for strategic advantage (Chapter 9) 10x the impact of every employee (Chapter 12) Apply real-world examples and prompts to get immediate results (every chapter) Your company can adopt AI now and see immediate returns. The AI-Driven Leader provides clear guidance on where to begin, helping you achieve rapid results.</description>
      <author>Geoff Woods</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798990904026.mp3" length="1372122" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798990904026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ai-Driven Leader: Harnessing AI to Make Faster, Smarter Decisions
Author: Geoff Woods
Narrator: Geoff Woods
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The difference between growing your business and going out of business is your ability to think strategically. The problem is, most leaders are stuck in the operational weeds, struggling to find the time to make better strategic decisions. This challenge is only heightened by the rise of AI. While you know AI is the future, current demands leave you with no time to explore its benefits. Meanwhile, your competition is gaining an edge by integrating AI. The time to act is now. In The AI-Driven Leader, you’ll learn how to: Escape operational overwhelm and lead with strategic clarity (Chapter 3) Collapse the time it takes to turn data into decisions (Chapter 7) Transform your decision-making with AI for strategic advantage (Chapter 9) 10x the impact of every employee (Chapter 12) Apply real-world examples and prompts to get immediate results (every chapter) Your company can adopt AI now and see immediate returns. The AI-Driven Leader provides clear guidance on where to begin, helping you achieve rapid results.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/808192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Ai-Driven Leader: Harnessing AI to Make Faster, Smarter Decisions
Author: Geoff Woods
Narrator: Geoff Woods
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 16, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The difference between growing your business and going out of business is your ability to think strategically. The problem is, most leaders are stuck in the operational weeds, struggling to find the time to make better strategic decisions. This challenge is only heightened by the rise of AI. While you know AI is the future, current demands leave you with no time to explore its benefits. Meanwhile, your competition is gaining an edge by integrating AI. The time to act is now. In The AI-Driven Leader, you’ll learn how to: Escape operational overwhelm and lead with strategic clarity (Chapter 3) Collapse the time it takes to turn data into decisions (Chapter 7) Transform your decision-making with AI for strategic advantage (Chapter 9) 10x the impact of every employee (Chapter 12) Apply real-world examples and prompts to get immediate results (every chapter) Your company can adopt AI now and see immediate returns. The AI-Driven Leader provides clear guidance on where to begin, helping you achieve rapid results.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sichere Verbindung ins Netzwerk, VPN by Daniel Schubert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sichere Verbindung ins Netzwerk, VPN
Author: Daniel Schubert
Narrator: Daniel Schubert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Egal, ob Sie häufig über öffentliche und damit unsichere WLAN-Hotspots surfen, oder von unterwegs aus Zugriff auf Rechner und Daten in Ihrem Heimnetz haben möchten: Ein eigenes virtuelles privates Netzwerk hilft Ihnen in beiden Fällen.</description>
      <author>Daniel Schubert</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Jan 2022 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707711626.mp3" length="800304" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707711626.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sichere Verbindung ins Netzwerk, VPN
Author: Daniel Schubert
Narrator: Daniel Schubert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Egal, ob Sie häufig über öffentliche und damit unsichere WLAN-Hotspots surfen, oder von unterwegs aus Zugriff auf Rechner und Daten in Ihrem Heimnetz haben möchten: Ein eigenes virtuelles privates Netzwerk hilft Ihnen in beiden Fällen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807315</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sichere Verbindung ins Netzwerk, VPN
Author: Daniel Schubert
Narrator: Daniel Schubert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: January 16, 2022
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Egal, ob Sie häufig über öffentliche und damit unsichere WLAN-Hotspots surfen, oder von unterwegs aus Zugriff auf Rechner und Daten in Ihrem Heimnetz haben möchten: Ein eigenes virtuelles privates Netzwerk hilft Ihnen in beiden Fällen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Nexus: Una breve historia de las redes de información desde la Edad de Piedra hasta la IA by Yuval Noah Harari</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nexus: Una breve historia de las redes de información desde la Edad de Piedra hasta la IA
Author: Yuval Noah Harari
Narrator: Luis David García Márquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
El esperado nuevo libro de Yuval Noah Harari, uno de los pensadores más innovadores, interesantes y clarividentes de la actualidad, y autor de Sapiens, el fenómeno literario global que ha cautivado a  millones de lectores.    «El historiador tiene una habilidad endemoniada para exponer argumentos sofisticados sobre cuestiones complejas sin dolor para el lector [...]. Pocos pensadores pueden escribir 600 páginas plagadas de ideas innovadoras y estimulantes que el lector puede absorber como quien da un paseo por el campo. Aunque sea un campo de minas».  Javier Sampedro, El País  En Nexus, Harari contempla a la humanidad desde la amplia perspectiva de la historia para analizar cómo las redes de información han hecho y deshecho nuestro mundo. Durante los últimos 100.000 años, los sapiens hemos acumulado un enorme poder. Pero, a pesar de todos los descubrimientos, inventos y conquistas, ahora nos enfrentamos a una crisis existencial: el mundo está al borde del colapso ecológico, abunda la desinformación y nos precipitamos hacia la era de la I.A. Con todo el camino andando, ¿por qué somos una especie autodestructiva?  A partir de una fascinante variedad de ejemplos históricos, desde la Edad de Piedra, pasando por la Biblia, la caza de brujas de principios de la Edad Moderna, el estalinismo y el nazismo, hasta el resurgimiento del populismo en nuestros días, Harari nos ofrece un marco revelador para indagar en las complejas relaciones que existen entre información y verdad, burocracia y mitología, y sabiduría y poder.  Examina cómo diferentes sociedades y sistemas políticos han utilizado la información para lograr sus objetivos e imponer el orden, para bien y para mal. Y plantea las opciones urgentes a las que nos enfrentamos hoy en día, cuando la inteligencia no humana amenaza nuestra propia existencia.  La información no es el principio activo de la verdad; tampoco una simple arma. Nexusexplora el esperanzador término medio entre estos extremos.  La crítica ha dicho: «Tremendo, estimulante y muy bien razonado. Harari nos ofrece una visión de un futuro cada vez más próximo y que es al mismo tiempo emocionante y escalofriante. Si hay un libro que instaría a todo el mundo a leer, especialmente a nuestros líderes políticos, corporativos y culturales, es Nexus». Stephen Fry  «Harari tiene una capacidad única para unir detalles mínimos de la historia con grandiosas megatendencias. Este libro, profundamente importante, llega en un momento crítico en el que todos reflexionamos sobre lo que implica la inteligencia artificial». Mustafa Suleyman  «Harari utiliza múltiples ejemplos de la historia, la filosofía, la ciencia, la psicología y la teoría política para mostrar cómo la información es la corriente que subyace a toda actividad humana. De hecho, el talento de Harari es desenredar patrones complejos para revelar las intricadas estructuras que ocultan, a la vez que ilumina cómo afectan a nuestra vida cotidiana. Una lectura importante y oportuna ya que nuestra supervivencia está a merced de la información». Booklist</description>
      <author>Yuval Noah Harari</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788410433304.mp3" length="1317217" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788410433304.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nexus: Una breve historia de las redes de información desde la Edad de Piedra hasta la IA
Author: Yuval Noah Harari
Narrator: Luis David García Márquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
El esperado nuevo libro de Yuval Noah Harari, uno de los pensadores más innovadores, interesantes y clarividentes de la actualidad, y autor de Sapiens, el fenómeno literario global que ha cautivado a  millones de lectores.    «El historiador tiene una habilidad endemoniada para exponer argumentos sofisticados sobre cuestiones complejas sin dolor para el lector [...]. Pocos pensadores pueden escribir 600 páginas plagadas de ideas innovadoras y estimulantes que el lector puede absorber como quien da un paseo por el campo. Aunque sea un campo de minas».  Javier Sampedro, El País  En Nexus, Harari contempla a la humanidad desde la amplia perspectiva de la historia para analizar cómo las redes de información han hecho y deshecho nuestro mundo. Durante los últimos 100.000 años, los sapiens hemos acumulado un enorme poder. Pero, a pesar de todos los descubrimientos, inventos y conquistas, ahora nos enfrentamos a una crisis existencial: el mundo está al borde del colapso ecológico, abunda la desinformación y nos precipitamos hacia la era de la I.A. Con todo el camino andando, ¿por qué somos una especie autodestructiva?  A partir de una fascinante variedad de ejemplos históricos, desde la Edad de Piedra, pasando por la Biblia, la caza de brujas de principios de la Edad Moderna, el estalinismo y el nazismo, hasta el resurgimiento del populismo en nuestros días, Harari nos ofrece un marco revelador para indagar en las complejas relaciones que existen entre información y verdad, burocracia y mitología, y sabiduría y poder.  Examina cómo diferentes sociedades y sistemas políticos han utilizado la información para lograr sus objetivos e imponer el orden, para bien y para mal. Y plantea las opciones urgentes a las que nos enfrentamos hoy en día, cuando la inteligencia no humana amenaza nuestra propia existencia.  La información no es el principio activo de la verdad; tampoco una simple arma. Nexusexplora el esperanzador término medio entre estos extremos.  La crítica ha dicho: «Tremendo, estimulante y muy bien razonado. Harari nos ofrece una visión de un futuro cada vez más próximo y que es al mismo tiempo emocionante y escalofriante. Si hay un libro que instaría a todo el mundo a leer, especialmente a nuestros líderes políticos, corporativos y culturales, es Nexus». Stephen Fry  «Harari tiene una capacidad única para unir detalles mínimos de la historia con grandiosas megatendencias. Este libro, profundamente importante, llega en un momento crítico en el que todos reflexionamos sobre lo que implica la inteligencia artificial». Mustafa Suleyman  «Harari utiliza múltiples ejemplos de la historia, la filosofía, la ciencia, la psicología y la teoría política para mostrar cómo la información es la corriente que subyace a toda actividad humana. De hecho, el talento de Harari es desenredar patrones complejos para revelar las intricadas estructuras que ocultan, a la vez que ilumina cómo afectan a nuestra vida cotidiana. Una lectura importante y oportuna ya que nuestra supervivencia está a merced de la información». Booklist</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/807168</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Nexus: Una breve historia de las redes de información desde la Edad de Piedra hasta la IA
Author: Yuval Noah Harari
Narrator: Luis David García Márquez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 50 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
El esperado nuevo libro de Yuval Noah Harari, uno de los pensadores más innovadores, interesantes y clarividentes de la actualidad, y autor de Sapiens, el fenómeno literario global que ha cautivado a  millones de lectores.    «El historiador tiene una habilidad endemoniada para exponer argumentos sofisticados sobre cuestiones complejas sin dolor para el lector [...]. Pocos pensadores pueden escribir 600 páginas plagadas de ideas innovadoras y estimulantes que el lector puede absorber como quien da un paseo por el campo. Aunque sea un campo de minas».  Javier Sampedro, El País  En Nexus, Harari contempla a la humanidad desde la amplia perspectiva de la historia para analizar cómo las redes de información han hecho y deshecho nuestro mundo. Durante los últimos 100.000 años, los sapiens hemos acumulado un enorme poder. Pero, a pesar de todos los descubrimientos, inventos y conquistas, ahora nos enfrentamos a una crisis existencial: el mundo está al borde del colapso ecológico, abunda la desinformación y nos precipitamos hacia la era de la I.A. Con todo el camino andando, ¿por qué somos una especie autodestructiva?  A partir de una fascinante variedad de ejemplos históricos, desde la Edad de Piedra, pasando por la Biblia, la caza de brujas de principios de la Edad Moderna, el estalinismo y el nazismo, hasta el resurgimiento del populismo en nuestros días, Harari nos ofrece un marco revelador para indagar en las complejas relaciones que existen entre información y verdad, burocracia y mitología, y sabiduría y poder.  Examina cómo diferentes sociedades y sistemas políticos han utilizado la información para lograr sus objetivos e imponer el orden, para bien y para mal. Y plantea las opciones urgentes a las que nos enfrentamos hoy en día, cuando la inteligencia no humana amenaza nuestra propia existencia.  La información no es el principio activo de la verdad; tampoco una simple arma. Nexusexplora el esperanzador término medio entre estos extremos.  La crítica ha dicho: «Tremendo, estimulante y muy bien razonado. Harari nos ofrece una visión de un futuro cada vez más próximo y que es al mismo tiempo emocionante y escalofriante. Si hay un libro que instaría a todo el mundo a leer, especialmente a nuestros líderes políticos, corporativos y culturales, es Nexus». Stephen Fry  «Harari tiene una capacidad única para unir detalles mínimos de la historia con grandiosas megatendencias. Este libro, profundamente importante, llega en un momento crítico en el que todos reflexionamos sobre lo que implica la inteligencia artificial». Mustafa Suleyman  «Harari utiliza múltiples ejemplos de la historia, la filosofía, la ciencia, la psicología y la teoría política para mostrar cómo la información es la corriente que subyace a toda actividad humana. De hecho, el talento de Harari es desenredar patrones complejos para revelar las intricadas estructuras que ocultan, a la vez que ilumina cómo afectan a nuestra vida cotidiana. Una lectura importante y oportuna ya que nuestra supervivencia está a merced de la información». Booklist</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What&amp;#039;s Next? AI &amp;amp; The Antichrist by Mark Hitchcock, Jimmy Evans</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next? AI &amp;amp; The Antichrist
Author: Mark Hitchcock, Jimmy Evans
Narrator: Eben Fowler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The final pages of history are being written.   Recent global upheavals, exponential technological advances, collapsing morality, and calls for a one-world government are all preparing the way for the Antichrist&amp;#039;s reign. Gathering fascinating insights from biblical prophecy, authors Jimmy Evans and Mark Hitchcock encourage readers to:   -Recognize the &amp;quot;signs of the times&amp;quot; heralding the approach of earth&amp;#039;s final days.   -Withstand coming persecution, deception, and spiritual warfare as global rebellion intensifies.   -Stand confidently in Christ&amp;#039;s victory over the forces of darkness until Jesus returns.   We are witnessing an astonishing acceleration of events paving the way for this satanically-empowered dictator. But fear not, because on the horizon is the glorious appearing of our Savior. It&amp;#039;s time to embrace Him. Jesus is the only hope who will see us through the coming storm.</description>
      <author>Mark Hitchcock, Jimmy Evans</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798891533264.mp3" length="1473072" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798891533264.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next? AI &amp;amp; The Antichrist
Author: Mark Hitchcock, Jimmy Evans
Narrator: Eben Fowler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The final pages of history are being written.   Recent global upheavals, exponential technological advances, collapsing morality, and calls for a one-world government are all preparing the way for the Antichrist&amp;#039;s reign. Gathering fascinating insights from biblical prophecy, authors Jimmy Evans and Mark Hitchcock encourage readers to:   -Recognize the &amp;quot;signs of the times&amp;quot; heralding the approach of earth&amp;#039;s final days.   -Withstand coming persecution, deception, and spiritual warfare as global rebellion intensifies.   -Stand confidently in Christ&amp;#039;s victory over the forces of darkness until Jesus returns.   We are witnessing an astonishing acceleration of events paving the way for this satanically-empowered dictator. But fear not, because on the horizon is the glorious appearing of our Savior. It&amp;#039;s time to embrace Him. Jesus is the only hope who will see us through the coming storm.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806371</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What&amp;#039;s Next? AI &amp;amp; The Antichrist
Author: Mark Hitchcock, Jimmy Evans
Narrator: Eben Fowler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 57 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The final pages of history are being written.   Recent global upheavals, exponential technological advances, collapsing morality, and calls for a one-world government are all preparing the way for the Antichrist&amp;#039;s reign. Gathering fascinating insights from biblical prophecy, authors Jimmy Evans and Mark Hitchcock encourage readers to:   -Recognize the &amp;quot;signs of the times&amp;quot; heralding the approach of earth&amp;#039;s final days.   -Withstand coming persecution, deception, and spiritual warfare as global rebellion intensifies.   -Stand confidently in Christ&amp;#039;s victory over the forces of darkness until Jesus returns.   We are witnessing an astonishing acceleration of events paving the way for this satanically-empowered dictator. But fear not, because on the horizon is the glorious appearing of our Savior. It&amp;#039;s time to embrace Him. Jesus is the only hope who will see us through the coming storm.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Interviewing Users, 2nd Edition: How to Uncover Compelling Insights by Steve Portigal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interviewing Users, 2nd Edition: How to Uncover Compelling Insights
Author: Steve Portigal
Narrator: Brandon Pollock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this new and updated edition of the acclaimed classic Interviewing Users, Steve Portigal quickly and effectively dispels the myth that interviewing is trivial. He shows how research studies and logistics can be used to determine concrete goals for a business and takes the reader on a detailed journey into the specifics of interviewing techniques, best practices, fieldwork, documentation, and how to make sense of uncovered data. Then Steve takes the process even further—showing the methods and details behind asking questions—from the words themselves to the interviewer&amp;#039;s actions and how they influence an interview. There is even a chapter on making sure that information gleaned from the research study is used by the business in such a way to make it impactful and worthwhile. Oh, and for good measure he throws in information about Research Operations. But, hey, that&amp;#039;s just the nuts and bolts of the book. The truly fun part is Steve&amp;#039;s voice and how he portrays this information through amusing anecdotes about his career, fascinating examples from other practitioners, and tips and tricks that only the most experienced UX researchers, like Steve, could come up with. As a nod to the pandemic, he offers ideas for the best way to interview someone remotely, and he also discusses personal bias—how to identify and deal with it so that it doesn&amp;#039;t affect interviews.</description>
      <author>Steve Portigal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736680.mp3" length="813725" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736680.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interviewing Users, 2nd Edition: How to Uncover Compelling Insights
Author: Steve Portigal
Narrator: Brandon Pollock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this new and updated edition of the acclaimed classic Interviewing Users, Steve Portigal quickly and effectively dispels the myth that interviewing is trivial. He shows how research studies and logistics can be used to determine concrete goals for a business and takes the reader on a detailed journey into the specifics of interviewing techniques, best practices, fieldwork, documentation, and how to make sense of uncovered data. Then Steve takes the process even further—showing the methods and details behind asking questions—from the words themselves to the interviewer&amp;#039;s actions and how they influence an interview. There is even a chapter on making sure that information gleaned from the research study is used by the business in such a way to make it impactful and worthwhile. Oh, and for good measure he throws in information about Research Operations. But, hey, that&amp;#039;s just the nuts and bolts of the book. The truly fun part is Steve&amp;#039;s voice and how he portrays this information through amusing anecdotes about his career, fascinating examples from other practitioners, and tips and tricks that only the most experienced UX researchers, like Steve, could come up with. As a nod to the pandemic, he offers ideas for the best way to interview someone remotely, and he also discusses personal bias—how to identify and deal with it so that it doesn&amp;#039;t affect interviews.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806300</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Interviewing Users, 2nd Edition: How to Uncover Compelling Insights
Author: Steve Portigal
Narrator: Brandon Pollock
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this new and updated edition of the acclaimed classic Interviewing Users, Steve Portigal quickly and effectively dispels the myth that interviewing is trivial. He shows how research studies and logistics can be used to determine concrete goals for a business and takes the reader on a detailed journey into the specifics of interviewing techniques, best practices, fieldwork, documentation, and how to make sense of uncovered data. Then Steve takes the process even further—showing the methods and details behind asking questions—from the words themselves to the interviewer&amp;#039;s actions and how they influence an interview. There is even a chapter on making sure that information gleaned from the research study is used by the business in such a way to make it impactful and worthwhile. Oh, and for good measure he throws in information about Research Operations. But, hey, that&amp;#039;s just the nuts and bolts of the book. The truly fun part is Steve&amp;#039;s voice and how he portrays this information through amusing anecdotes about his career, fascinating examples from other practitioners, and tips and tricks that only the most experienced UX researchers, like Steve, could come up with. As a nod to the pandemic, he offers ideas for the best way to interview someone remotely, and he also discusses personal bias—how to identify and deal with it so that it doesn&amp;#039;t affect interviews.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Social Media Guide by Patrick Senner, Sem Dietterle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Social Media Guide
Author: Patrick Senner, Sem Dietterle
Narrator: Nane Menke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Guide gibt Grundlagen, Chancen, Strategie, Praxisschritte für die christliche und allgemeinde Social Media Präsenz. Die gängigen Plattformen werden vorgestellt und gezeigt, wie diese genutzt werden können. Privatpersonen, aber auch Organisationen werden angeleitet sich nachhaltig und effektiv auf Social Media zu platzieren.</description>
      <author>Patrick Senner, Sem Dietterle</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 21 Aug 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707609855.mp3" length="899897" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707609855.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Social Media Guide
Author: Patrick Senner, Sem Dietterle
Narrator: Nane Menke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Guide gibt Grundlagen, Chancen, Strategie, Praxisschritte für die christliche und allgemeinde Social Media Präsenz. Die gängigen Plattformen werden vorgestellt und gezeigt, wie diese genutzt werden können. Privatpersonen, aber auch Organisationen werden angeleitet sich nachhaltig und effektiv auf Social Media zu platzieren.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Social Media Guide
Author: Patrick Senner, Sem Dietterle
Narrator: Nane Menke
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 0 minutes
Release date: August 21, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Guide gibt Grundlagen, Chancen, Strategie, Praxisschritte für die christliche und allgemeinde Social Media Präsenz. Die gängigen Plattformen werden vorgestellt und gezeigt, wie diese genutzt werden können. Privatpersonen, aber auch Organisationen werden angeleitet sich nachhaltig und effektiv auf Social Media zu platzieren.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - IT-Sicherheit: TOM&amp;#039;s, Cybercrime, Awareness by Alexander Förster</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - IT-Sicherheit: TOM&amp;#039;s, Cybercrime, Awareness
Author: Alexander Förster
Narrator: Alexander Förster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 5 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches führen Sie durch alle Themen rund um technisch, organisatorische Maßnahmen zur Datensicherheit. Außerdem werden die gängigen Angriffsarten sog. Cyberkrimineller näher erläutert und mit Fallbeispielen hinterlegt. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über IT-Sicherheit und deren Einsatz im Unternehmen erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Zugriffsschutz, Zugangsschutz, Datenverfügbarkeit, Awareness und Cybercrime sowie einfache Methoden zum Schutz vor kriminellen Machenschaften.  Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.</description>
      <author>Alexander Förster</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707595370.mp3" length="885047" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707595370.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - IT-Sicherheit: TOM&amp;#039;s, Cybercrime, Awareness
Author: Alexander Förster
Narrator: Alexander Förster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 5 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches führen Sie durch alle Themen rund um technisch, organisatorische Maßnahmen zur Datensicherheit. Außerdem werden die gängigen Angriffsarten sog. Cyberkrimineller näher erläutert und mit Fallbeispielen hinterlegt. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über IT-Sicherheit und deren Einsatz im Unternehmen erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Zugriffsschutz, Zugangsschutz, Datenverfügbarkeit, Awareness und Cybercrime sowie einfache Methoden zum Schutz vor kriminellen Machenschaften.  Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806230</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - IT-Sicherheit: TOM&amp;#039;s, Cybercrime, Awareness
Author: Alexander Förster
Narrator: Alexander Förster
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 13 minutes
Release date: June 28, 2021
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit diesem Hörbuch haben Sie die Möglichkeit überall und zu jeder Zeit zu lernen. Egal ob auf dem Weg zur Arbeit, während der Nachtschicht oder zuhause. Entscheiden Sie wann die beste Zeit zum lernen ist. Die 5 Kapitel dieses Hörbuches führen Sie durch alle Themen rund um technisch, organisatorische Maßnahmen zur Datensicherheit. Außerdem werden die gängigen Angriffsarten sog. Cyberkrimineller näher erläutert und mit Fallbeispielen hinterlegt. Die Inhalte des Hörbuches richten sich an alle die mehr über IT-Sicherheit und deren Einsatz im Unternehmen erfahren möchten und vermitteln Ihnen Kenntnisse in folgenden Bereichen: Zugriffsschutz, Zugangsschutz, Datenverfügbarkeit, Awareness und Cybercrime sowie einfache Methoden zum Schutz vor kriminellen Machenschaften.  Hierbei schafft es der Sprecher mit seiner langjährigen Lehrerfahrung die Inhalte schnell und gut verständlich zu vermitteln.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red: Claves para evitar la adicción a las pantallas y los peligros de internet en un mundo sin privacidad by Natalia Díaz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red: Claves para evitar la adicción a las pantallas y los peligros de internet en un mundo sin privacidad
Author: Natalia Díaz
Narrator: Natalia Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué exhibimos a los menores en las redes sociales? ¿Hasta qué punto es peligroso compartir sus fotos en la playa o mostrarlos llorando en un vídeo que recibe miles de likes? ¿Cuáles son los riesgos de su adicción a las pantallas? Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red es un libro imprescindible para conocer cómo afecta en la infancia y en la adolescencia el uso —y el abuso— de internet y los dispositivos móviles, vinculados a adicciones, graves trastornos de autoestima, aislamiento social, bullying y otras formas de acoso. Su autora, la conocida activista «Medianoche», alerta sobre el boom del sharenting y ofrece numerosos consejos y herramientas para detectar los peligros que conlleva y nos ayuda a proteger a nuestros hijos y a ser conscientes de nuestra responsabilidad como padres en la era digital.  «Mis mejores momentos no tienen foto, simplemente los disfruté, pero si cierro los ojos puedo recordar hasta el olor del arroz que hacía mi abuela y la mano de mi abuelo dándole vueltas al mortero, mientras preparaba el mejor alioli que he probado jamás. No pretendo que volvamos atrás en el tiempo, soy consciente de que el mundo avanza y de que las nuevas tecnologías lo están cambiando todo. Solo pido que se proteja al menor de esta vorágine de exposición pública. Solo pido que dejemos a los niños fuera de este juego para adultos».</description>
      <author>Natalia Díaz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788410640566.mp3" length="842370" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788410640566.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red: Claves para evitar la adicción a las pantallas y los peligros de internet en un mundo sin privacidad
Author: Natalia Díaz
Narrator: Natalia Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué exhibimos a los menores en las redes sociales? ¿Hasta qué punto es peligroso compartir sus fotos en la playa o mostrarlos llorando en un vídeo que recibe miles de likes? ¿Cuáles son los riesgos de su adicción a las pantallas? Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red es un libro imprescindible para conocer cómo afecta en la infancia y en la adolescencia el uso —y el abuso— de internet y los dispositivos móviles, vinculados a adicciones, graves trastornos de autoestima, aislamiento social, bullying y otras formas de acoso. Su autora, la conocida activista «Medianoche», alerta sobre el boom del sharenting y ofrece numerosos consejos y herramientas para detectar los peligros que conlleva y nos ayuda a proteger a nuestros hijos y a ser conscientes de nuestra responsabilidad como padres en la era digital.  «Mis mejores momentos no tienen foto, simplemente los disfruté, pero si cierro los ojos puedo recordar hasta el olor del arroz que hacía mi abuela y la mano de mi abuelo dándole vueltas al mortero, mientras preparaba el mejor alioli que he probado jamás. No pretendo que volvamos atrás en el tiempo, soy consciente de que el mundo avanza y de que las nuevas tecnologías lo están cambiando todo. Solo pido que se proteja al menor de esta vorágine de exposición pública. Solo pido que dejemos a los niños fuera de este juego para adultos».</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/806190</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red: Claves para evitar la adicción a las pantallas y los peligros de internet en un mundo sin privacidad
Author: Natalia Díaz
Narrator: Natalia Díaz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Por qué exhibimos a los menores en las redes sociales? ¿Hasta qué punto es peligroso compartir sus fotos en la playa o mostrarlos llorando en un vídeo que recibe miles de likes? ¿Cuáles son los riesgos de su adicción a las pantallas? Protege a tus hijos de la sobreexposición en la red es un libro imprescindible para conocer cómo afecta en la infancia y en la adolescencia el uso —y el abuso— de internet y los dispositivos móviles, vinculados a adicciones, graves trastornos de autoestima, aislamiento social, bullying y otras formas de acoso. Su autora, la conocida activista «Medianoche», alerta sobre el boom del sharenting y ofrece numerosos consejos y herramientas para detectar los peligros que conlleva y nos ayuda a proteger a nuestros hijos y a ser conscientes de nuestra responsabilidad como padres en la era digital.  «Mis mejores momentos no tienen foto, simplemente los disfruté, pero si cierro los ojos puedo recordar hasta el olor del arroz que hacía mi abuela y la mano de mi abuelo dándole vueltas al mortero, mientras preparaba el mejor alioli que he probado jamás. No pretendo que volvamos atrás en el tiempo, soy consciente de que el mundo avanza y de que las nuevas tecnologías lo están cambiando todo. Solo pido que se proteja al menor de esta vorágine de exposición pública. Solo pido que dejemos a los niños fuera de este juego para adultos».</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard by Marcus Blake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</description>
      <author>Marcus Blake</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875160608.mp3" length="823191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875160608.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805719</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard
Author: Marcus Blake
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard Step into the world of self-sufficiency and abundance with &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project: Cultivating Self-Sufficiency, Abundance, and a Closer Connection with Nature Right in Your Backyard.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your passport to a more fulfilling and sustainable life, all within the confines of your own backyard. Unearth the secrets of cultivating your very own oasis, where you&amp;#039;ll grow your food, raise livestock, and nurture a deep connection with the natural world. With expert guidance and practical insights, you&amp;#039;ll learn to transform your yard into a thriving ecosystem that provides for you and your family, all while reducing your environmental impact. This book isn&amp;#039;t just a guide; it&amp;#039;s an invitation to a lifestyle that&amp;#039;s both enriching and eco-conscious. Whether you&amp;#039;re a budding homesteader or a seasoned gardener, &amp;#039;Backyard Homestead Project&amp;#039; offers a roadmap to self-sufficiency, abundance, and a harmonious bond with the world around you. Prepare to embark on a journey that will change your life and your backyard forever.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance by Nathaniel Eliason</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance
Author: Nathaniel Eliason
Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO&amp;#039;S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: crypto. Within a year, he&amp;#039;d made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people&amp;#039;s money. He&amp;#039;d been hacked. He&amp;#039;d sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He&amp;#039;d become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything? Crypto Confidential is Nat&amp;#039;s unfiltered, insider&amp;#039;s account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed - and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. © Nathaniel Eliason 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Nathaniel Eliason</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780753561416.mp3" length="1322100" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780753561416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance
Author: Nathaniel Eliason
Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO&amp;#039;S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: crypto. Within a year, he&amp;#039;d made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people&amp;#039;s money. He&amp;#039;d been hacked. He&amp;#039;d sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He&amp;#039;d become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything? Crypto Confidential is Nat&amp;#039;s unfiltered, insider&amp;#039;s account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed - and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. © Nathaniel Eliason 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805248</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Crypto Confidential: Winning and Losing Millions in the New Frontier of Finance
Author: Nathaniel Eliason
Narrator: Nathaniel Eliason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 0 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. THE WILD INSIDE STORY OF CRYPTO&amp;#039;S GET-RICH-QUICK UNDERBELLY Nat Eliason had six months to make as much money as possible before his first child was born. So, he turned to where countless others did in 2021: crypto. Within a year, he&amp;#039;d made millions writing code holding hundreds of millions of dollars of other people&amp;#039;s money. He&amp;#039;d been hacked. He&amp;#039;d sold a picture of a monkey for two hundred grand. He&amp;#039;d become an influencer, speaking at conferences, and writing a weekly newsletter to tens of thousands of fans. Best of all, Nat had amassed a small fortune. But how much of this money was even real? And how many times can someone double down before they eventually lose everything? Crypto Confidential is Nat&amp;#039;s unfiltered, insider&amp;#039;s account of the hyperactive, hyper-speculative, hyper-addictive, nearly unregulated, completely insane world being built on the blockchain. A story of getting rich, going broke, scamming and getting scammed - and how we can all be more educated participants during the inevitable next bull run. © Nathaniel Eliason 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Starting Your Career as a Contractor: How to Build and Run a Construction Business by Claudiu Fatu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Your Career as a Contractor: How to Build and Run a Construction Business
Series: Part of Starting Your Career
Author: Claudiu Fatu
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This incisive, practical audio guide provides a thorough breakdown of the ins and outs everyone needs to know when turning contracting skills into a business. From summoning the motivation to start your own business to the intricacies of being your own boss, Claudiu Fatu artfully turns his personal experiences and those of other successful contractors into advice on every aspect of building a business. The chapters focus on:  - Developing a business structure, including bank accounts, tax registration, insurance, and branding  - Handling legal and accounting hurdles  - Managing employees and dealing with clients  - Using marketing systems to find and book work  - Estimating and bidding on jobs  - Writing contracts  - Creating invoices and a billing system  - Controlling costs, keeping records, and understanding profit margin  - Planning retirement and other benefits for the self-employed  By teaching contractors to anticipate problems that can arise when dealing with clients, and to build a business plan that can support a contractor’s talents in the best way possible, Starting Your Career as a Contractor is the ultimate key to getting the job done right!  ©2015 Claudiu Fatu. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Claudiu Fatu</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666677324.mp3" length="824418" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666677324.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Your Career as a Contractor: How to Build and Run a Construction Business
Series: Part of Starting Your Career
Author: Claudiu Fatu
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This incisive, practical audio guide provides a thorough breakdown of the ins and outs everyone needs to know when turning contracting skills into a business. From summoning the motivation to start your own business to the intricacies of being your own boss, Claudiu Fatu artfully turns his personal experiences and those of other successful contractors into advice on every aspect of building a business. The chapters focus on:  - Developing a business structure, including bank accounts, tax registration, insurance, and branding  - Handling legal and accounting hurdles  - Managing employees and dealing with clients  - Using marketing systems to find and book work  - Estimating and bidding on jobs  - Writing contracts  - Creating invoices and a billing system  - Controlling costs, keeping records, and understanding profit margin  - Planning retirement and other benefits for the self-employed  By teaching contractors to anticipate problems that can arise when dealing with clients, and to build a business plan that can support a contractor’s talents in the best way possible, Starting Your Career as a Contractor is the ultimate key to getting the job done right!  ©2015 Claudiu Fatu. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/805076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Starting Your Career as a Contractor: How to Build and Run a Construction Business
Series: Part of Starting Your Career
Author: Claudiu Fatu
Narrator: Brian Arens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This incisive, practical audio guide provides a thorough breakdown of the ins and outs everyone needs to know when turning contracting skills into a business. From summoning the motivation to start your own business to the intricacies of being your own boss, Claudiu Fatu artfully turns his personal experiences and those of other successful contractors into advice on every aspect of building a business. The chapters focus on:  - Developing a business structure, including bank accounts, tax registration, insurance, and branding  - Handling legal and accounting hurdles  - Managing employees and dealing with clients  - Using marketing systems to find and book work  - Estimating and bidding on jobs  - Writing contracts  - Creating invoices and a billing system  - Controlling costs, keeping records, and understanding profit margin  - Planning retirement and other benefits for the self-employed  By teaching contractors to anticipate problems that can arise when dealing with clients, and to build a business plan that can support a contractor’s talents in the best way possible, Starting Your Career as a Contractor is the ultimate key to getting the job done right!  ©2015 Claudiu Fatu. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It by Mark Coeckelbergh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It
Author: Mark Coeckelbergh
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, AI is used as a tool for political manipulation and totalitarian repression. Stories about AI are often stories of polarization, discrimination, surveillance, and oppression. Is democracy in danger? And can we do anything about it?    In this compelling and balanced book, Mark Coeckelbergh reveals the key risks posed by AI for democracy. He argues that AI, as currently used and developed, undermines fundamental principles on which liberal democracies are founded, such as freedom and equality. How can we make democracy more resilient in the face of AI? And, more positively, what can AI do for democracy? Coeckelbergh advocates not only for more democratic technologies, but also for new political institutions and a renewal of education to ensure that AI promotes, rather than hinders, the common good for the twenty-first century.   Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It is a must-listen for anyone who is concerned about the fate of democracy.</description>
      <author>Mark Coeckelbergh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696617154.mp3" length="8574053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696617154.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It
Author: Mark Coeckelbergh
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, AI is used as a tool for political manipulation and totalitarian repression. Stories about AI are often stories of polarization, discrimination, surveillance, and oppression. Is democracy in danger? And can we do anything about it?    In this compelling and balanced book, Mark Coeckelbergh reveals the key risks posed by AI for democracy. He argues that AI, as currently used and developed, undermines fundamental principles on which liberal democracies are founded, such as freedom and equality. How can we make democracy more resilient in the face of AI? And, more positively, what can AI do for democracy? Coeckelbergh advocates not only for more democratic technologies, but also for new political institutions and a renewal of education to ensure that AI promotes, rather than hinders, the common good for the twenty-first century.   Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It is a must-listen for anyone who is concerned about the fate of democracy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804380</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It
Author: Mark Coeckelbergh
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 8 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Across the world, AI is used as a tool for political manipulation and totalitarian repression. Stories about AI are often stories of polarization, discrimination, surveillance, and oppression. Is democracy in danger? And can we do anything about it?    In this compelling and balanced book, Mark Coeckelbergh reveals the key risks posed by AI for democracy. He argues that AI, as currently used and developed, undermines fundamental principles on which liberal democracies are founded, such as freedom and equality. How can we make democracy more resilient in the face of AI? And, more positively, what can AI do for democracy? Coeckelbergh advocates not only for more democratic technologies, but also for new political institutions and a renewal of education to ensure that AI promotes, rather than hinders, the common good for the twenty-first century.   Why AI Undermines Democracy and What to Do About It is a must-listen for anyone who is concerned about the fate of democracy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley by Marietje Schaake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley
Author: Marietje Schaake
Narrator: Lorna Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the cover of &amp;#039;innovation,&amp;#039; technology companies have successfully resisted regulation and have even begun to seize power from governments themselves. Facial recognition firms track citizens for police surveillance. Cryptocurrency has wiped out the savings of millions and threatens the stability of the global financial system. Spyware companies sell intelligence tools to anyone who can afford them. This new reality—where unregulated technology has become a forceful instrument for autocrats worldwide—is terrible news for democracies and citizens. In The Tech Coup, Marietje Schaake explains how technology companies crept into nearly every corner of our lives and our governments. She takes us beyond the headlines to high-stakes meetings with human rights defenders, business leaders, computer scientists, and politicians to show how technologies have gone from being heralded as utopian to undermining the pillars of our democracies. To reverse this existential power imbalance, Schaake outlines solutions to empower elected officials and citizens alike. Democratic leaders can—and must—resist the influence of corporate lobbying and reinvent themselves as dynamic, flexible guardians of our digital world. Schaake offers a frightening look at our modern tech-obsessed world—and a clear-eyed view of how democracies can build a better future before it is too late.</description>
      <author>Marietje Schaake</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696616881.mp3" length="7867103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696616881.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley
Author: Marietje Schaake
Narrator: Lorna Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the cover of &amp;#039;innovation,&amp;#039; technology companies have successfully resisted regulation and have even begun to seize power from governments themselves. Facial recognition firms track citizens for police surveillance. Cryptocurrency has wiped out the savings of millions and threatens the stability of the global financial system. Spyware companies sell intelligence tools to anyone who can afford them. This new reality—where unregulated technology has become a forceful instrument for autocrats worldwide—is terrible news for democracies and citizens. In The Tech Coup, Marietje Schaake explains how technology companies crept into nearly every corner of our lives and our governments. She takes us beyond the headlines to high-stakes meetings with human rights defenders, business leaders, computer scientists, and politicians to show how technologies have gone from being heralded as utopian to undermining the pillars of our democracies. To reverse this existential power imbalance, Schaake outlines solutions to empower elected officials and citizens alike. Democratic leaders can—and must—resist the influence of corporate lobbying and reinvent themselves as dynamic, flexible guardians of our digital world. Schaake offers a frightening look at our modern tech-obsessed world—and a clear-eyed view of how democracies can build a better future before it is too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804377</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Tech Coup: How to Save Democracy from Silicon Valley
Author: Marietje Schaake
Narrator: Lorna Bennett
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 1 minute
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Under the cover of &amp;#039;innovation,&amp;#039; technology companies have successfully resisted regulation and have even begun to seize power from governments themselves. Facial recognition firms track citizens for police surveillance. Cryptocurrency has wiped out the savings of millions and threatens the stability of the global financial system. Spyware companies sell intelligence tools to anyone who can afford them. This new reality—where unregulated technology has become a forceful instrument for autocrats worldwide—is terrible news for democracies and citizens. In The Tech Coup, Marietje Schaake explains how technology companies crept into nearly every corner of our lives and our governments. She takes us beyond the headlines to high-stakes meetings with human rights defenders, business leaders, computer scientists, and politicians to show how technologies have gone from being heralded as utopian to undermining the pillars of our democracies. To reverse this existential power imbalance, Schaake outlines solutions to empower elected officials and citizens alike. Democratic leaders can—and must—resist the influence of corporate lobbying and reinvent themselves as dynamic, flexible guardians of our digital world. Schaake offers a frightening look at our modern tech-obsessed world—and a clear-eyed view of how democracies can build a better future before it is too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity by Ed Skoudis, Paul J. Maurer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity
Author: Ed Skoudis, Paul J. Maurer
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
While some professions—including medicine, law, and engineering—have wholeheartedly embraced wide-ranging codes of ethics and conduct, the field of cybersecurity continues to lack an overarching ethical standard. This vacuum constitutes a significant threat to the safety of consumers and businesses around the world, slows commerce, and delays innovation. The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity delivers a first of its kind comprehensive discussion of the ethical challenges that face contemporary information security workers, managers, and executives. Authors Ed Skoudis, president of the SANS Technology Institute College and founder of the Counter Hack team, and Dr. Paul Maurer, president of Montreat College, explain how timeless ethical wisdom gives birth to the Cybersecurity Code which is currently being adopted by security practitioners and leaders around the world. This practical book tells numerous engaging stories that highlight ethically complex situations many cybersecurity and tech professionals commonly encounter. It also contains compelling real-world case studies—called Critical Applications—at the end of each chapter that help the listener determine how to apply the hands-on skills described in the book.</description>
      <author>Ed Skoudis, Paul J. Maurer</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663737304.mp3" length="8577400" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663737304.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity
Author: Ed Skoudis, Paul J. Maurer
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
While some professions—including medicine, law, and engineering—have wholeheartedly embraced wide-ranging codes of ethics and conduct, the field of cybersecurity continues to lack an overarching ethical standard. This vacuum constitutes a significant threat to the safety of consumers and businesses around the world, slows commerce, and delays innovation. The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity delivers a first of its kind comprehensive discussion of the ethical challenges that face contemporary information security workers, managers, and executives. Authors Ed Skoudis, president of the SANS Technology Institute College and founder of the Counter Hack team, and Dr. Paul Maurer, president of Montreat College, explain how timeless ethical wisdom gives birth to the Cybersecurity Code which is currently being adopted by security practitioners and leaders around the world. This practical book tells numerous engaging stories that highlight ethically complex situations many cybersecurity and tech professionals commonly encounter. It also contains compelling real-world case studies—called Critical Applications—at the end of each chapter that help the listener determine how to apply the hands-on skills described in the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity
Author: Ed Skoudis, Paul J. Maurer
Narrator: Rick Adamson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 42 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
While some professions—including medicine, law, and engineering—have wholeheartedly embraced wide-ranging codes of ethics and conduct, the field of cybersecurity continues to lack an overarching ethical standard. This vacuum constitutes a significant threat to the safety of consumers and businesses around the world, slows commerce, and delays innovation. The Code of Honor: Embracing Ethics in Cybersecurity delivers a first of its kind comprehensive discussion of the ethical challenges that face contemporary information security workers, managers, and executives. Authors Ed Skoudis, president of the SANS Technology Institute College and founder of the Counter Hack team, and Dr. Paul Maurer, president of Montreat College, explain how timeless ethical wisdom gives birth to the Cybersecurity Code which is currently being adopted by security practitioners and leaders around the world. This practical book tells numerous engaging stories that highlight ethically complex situations many cybersecurity and tech professionals commonly encounter. It also contains compelling real-world case studies—called Critical Applications—at the end of each chapter that help the listener determine how to apply the hands-on skills described in the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cryptography by Panos Louridas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cryptography
Author: Panos Louridas
Narrator: Tom Beyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all keep secrets—from our locker codes to our passwords to our online interactions. And we choose to share those secrets only with those whom we trust. So, too, do organizations, businesses, governments, and armies. In Cryptography, Panos Louridas provides a broad and accessible introduction to cryptography, the art and science of keeping and revealing secrets. Louridas explains just how cryptography works to keep our communications confidential, tracing it back all the way to its ancient roots. Then he follows its long and winding path to where we are today and reads the signs that point to where it may go tomorrow. A few years back, interest in cryptography was restricted to specialists. Today, as we all live our lives attuned to our digital footprint and the privacy issues it entails, it becomes more and more essential to have a basic understanding of cryptography and its applications to everyday life. Starting with classical cryptography, Cryptography takes the listener all the way up to the twenty-first century cryptographic applications that underpin our lives in the digital realm. Along the way, Louridas also explains concepts such as symmetric cryptography, asymmetric cryptography, cryptographic protocols and applications, and finally, quantum and post-Quantum cryptography as well as the links between cryptography and computer security.</description>
      <author>Panos Louridas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663737588.mp3" length="743510" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663737588.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cryptography
Author: Panos Louridas
Narrator: Tom Beyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all keep secrets—from our locker codes to our passwords to our online interactions. And we choose to share those secrets only with those whom we trust. So, too, do organizations, businesses, governments, and armies. In Cryptography, Panos Louridas provides a broad and accessible introduction to cryptography, the art and science of keeping and revealing secrets. Louridas explains just how cryptography works to keep our communications confidential, tracing it back all the way to its ancient roots. Then he follows its long and winding path to where we are today and reads the signs that point to where it may go tomorrow. A few years back, interest in cryptography was restricted to specialists. Today, as we all live our lives attuned to our digital footprint and the privacy issues it entails, it becomes more and more essential to have a basic understanding of cryptography and its applications to everyday life. Starting with classical cryptography, Cryptography takes the listener all the way up to the twenty-first century cryptographic applications that underpin our lives in the digital realm. Along the way, Louridas also explains concepts such as symmetric cryptography, asymmetric cryptography, cryptographic protocols and applications, and finally, quantum and post-Quantum cryptography as well as the links between cryptography and computer security.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cryptography
Author: Panos Louridas
Narrator: Tom Beyer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We all keep secrets—from our locker codes to our passwords to our online interactions. And we choose to share those secrets only with those whom we trust. So, too, do organizations, businesses, governments, and armies. In Cryptography, Panos Louridas provides a broad and accessible introduction to cryptography, the art and science of keeping and revealing secrets. Louridas explains just how cryptography works to keep our communications confidential, tracing it back all the way to its ancient roots. Then he follows its long and winding path to where we are today and reads the signs that point to where it may go tomorrow. A few years back, interest in cryptography was restricted to specialists. Today, as we all live our lives attuned to our digital footprint and the privacy issues it entails, it becomes more and more essential to have a basic understanding of cryptography and its applications to everyday life. Starting with classical cryptography, Cryptography takes the listener all the way up to the twenty-first century cryptographic applications that underpin our lives in the digital realm. Along the way, Louridas also explains concepts such as symmetric cryptography, asymmetric cryptography, cryptographic protocols and applications, and finally, quantum and post-Quantum cryptography as well as the links between cryptography and computer security.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Decision Intelligence Handbook: Practical Steps for Evidence-Based Decisions in a Complex World by L. Y. Pratt, N.E. Malcolm</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decision Intelligence Handbook: Practical Steps for Evidence-Based Decisions in a Complex World
Author: L. Y. Pratt, N.E. Malcolm
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decision intelligence (DI) has been widely named as a top technology trend for several years, and Gartner reports that more than a third of large organizations are adopting it. Some even say that DI is the next step in the evolution of AI. Many software vendors offer DI solutions today, as they help organizations implement their evidence-based or data-driven decision strategies. But until now, there has been little practical guidance for organizations to formalize decision making and integrate their decisions with data. With this book, authors L. Y. Pratt and N. E. Malcolm fill this gap. They present a step-by-step method for integrating technology into decisions that bridge from actions to desired outcomes, with a focus on systems that act in an advisory, human-in-the-loop capacity to decision makers. This handbook addresses three widespread data-driven decision-making problems: ● How can decision makers use data and technology to ensure desired outcomes? ● How can technology teams communicate effectively with decision makers to maximize the return on their data and technology investments? ● How can organizational decision makers assess and improve their decisions over time?</description>
      <author>L. Y. Pratt, N.E. Malcolm</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735461.mp3" length="748289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735461.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decision Intelligence Handbook: Practical Steps for Evidence-Based Decisions in a Complex World
Author: L. Y. Pratt, N.E. Malcolm
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decision intelligence (DI) has been widely named as a top technology trend for several years, and Gartner reports that more than a third of large organizations are adopting it. Some even say that DI is the next step in the evolution of AI. Many software vendors offer DI solutions today, as they help organizations implement their evidence-based or data-driven decision strategies. But until now, there has been little practical guidance for organizations to formalize decision making and integrate their decisions with data. With this book, authors L. Y. Pratt and N. E. Malcolm fill this gap. They present a step-by-step method for integrating technology into decisions that bridge from actions to desired outcomes, with a focus on systems that act in an advisory, human-in-the-loop capacity to decision makers. This handbook addresses three widespread data-driven decision-making problems: ● How can decision makers use data and technology to ensure desired outcomes? ● How can technology teams communicate effectively with decision makers to maximize the return on their data and technology investments? ● How can organizational decision makers assess and improve their decisions over time?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/804219</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Decision Intelligence Handbook: Practical Steps for Evidence-Based Decisions in a Complex World
Author: L. Y. Pratt, N.E. Malcolm
Narrator: Daniel Henning
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decision intelligence (DI) has been widely named as a top technology trend for several years, and Gartner reports that more than a third of large organizations are adopting it. Some even say that DI is the next step in the evolution of AI. Many software vendors offer DI solutions today, as they help organizations implement their evidence-based or data-driven decision strategies. But until now, there has been little practical guidance for organizations to formalize decision making and integrate their decisions with data. With this book, authors L. Y. Pratt and N. E. Malcolm fill this gap. They present a step-by-step method for integrating technology into decisions that bridge from actions to desired outcomes, with a focus on systems that act in an advisory, human-in-the-loop capacity to decision makers. This handbook addresses three widespread data-driven decision-making problems: ● How can decision makers use data and technology to ensure desired outcomes? ● How can technology teams communicate effectively with decision makers to maximize the return on their data and technology investments? ● How can organizational decision makers assess and improve their decisions over time?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Space Age Generation: Lives and Lessons from the Golden Age of Solar System Exploration by William Sheehan, Klaus R. Brasch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Space Age Generation: Lives and Lessons from the Golden Age of Solar System Exploration
Author: William Sheehan, Klaus R. Brasch
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1957 Sputnik launched toward the stars. President Kennedy then announced that the United States would send men to the Moon and then return them to Earth.These pivotal moments sparked an unequaled bound forward in human innovation and scientific exploration. At the heart of this momentous time were the men and women working behind the scenes. Scientists, historians, and astronomers share their memories and contributions from this unparalleled era in essays told in their own words. They are the remarkable generation who witnessed and contributed to some of space science&amp;#039;s most stunning achievements. Here they have recorded their memories—their childhood inspirations, their challenges, failures, and triumphs—for future generations. A unique and authoritative record of a momentous period in human history, The Space Age Generation highlights the golden age of space exploration and the people who made it happen.</description>
      <author>William Sheehan, Klaus R. Brasch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855577402.mp3" length="9115229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855577402.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Space Age Generation: Lives and Lessons from the Golden Age of Solar System Exploration
Author: William Sheehan, Klaus R. Brasch
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1957 Sputnik launched toward the stars. President Kennedy then announced that the United States would send men to the Moon and then return them to Earth.These pivotal moments sparked an unequaled bound forward in human innovation and scientific exploration. At the heart of this momentous time were the men and women working behind the scenes. Scientists, historians, and astronomers share their memories and contributions from this unparalleled era in essays told in their own words. They are the remarkable generation who witnessed and contributed to some of space science&amp;#039;s most stunning achievements. Here they have recorded their memories—their childhood inspirations, their challenges, failures, and triumphs—for future generations. A unique and authoritative record of a momentous period in human history, The Space Age Generation highlights the golden age of space exploration and the people who made it happen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803919</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Space Age Generation: Lives and Lessons from the Golden Age of Solar System Exploration
Author: William Sheehan, Klaus R. Brasch
Narrator: Peter Lerman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1957 Sputnik launched toward the stars. President Kennedy then announced that the United States would send men to the Moon and then return them to Earth.These pivotal moments sparked an unequaled bound forward in human innovation and scientific exploration. At the heart of this momentous time were the men and women working behind the scenes. Scientists, historians, and astronomers share their memories and contributions from this unparalleled era in essays told in their own words. They are the remarkable generation who witnessed and contributed to some of space science&amp;#039;s most stunning achievements. Here they have recorded their memories—their childhood inspirations, their challenges, failures, and triumphs—for future generations. A unique and authoritative record of a momentous period in human history, The Space Age Generation highlights the golden age of space exploration and the people who made it happen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Driving Machine: A Design History of the Car by Witold Rybczynski</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Driving Machine: A Design History of the Car
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this lively and entertaining work, Witold Rybczynski—hailed as &amp;#039;one of the best writers on design working today&amp;#039; by Publishers Weekly—tells the story of the most distinctive cars in history and the artists, engineers, dreamers, and gearheads who created them. Delving into more than 170 years of ingenuity in design, technology, and engineering, he takes us from Carl Benz&amp;#039;s three-wheel motorcar in 1855 to the present-day shift to electric cars. Along the way, he looks at the emergence of mass production with Henry Ford&amp;#039;s Model T; the Golden Age of American car design and the rise of car culture; postwar European subcompacts typified by the Mini Cooper; and the long tradition of the streamlined and elegant sports car. Rybczynski explores how cars have been reflections of national character (the charming Italian Fiat Cinquecento), icons of a subculture (the VW bus for American hippies), and even emblems of an era (the practical Chrysler minivan). He explains key developments in automotive technology, including the electric starter, rack-and-pinion steering, and disc brakes, bringing to light how the modern automobile is the result of more than a century of trial and error. And he weaves in charming accounts of the many cars he&amp;#039;s owned and driven, starting with his first—the iconic Volkswagen Beetle. The Driving Machine is a fascinating history of design.</description>
      <author>Witold Rybczynski</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855583120.mp3" length="8038036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855583120.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Driving Machine: A Design History of the Car
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this lively and entertaining work, Witold Rybczynski—hailed as &amp;#039;one of the best writers on design working today&amp;#039; by Publishers Weekly—tells the story of the most distinctive cars in history and the artists, engineers, dreamers, and gearheads who created them. Delving into more than 170 years of ingenuity in design, technology, and engineering, he takes us from Carl Benz&amp;#039;s three-wheel motorcar in 1855 to the present-day shift to electric cars. Along the way, he looks at the emergence of mass production with Henry Ford&amp;#039;s Model T; the Golden Age of American car design and the rise of car culture; postwar European subcompacts typified by the Mini Cooper; and the long tradition of the streamlined and elegant sports car. Rybczynski explores how cars have been reflections of national character (the charming Italian Fiat Cinquecento), icons of a subculture (the VW bus for American hippies), and even emblems of an era (the practical Chrysler minivan). He explains key developments in automotive technology, including the electric starter, rack-and-pinion steering, and disc brakes, bringing to light how the modern automobile is the result of more than a century of trial and error. And he weaves in charming accounts of the many cars he&amp;#039;s owned and driven, starting with his first—the iconic Volkswagen Beetle. The Driving Machine is a fascinating history of design.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Driving Machine: A Design History of the Car
Author: Witold Rybczynski
Narrator: Lyle Blaker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this lively and entertaining work, Witold Rybczynski—hailed as &amp;#039;one of the best writers on design working today&amp;#039; by Publishers Weekly—tells the story of the most distinctive cars in history and the artists, engineers, dreamers, and gearheads who created them. Delving into more than 170 years of ingenuity in design, technology, and engineering, he takes us from Carl Benz&amp;#039;s three-wheel motorcar in 1855 to the present-day shift to electric cars. Along the way, he looks at the emergence of mass production with Henry Ford&amp;#039;s Model T; the Golden Age of American car design and the rise of car culture; postwar European subcompacts typified by the Mini Cooper; and the long tradition of the streamlined and elegant sports car. Rybczynski explores how cars have been reflections of national character (the charming Italian Fiat Cinquecento), icons of a subculture (the VW bus for American hippies), and even emblems of an era (the practical Chrysler minivan). He explains key developments in automotive technology, including the electric starter, rack-and-pinion steering, and disc brakes, bringing to light how the modern automobile is the result of more than a century of trial and error. And he weaves in charming accounts of the many cars he&amp;#039;s owned and driven, starting with his first—the iconic Volkswagen Beetle. The Driving Machine is a fascinating history of design.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast: The Impact of NASA on the Sunshine State by William B. Faherty</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast: The Impact of NASA on the Sunshine State
Author: William B. Faherty
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast tells the compelling story of America&amp;#039;s half century in space exploration from the successful launch of the first two-stage rocket in 1950 through the space shuttle missions of 2000. Told from the unique viewpoint of the people who built the Spaceport, this book shows how the space program transformed the east central Florida coast from a traditional citrus production and tourist area to one of the most influential high-tech centers in the nation. Cape Canaveral was chosen as a missile launch site because of its many geographical advantages. However, in the early years of the space program, the area was far from an ideal place for NASA employees to raise their families. NASA brought in thousands of space-related workers, who, besides sending machines and people into space, had to meet the challenge of moving their families from urban environs to a rural southern county. This book engagingly recounts the parallel stories of the establishment of America&amp;#039;s space program and its impact on the development of Brevard County.</description>
      <author>William B. Faherty</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855575149.mp3" length="8409723" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855575149.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast: The Impact of NASA on the Sunshine State
Author: William B. Faherty
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast tells the compelling story of America&amp;#039;s half century in space exploration from the successful launch of the first two-stage rocket in 1950 through the space shuttle missions of 2000. Told from the unique viewpoint of the people who built the Spaceport, this book shows how the space program transformed the east central Florida coast from a traditional citrus production and tourist area to one of the most influential high-tech centers in the nation. Cape Canaveral was chosen as a missile launch site because of its many geographical advantages. However, in the early years of the space program, the area was far from an ideal place for NASA employees to raise their families. NASA brought in thousands of space-related workers, who, besides sending machines and people into space, had to meet the challenge of moving their families from urban environs to a rural southern county. This book engagingly recounts the parallel stories of the establishment of America&amp;#039;s space program and its impact on the development of Brevard County.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/803870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast: The Impact of NASA on the Sunshine State
Author: William B. Faherty
Narrator: George Newbern
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Florida&amp;#039;s Space Coast tells the compelling story of America&amp;#039;s half century in space exploration from the successful launch of the first two-stage rocket in 1950 through the space shuttle missions of 2000. Told from the unique viewpoint of the people who built the Spaceport, this book shows how the space program transformed the east central Florida coast from a traditional citrus production and tourist area to one of the most influential high-tech centers in the nation. Cape Canaveral was chosen as a missile launch site because of its many geographical advantages. However, in the early years of the space program, the area was far from an ideal place for NASA employees to raise their families. NASA brought in thousands of space-related workers, who, besides sending machines and people into space, had to meet the challenge of moving their families from urban environs to a rural southern county. This book engagingly recounts the parallel stories of the establishment of America&amp;#039;s space program and its impact on the development of Brevard County.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) by Herbert Hovenkamp</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Herbert Hovenkamp
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, the astronomical rise of tech giants like Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft has been criticized as anticompetitive, and many have wondered if antitrust law can help protect workers and consumers. In Tech Monopoly, Herbert Hovenkamp explores competition problems in a wide range of high-tech firms—from those that sell purely digital products, such as video streaming, search, software, or email services, to others that sell more traditional &amp;#039;tactile&amp;#039; products, such as hardware, clothing, groceries, or rides. He offers a realistic look at the powers and limitations of antitrust law in tech markets with an assessment that is as comprehensive as it is accessible. After a general introduction to antitrust law, Tech Monopoly considers how competitive harm should be assessed in these markets. Then Hovenkamp looks at the role of large digital platforms, including Amazon, Alphabet, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft, and considers whether their size alone is an antitrust problem or if the concern should be limited to market power. Finally, the author addresses the very difficult problem of remedies. Should we &amp;#039;break up&amp;#039; big tech, and if so, how? What kind of breakup of these firms would make users or others better off? And if breakups are not the only possible antitrust fix, are there more effective and less disruptive alternatives?</description>
      <author>Herbert Hovenkamp</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736246.mp3" length="7495631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Herbert Hovenkamp
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, the astronomical rise of tech giants like Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft has been criticized as anticompetitive, and many have wondered if antitrust law can help protect workers and consumers. In Tech Monopoly, Herbert Hovenkamp explores competition problems in a wide range of high-tech firms—from those that sell purely digital products, such as video streaming, search, software, or email services, to others that sell more traditional &amp;#039;tactile&amp;#039; products, such as hardware, clothing, groceries, or rides. He offers a realistic look at the powers and limitations of antitrust law in tech markets with an assessment that is as comprehensive as it is accessible. After a general introduction to antitrust law, Tech Monopoly considers how competitive harm should be assessed in these markets. Then Hovenkamp looks at the role of large digital platforms, including Amazon, Alphabet, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft, and considers whether their size alone is an antitrust problem or if the concern should be limited to market power. Finally, the author addresses the very difficult problem of remedies. Should we &amp;#039;break up&amp;#039; big tech, and if so, how? What kind of breakup of these firms would make users or others better off? And if breakups are not the only possible antitrust fix, are there more effective and less disruptive alternatives?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802346</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tech Monopoly: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Herbert Hovenkamp
Narrator: Tristan Morris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In recent years, the astronomical rise of tech giants like Amazon, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft has been criticized as anticompetitive, and many have wondered if antitrust law can help protect workers and consumers. In Tech Monopoly, Herbert Hovenkamp explores competition problems in a wide range of high-tech firms—from those that sell purely digital products, such as video streaming, search, software, or email services, to others that sell more traditional &amp;#039;tactile&amp;#039; products, such as hardware, clothing, groceries, or rides. He offers a realistic look at the powers and limitations of antitrust law in tech markets with an assessment that is as comprehensive as it is accessible. After a general introduction to antitrust law, Tech Monopoly considers how competitive harm should be assessed in these markets. Then Hovenkamp looks at the role of large digital platforms, including Amazon, Alphabet, Apple, Meta, and Microsoft, and considers whether their size alone is an antitrust problem or if the concern should be limited to market power. Finally, the author addresses the very difficult problem of remedies. Should we &amp;#039;break up&amp;#039; big tech, and if so, how? What kind of breakup of these firms would make users or others better off? And if breakups are not the only possible antitrust fix, are there more effective and less disruptive alternatives?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Tidy First?: A Personal Exercise in Empirical Software Design by Kent Beck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tidy First?: A Personal Exercise in Empirical Software Design
Author: Kent Beck
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Messy code is a nuisance. &amp;#039;Tidying&amp;#039; code, to make it more readable, requires breaking it up into manageable sections. In this practical guide, author Kent Beck, creator of Extreme Programming and pioneer of software patterns, suggests when and where you might apply tidyings to improve your code while keeping the overall structure of the system in mind. Instead of trying to master tidying all at once, this book lets you try out a few examples that make sense for your problem. If you have a big function containing many lines of code, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to logically divide it into smaller chunks. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll learn the theory behind software design: coupling, cohesion, discounted cash flows, and optionality. This book helps you: ● Understand the basic theory of how software design works and the forces that act on it ● Explore the difference between changes to a system&amp;#039;s behavior and changes to its structure ● Improve your programming experience by sometimes tidying first and sometimes tidying after ● Learn how to make large changes in small, safe steps ● Approach software design as an exercise in human relationships</description>
      <author>Kent Beck</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735508.mp3" length="7798155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735508.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tidy First?: A Personal Exercise in Empirical Software Design
Author: Kent Beck
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Messy code is a nuisance. &amp;#039;Tidying&amp;#039; code, to make it more readable, requires breaking it up into manageable sections. In this practical guide, author Kent Beck, creator of Extreme Programming and pioneer of software patterns, suggests when and where you might apply tidyings to improve your code while keeping the overall structure of the system in mind. Instead of trying to master tidying all at once, this book lets you try out a few examples that make sense for your problem. If you have a big function containing many lines of code, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to logically divide it into smaller chunks. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll learn the theory behind software design: coupling, cohesion, discounted cash flows, and optionality. This book helps you: ● Understand the basic theory of how software design works and the forces that act on it ● Explore the difference between changes to a system&amp;#039;s behavior and changes to its structure ● Improve your programming experience by sometimes tidying first and sometimes tidying after ● Learn how to make large changes in small, safe steps ● Approach software design as an exercise in human relationships</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Tidy First?: A Personal Exercise in Empirical Software Design
Author: Kent Beck
Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 41 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Messy code is a nuisance. &amp;#039;Tidying&amp;#039; code, to make it more readable, requires breaking it up into manageable sections. In this practical guide, author Kent Beck, creator of Extreme Programming and pioneer of software patterns, suggests when and where you might apply tidyings to improve your code while keeping the overall structure of the system in mind. Instead of trying to master tidying all at once, this book lets you try out a few examples that make sense for your problem. If you have a big function containing many lines of code, you&amp;#039;ll learn how to logically divide it into smaller chunks. Along the way, you&amp;#039;ll learn the theory behind software design: coupling, cohesion, discounted cash flows, and optionality. This book helps you: ● Understand the basic theory of how software design works and the forces that act on it ● Explore the difference between changes to a system&amp;#039;s behavior and changes to its structure ● Improve your programming experience by sometimes tidying first and sometimes tidying after ● Learn how to make large changes in small, safe steps ● Approach software design as an exercise in human relationships</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Human + Machine, Updated and Expanded: Reimagining Work in the Age of AI by Paul R. Daugherty, H. James Wilson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human + Machine, Updated and Expanded: Reimagining Work in the Age of AI
Author: Paul R. Daugherty, H. James Wilson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI—including generative AI—is radically transforming business. Are you ready? Accenture technology leaders Paul Daugherty and Jim Wilson provide crucial insights and advice to help you meet the challenge. In this updated and expanded edition of Human + Machine—including a new chapter on gen AI—Daugherty and Wilson show that the essence of the AI paradigm shift is the transformation of all business processes within an organization, whether related to breakthrough innovation, everyday customer service, or personal productivity habits. As humans and smart machines collaborate ever more closely, work processes become more fluid and adaptive, enabling companies to change them on the fly—or completely reimagine them. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience and research with fifteen hundred organizations, the book reveals how companies are using the new rules of AI to leap ahead on innovation and profitability and what you can do to achieve similar results. It describes six entirely new types of hybrid human + machine roles that every company must develop, and it includes a &amp;#039;leader&amp;#039;s guide&amp;#039; with the five crucial principles required to become an AI-fueled business.</description>
      <author>Paul R. Daugherty, H. James Wilson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735300.mp3" length="8559696" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735300.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human + Machine, Updated and Expanded: Reimagining Work in the Age of AI
Author: Paul R. Daugherty, H. James Wilson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI—including generative AI—is radically transforming business. Are you ready? Accenture technology leaders Paul Daugherty and Jim Wilson provide crucial insights and advice to help you meet the challenge. In this updated and expanded edition of Human + Machine—including a new chapter on gen AI—Daugherty and Wilson show that the essence of the AI paradigm shift is the transformation of all business processes within an organization, whether related to breakthrough innovation, everyday customer service, or personal productivity habits. As humans and smart machines collaborate ever more closely, work processes become more fluid and adaptive, enabling companies to change them on the fly—or completely reimagine them. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience and research with fifteen hundred organizations, the book reveals how companies are using the new rules of AI to leap ahead on innovation and profitability and what you can do to achieve similar results. It describes six entirely new types of hybrid human + machine roles that every company must develop, and it includes a &amp;#039;leader&amp;#039;s guide&amp;#039; with the five crucial principles required to become an AI-fueled business.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802249</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human + Machine, Updated and Expanded: Reimagining Work in the Age of AI
Author: Paul R. Daugherty, H. James Wilson
Narrator: Jamie Renell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
AI—including generative AI—is radically transforming business. Are you ready? Accenture technology leaders Paul Daugherty and Jim Wilson provide crucial insights and advice to help you meet the challenge. In this updated and expanded edition of Human + Machine—including a new chapter on gen AI—Daugherty and Wilson show that the essence of the AI paradigm shift is the transformation of all business processes within an organization, whether related to breakthrough innovation, everyday customer service, or personal productivity habits. As humans and smart machines collaborate ever more closely, work processes become more fluid and adaptive, enabling companies to change them on the fly—or completely reimagine them. Based on the authors&amp;#039; experience and research with fifteen hundred organizations, the book reveals how companies are using the new rules of AI to leap ahead on innovation and profitability and what you can do to achieve similar results. It describes six entirely new types of hybrid human + machine roles that every company must develop, and it includes a &amp;#039;leader&amp;#039;s guide&amp;#039; with the five crucial principles required to become an AI-fueled business.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Practical Cloud Security: A Guide for Secure Design and Deployment (2nd Edition) by Chris Dotson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Cloud Security: A Guide for Secure Design and Deployment (2nd Edition)
Author: Chris Dotson
Narrator: Stephen Caffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapidly changing architecture and API-driven automation, cloud platforms come with unique security challenges and opportunities. In this updated second edition, you&amp;#039;ll examine security best practices for multivendor cloud environments, whether your company plans to move legacy on-premises projects to the cloud or build a new infrastructure from the ground up. Developers, IT architects, and security professionals will learn cloud-specific techniques for securing popular cloud platforms such as Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, and IBM Cloud. IBM Distinguished Engineer Chris Dotson shows you how to establish data asset management, identity and access management (IAM), vulnerability management, network security, and incident response in your cloud environment. ● Learn the latest threats and challenges in the cloud security space ● Manage cloud providers that store or process data or deliver administrative control ● Learn how standard principles and concepts—such as least privilege and defense in depth—apply in the cloud ● Use best tactics for detecting, responding, and recovering from the most common security incidents ● And more</description>
      <author>Chris Dotson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735645.mp3" length="7261996" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735645.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Cloud Security: A Guide for Secure Design and Deployment (2nd Edition)
Author: Chris Dotson
Narrator: Stephen Caffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapidly changing architecture and API-driven automation, cloud platforms come with unique security challenges and opportunities. In this updated second edition, you&amp;#039;ll examine security best practices for multivendor cloud environments, whether your company plans to move legacy on-premises projects to the cloud or build a new infrastructure from the ground up. Developers, IT architects, and security professionals will learn cloud-specific techniques for securing popular cloud platforms such as Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, and IBM Cloud. IBM Distinguished Engineer Chris Dotson shows you how to establish data asset management, identity and access management (IAM), vulnerability management, network security, and incident response in your cloud environment. ● Learn the latest threats and challenges in the cloud security space ● Manage cloud providers that store or process data or deliver administrative control ● Learn how standard principles and concepts—such as least privilege and defense in depth—apply in the cloud ● Use best tactics for detecting, responding, and recovering from the most common security incidents ● And more</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802243</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Practical Cloud Security: A Guide for Secure Design and Deployment (2nd Edition)
Author: Chris Dotson
Narrator: Stephen Caffrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With rapidly changing architecture and API-driven automation, cloud platforms come with unique security challenges and opportunities. In this updated second edition, you&amp;#039;ll examine security best practices for multivendor cloud environments, whether your company plans to move legacy on-premises projects to the cloud or build a new infrastructure from the ground up. Developers, IT architects, and security professionals will learn cloud-specific techniques for securing popular cloud platforms such as Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, and IBM Cloud. IBM Distinguished Engineer Chris Dotson shows you how to establish data asset management, identity and access management (IAM), vulnerability management, network security, and incident response in your cloud environment. ● Learn the latest threats and challenges in the cloud security space ● Manage cloud providers that store or process data or deliver administrative control ● Learn how standard principles and concepts—such as least privilege and defense in depth—apply in the cloud ● Use best tactics for detecting, responding, and recovering from the most common security incidents ● And more</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Anomaly: The Bridge to the Virtual World by Jeff Miller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anomaly: The Bridge to the Virtual World
Series: #1 of The Anomaly Series
Author: Jeff Miller
Narrator: Farah D
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the advent of the Quantum Computer, an &amp;#039;anomaly&amp;#039; occurs, and a bridge is formed to the virtual world. Androids, cyborgs, and creatures from the internet, begin crossing over into our world. At the same time, players of games on this new type of laptop, start crossing over into the world wide web. Soon, the word is out, everyone becomes effected, and the race is on for one of these &amp;#039;magic genie lamps,&amp;#039; to capture crossovers to exploit them, or take advantage of this new entrepreneurial opportunity. Yet as the incidence rate increases, it causes havoc to our civilization, and threatens a doomsday event.</description>
      <author>Jeff Miller</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875154621.mp3" length="1253948" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875154621.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anomaly: The Bridge to the Virtual World
Series: #1 of The Anomaly Series
Author: Jeff Miller
Narrator: Farah D
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the advent of the Quantum Computer, an &amp;#039;anomaly&amp;#039; occurs, and a bridge is formed to the virtual world. Androids, cyborgs, and creatures from the internet, begin crossing over into our world. At the same time, players of games on this new type of laptop, start crossing over into the world wide web. Soon, the word is out, everyone becomes effected, and the race is on for one of these &amp;#039;magic genie lamps,&amp;#039; to capture crossovers to exploit them, or take advantage of this new entrepreneurial opportunity. Yet as the incidence rate increases, it causes havoc to our civilization, and threatens a doomsday event.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802128</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Anomaly: The Bridge to the Virtual World
Series: #1 of The Anomaly Series
Author: Jeff Miller
Narrator: Farah D
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 37 minutes
Release date: June 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With the advent of the Quantum Computer, an &amp;#039;anomaly&amp;#039; occurs, and a bridge is formed to the virtual world. Androids, cyborgs, and creatures from the internet, begin crossing over into our world. At the same time, players of games on this new type of laptop, start crossing over into the world wide web. Soon, the word is out, everyone becomes effected, and the race is on for one of these &amp;#039;magic genie lamps,&amp;#039; to capture crossovers to exploit them, or take advantage of this new entrepreneurial opportunity. Yet as the incidence rate increases, it causes havoc to our civilization, and threatens a doomsday event.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space by William Fowler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</description>
      <author>William Fowler</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875155116.mp3" length="811483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875155116.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space
Author: William Fowler
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space Unlock the secrets to a more self-reliant and sustainable lifestyle with &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead: A Blueprint for Sustainable Living and Self-Sufficiency in Your Own Space.&amp;#039; In this captivating audiobook, you&amp;#039;ll embark on a transformative journey towards cultivating your own thriving homestead, right in your backyard. Discover the art of self-sufficiency as you delve into practical guidance on homesteading essentials, from creating bountiful gardens and raising livestock to preserving your harvests for year-round enjoyment. This blueprint empowers you to take control of your life and reduce your environmental footprint, all while experiencing the profound satisfaction of producing your own food and resources. Whether you&amp;#039;re an aspiring homesteader or a seasoned pro seeking new insights, this audiobook offers a comprehensive roadmap to sustainable living. With step-by-step instructions, insightful tips, and inspiring stories, &amp;#039;Building Your Backyard Homestead&amp;#039; is your trusted companion on the path to a more fulfilling, eco-conscious, and self-sufficient life. Let the journey begin</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Arabic] - Frankenstein: A short science fiction story by Dr. Amr Mounir</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - Frankenstein: A short science fiction story
Author: Dr. Amr Mounir
Narrator: Pandarosh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short science fiction story about the development of robots in the future and how technology will affect humanity.</description>
      <author>Dr. Amr Mounir</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875156113.mp3" length="301017" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875156113.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - Frankenstein: A short science fiction story
Author: Dr. Amr Mounir
Narrator: Pandarosh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short science fiction story about the development of robots in the future and how technology will affect humanity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/802072</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Arabic] - Frankenstein: A short science fiction story
Author: Dr. Amr Mounir
Narrator: Pandarosh
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 6 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A short science fiction story about the development of robots in the future and how technology will affect humanity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Evolutionary Intelligence: How Technology Will Make Us Smarter by W. Russell Neuman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionary Intelligence: How Technology Will Make Us Smarter
Author: W. Russell Neuman
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is natural for us to fear artificial intelligence. But does Siri really want to kill us? Perhaps we are falling into the trap of projecting human traits onto the machines we might build. In Evolutionary Intelligence, Neuman offers a surprisingly positive vision in which computational intelligence compensates for the well-recognized limits of human judgment, improves decision making, and actually increases our agency. Neuman takes the listener on an exciting, fast-paced ride, all the while making a convincing case about a revolution in computationally augmented human intelligence. Neuman argues that, just as the wheel made us mobile and machines made us stronger, the migration of artificial intelligence from room-sized computers to laptops to our watches, smart glasses, and even smart contact lenses will transform day-to-day human decision making. If intelligence is the capacity to match means with ends, then augmented intelligence can offer the ability to adapt to changing environments as we face the ultimate challenge of long-term survival. Tapping into a global interest in technology&amp;#039;s potential impacts on society, economics, and culture, Evolutionary Intelligence demonstrates that our future depends on our ability to computationally compensate for the limitations of a human cognitive system that has only recently graduated from hunting and gathering.</description>
      <author>W. Russell Neuman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855516869.mp3" length="7929628" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855516869.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionary Intelligence: How Technology Will Make Us Smarter
Author: W. Russell Neuman
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is natural for us to fear artificial intelligence. But does Siri really want to kill us? Perhaps we are falling into the trap of projecting human traits onto the machines we might build. In Evolutionary Intelligence, Neuman offers a surprisingly positive vision in which computational intelligence compensates for the well-recognized limits of human judgment, improves decision making, and actually increases our agency. Neuman takes the listener on an exciting, fast-paced ride, all the while making a convincing case about a revolution in computationally augmented human intelligence. Neuman argues that, just as the wheel made us mobile and machines made us stronger, the migration of artificial intelligence from room-sized computers to laptops to our watches, smart glasses, and even smart contact lenses will transform day-to-day human decision making. If intelligence is the capacity to match means with ends, then augmented intelligence can offer the ability to adapt to changing environments as we face the ultimate challenge of long-term survival. Tapping into a global interest in technology&amp;#039;s potential impacts on society, economics, and culture, Evolutionary Intelligence demonstrates that our future depends on our ability to computationally compensate for the limitations of a human cognitive system that has only recently graduated from hunting and gathering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/800345</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Evolutionary Intelligence: How Technology Will Make Us Smarter
Author: W. Russell Neuman
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
It is natural for us to fear artificial intelligence. But does Siri really want to kill us? Perhaps we are falling into the trap of projecting human traits onto the machines we might build. In Evolutionary Intelligence, Neuman offers a surprisingly positive vision in which computational intelligence compensates for the well-recognized limits of human judgment, improves decision making, and actually increases our agency. Neuman takes the listener on an exciting, fast-paced ride, all the while making a convincing case about a revolution in computationally augmented human intelligence. Neuman argues that, just as the wheel made us mobile and machines made us stronger, the migration of artificial intelligence from room-sized computers to laptops to our watches, smart glasses, and even smart contact lenses will transform day-to-day human decision making. If intelligence is the capacity to match means with ends, then augmented intelligence can offer the ability to adapt to changing environments as we face the ultimate challenge of long-term survival. Tapping into a global interest in technology&amp;#039;s potential impacts on society, economics, and culture, Evolutionary Intelligence demonstrates that our future depends on our ability to computationally compensate for the limitations of a human cognitive system that has only recently graduated from hunting and gathering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Catastrophe: Stories and Lessons from the Halifax Explosion by T. Joseph Scanlon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catastrophe: Stories and Lessons from the Halifax Explosion
Author: T. Joseph Scanlon
Narrator: Roger Sarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Catastrophe weaves together compelling stories and potent lessons learned from the calamitous Halifax explosion—the worst non-natural disaster in North America before 9/11. On December 6, 1917, the Canadian city of Halifax, Nova Scotia, was shattered when volatile cargo on the SS Mont-Blanc freighter exploded in the bustling wartime harbour. More than nineteen hundred people were killed and nine thousand injured. Across more than two square kilometres some 1200 homes, factories, schools and churches were obliterated or heavily damaged. Written from a scholarly perspective but in a journalistic style accessible to the general reader, this book explores how the explosion influenced later emergency planning and disaster theory. Rich in firsthand accounts gathered in decades of research in Canada, the US, the UK, France and Norway, the book examines the disaster from all angles. It delivers an inspiring message: the women and men at “ground zero” responded speedily, courageously, and effectively, fighting fires, rescuing the injured, and sheltering the homeless. The book also shows that the generous assistance that later came from central Canada and the US also brought some unhelpful intrusions by outside authorities. Unable to imagine the horror of the initial crisis, they ignored or even vilified a number of the first responders. This book will be of particular interest to disaster researchers and emergency planners along with journalists, and scholars of history, Maritime studies, and Canadian studies.</description>
      <author>T. Joseph Scanlon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771126311.mp3" length="836109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771126311.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>22:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catastrophe: Stories and Lessons from the Halifax Explosion
Author: T. Joseph Scanlon
Narrator: Roger Sarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Catastrophe weaves together compelling stories and potent lessons learned from the calamitous Halifax explosion—the worst non-natural disaster in North America before 9/11. On December 6, 1917, the Canadian city of Halifax, Nova Scotia, was shattered when volatile cargo on the SS Mont-Blanc freighter exploded in the bustling wartime harbour. More than nineteen hundred people were killed and nine thousand injured. Across more than two square kilometres some 1200 homes, factories, schools and churches were obliterated or heavily damaged. Written from a scholarly perspective but in a journalistic style accessible to the general reader, this book explores how the explosion influenced later emergency planning and disaster theory. Rich in firsthand accounts gathered in decades of research in Canada, the US, the UK, France and Norway, the book examines the disaster from all angles. It delivers an inspiring message: the women and men at “ground zero” responded speedily, courageously, and effectively, fighting fires, rescuing the injured, and sheltering the homeless. The book also shows that the generous assistance that later came from central Canada and the US also brought some unhelpful intrusions by outside authorities. Unable to imagine the horror of the initial crisis, they ignored or even vilified a number of the first responders. This book will be of particular interest to disaster researchers and emergency planners along with journalists, and scholars of history, Maritime studies, and Canadian studies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Catastrophe: Stories and Lessons from the Halifax Explosion
Author: T. Joseph Scanlon
Narrator: Roger Sarty
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 22 hours 1 minute
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Catastrophe weaves together compelling stories and potent lessons learned from the calamitous Halifax explosion—the worst non-natural disaster in North America before 9/11. On December 6, 1917, the Canadian city of Halifax, Nova Scotia, was shattered when volatile cargo on the SS Mont-Blanc freighter exploded in the bustling wartime harbour. More than nineteen hundred people were killed and nine thousand injured. Across more than two square kilometres some 1200 homes, factories, schools and churches were obliterated or heavily damaged. Written from a scholarly perspective but in a journalistic style accessible to the general reader, this book explores how the explosion influenced later emergency planning and disaster theory. Rich in firsthand accounts gathered in decades of research in Canada, the US, the UK, France and Norway, the book examines the disaster from all angles. It delivers an inspiring message: the women and men at “ground zero” responded speedily, courageously, and effectively, fighting fires, rescuing the injured, and sheltering the homeless. The book also shows that the generous assistance that later came from central Canada and the US also brought some unhelpful intrusions by outside authorities. Unable to imagine the horror of the initial crisis, they ignored or even vilified a number of the first responders. This book will be of particular interest to disaster researchers and emergency planners along with journalists, and scholars of history, Maritime studies, and Canadian studies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>&amp;#039;Hey Brutha, Can You Share a Ride?&amp;#039;: The Rideshare Diary by Michael Clay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Hey Brutha, Can You Share a Ride?&amp;#039;: The Rideshare Diary
Author: Michael Clay
Narrator: Michael Clay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Atlanta rideshare driver shares interesting, but not necessarily smooth passenger rides; Atlanta has POTHOLES, and so does the Uber app as you will discover in between these rides.  These stories are as varied as the new Atlanta Landscape in recent years. Riders reveal the most intriguing personal information to their driver, as you become the&amp;#039;Fly on the wall&amp;#039; listening in. Hold on tight in these rides for the ages. You will laugh, you will cry, but you will enjoy...&amp;#039;Hey Brutha, can you share a ride?&amp;#039;- The Rideshare Diary</description>
      <author>Michael Clay</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875151040.mp3" length="1353425" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875151040.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Hey Brutha, Can You Share a Ride?&amp;#039;: The Rideshare Diary
Author: Michael Clay
Narrator: Michael Clay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Atlanta rideshare driver shares interesting, but not necessarily smooth passenger rides; Atlanta has POTHOLES, and so does the Uber app as you will discover in between these rides.  These stories are as varied as the new Atlanta Landscape in recent years. Riders reveal the most intriguing personal information to their driver, as you become the&amp;#039;Fly on the wall&amp;#039; listening in. Hold on tight in these rides for the ages. You will laugh, you will cry, but you will enjoy...&amp;#039;Hey Brutha, can you share a ride?&amp;#039;- The Rideshare Diary</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;Hey Brutha, Can You Share a Ride?&amp;#039;: The Rideshare Diary
Author: Michael Clay
Narrator: Michael Clay
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 58 minutes
Release date: April 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This Atlanta rideshare driver shares interesting, but not necessarily smooth passenger rides; Atlanta has POTHOLES, and so does the Uber app as you will discover in between these rides.  These stories are as varied as the new Atlanta Landscape in recent years. Riders reveal the most intriguing personal information to their driver, as you become the&amp;#039;Fly on the wall&amp;#039; listening in. Hold on tight in these rides for the ages. You will laugh, you will cry, but you will enjoy...&amp;#039;Hey Brutha, can you share a ride?&amp;#039;- The Rideshare Diary</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them by Edward Segal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them
Author: Edward Segal
Narrator: Eric Anaya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the entertaining story of how campaigning by train shaped American politics, elections, journalism, and culture in Whistle-Stop Politics. Memories of the pivotal role campaign trains played in American elections fade with the passing of each generation. Also forgotten are the stories documented by the reporters who traveled with hundreds of whistle-stopping politicians, including Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Ronald Reagan. The trains were the backdrop of political drama, intrigue, humor, and triumph for more than 185 years. Campaign trains were an American invention that enabled politicians to connect with as many voters as possible in the country’s largest cities and smallest towns. This book is an exciting journey back into America’s political past, opening new windows into the personalities and political campaigns that shaped our history.</description>
      <author>Edward Segal</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798988645030.mp3" length="1282645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798988645030.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them
Author: Edward Segal
Narrator: Eric Anaya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the entertaining story of how campaigning by train shaped American politics, elections, journalism, and culture in Whistle-Stop Politics. Memories of the pivotal role campaign trains played in American elections fade with the passing of each generation. Also forgotten are the stories documented by the reporters who traveled with hundreds of whistle-stopping politicians, including Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Ronald Reagan. The trains were the backdrop of political drama, intrigue, humor, and triumph for more than 185 years. Campaign trains were an American invention that enabled politicians to connect with as many voters as possible in the country’s largest cities and smallest towns. This book is an exciting journey back into America’s political past, opening new windows into the personalities and political campaigns that shaped our history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798317</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Whistle-Stop Politics: Campaign Trains and the Reporters Who Covered Them
Author: Edward Segal
Narrator: Eric Anaya
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Discover the entertaining story of how campaigning by train shaped American politics, elections, journalism, and culture in Whistle-Stop Politics. Memories of the pivotal role campaign trains played in American elections fade with the passing of each generation. Also forgotten are the stories documented by the reporters who traveled with hundreds of whistle-stopping politicians, including Franklin Roosevelt, Harry Truman, Dwight Eisenhower, and Ronald Reagan. The trains were the backdrop of political drama, intrigue, humor, and triumph for more than 185 years. Campaign trains were an American invention that enabled politicians to connect with as many voters as possible in the country’s largest cities and smallest towns. This book is an exciting journey back into America’s political past, opening new windows into the personalities and political campaigns that shaped our history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Humachine: AI, Human Virtues, and the Superintelligent Enterprise, Second Edition by John D. Wood, Nada R. Sanders</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Humachine: AI, Human Virtues, and the Superintelligent Enterprise, Second Edition
Author: John D. Wood, Nada R. Sanders
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated for a post-Covid world, the second edition of this groundbreaking book explains why becoming a Humachine enterprise is the only way forward for a company to maintain a competitive advantage in the age of artificial intelligence (AI). Now, in the face of the &amp;#039;Great Resignation&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;botsourcing,&amp;#039; thought leaders Sanders and Wood present a more positive and promising scenario, where an enterprise recognizes human resources as an asset class that possesses skills that cannot be replaced by automation. Enlightened business leaders will look to create synergy between technology and people, enabling the organization to maximize its capabilities by elevating the basis of decision making with closer-to-perfect information and rationality. This book provides a roadmap for how to do this and achieve collective intelligence at the enterprise level: superintelligence. More specifically, it answers these questions, and more: Why must an enterprise achieve superintelligence as a competitive advantage in the age of AI?; How can any organization achieve superintelligence by following the 4-I model?; What is the step-by-step process an enterprise should follow in becoming a Humachine?; What strategies can be used by enterprise leaders to &amp;#039;futureproof&amp;#039; the Humachine against uncertainty?</description>
      <author>John D. Wood, Nada R. Sanders</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855559583.mp3" length="8289314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855559583.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Humachine: AI, Human Virtues, and the Superintelligent Enterprise, Second Edition
Author: John D. Wood, Nada R. Sanders
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated for a post-Covid world, the second edition of this groundbreaking book explains why becoming a Humachine enterprise is the only way forward for a company to maintain a competitive advantage in the age of artificial intelligence (AI). Now, in the face of the &amp;#039;Great Resignation&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;botsourcing,&amp;#039; thought leaders Sanders and Wood present a more positive and promising scenario, where an enterprise recognizes human resources as an asset class that possesses skills that cannot be replaced by automation. Enlightened business leaders will look to create synergy between technology and people, enabling the organization to maximize its capabilities by elevating the basis of decision making with closer-to-perfect information and rationality. This book provides a roadmap for how to do this and achieve collective intelligence at the enterprise level: superintelligence. More specifically, it answers these questions, and more: Why must an enterprise achieve superintelligence as a competitive advantage in the age of AI?; How can any organization achieve superintelligence by following the 4-I model?; What is the step-by-step process an enterprise should follow in becoming a Humachine?; What strategies can be used by enterprise leaders to &amp;#039;futureproof&amp;#039; the Humachine against uncertainty?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/798146</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Humachine: AI, Human Virtues, and the Superintelligent Enterprise, Second Edition
Author: John D. Wood, Nada R. Sanders
Narrator: Rachel Perry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Updated for a post-Covid world, the second edition of this groundbreaking book explains why becoming a Humachine enterprise is the only way forward for a company to maintain a competitive advantage in the age of artificial intelligence (AI). Now, in the face of the &amp;#039;Great Resignation&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;botsourcing,&amp;#039; thought leaders Sanders and Wood present a more positive and promising scenario, where an enterprise recognizes human resources as an asset class that possesses skills that cannot be replaced by automation. Enlightened business leaders will look to create synergy between technology and people, enabling the organization to maximize its capabilities by elevating the basis of decision making with closer-to-perfect information and rationality. This book provides a roadmap for how to do this and achieve collective intelligence at the enterprise level: superintelligence. More specifically, it answers these questions, and more: Why must an enterprise achieve superintelligence as a competitive advantage in the age of AI?; How can any organization achieve superintelligence by following the 4-I model?; What is the step-by-step process an enterprise should follow in becoming a Humachine?; What strategies can be used by enterprise leaders to &amp;#039;futureproof&amp;#039; the Humachine against uncertainty?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Learning DevSecOps: A Practical Guide to Processes and Tools by Steve Suehring</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning DevSecOps: A Practical Guide to Processes and Tools
Author: Steve Suehring
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do some organizations maintain 24-7 internet-scale operations? How can organizations integrate security while deploying new features? How do organizations increase security within their DevOps processes? This practical guide helps you answer those questions. Steve Suehring provides unique content to help practitioners and leadership successfully implement DevOps and DevSecOps. Learning DevSecOps emphasizes prerequisites that lead to success through best practices and then takes you through some of the tools and software used by successful DevSecOps-enabled organizations. You&amp;#039;ll learn how DevOps and DevSecOps can eliminate the walls that stand between development, operations, and security so that you can tackle the needs of other teams. With this book, you will: ● Learn why DevSecOps is about culture and processes, with tools to support the processes ● Understand why DevSecOps practices are key to deploying software ● Deploy software using a DevSecOps toolchain and create scripts ● Integrate processes from other teams earlier in the software development lifecycle ● Help team members learn the processes important for successful software development</description>
      <author>Steve Suehring</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747181.mp3" length="826718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning DevSecOps: A Practical Guide to Processes and Tools
Author: Steve Suehring
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do some organizations maintain 24-7 internet-scale operations? How can organizations integrate security while deploying new features? How do organizations increase security within their DevOps processes? This practical guide helps you answer those questions. Steve Suehring provides unique content to help practitioners and leadership successfully implement DevOps and DevSecOps. Learning DevSecOps emphasizes prerequisites that lead to success through best practices and then takes you through some of the tools and software used by successful DevSecOps-enabled organizations. You&amp;#039;ll learn how DevOps and DevSecOps can eliminate the walls that stand between development, operations, and security so that you can tackle the needs of other teams. With this book, you will: ● Learn why DevSecOps is about culture and processes, with tools to support the processes ● Understand why DevSecOps practices are key to deploying software ● Deploy software using a DevSecOps toolchain and create scripts ● Integrate processes from other teams earlier in the software development lifecycle ● Help team members learn the processes important for successful software development</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Learning DevSecOps: A Practical Guide to Processes and Tools
Author: Steve Suehring
Narrator: Chris Sorensen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 19 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
How do some organizations maintain 24-7 internet-scale operations? How can organizations integrate security while deploying new features? How do organizations increase security within their DevOps processes? This practical guide helps you answer those questions. Steve Suehring provides unique content to help practitioners and leadership successfully implement DevOps and DevSecOps. Learning DevSecOps emphasizes prerequisites that lead to success through best practices and then takes you through some of the tools and software used by successful DevSecOps-enabled organizations. You&amp;#039;ll learn how DevOps and DevSecOps can eliminate the walls that stand between development, operations, and security so that you can tackle the needs of other teams. With this book, you will: ● Learn why DevSecOps is about culture and processes, with tools to support the processes ● Understand why DevSecOps practices are key to deploying software ● Deploy software using a DevSecOps toolchain and create scripts ● Integrate processes from other teams earlier in the software development lifecycle ● Help team members learn the processes important for successful software development</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Azure OpenAI Service for Cloud Native Applications: Designing, Planning, and Implementing Generative AI Solutions by Adrian Gonzalez Sanchez</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Azure OpenAI Service for Cloud Native Applications: Designing, Planning, and Implementing Generative AI Solutions
Author: Adrian Gonzalez Sanchez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the details, examples, and best practices you need to build generative AI applications, services, and solutions using the power of Azure OpenAI Service. Microsoft AI specialist Adrián González Sánchez examines the integration and utilization of Azure OpenAI Service within the Microsoft Azure cloud computing platform. To guide you through the technical details of Azure OpenAI Service, this book shows you how to set up the necessary resources, prepare end-to-end architectures, work with APIs, manage costs and usage, handle data privacy and security, and optimize performance. You&amp;#039;ll learn various use cases where Azure OpenAI Service models can be applied and get valuable insights from experts. Ideal for software and cloud developers, product managers, architects, and engineers, and cloud-enabled data scientists, this book will help you: ● Learn how to implement cloud native applications with Azure OpenAI Service ● Deploy, customize, and integrate Azure OpenAI Service ● Customize language models and orchestrate knowledge ● Use advanced roadmaps to plan your generative AI project ● Estimate cost and plan generative AI implementations for adopter companies</description>
      <author>Adrian Gonzalez Sanchez</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663747167.mp3" length="809602" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663747167.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Azure OpenAI Service for Cloud Native Applications: Designing, Planning, and Implementing Generative AI Solutions
Author: Adrian Gonzalez Sanchez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the details, examples, and best practices you need to build generative AI applications, services, and solutions using the power of Azure OpenAI Service. Microsoft AI specialist Adrián González Sánchez examines the integration and utilization of Azure OpenAI Service within the Microsoft Azure cloud computing platform. To guide you through the technical details of Azure OpenAI Service, this book shows you how to set up the necessary resources, prepare end-to-end architectures, work with APIs, manage costs and usage, handle data privacy and security, and optimize performance. You&amp;#039;ll learn various use cases where Azure OpenAI Service models can be applied and get valuable insights from experts. Ideal for software and cloud developers, product managers, architects, and engineers, and cloud-enabled data scientists, this book will help you: ● Learn how to implement cloud native applications with Azure OpenAI Service ● Deploy, customize, and integrate Azure OpenAI Service ● Customize language models and orchestrate knowledge ● Use advanced roadmaps to plan your generative AI project ● Estimate cost and plan generative AI implementations for adopter companies</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795843</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Azure OpenAI Service for Cloud Native Applications: Designing, Planning, and Implementing Generative AI Solutions
Author: Adrian Gonzalez Sanchez
Narrator: Matt Godfrey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Get the details, examples, and best practices you need to build generative AI applications, services, and solutions using the power of Azure OpenAI Service. Microsoft AI specialist Adrián González Sánchez examines the integration and utilization of Azure OpenAI Service within the Microsoft Azure cloud computing platform. To guide you through the technical details of Azure OpenAI Service, this book shows you how to set up the necessary resources, prepare end-to-end architectures, work with APIs, manage costs and usage, handle data privacy and security, and optimize performance. You&amp;#039;ll learn various use cases where Azure OpenAI Service models can be applied and get valuable insights from experts. Ideal for software and cloud developers, product managers, architects, and engineers, and cloud-enabled data scientists, this book will help you: ● Learn how to implement cloud native applications with Azure OpenAI Service ● Deploy, customize, and integrate Azure OpenAI Service ● Customize language models and orchestrate knowledge ● Use advanced roadmaps to plan your generative AI project ● Estimate cost and plan generative AI implementations for adopter companies</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Human Rights, Robot Wrongs: Being Human in the Age of AI by Susie Alegre</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Rights, Robot Wrongs: Being Human in the Age of AI
Author: Susie Alegre
Narrator: Susie Alegre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No longer an uncertain technology of the distant future, artificial intelligence is starting to shape every aspect of our daily lives, from how we think to who we love. In this urgent polemic, leading barrister Susie Alegre explores the ways in which artificial intelligence threatens our fundamental human rights - including the rights to life, liberty and fair trial; the right to private and family life; and the right to free expression - and how we protect those rights. Touching on the many profound ethical dilemmas posed by emerging technologies, and full of fascinating case studies, Human Rights, Robot Wrongs is a rallying cry for humanity in the age of AI.</description>
      <author>Susie Alegre</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004174485.mp3" length="800876" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004174485.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Rights, Robot Wrongs: Being Human in the Age of AI
Author: Susie Alegre
Narrator: Susie Alegre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No longer an uncertain technology of the distant future, artificial intelligence is starting to shape every aspect of our daily lives, from how we think to who we love. In this urgent polemic, leading barrister Susie Alegre explores the ways in which artificial intelligence threatens our fundamental human rights - including the rights to life, liberty and fair trial; the right to private and family life; and the right to free expression - and how we protect those rights. Touching on the many profound ethical dilemmas posed by emerging technologies, and full of fascinating case studies, Human Rights, Robot Wrongs is a rallying cry for humanity in the age of AI.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/795341</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Human Rights, Robot Wrongs: Being Human in the Age of AI
Author: Susie Alegre
Narrator: Susie Alegre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 30 minutes
Release date: August  8, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No longer an uncertain technology of the distant future, artificial intelligence is starting to shape every aspect of our daily lives, from how we think to who we love. In this urgent polemic, leading barrister Susie Alegre explores the ways in which artificial intelligence threatens our fundamental human rights - including the rights to life, liberty and fair trial; the right to private and family life; and the right to free expression - and how we protect those rights. Touching on the many profound ethical dilemmas posed by emerging technologies, and full of fascinating case studies, Human Rights, Robot Wrongs is a rallying cry for humanity in the age of AI.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The User Experience Team of One, 2nd Edition: A Research and Design Survival Guide by Leah Buley, Joe Natoli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The User Experience Team of One, 2nd Edition: A Research and Design Survival Guide
Author: Leah Buley, Joe Natoli
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The User Experience Team of One prescribes a range of approaches that have big impact and take less time and fewer resources than the standard lineup of UX deliverables. Whether you want to cross over into user experience or you&amp;#039;re a seasoned practitioner trying to drag your organization forward, this book gives you tools and insight for doing more with less.</description>
      <author>Leah Buley, Joe Natoli</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736666.mp3" length="8000297" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736666.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The User Experience Team of One, 2nd Edition: A Research and Design Survival Guide
Author: Leah Buley, Joe Natoli
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The User Experience Team of One prescribes a range of approaches that have big impact and take less time and fewer resources than the standard lineup of UX deliverables. Whether you want to cross over into user experience or you&amp;#039;re a seasoned practitioner trying to drag your organization forward, this book gives you tools and insight for doing more with less.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/794484</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The User Experience Team of One, 2nd Edition: A Research and Design Survival Guide
Author: Leah Buley, Joe Natoli
Narrator: Marnye Young
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 38 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The User Experience Team of One prescribes a range of approaches that have big impact and take less time and fewer resources than the standard lineup of UX deliverables. Whether you want to cross over into user experience or you&amp;#039;re a seasoned practitioner trying to drag your organization forward, this book gives you tools and insight for doing more with less.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Wonders in the Deep: Extraordinary Shipwreck Discoveries from Spanish Gold to Shackleton&amp;#039;s Bible by Mensun Bound, Mark Frary</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonders in the Deep: Extraordinary Shipwreck Discoveries from Spanish Gold to Shackleton&amp;#039;s Bible
Author: Mensun Bound, Mark Frary
Narrator: Michael Fenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A shipwreck is a time capsule. When a maritime archaeologist picks up an item from the seabed, it is a direct connection with history. The last time the object was touched was sometimes centuries before; now, it’s starting a new life.     The millions of vessels that lie under the sea tell the human history of the world. Mensun Bound is the renowned marine archaeologist who was the Director of Exploration on the team that discovered Ernest Shackleton’s Endurance. With journalist Mark Frary, here Bound uses the many treasures he has discovered, from Nazi eagles to cannonballs, to write a maritime history of the world from 3000 BCE. Interwoven throughout with beautiful photographs, Wonders in the Deep is a riveting story of human ambition, defeat and ingenuity.</description>
      <author>Mensun Bound, Mark Frary</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398541764.mp3" length="809399" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398541764.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonders in the Deep: Extraordinary Shipwreck Discoveries from Spanish Gold to Shackleton&amp;#039;s Bible
Author: Mensun Bound, Mark Frary
Narrator: Michael Fenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A shipwreck is a time capsule. When a maritime archaeologist picks up an item from the seabed, it is a direct connection with history. The last time the object was touched was sometimes centuries before; now, it’s starting a new life.     The millions of vessels that lie under the sea tell the human history of the world. Mensun Bound is the renowned marine archaeologist who was the Director of Exploration on the team that discovered Ernest Shackleton’s Endurance. With journalist Mark Frary, here Bound uses the many treasures he has discovered, from Nazi eagles to cannonballs, to write a maritime history of the world from 3000 BCE. Interwoven throughout with beautiful photographs, Wonders in the Deep is a riveting story of human ambition, defeat and ingenuity.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/793733</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Wonders in the Deep: Extraordinary Shipwreck Discoveries from Spanish Gold to Shackleton&amp;#039;s Bible
Author: Mensun Bound, Mark Frary
Narrator: Michael Fenner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 33 minutes
Release date: September 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A shipwreck is a time capsule. When a maritime archaeologist picks up an item from the seabed, it is a direct connection with history. The last time the object was touched was sometimes centuries before; now, it’s starting a new life.     The millions of vessels that lie under the sea tell the human history of the world. Mensun Bound is the renowned marine archaeologist who was the Director of Exploration on the team that discovered Ernest Shackleton’s Endurance. With journalist Mark Frary, here Bound uses the many treasures he has discovered, from Nazi eagles to cannonballs, to write a maritime history of the world from 3000 BCE. Interwoven throughout with beautiful photographs, Wonders in the Deep is a riveting story of human ambition, defeat and ingenuity.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Wellbeing by Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Wellbeing
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra explores AI&amp;#039;s untapped potential to unlock the mystery of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat, but as a powerful catalyst for personal and spiritual growth. Digital Dharma shows how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential – survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. Featuring personal assessments and practical exercises, Deepak Chopra invites you to explore a relationship with AI not merely as a technological tool, but as a partner in shaping a future where human potential solves pressing global issues and empowers individual growth. ‘AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.’ – Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI © Deepak Chopra 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781529950298.mp3" length="1257495" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781529950298.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Wellbeing
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra explores AI&amp;#039;s untapped potential to unlock the mystery of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat, but as a powerful catalyst for personal and spiritual growth. Digital Dharma shows how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential – survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. Featuring personal assessments and practical exercises, Deepak Chopra invites you to explore a relationship with AI not merely as a technological tool, but as a partner in shaping a future where human potential solves pressing global issues and empowers individual growth. ‘AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.’ – Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI © Deepak Chopra 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/792540</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Wellbeing
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra explores AI&amp;#039;s untapped potential to unlock the mystery of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat, but as a powerful catalyst for personal and spiritual growth. Digital Dharma shows how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential – survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. Featuring personal assessments and practical exercises, Deepak Chopra invites you to explore a relationship with AI not merely as a technological tool, but as a partner in shaping a future where human potential solves pressing global issues and empowers individual growth. ‘AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.’ – Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI © Deepak Chopra 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>2047: Fictional Stories of Future India by Dr. Jawahar Surisetti</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 2047: Fictional Stories of Future India
Author: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Narrator: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; by eminent futurist and psychologist Dr Jawahar Surisetti, offers a compelling glimpse into India&amp;#039;s future, a century after gaining independence. Through interconnected stories, it paints a vivid picture of India&amp;#039;s global prominence. showcasing its technological supremacy, robust healthcare and education systems, sustainable agriculture practices, pioneering space exploration endeavours, modern infrastructure, and efficient transportation networks. Each narrative thread illuminates India&amp;#039;s ascent as a superpower, emphasising its leadership in various fields while highlighting the nation&amp;#039;s commitment to progress, innovation, and inclusive development. &amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; celebrates India&amp;#039;s journey towards prosperity and influence on the world stage, offering a hopeful vision of the nation&amp;#039;s future achievements.</description>
      <author>Dr. Jawahar Surisetti</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789356487277.mp3" length="994713" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789356487277.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 2047: Fictional Stories of Future India
Author: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Narrator: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; by eminent futurist and psychologist Dr Jawahar Surisetti, offers a compelling glimpse into India&amp;#039;s future, a century after gaining independence. Through interconnected stories, it paints a vivid picture of India&amp;#039;s global prominence. showcasing its technological supremacy, robust healthcare and education systems, sustainable agriculture practices, pioneering space exploration endeavours, modern infrastructure, and efficient transportation networks. Each narrative thread illuminates India&amp;#039;s ascent as a superpower, emphasising its leadership in various fields while highlighting the nation&amp;#039;s commitment to progress, innovation, and inclusive development. &amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; celebrates India&amp;#039;s journey towards prosperity and influence on the world stage, offering a hopeful vision of the nation&amp;#039;s future achievements.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/791192</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: 2047: Fictional Stories of Future India
Author: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Narrator: Dr. Jawahar Surisetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 2 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; by eminent futurist and psychologist Dr Jawahar Surisetti, offers a compelling glimpse into India&amp;#039;s future, a century after gaining independence. Through interconnected stories, it paints a vivid picture of India&amp;#039;s global prominence. showcasing its technological supremacy, robust healthcare and education systems, sustainable agriculture practices, pioneering space exploration endeavours, modern infrastructure, and efficient transportation networks. Each narrative thread illuminates India&amp;#039;s ascent as a superpower, emphasising its leadership in various fields while highlighting the nation&amp;#039;s commitment to progress, innovation, and inclusive development. &amp;#039;2047&amp;#039; celebrates India&amp;#039;s journey towards prosperity and influence on the world stage, offering a hopeful vision of the nation&amp;#039;s future achievements.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Good, the Bad &amp;amp; the Rugby – Unleashed by Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good, the Bad &amp;amp; the Rugby – Unleashed
Author: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Narrator: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited book from rugby stars Alex Payne, James Haskell and Mike Tindall           Rugby megastars James Haskell, Mike Tindall and Alex Payne get together to discuss the highs and lows of their podcast, friendship and rugby.           Among the key questions answered:           What happened when Mike took their shambles of a podcast inside the walls of Windsor Castle to meet the Prince and Princess of Wales and The Princess Royal?           How did Haskell end up nearly killing himself on the way to a DJ set, find himself forced to save Payno from Tins and get confronted by irate fans?           How did Alex’s broadcasting career fall to such depressing depths? And will it ever recover? (Spoiler alert – it won’t.)           In one, no-holds-barred book, they will go behind the scenes of the hugely successful podcast The Good, The Bad &amp;amp; The Rugby to pull back the curtain on some of their most outrageous antics on tour – the ups, the downs and the sideways – and leave no story untold. All will be unleashed.</description>
      <author>Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008712716.mp3" length="1441001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008712716.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good, the Bad &amp;amp; the Rugby – Unleashed
Author: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Narrator: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited book from rugby stars Alex Payne, James Haskell and Mike Tindall           Rugby megastars James Haskell, Mike Tindall and Alex Payne get together to discuss the highs and lows of their podcast, friendship and rugby.           Among the key questions answered:           What happened when Mike took their shambles of a podcast inside the walls of Windsor Castle to meet the Prince and Princess of Wales and The Princess Royal?           How did Haskell end up nearly killing himself on the way to a DJ set, find himself forced to save Payno from Tins and get confronted by irate fans?           How did Alex’s broadcasting career fall to such depressing depths? And will it ever recover? (Spoiler alert – it won’t.)           In one, no-holds-barred book, they will go behind the scenes of the hugely successful podcast The Good, The Bad &amp;amp; The Rugby to pull back the curtain on some of their most outrageous antics on tour – the ups, the downs and the sideways – and leave no story untold. All will be unleashed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789942</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Good, the Bad &amp;amp; the Rugby – Unleashed
Author: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Narrator: Mike Tindall, Alex Payne, James Haskell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The long-awaited book from rugby stars Alex Payne, James Haskell and Mike Tindall           Rugby megastars James Haskell, Mike Tindall and Alex Payne get together to discuss the highs and lows of their podcast, friendship and rugby.           Among the key questions answered:           What happened when Mike took their shambles of a podcast inside the walls of Windsor Castle to meet the Prince and Princess of Wales and The Princess Royal?           How did Haskell end up nearly killing himself on the way to a DJ set, find himself forced to save Payno from Tins and get confronted by irate fans?           How did Alex’s broadcasting career fall to such depressing depths? And will it ever recover? (Spoiler alert – it won’t.)           In one, no-holds-barred book, they will go behind the scenes of the hugely successful podcast The Good, The Bad &amp;amp; The Rugby to pull back the curtain on some of their most outrageous antics on tour – the ups, the downs and the sideways – and leave no story untold. All will be unleashed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success by Melanie Savard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success
Author: Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success In the fast-paced digital world, a strong social media presence is essential for business success. &amp;#039;Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business&amp;#039; is your comprehensive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of social media marketing and harnessing its power to grow your business. Packed with practical tips, proven strategies, and real-world examples, this audiobook will empower you to build an effective social media marketing strategy from scratch.  From defining your target audience and crafting compelling brand stories to selecting the right platforms and measuring your success, you&amp;#039;ll gain the knowledge and tools needed to make a meaningful impact in the online space.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a small business owner, entrepreneur, or marketing professional, this audiobook will equip you with the skills to engage with your audience, drive brand awareness, and achieve tangible results through social media marketing. Get ready to take your business to new heights and connect with your customers like never before.</description>
      <author>Melanie Savard</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875139512.mp3" length="819957" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875139512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success
Author: Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success In the fast-paced digital world, a strong social media presence is essential for business success. &amp;#039;Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business&amp;#039; is your comprehensive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of social media marketing and harnessing its power to grow your business. Packed with practical tips, proven strategies, and real-world examples, this audiobook will empower you to build an effective social media marketing strategy from scratch.  From defining your target audience and crafting compelling brand stories to selecting the right platforms and measuring your success, you&amp;#039;ll gain the knowledge and tools needed to make a meaningful impact in the online space.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a small business owner, entrepreneur, or marketing professional, this audiobook will equip you with the skills to engage with your audience, drive brand awareness, and achieve tangible results through social media marketing. Get ready to take your business to new heights and connect with your customers like never before.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success
Author: Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 37 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business: Maximizing Your Online Presence for Business Success In the fast-paced digital world, a strong social media presence is essential for business success. &amp;#039;Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business&amp;#039; is your comprehensive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of social media marketing and harnessing its power to grow your business. Packed with practical tips, proven strategies, and real-world examples, this audiobook will empower you to build an effective social media marketing strategy from scratch.  From defining your target audience and crafting compelling brand stories to selecting the right platforms and measuring your success, you&amp;#039;ll gain the knowledge and tools needed to make a meaningful impact in the online space.  Whether you&amp;#039;re a small business owner, entrepreneur, or marketing professional, this audiobook will equip you with the skills to engage with your audience, drive brand awareness, and achieve tangible results through social media marketing. Get ready to take your business to new heights and connect with your customers like never before.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization by Samuel Milham</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization
Author: Samuel Milham
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Thomas Edison began wiring New York City with a direct current electricity distribution system in the 1880s, he gave humankind the magic of electric light, heat, and power; in the process, though, he inadvertently opened a Pandora&amp;#039;s Box of unimaginable illness and death.  Dirty Electricity tells the story of Dr. Samuel Milham, the scientist who first alerted the world about the frightening link between occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields and human disease. Milham takes listeners through his early years and education, following the twisting path that led to his discovery that most of the 20th-century diseases of civilization, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and suicide, are caused by electromagnetic field exposure.  In the second edition, he explains how electrical exposure does its damage and how electricity is causing our current epidemics of asthma, diabetes, and obesity.  Dr. Milham warns that because of the recent proliferation of radio frequency radiation from cell phones and towers, terrestrial antennas, Wi-Fi, and Wi-max systems, broadband Internet over power lines, and personal electronic equipment, we may be facing a looming epidemic of morbidity and mortality. In Dirty Electricity, he reveals the steps we must take, personally and as a society, to coexist with this marvelous but dangerous technology.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 Samuel Milham, MD, MPH (P)2019 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC.</description>
      <author>Samuel Milham</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666670400.mp3" length="881998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666670400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization
Author: Samuel Milham
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Thomas Edison began wiring New York City with a direct current electricity distribution system in the 1880s, he gave humankind the magic of electric light, heat, and power; in the process, though, he inadvertently opened a Pandora&amp;#039;s Box of unimaginable illness and death.  Dirty Electricity tells the story of Dr. Samuel Milham, the scientist who first alerted the world about the frightening link between occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields and human disease. Milham takes listeners through his early years and education, following the twisting path that led to his discovery that most of the 20th-century diseases of civilization, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and suicide, are caused by electromagnetic field exposure.  In the second edition, he explains how electrical exposure does its damage and how electricity is causing our current epidemics of asthma, diabetes, and obesity.  Dr. Milham warns that because of the recent proliferation of radio frequency radiation from cell phones and towers, terrestrial antennas, Wi-Fi, and Wi-max systems, broadband Internet over power lines, and personal electronic equipment, we may be facing a looming epidemic of morbidity and mortality. In Dirty Electricity, he reveals the steps we must take, personally and as a society, to coexist with this marvelous but dangerous technology.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 Samuel Milham, MD, MPH (P)2019 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/789250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization
Author: Samuel Milham
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 25 minutes
Release date: June 11, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
When Thomas Edison began wiring New York City with a direct current electricity distribution system in the 1880s, he gave humankind the magic of electric light, heat, and power; in the process, though, he inadvertently opened a Pandora&amp;#039;s Box of unimaginable illness and death.  Dirty Electricity tells the story of Dr. Samuel Milham, the scientist who first alerted the world about the frightening link between occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields and human disease. Milham takes listeners through his early years and education, following the twisting path that led to his discovery that most of the 20th-century diseases of civilization, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and suicide, are caused by electromagnetic field exposure.  In the second edition, he explains how electrical exposure does its damage and how electricity is causing our current epidemics of asthma, diabetes, and obesity.  Dr. Milham warns that because of the recent proliferation of radio frequency radiation from cell phones and towers, terrestrial antennas, Wi-Fi, and Wi-max systems, broadband Internet over power lines, and personal electronic equipment, we may be facing a looming epidemic of morbidity and mortality. In Dirty Electricity, he reveals the steps we must take, personally and as a society, to coexist with this marvelous but dangerous technology.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2012 Samuel Milham, MD, MPH (P)2019 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hybrid Cars by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hybrid Cars
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact.Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact. Furthermore, these vehicles contribute to energy efficiency. Hybrid cars combine an internal combustion engine with an electric motor, optimizing fuel consumption and reducing reliance on fossil fuels. Electric cars, relying solely on electric power, boast high energy efficiency and cost savings over time. With advancements in battery technology, electric cars now offer extended ranges and faster charging times, addressing concerns about range anxiety. Beyond environmental and economic advantages, hybrid and electric cars provide a smoother and quieter driving experience. The instant torque delivery in electric motors enhances acceleration, making these vehicles not only eco-friendly but also performance-oriented. As governments worldwide incentivise the adoption of cleaner technologies, the advantages of hybrid and electric cars position them as the driving force in the future of sustainable and efficient transportation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835466628.mp3" length="1351128" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835466628.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hybrid Cars
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact.Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact. Furthermore, these vehicles contribute to energy efficiency. Hybrid cars combine an internal combustion engine with an electric motor, optimizing fuel consumption and reducing reliance on fossil fuels. Electric cars, relying solely on electric power, boast high energy efficiency and cost savings over time. With advancements in battery technology, electric cars now offer extended ranges and faster charging times, addressing concerns about range anxiety. Beyond environmental and economic advantages, hybrid and electric cars provide a smoother and quieter driving experience. The instant torque delivery in electric motors enhances acceleration, making these vehicles not only eco-friendly but also performance-oriented. As governments worldwide incentivise the adoption of cleaner technologies, the advantages of hybrid and electric cars position them as the driving force in the future of sustainable and efficient transportation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/788028</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hybrid Cars
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: May 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact.Hybrid cars, and indeed, all electric vehicles are playing a rôle in the salvation of the planet’s eco-system. At least, in respect to the world supporting human life. However, hybrid cars will one day be replaced by vehicles that use no irreplaceable energy at at all, once the technology is there. It is likely that there will be at least two such power sources in the near future: electricity and hydrogen – but who knows what else will be available? Hybrid and electric cars are revolutionizing the automotive landscape, offering a myriad of advantages that extend beyond the traditional internal combustion engine. One of the primary benefits is environmental sustainability. Electric cars produce zero tailpipe emissions, significantly reducing air pollution and carbon footprint. As the world grapples with climate change, the shift towards electric vehicles is a crucial step in mitigating environmental impact. Furthermore, these vehicles contribute to energy efficiency. Hybrid cars combine an internal combustion engine with an electric motor, optimizing fuel consumption and reducing reliance on fossil fuels. Electric cars, relying solely on electric power, boast high energy efficiency and cost savings over time. With advancements in battery technology, electric cars now offer extended ranges and faster charging times, addressing concerns about range anxiety. Beyond environmental and economic advantages, hybrid and electric cars provide a smoother and quieter driving experience. The instant torque delivery in electric motors enhances acceleration, making these vehicles not only eco-friendly but also performance-oriented. As governments worldwide incentivise the adoption of cleaner technologies, the advantages of hybrid and electric cars position them as the driving force in the future of sustainable and efficient transportation. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager (Updated and Revised Edition) by Suzette Blakemore, Kory Kogon</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager (Updated and Revised Edition)
Author: Suzette Blakemore, Kory Kogon
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No project management training? No problem! In today&amp;#039;s workplace, employees are routinely expected to coordinate and manage projects. Yet, chances are, you aren&amp;#039;t formally trained in managing projects — you&amp;#039;re an unofficial project manager.  Franklin Covey experts Kory Kogon and Suzette Blakemore understand the importance of leadership in project completion and explain that people are crucial in the formula for success. This updated and revised edition of Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager offers practical, real-world insights for effective project management and guides you through the essentials of the people and project management Initiate Plan Execute Monitor.  Unofficial project managers in any arena will benefit from the accessible, engaging real-life anecdotes, memorable Project Management Proverbs and quick reviews at the end of each chapter. If you&amp;#039;re struggling to keep your projects organized, this audiobook is for you. If you manage projects without the benefit of a team, this audiobook is also for you.  Change the way you think about project management — project manager may not be your official title or necessarily your dream job, but with the right strategies, you can excel. This audiobook is masterfully narrated by Teri Schnaubelt.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2024 Franklin Covey Co. (P)2024 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC</description>
      <author>Suzette Blakemore, Kory Kogon</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666669398.mp3" length="863054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666669398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager (Updated and Revised Edition)
Author: Suzette Blakemore, Kory Kogon
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No project management training? No problem! In today&amp;#039;s workplace, employees are routinely expected to coordinate and manage projects. Yet, chances are, you aren&amp;#039;t formally trained in managing projects — you&amp;#039;re an unofficial project manager.  Franklin Covey experts Kory Kogon and Suzette Blakemore understand the importance of leadership in project completion and explain that people are crucial in the formula for success. This updated and revised edition of Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager offers practical, real-world insights for effective project management and guides you through the essentials of the people and project management Initiate Plan Execute Monitor.  Unofficial project managers in any arena will benefit from the accessible, engaging real-life anecdotes, memorable Project Management Proverbs and quick reviews at the end of each chapter. If you&amp;#039;re struggling to keep your projects organized, this audiobook is for you. If you manage projects without the benefit of a team, this audiobook is also for you.  Change the way you think about project management — project manager may not be your official title or necessarily your dream job, but with the right strategies, you can excel. This audiobook is masterfully narrated by Teri Schnaubelt.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2024 Franklin Covey Co. (P)2024 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787750</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager (Updated and Revised Edition)
Author: Suzette Blakemore, Kory Kogon
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: June  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
No project management training? No problem! In today&amp;#039;s workplace, employees are routinely expected to coordinate and manage projects. Yet, chances are, you aren&amp;#039;t formally trained in managing projects — you&amp;#039;re an unofficial project manager.  Franklin Covey experts Kory Kogon and Suzette Blakemore understand the importance of leadership in project completion and explain that people are crucial in the formula for success. This updated and revised edition of Project Management for the Unofficial Project Manager offers practical, real-world insights for effective project management and guides you through the essentials of the people and project management Initiate Plan Execute Monitor.  Unofficial project managers in any arena will benefit from the accessible, engaging real-life anecdotes, memorable Project Management Proverbs and quick reviews at the end of each chapter. If you&amp;#039;re struggling to keep your projects organized, this audiobook is for you. If you manage projects without the benefit of a team, this audiobook is also for you.  Change the way you think about project management — project manager may not be your official title or necessarily your dream job, but with the right strategies, you can excel. This audiobook is masterfully narrated by Teri Schnaubelt.  Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont. ©2024 Franklin Covey Co. (P)2024 Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, LLC</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[French] - Vaincre l&amp;#039;addiction aux écrans.: Guide familial pour un équilibre numérique. by Martin Silversmith Lefebvre, Lucette Provost</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vaincre l&amp;#039;addiction aux écrans.: Guide familial pour un équilibre numérique.
Author: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre, Lucette Provost
Narrator: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
En ouvrant ces pages, vous découvrirez des moyens de renforcer les liens familiaux perturbés par les distractions numériques. Il vous permettra de réengager vos enfants et vos adolescents dans le monde réel qui les entoure.  Grâce à une approche fondée sur une saine communication, vous apprendrez à établir un dialogue ouvert et respectueux avec vos enfants. Vous transformerez les conflits autour du temps d’écran en opportunités de connexion et de compréhension mutuelle. Avec ses expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial est d’établir le dialogue et la complicité entre les parents et leurs enfants. Rejoignez d&amp;#039;autres parents dans cette quête d&amp;#039;un équilibre familial où la technologie enrichit sans dominer. Découvrez comment créer un espace où chaque membre de la famille peut s&amp;#039;épanouir, au-delà des écrans. À propos de l&amp;#039;auteur: Avec des expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial.  «Forte de mes 25 années d’expérience auprès des jeunes, je recommande vivement cet ouvrage. Vaincre l’addiction aux écrans se révèle être le guide indispensable pour les parents cherchant à rétablir l&amp;#039;équilibre.» -Lucette Provost, baccalauréat en psychoéducation-</description>
      <author>Martin Silversmith Lefebvre, Lucette Provost</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9782925491026.mp3" length="1553763" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9782925491026.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vaincre l&amp;#039;addiction aux écrans.: Guide familial pour un équilibre numérique.
Author: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre, Lucette Provost
Narrator: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
En ouvrant ces pages, vous découvrirez des moyens de renforcer les liens familiaux perturbés par les distractions numériques. Il vous permettra de réengager vos enfants et vos adolescents dans le monde réel qui les entoure.  Grâce à une approche fondée sur une saine communication, vous apprendrez à établir un dialogue ouvert et respectueux avec vos enfants. Vous transformerez les conflits autour du temps d’écran en opportunités de connexion et de compréhension mutuelle. Avec ses expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial est d’établir le dialogue et la complicité entre les parents et leurs enfants. Rejoignez d&amp;#039;autres parents dans cette quête d&amp;#039;un équilibre familial où la technologie enrichit sans dominer. Découvrez comment créer un espace où chaque membre de la famille peut s&amp;#039;épanouir, au-delà des écrans. À propos de l&amp;#039;auteur: Avec des expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial.  «Forte de mes 25 années d’expérience auprès des jeunes, je recommande vivement cet ouvrage. Vaincre l’addiction aux écrans se révèle être le guide indispensable pour les parents cherchant à rétablir l&amp;#039;équilibre.» -Lucette Provost, baccalauréat en psychoéducation-</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [French] - Vaincre l&amp;#039;addiction aux écrans.: Guide familial pour un équilibre numérique.
Author: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre, Lucette Provost
Narrator: Martin Silversmith Lefebvre
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 39 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
En ouvrant ces pages, vous découvrirez des moyens de renforcer les liens familiaux perturbés par les distractions numériques. Il vous permettra de réengager vos enfants et vos adolescents dans le monde réel qui les entoure.  Grâce à une approche fondée sur une saine communication, vous apprendrez à établir un dialogue ouvert et respectueux avec vos enfants. Vous transformerez les conflits autour du temps d’écran en opportunités de connexion et de compréhension mutuelle. Avec ses expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial est d’établir le dialogue et la complicité entre les parents et leurs enfants. Rejoignez d&amp;#039;autres parents dans cette quête d&amp;#039;un équilibre familial où la technologie enrichit sans dominer. Découvrez comment créer un espace où chaque membre de la famille peut s&amp;#039;épanouir, au-delà des écrans. À propos de l&amp;#039;auteur: Avec des expériences diversifiées en tant que concepteur d&amp;#039;initiatives numériques pour enfants et père impliqué, Martin Silversmith Lefebvre apporte une perspective unique sur les enjeux de la parentalité à l&amp;#039;ère de la technologie. Sa carrière d&amp;#039;artiste de cirque lui a aussi offert l&amp;#039;opportunité de travailler directement avec des enfants de tous âges. C’est ainsi qu’il a découvert que la toute première clé pour trouver l’équilibre familial.  «Forte de mes 25 années d’expérience auprès des jeunes, je recommande vivement cet ouvrage. Vaincre l’addiction aux écrans se révèle être le guide indispensable pour les parents cherchant à rétablir l&amp;#039;équilibre.» -Lucette Provost, baccalauréat en psychoéducation-</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game by Chelsea Dunnett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game
Author: Chelsea Dunnett
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game Unlock the doors to Instagram mastery and become an influential force in the digital realm with &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your definitive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of Instagram, providing you with proven tactics for branding and growth that will elevate your Instagram game to new heights. In the era of visual storytelling, Instagram has emerged as a powerhouse platform, connecting individuals, businesses, and creators from around the globe. &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook&amp;#039; is your secret weapon, designed to equip you with the knowledge, strategies, and techniques required to stand out in the bustling digital crowd. Dive into a wealth of insights, from crafting a captivating Instagram bio and curating an aesthetic feed to optimizing hashtags, engaging with your audience, and leveraging Instagram&amp;#039;s powerful features to your advantage. Discover how to harness the art of storytelling through visuals, captivating captions, and strategic posting schedules that captivate your followers&amp;#039; attention. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business seeking to expand your digital presence, an aspiring influencer looking to make your mark, or an individual seeking to share your passions, This will be your ultimate playbook for success, guiding you through every step of your journey to Instagram excellence. Your online legacy starts here.</description>
      <author>Chelsea Dunnett</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875136702.mp3" length="817013" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875136702.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game
Author: Chelsea Dunnett
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game Unlock the doors to Instagram mastery and become an influential force in the digital realm with &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your definitive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of Instagram, providing you with proven tactics for branding and growth that will elevate your Instagram game to new heights. In the era of visual storytelling, Instagram has emerged as a powerhouse platform, connecting individuals, businesses, and creators from around the globe. &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook&amp;#039; is your secret weapon, designed to equip you with the knowledge, strategies, and techniques required to stand out in the bustling digital crowd. Dive into a wealth of insights, from crafting a captivating Instagram bio and curating an aesthetic feed to optimizing hashtags, engaging with your audience, and leveraging Instagram&amp;#039;s powerful features to your advantage. Discover how to harness the art of storytelling through visuals, captivating captions, and strategic posting schedules that captivate your followers&amp;#039; attention. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business seeking to expand your digital presence, an aspiring influencer looking to make your mark, or an individual seeking to share your passions, This will be your ultimate playbook for success, guiding you through every step of your journey to Instagram excellence. Your online legacy starts here.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787628</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game
Author: Chelsea Dunnett
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: May 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Instagram Playbook: Cracking the Code to Instagram Excellence. Learn Proven Tactics for Branding and Growth to Elevate Your Instagram Game Unlock the doors to Instagram mastery and become an influential force in the digital realm with &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This audiobook is your definitive guide to navigating the dynamic landscape of Instagram, providing you with proven tactics for branding and growth that will elevate your Instagram game to new heights. In the era of visual storytelling, Instagram has emerged as a powerhouse platform, connecting individuals, businesses, and creators from around the globe. &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook&amp;#039; is your secret weapon, designed to equip you with the knowledge, strategies, and techniques required to stand out in the bustling digital crowd. Dive into a wealth of insights, from crafting a captivating Instagram bio and curating an aesthetic feed to optimizing hashtags, engaging with your audience, and leveraging Instagram&amp;#039;s powerful features to your advantage. Discover how to harness the art of storytelling through visuals, captivating captions, and strategic posting schedules that captivate your followers&amp;#039; attention. Whether you&amp;#039;re a business seeking to expand your digital presence, an aspiring influencer looking to make your mark, or an individual seeking to share your passions, This will be your ultimate playbook for success, guiding you through every step of your journey to Instagram excellence. Your online legacy starts here.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook by Chelsea Dunnett, Melanie Savard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook
Author: Chelsea Dunnett, Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook Elevate your digital presence and master the art of online branding with the &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This essential audiobook bundle is designed to guide you through the complexities of digital marketing and social media to help you create a powerful and recognizable brand online. Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business Discover the strategies that top businesses use to thrive on social media. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to building a robust social media marketing strategy from the ground up. Learn how to effectively connect with your audience, create compelling content, and leverage various platforms to broadcast your brand&amp;#039;s message. Understand the analytics behind social media impacts and use this data to optimize your campaigns for maximum engagement and conversion. Instagram Playbook Delve into the specifics of one of the most influential social media platforms with the &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This guide offers detailed insights into creating a dynamic Instagram presence that captivates and grows your audience. Learn how to craft stunning visuals, engage with followers through stories and posts, and convert your Instagram traffic into loyal customers. From aesthetic cohesion to algorithm hacks, this playbook covers all the bases to not just compete but stand out on Instagram. The &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack&amp;#039; is perfect for entrepreneurs, marketers, brand managers, and anyone looking to enhance their digital marketing skills. With practical, actionable advice and the latest strategies in digital branding, this bundle is your roadmap to achieving outstanding visibility and success in the digital world. Listen today to start transforming your digital marketing efforts and propel your brand to new heights.</description>
      <author>Chelsea Dunnett, Melanie Savard</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875137181.mp3" length="1346612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875137181.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook
Author: Chelsea Dunnett, Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook Elevate your digital presence and master the art of online branding with the &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This essential audiobook bundle is designed to guide you through the complexities of digital marketing and social media to help you create a powerful and recognizable brand online. Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business Discover the strategies that top businesses use to thrive on social media. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to building a robust social media marketing strategy from the ground up. Learn how to effectively connect with your audience, create compelling content, and leverage various platforms to broadcast your brand&amp;#039;s message. Understand the analytics behind social media impacts and use this data to optimize your campaigns for maximum engagement and conversion. Instagram Playbook Delve into the specifics of one of the most influential social media platforms with the &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This guide offers detailed insights into creating a dynamic Instagram presence that captivates and grows your audience. Learn how to craft stunning visuals, engage with followers through stories and posts, and convert your Instagram traffic into loyal customers. From aesthetic cohesion to algorithm hacks, this playbook covers all the bases to not just compete but stand out on Instagram. The &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack&amp;#039; is perfect for entrepreneurs, marketers, brand managers, and anyone looking to enhance their digital marketing skills. With practical, actionable advice and the latest strategies in digital branding, this bundle is your roadmap to achieving outstanding visibility and success in the digital world. Listen today to start transforming your digital marketing efforts and propel your brand to new heights.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/787616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook
Author: Chelsea Dunnett, Melanie Savard
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Digital Branding Power Pack Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook Elevate your digital presence and master the art of online branding with the &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack, 2 in 1 Bundle: Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business and Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This essential audiobook bundle is designed to guide you through the complexities of digital marketing and social media to help you create a powerful and recognizable brand online. Social Media Marketing Strategy for Business Discover the strategies that top businesses use to thrive on social media. This audiobook provides a comprehensive guide to building a robust social media marketing strategy from the ground up. Learn how to effectively connect with your audience, create compelling content, and leverage various platforms to broadcast your brand&amp;#039;s message. Understand the analytics behind social media impacts and use this data to optimize your campaigns for maximum engagement and conversion. Instagram Playbook Delve into the specifics of one of the most influential social media platforms with the &amp;#039;Instagram Playbook.&amp;#039; This guide offers detailed insights into creating a dynamic Instagram presence that captivates and grows your audience. Learn how to craft stunning visuals, engage with followers through stories and posts, and convert your Instagram traffic into loyal customers. From aesthetic cohesion to algorithm hacks, this playbook covers all the bases to not just compete but stand out on Instagram. The &amp;#039;Digital Branding Power Pack&amp;#039; is perfect for entrepreneurs, marketers, brand managers, and anyone looking to enhance their digital marketing skills. With practical, actionable advice and the latest strategies in digital branding, this bundle is your roadmap to achieving outstanding visibility and success in the digital world. Listen today to start transforming your digital marketing efforts and propel your brand to new heights.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI Snake Oil: What Artificial Intelligence Can Do, What It Can&amp;#039;t, and How to Tell the Difference by Sayash Kapoor, Arvind Narayanan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI Snake Oil: What Artificial Intelligence Can Do, What It Can&amp;#039;t, and How to Tell the Difference
Author: Sayash Kapoor, Arvind Narayanan
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Landon Woodson reveals what you need to know about AI—and how to defend yourself against bogus AI claims and products Comes with a bonus track featuring an illuminating discussion by Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor Confused about AI and worried about what it means for your future and the future of the world? You&amp;#039;re not alone. AI is everywhere—and few things are surrounded by so much hype, misinformation, and misunderstanding. In AI Snake Oil, computer scientists Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor cut through the confusion to give you an essential understanding of how AI works, why it often doesn&amp;#039;t, where it might be useful or harmful, and when you should suspect that companies are using AI hype to sell AI snake oil—products that don&amp;#039;t work, and probably never will. While acknowledging the potential of some AI, such as ChatGPT, AI Snake Oil uncovers rampant misleading claims about the capabilities of AI and describes the serious harms AI is already causing in how it&amp;#039;s being built, marketed, and used in areas such as education, medicine, hiring, banking, insurance, and criminal justice. The book explains the crucial differences between types of AI, why organizations are falling for AI snake oil, why AI can&amp;#039;t fix social media, why AI isn&amp;#039;t an existential risk, and why we should be far more worried about what people will do with AI than about anything AI will do on its own. The book also warns of the dangers of a world where AI continues to be controlled by largely unaccountable big tech companies. By revealing AI&amp;#039;s limits and real risks, AI Snake Oil will help you make better decisions about whether and how to use AI at work and home.</description>
      <author>Sayash Kapoor, Arvind Narayanan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780691269313.mp3" length="1133398" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780691269313.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI Snake Oil: What Artificial Intelligence Can Do, What It Can&amp;#039;t, and How to Tell the Difference
Author: Sayash Kapoor, Arvind Narayanan
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Landon Woodson reveals what you need to know about AI—and how to defend yourself against bogus AI claims and products Comes with a bonus track featuring an illuminating discussion by Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor Confused about AI and worried about what it means for your future and the future of the world? You&amp;#039;re not alone. AI is everywhere—and few things are surrounded by so much hype, misinformation, and misunderstanding. In AI Snake Oil, computer scientists Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor cut through the confusion to give you an essential understanding of how AI works, why it often doesn&amp;#039;t, where it might be useful or harmful, and when you should suspect that companies are using AI hype to sell AI snake oil—products that don&amp;#039;t work, and probably never will. While acknowledging the potential of some AI, such as ChatGPT, AI Snake Oil uncovers rampant misleading claims about the capabilities of AI and describes the serious harms AI is already causing in how it&amp;#039;s being built, marketed, and used in areas such as education, medicine, hiring, banking, insurance, and criminal justice. The book explains the crucial differences between types of AI, why organizations are falling for AI snake oil, why AI can&amp;#039;t fix social media, why AI isn&amp;#039;t an existential risk, and why we should be far more worried about what people will do with AI than about anything AI will do on its own. The book also warns of the dangers of a world where AI continues to be controlled by largely unaccountable big tech companies. By revealing AI&amp;#039;s limits and real risks, AI Snake Oil will help you make better decisions about whether and how to use AI at work and home.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786698</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI Snake Oil: What Artificial Intelligence Can Do, What It Can&amp;#039;t, and How to Tell the Difference
Author: Sayash Kapoor, Arvind Narayanan
Narrator: Landon Woodson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 58 minutes
Release date: September 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This audiobook narrated by Landon Woodson reveals what you need to know about AI—and how to defend yourself against bogus AI claims and products Comes with a bonus track featuring an illuminating discussion by Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor Confused about AI and worried about what it means for your future and the future of the world? You&amp;#039;re not alone. AI is everywhere—and few things are surrounded by so much hype, misinformation, and misunderstanding. In AI Snake Oil, computer scientists Arvind Narayanan and Sayash Kapoor cut through the confusion to give you an essential understanding of how AI works, why it often doesn&amp;#039;t, where it might be useful or harmful, and when you should suspect that companies are using AI hype to sell AI snake oil—products that don&amp;#039;t work, and probably never will. While acknowledging the potential of some AI, such as ChatGPT, AI Snake Oil uncovers rampant misleading claims about the capabilities of AI and describes the serious harms AI is already causing in how it&amp;#039;s being built, marketed, and used in areas such as education, medicine, hiring, banking, insurance, and criminal justice. The book explains the crucial differences between types of AI, why organizations are falling for AI snake oil, why AI can&amp;#039;t fix social media, why AI isn&amp;#039;t an existential risk, and why we should be far more worried about what people will do with AI than about anything AI will do on its own. The book also warns of the dangers of a world where AI continues to be controlled by largely unaccountable big tech companies. By revealing AI&amp;#039;s limits and real risks, AI Snake Oil will help you make better decisions about whether and how to use AI at work and home.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Renewable Energy by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Renewable Energy
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint.In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint. But it doesn’t stop there. We’ll delve into the practical steps you can take to integrate renewable energy solutions into your daily life. Whether you’re a homeowner, a business owner, or simply someone passionate about the planet, this booklet will provide you with clear, actionable advice on how to make sustainable choices that align with your goals and values. The journey towards a greener future begins with you. Together, we can harness the power of renewable energy to create a cleaner, more sustainable world for generations to come. So, let’s embark on this empowering journey, and discover how you too can make a significant difference through renewable energy! PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835466451.mp3" length="1322994" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835466451.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Renewable Energy
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint.In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint. But it doesn’t stop there. We’ll delve into the practical steps you can take to integrate renewable energy solutions into your daily life. Whether you’re a homeowner, a business owner, or simply someone passionate about the planet, this booklet will provide you with clear, actionable advice on how to make sustainable choices that align with your goals and values. The journey towards a greener future begins with you. Together, we can harness the power of renewable energy to create a cleaner, more sustainable world for generations to come. So, let’s embark on this empowering journey, and discover how you too can make a significant difference through renewable energy! PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786686</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Renewable Energy
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Michelle Marie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 17 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint.In the face of climate change and the urgent need to transition towards sustainable practices, the rôle of renewable energy has never been more critical. The good news is, you have the power to be a part of this transformative journey. Welcome to “Renewable Energy - You Can Make a Difference Too!” - a guide designed to empower you with practical knowledge and actionable steps towards a greener, more sustainable future. Within these pages, we’ll explore the diverse world of renewable energy sources, from solar and wind power to hydropower and geothermal energy. We’ll unravel the benefits they offer, not only for our environment but also for your household or business. You’ll learn how embracing renewable energy can lead to reduced energy bills, increased energy independence, and a lowered carbon footprint. But it doesn’t stop there. We’ll delve into the practical steps you can take to integrate renewable energy solutions into your daily life. Whether you’re a homeowner, a business owner, or simply someone passionate about the planet, this booklet will provide you with clear, actionable advice on how to make sustainable choices that align with your goals and values. The journey towards a greener future begins with you. Together, we can harness the power of renewable energy to create a cleaner, more sustainable world for generations to come. So, let’s embark on this empowering journey, and discover how you too can make a significant difference through renewable energy! PUBLISHER: TEKTIME</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Mind&amp;#039;s Mirror: Risk and Reward in the Age of AI by Gregory Mone, Daniela Rus</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Mirror: Risk and Reward in the Age of AI
Author: Gregory Mone, Daniela Rus
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting introduction to the true potential of AI from the director of MIT’s Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory.Imagine a technology capable of discovering new drugs in days instead of years, helping scientists map distant galaxies and decode the language of whales, and aiding the rest of us in mundane daily tasks, from drafting email responses to preparing dinner. Now consider that this same technology poses risks to our jobs and society as a whole. Artificial Intelligence is no longer science fiction; it is upending our world today. As advances in AI spark fear and confusion, The Mind’s Mirror reminds us that in spite of the very real and pressing challenges, AI is a force with enormous potential to improve human life. Computer scientist and AI researcher Daniela Rus, along with science writer Gregory Mone, offers an expert perspective as a leader in the field who has witnessed many technological hype cycles. Rus and Mone illustrate the ways in which AI can help us become more productive, knowledgeable, creative, insightful, and even empathetic, as well as the many risks associated with misuse. The Mind’s Mirror shows readers how AI works and explores what we, as individuals and as a society, must do to mitigate dangerous outcomes and ensure a positive impact for as many people as possible. The result is an accessible and lively exploration of the underlying technology and its limitations and possibilities—a book that illuminates our possible futures in the hopes of forging the best path forward.</description>
      <author>Gregory Mone, Daniela Rus</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798892746274.mp3" length="1405687" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798892746274.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Mirror: Risk and Reward in the Age of AI
Author: Gregory Mone, Daniela Rus
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting introduction to the true potential of AI from the director of MIT’s Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory.Imagine a technology capable of discovering new drugs in days instead of years, helping scientists map distant galaxies and decode the language of whales, and aiding the rest of us in mundane daily tasks, from drafting email responses to preparing dinner. Now consider that this same technology poses risks to our jobs and society as a whole. Artificial Intelligence is no longer science fiction; it is upending our world today. As advances in AI spark fear and confusion, The Mind’s Mirror reminds us that in spite of the very real and pressing challenges, AI is a force with enormous potential to improve human life. Computer scientist and AI researcher Daniela Rus, along with science writer Gregory Mone, offers an expert perspective as a leader in the field who has witnessed many technological hype cycles. Rus and Mone illustrate the ways in which AI can help us become more productive, knowledgeable, creative, insightful, and even empathetic, as well as the many risks associated with misuse. The Mind’s Mirror shows readers how AI works and explores what we, as individuals and as a society, must do to mitigate dangerous outcomes and ensure a positive impact for as many people as possible. The result is an accessible and lively exploration of the underlying technology and its limitations and possibilities—a book that illuminates our possible futures in the hopes of forging the best path forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/786404</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Mind&amp;#039;s Mirror: Risk and Reward in the Age of AI
Author: Gregory Mone, Daniela Rus
Narrator: Nan Mcnamara
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September 10, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
An exciting introduction to the true potential of AI from the director of MIT’s Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory.Imagine a technology capable of discovering new drugs in days instead of years, helping scientists map distant galaxies and decode the language of whales, and aiding the rest of us in mundane daily tasks, from drafting email responses to preparing dinner. Now consider that this same technology poses risks to our jobs and society as a whole. Artificial Intelligence is no longer science fiction; it is upending our world today. As advances in AI spark fear and confusion, The Mind’s Mirror reminds us that in spite of the very real and pressing challenges, AI is a force with enormous potential to improve human life. Computer scientist and AI researcher Daniela Rus, along with science writer Gregory Mone, offers an expert perspective as a leader in the field who has witnessed many technological hype cycles. Rus and Mone illustrate the ways in which AI can help us become more productive, knowledgeable, creative, insightful, and even empathetic, as well as the many risks associated with misuse. The Mind’s Mirror shows readers how AI works and explores what we, as individuals and as a society, must do to mitigate dangerous outcomes and ensure a positive impact for as many people as possible. The result is an accessible and lively exploration of the underlying technology and its limitations and possibilities—a book that illuminates our possible futures in the hopes of forging the best path forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die story.one Bestsellerformel: Life is a story - story.one by Hannes Steiner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die story.one Bestsellerformel: Life is a story - story.one
Author: Hannes Steiner
Narrator: Ines Deinert, Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Entfessele den Bestsellerautor in dir – die &amp;#039;Hannes Steiner story.one Methode&amp;#039;  In jedem von uns steckt ein großartiges Buch, das nur darauf wartet, die Welt zu erobern, und noch nie war das einfacher als heute. Wenn du also jemals davon geträumt hast, ein Buch zu schreiben, dann sage ich dir: Der perfekte Moment ist jetzt. Hannes Steiner &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; führt dich durch das aufregende Abenteuer der Ideenfindung, Veröffentlichung und Vermarktung eines Buches.  Was du lernen wirst:  - Die Kunst des Erzählens: Wie man eine fesselnde Story entwickelt, die Leser nicht mehr loslässt.  - Geheimnisse des Marketings: Wie man heute ein Buch effektiv promotet.  - Essenzielles Wissen: Alles, was du über das Schreiben eines Buches und eines Bestsellers wissen musst. &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; bietet dir nicht nur theoretisches Wissen, sondern auch praktische Anleitungen, die du sofort umsetzen kannst – die Essenz der langjährigen Erfahrung des zweifachen Verlegers des Jahres und visionären Gründers von story.one.  Worauf wartest du? Die besten Bücher sind noch nicht geschrieben.  story.one - Write here. Write now.</description>
      <author>Hannes Steiner</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783903715400.mp3" length="869112" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783903715400.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die story.one Bestsellerformel: Life is a story - story.one
Author: Hannes Steiner
Narrator: Ines Deinert, Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Entfessele den Bestsellerautor in dir – die &amp;#039;Hannes Steiner story.one Methode&amp;#039;  In jedem von uns steckt ein großartiges Buch, das nur darauf wartet, die Welt zu erobern, und noch nie war das einfacher als heute. Wenn du also jemals davon geträumt hast, ein Buch zu schreiben, dann sage ich dir: Der perfekte Moment ist jetzt. Hannes Steiner &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; führt dich durch das aufregende Abenteuer der Ideenfindung, Veröffentlichung und Vermarktung eines Buches.  Was du lernen wirst:  - Die Kunst des Erzählens: Wie man eine fesselnde Story entwickelt, die Leser nicht mehr loslässt.  - Geheimnisse des Marketings: Wie man heute ein Buch effektiv promotet.  - Essenzielles Wissen: Alles, was du über das Schreiben eines Buches und eines Bestsellers wissen musst. &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; bietet dir nicht nur theoretisches Wissen, sondern auch praktische Anleitungen, die du sofort umsetzen kannst – die Essenz der langjährigen Erfahrung des zweifachen Verlegers des Jahres und visionären Gründers von story.one.  Worauf wartest du? Die besten Bücher sind noch nicht geschrieben.  story.one - Write here. Write now.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/785713</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die story.one Bestsellerformel: Life is a story - story.one
Author: Hannes Steiner
Narrator: Ines Deinert, Stephan Müller
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 1 minute
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Entfessele den Bestsellerautor in dir – die &amp;#039;Hannes Steiner story.one Methode&amp;#039;  In jedem von uns steckt ein großartiges Buch, das nur darauf wartet, die Welt zu erobern, und noch nie war das einfacher als heute. Wenn du also jemals davon geträumt hast, ein Buch zu schreiben, dann sage ich dir: Der perfekte Moment ist jetzt. Hannes Steiner &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; führt dich durch das aufregende Abenteuer der Ideenfindung, Veröffentlichung und Vermarktung eines Buches.  Was du lernen wirst:  - Die Kunst des Erzählens: Wie man eine fesselnde Story entwickelt, die Leser nicht mehr loslässt.  - Geheimnisse des Marketings: Wie man heute ein Buch effektiv promotet.  - Essenzielles Wissen: Alles, was du über das Schreiben eines Buches und eines Bestsellers wissen musst. &amp;#039;Die story.one Bestsellerformel&amp;#039; bietet dir nicht nur theoretisches Wissen, sondern auch praktische Anleitungen, die du sofort umsetzen kannst – die Essenz der langjährigen Erfahrung des zweifachen Verlegers des Jahres und visionären Gründers von story.one.  Worauf wartest du? Die besten Bücher sind noch nicht geschrieben.  story.one - Write here. Write now.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Energía Renovable by Owen Jones</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Energía Renovable
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Andres Sosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Algunos aspectos de las energías renovables Espero que la información le resulte útil, precisa  y rentable. La información de este libro electrónico sobre cómo implementar una estrategia de energía sostenible en el hogar está organizada en 19 capítulos de aproximadamente 500 a 600 palabras cada uno. Espero que sea de interés para aquellos que quieran hacer algo para crear su propia energía para uso doméstico. Como beneficio adicional, le otorgo permiso para usar el contenido en su propio sitio web o en sus propios blogs y boletines, aunque es mejor si los reescribe primero con sus propias palabras. También puede dividir el libro y revender los artículos. De hecho, el único derecho que no tiene es revender o regalar el libro tal como se le entregó.</description>
      <author>Owen Jones</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788835466079.mp3" length="1251144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788835466079.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Energía Renovable
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Andres Sosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Algunos aspectos de las energías renovables Espero que la información le resulte útil, precisa  y rentable. La información de este libro electrónico sobre cómo implementar una estrategia de energía sostenible en el hogar está organizada en 19 capítulos de aproximadamente 500 a 600 palabras cada uno. Espero que sea de interés para aquellos que quieran hacer algo para crear su propia energía para uso doméstico. Como beneficio adicional, le otorgo permiso para usar el contenido en su propio sitio web o en sus propios blogs y boletines, aunque es mejor si los reescribe primero con sus propias palabras. También puede dividir el libro y revender los artículos. De hecho, el único derecho que no tiene es revender o regalar el libro tal como se le entregó.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/783738</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Energía Renovable
Author: Owen Jones
Narrator: Andres Sosa
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: May 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Algunos aspectos de las energías renovables Espero que la información le resulte útil, precisa  y rentable. La información de este libro electrónico sobre cómo implementar una estrategia de energía sostenible en el hogar está organizada en 19 capítulos de aproximadamente 500 a 600 palabras cada uno. Espero que sea de interés para aquellos que quieran hacer algo para crear su propia energía para uso doméstico. Como beneficio adicional, le otorgo permiso para usar el contenido en su propio sitio web o en sus propios blogs y boletines, aunque es mejor si los reescribe primero con sus propias palabras. También puede dividir el libro y revender los artículos. De hecho, el único derecho que no tiene es revender o regalar el libro tal como se le entregó.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Portuguese] - O cientista e o executivo: Como o iFood alavancou seus dados e usou a inteligência artificial para revolucionar seus processos, criar vantagem competitiva e se tornar um case mundial de sucesso. by Diego Barreto, Sandor Caetano</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O cientista e o executivo: Como o iFood alavancou seus dados e usou a inteligência artificial para revolucionar seus processos, criar vantagem competitiva e se tornar um case mundial de sucesso.
Author: Diego Barreto, Sandor Caetano
Narrator: Marina Faquetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tecnologia, estratégia e inovação: entenda como o Ifood se tornou um organismo vivo com resultados exponenciais e desbloqueie o poder do seu negócio! Em 2018, o iFood levantou 500 milhões de dólares, a maior captação por uma startup da América Latina até então. No desenho da estratégia, a empresa enfatizou a necessidade de acelerar o processo de evolução em direção à Inteligência Artificial. Mas como colocar isso em prática? O executivo Diego Barreto e o cientista de dados Sandor Caetano reuniram nesta obra os sucessos – e fracassos! – que tiveram ao longo da jornada de implementação de modelos de IA na maior empresa de delivery do Brasil até transformá-la em um modelo revolucionário de negócio.  Em O cientista e o executivo, você ouvirá como a habilidade de cada um deles foi essencial para aplicar a ciência no dia a dia dos negócios. Aqui, você vai aprender – profunda e intensamente – como: - Tornar a tecnologia uma aliada para criar produtos fantásticos para o consumidor; - Priorizar na cultura e no modelo de gestão a agilidade e a velocidade, em vez de se ater ao perfeccionismo e à burocracia desnecessária; - Implementar IA em uma empresa em um processo gradual e orgânico, capaz de gerar facilitações, segurança, agilidade e, principalmente, resultados estrondosos; - Superar os desafios que surgem no processo de evolução digital para alcançar de vez o sucesso na implementação de IA a partir de dez pontos práticos.Descubra com este case, como o investimento em IA proporciona que a equipe faça o mais importante: crie vantagens competitivas e lucre muito. Ouça já!</description>
      <author>Diego Barreto, Sandor Caetano</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 05 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786555445053.mp3" length="838625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786555445053.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O cientista e o executivo: Como o iFood alavancou seus dados e usou a inteligência artificial para revolucionar seus processos, criar vantagem competitiva e se tornar um case mundial de sucesso.
Author: Diego Barreto, Sandor Caetano
Narrator: Marina Faquetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tecnologia, estratégia e inovação: entenda como o Ifood se tornou um organismo vivo com resultados exponenciais e desbloqueie o poder do seu negócio! Em 2018, o iFood levantou 500 milhões de dólares, a maior captação por uma startup da América Latina até então. No desenho da estratégia, a empresa enfatizou a necessidade de acelerar o processo de evolução em direção à Inteligência Artificial. Mas como colocar isso em prática? O executivo Diego Barreto e o cientista de dados Sandor Caetano reuniram nesta obra os sucessos – e fracassos! – que tiveram ao longo da jornada de implementação de modelos de IA na maior empresa de delivery do Brasil até transformá-la em um modelo revolucionário de negócio.  Em O cientista e o executivo, você ouvirá como a habilidade de cada um deles foi essencial para aplicar a ciência no dia a dia dos negócios. Aqui, você vai aprender – profunda e intensamente – como: - Tornar a tecnologia uma aliada para criar produtos fantásticos para o consumidor; - Priorizar na cultura e no modelo de gestão a agilidade e a velocidade, em vez de se ater ao perfeccionismo e à burocracia desnecessária; - Implementar IA em uma empresa em um processo gradual e orgânico, capaz de gerar facilitações, segurança, agilidade e, principalmente, resultados estrondosos; - Superar os desafios que surgem no processo de evolução digital para alcançar de vez o sucesso na implementação de IA a partir de dez pontos práticos.Descubra com este case, como o investimento em IA proporciona que a equipe faça o mais importante: crie vantagens competitivas e lucre muito. Ouça já!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Portuguese] - O cientista e o executivo: Como o iFood alavancou seus dados e usou a inteligência artificial para revolucionar seus processos, criar vantagem competitiva e se tornar um case mundial de sucesso.
Author: Diego Barreto, Sandor Caetano
Narrator: Marina Faquetti
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 22 minutes
Release date: May  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tecnologia, estratégia e inovação: entenda como o Ifood se tornou um organismo vivo com resultados exponenciais e desbloqueie o poder do seu negócio! Em 2018, o iFood levantou 500 milhões de dólares, a maior captação por uma startup da América Latina até então. No desenho da estratégia, a empresa enfatizou a necessidade de acelerar o processo de evolução em direção à Inteligência Artificial. Mas como colocar isso em prática? O executivo Diego Barreto e o cientista de dados Sandor Caetano reuniram nesta obra os sucessos – e fracassos! – que tiveram ao longo da jornada de implementação de modelos de IA na maior empresa de delivery do Brasil até transformá-la em um modelo revolucionário de negócio.  Em O cientista e o executivo, você ouvirá como a habilidade de cada um deles foi essencial para aplicar a ciência no dia a dia dos negócios. Aqui, você vai aprender – profunda e intensamente – como: - Tornar a tecnologia uma aliada para criar produtos fantásticos para o consumidor; - Priorizar na cultura e no modelo de gestão a agilidade e a velocidade, em vez de se ater ao perfeccionismo e à burocracia desnecessária; - Implementar IA em uma empresa em um processo gradual e orgânico, capaz de gerar facilitações, segurança, agilidade e, principalmente, resultados estrondosos; - Superar os desafios que surgem no processo de evolução digital para alcançar de vez o sucesso na implementação de IA a partir de dez pontos práticos.Descubra com este case, como o investimento em IA proporciona que a equipe faça o mais importante: crie vantagens competitivas e lucre muito. Ouça já!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Metaverse: Building the Spatial Internet / Fully Revised and Updated Edition by Matthew Ball</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metaverse: Building the Spatial Internet / Fully Revised and Updated Edition
Author: Matthew Ball
Narrator: Luis Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fully revised and updated edition of his internationally best-selling book, pioneering theorist and entrepreneur Matthew Ball goes beyond the hype cycle to present a definitive account of the future of the internet. The Metaverse, according to Ball’s industry-shaping definition, is a persistent and interconnected network of 3D virtual worlds that will eventually serve as the gateway to most online experiences and underpin much of the physical world.As Ball recounts, the Metaverse is a thirty-year-old term, and the core ideas and technologies behind it have been in development for nearly a century. Only recently, however, did this fantastical concept begin to leap from the pages of science fiction and depths of national research labs to the forefront of consumer technology, industrial engineering, healthcare, education, dating, and more.From the history of video games and virtual reality to “proto-metaverses” such as Second Life, Fortnite, and Roblox to Generative AI and the groundbreaking films and television series of the Walt Disney Company, Ball points out that the Metaverse is already emerging around us (and doesn’t require a headset). Still, there are many breakthroughs required to fully realize the Metaverse, and he describes each in approachable but expert detail. Ball also lays out how governmental policy, the philosophy of Big Tech leaders, artificial general intelligence, economics, and human rights will shape the development of the Metaverse.Famous for his ability to bring clarity to complex and misunderstood topics, Ball demonstrates that the race to build the Metaverse—also known as the “spatial” or “immersive” internet—is only accelerating. The Metaverse will endure as an indispensable guide for enthusiasts, tech aficionados, and anyone curious about the profound transformations underway in our increasingly interconnected world.“Matthew is one of the most thoughtful writers about the future of computing. This edition captures a bunch of the breakthroughs we’re seeing across the industry, especially around the convergence of AI and the Metaverse.”—Mark Zuckerberg, founder and CEO, Meta</description>
      <author>Matthew Ball</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798892742481.mp3" length="1447974" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798892742481.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>17:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metaverse: Building the Spatial Internet / Fully Revised and Updated Edition
Author: Matthew Ball
Narrator: Luis Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fully revised and updated edition of his internationally best-selling book, pioneering theorist and entrepreneur Matthew Ball goes beyond the hype cycle to present a definitive account of the future of the internet. The Metaverse, according to Ball’s industry-shaping definition, is a persistent and interconnected network of 3D virtual worlds that will eventually serve as the gateway to most online experiences and underpin much of the physical world.As Ball recounts, the Metaverse is a thirty-year-old term, and the core ideas and technologies behind it have been in development for nearly a century. Only recently, however, did this fantastical concept begin to leap from the pages of science fiction and depths of national research labs to the forefront of consumer technology, industrial engineering, healthcare, education, dating, and more.From the history of video games and virtual reality to “proto-metaverses” such as Second Life, Fortnite, and Roblox to Generative AI and the groundbreaking films and television series of the Walt Disney Company, Ball points out that the Metaverse is already emerging around us (and doesn’t require a headset). Still, there are many breakthroughs required to fully realize the Metaverse, and he describes each in approachable but expert detail. Ball also lays out how governmental policy, the philosophy of Big Tech leaders, artificial general intelligence, economics, and human rights will shape the development of the Metaverse.Famous for his ability to bring clarity to complex and misunderstood topics, Ball demonstrates that the race to build the Metaverse—also known as the “spatial” or “immersive” internet—is only accelerating. The Metaverse will endure as an indispensable guide for enthusiasts, tech aficionados, and anyone curious about the profound transformations underway in our increasingly interconnected world.“Matthew is one of the most thoughtful writers about the future of computing. This edition captures a bunch of the breakthroughs we’re seeing across the industry, especially around the convergence of AI and the Metaverse.”—Mark Zuckerberg, founder and CEO, Meta</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778274</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Metaverse: Building the Spatial Internet / Fully Revised and Updated Edition
Author: Matthew Ball
Narrator: Luis Moreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 17 hours 40 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In this fully revised and updated edition of his internationally best-selling book, pioneering theorist and entrepreneur Matthew Ball goes beyond the hype cycle to present a definitive account of the future of the internet. The Metaverse, according to Ball’s industry-shaping definition, is a persistent and interconnected network of 3D virtual worlds that will eventually serve as the gateway to most online experiences and underpin much of the physical world.As Ball recounts, the Metaverse is a thirty-year-old term, and the core ideas and technologies behind it have been in development for nearly a century. Only recently, however, did this fantastical concept begin to leap from the pages of science fiction and depths of national research labs to the forefront of consumer technology, industrial engineering, healthcare, education, dating, and more.From the history of video games and virtual reality to “proto-metaverses” such as Second Life, Fortnite, and Roblox to Generative AI and the groundbreaking films and television series of the Walt Disney Company, Ball points out that the Metaverse is already emerging around us (and doesn’t require a headset). Still, there are many breakthroughs required to fully realize the Metaverse, and he describes each in approachable but expert detail. Ball also lays out how governmental policy, the philosophy of Big Tech leaders, artificial general intelligence, economics, and human rights will shape the development of the Metaverse.Famous for his ability to bring clarity to complex and misunderstood topics, Ball demonstrates that the race to build the Metaverse—also known as the “spatial” or “immersive” internet—is only accelerating. The Metaverse will endure as an indispensable guide for enthusiasts, tech aficionados, and anyone curious about the profound transformations underway in our increasingly interconnected world.“Matthew is one of the most thoughtful writers about the future of computing. This edition captures a bunch of the breakthroughs we’re seeing across the industry, especially around the convergence of AI and the Metaverse.”—Mark Zuckerberg, founder and CEO, Meta</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - KI Exzellenz: Erfolgsfaktoren im Management jenseits des Hypes. Zukunftstechnologien verstehen und künstliche Intelligenz erfolgreich in der Arbeitswelt nutzen. by Tawia Odoi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - KI Exzellenz: Erfolgsfaktoren im Management jenseits des Hypes. Zukunftstechnologien verstehen und künstliche Intelligenz erfolgreich in der Arbeitswelt nutzen.
Author: Tawia Odoi
Narrator: Benjamin Plath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Obwohl Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) derzeit in aller Munde ist, setzen bislang nur wenige Unternehmen die Technologie wirklich erfolgreich ein. Der Experte für KI-Implementierung im Unternehmen Dr. Tawia Odoi erklärt verständlich, was sich hinter KI verbirgt und welche immensen Vorteile sie gegenüber herkömmlicher Software bietet. Ihm geht es darum, Berührungsängste abzubauen und KI endlich zu verstehen und anzuwenden. Sein Hörbuch zeigt die treibenden Kräfte auf und benennt auch mögliche Hindernisse. Sie erfahren, welche Strukturen, Prozesse und Fähigkeiten für eine erfolgreiche Transformation erforderlich sind, wie Sie Künstliche Intelligenz gewinnbringend in Ihrem Unternehmen einsetzen können und diesen Einsatz in Abhängigkeit vom KI-Reifegrad erfolgreich weiter ausbauen. Inhalte: - Die transformative Macht der Künstlichen Intelligenz - Die vier Säulen der Innovationskraft - Playbook mit sechs Erfolgsfaktoren zur KI-Integration - Einführung von KI: Plan und Start - Die KI-Wertkette: Was verschiedene Anbieter für uns leisten können - Bedrohte Jobs und Karrierestrategien</description>
      <author>Tawia Odoi</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4099995434668.mp3" length="848218" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4099995434668.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - KI Exzellenz: Erfolgsfaktoren im Management jenseits des Hypes. Zukunftstechnologien verstehen und künstliche Intelligenz erfolgreich in der Arbeitswelt nutzen.
Author: Tawia Odoi
Narrator: Benjamin Plath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Obwohl Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) derzeit in aller Munde ist, setzen bislang nur wenige Unternehmen die Technologie wirklich erfolgreich ein. Der Experte für KI-Implementierung im Unternehmen Dr. Tawia Odoi erklärt verständlich, was sich hinter KI verbirgt und welche immensen Vorteile sie gegenüber herkömmlicher Software bietet. Ihm geht es darum, Berührungsängste abzubauen und KI endlich zu verstehen und anzuwenden. Sein Hörbuch zeigt die treibenden Kräfte auf und benennt auch mögliche Hindernisse. Sie erfahren, welche Strukturen, Prozesse und Fähigkeiten für eine erfolgreiche Transformation erforderlich sind, wie Sie Künstliche Intelligenz gewinnbringend in Ihrem Unternehmen einsetzen können und diesen Einsatz in Abhängigkeit vom KI-Reifegrad erfolgreich weiter ausbauen. Inhalte: - Die transformative Macht der Künstlichen Intelligenz - Die vier Säulen der Innovationskraft - Playbook mit sechs Erfolgsfaktoren zur KI-Integration - Einführung von KI: Plan und Start - Die KI-Wertkette: Was verschiedene Anbieter für uns leisten können - Bedrohte Jobs und Karrierestrategien</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/778067</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - KI Exzellenz: Erfolgsfaktoren im Management jenseits des Hypes. Zukunftstechnologien verstehen und künstliche Intelligenz erfolgreich in der Arbeitswelt nutzen.
Author: Tawia Odoi
Narrator: Benjamin Plath
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 46 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Obwohl Künstliche Intelligenz (KI) derzeit in aller Munde ist, setzen bislang nur wenige Unternehmen die Technologie wirklich erfolgreich ein. Der Experte für KI-Implementierung im Unternehmen Dr. Tawia Odoi erklärt verständlich, was sich hinter KI verbirgt und welche immensen Vorteile sie gegenüber herkömmlicher Software bietet. Ihm geht es darum, Berührungsängste abzubauen und KI endlich zu verstehen und anzuwenden. Sein Hörbuch zeigt die treibenden Kräfte auf und benennt auch mögliche Hindernisse. Sie erfahren, welche Strukturen, Prozesse und Fähigkeiten für eine erfolgreiche Transformation erforderlich sind, wie Sie Künstliche Intelligenz gewinnbringend in Ihrem Unternehmen einsetzen können und diesen Einsatz in Abhängigkeit vom KI-Reifegrad erfolgreich weiter ausbauen. Inhalte: - Die transformative Macht der Künstlichen Intelligenz - Die vier Säulen der Innovationskraft - Playbook mit sechs Erfolgsfaktoren zur KI-Integration - Einführung von KI: Plan und Start - Die KI-Wertkette: Was verschiedene Anbieter für uns leisten können - Bedrohte Jobs und Karrierestrategien</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Off the Tracks: A Meditation on Train Journeys in a Time of No Travel by Pamela Mulloy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Tracks: A Meditation on Train Journeys in a Time of No Travel
Author: Pamela Mulloy
Narrator: Jennifer Wigmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train travel is having a renaissance. Grand old routes that had been canceled, or were moldering in neglect, have been refurbished as destinations in themselves. The Rocky Mountaineer, the Orient Express, and the Trans-Siberian Railroad run again in all their glory.  		Pamela Mulloy has always loved train travel. Whether returning to the Maritimes every year with her daughter on the Ocean, or taking her family across Europe to Poland, trains have been a linchpin of her life. As COVID locked us down, Mulloy began an imaginary journey that recalled the trips she has taken, as well as those of others. Whether it was Mary Wollstonecraft traveling alone to Sweden in the late 1700s, or the incident that had Charles Dickens forever fearful of trains, or the famous actress Sarah Bernhardt trapped in her carriage in a midwestern blizzard in the 1890s, or Sir John A. Macdonald’s wife daring to cross the Rockies tied to the cowcatcher at the front of the train, the stories explore the odd mix of adventure and contemplation that travel permits.  		Thoughtful, observant, and fun, Off the Tracks is the perfect blend of research and personal experience that, like a good train ride, will whisk you into another world.</description>
      <author>Pamela Mulloy</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781778523434.mp3" length="1269053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781778523434.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Tracks: A Meditation on Train Journeys in a Time of No Travel
Author: Pamela Mulloy
Narrator: Jennifer Wigmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train travel is having a renaissance. Grand old routes that had been canceled, or were moldering in neglect, have been refurbished as destinations in themselves. The Rocky Mountaineer, the Orient Express, and the Trans-Siberian Railroad run again in all their glory.  		Pamela Mulloy has always loved train travel. Whether returning to the Maritimes every year with her daughter on the Ocean, or taking her family across Europe to Poland, trains have been a linchpin of her life. As COVID locked us down, Mulloy began an imaginary journey that recalled the trips she has taken, as well as those of others. Whether it was Mary Wollstonecraft traveling alone to Sweden in the late 1700s, or the incident that had Charles Dickens forever fearful of trains, or the famous actress Sarah Bernhardt trapped in her carriage in a midwestern blizzard in the 1890s, or Sir John A. Macdonald’s wife daring to cross the Rockies tied to the cowcatcher at the front of the train, the stories explore the odd mix of adventure and contemplation that travel permits.  		Thoughtful, observant, and fun, Off the Tracks is the perfect blend of research and personal experience that, like a good train ride, will whisk you into another world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777969</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Off the Tracks: A Meditation on Train Journeys in a Time of No Travel
Author: Pamela Mulloy
Narrator: Jennifer Wigmore
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Train travel is having a renaissance. Grand old routes that had been canceled, or were moldering in neglect, have been refurbished as destinations in themselves. The Rocky Mountaineer, the Orient Express, and the Trans-Siberian Railroad run again in all their glory.  		Pamela Mulloy has always loved train travel. Whether returning to the Maritimes every year with her daughter on the Ocean, or taking her family across Europe to Poland, trains have been a linchpin of her life. As COVID locked us down, Mulloy began an imaginary journey that recalled the trips she has taken, as well as those of others. Whether it was Mary Wollstonecraft traveling alone to Sweden in the late 1700s, or the incident that had Charles Dickens forever fearful of trains, or the famous actress Sarah Bernhardt trapped in her carriage in a midwestern blizzard in the 1890s, or Sir John A. Macdonald’s wife daring to cross the Rockies tied to the cowcatcher at the front of the train, the stories explore the odd mix of adventure and contemplation that travel permits.  		Thoughtful, observant, and fun, Off the Tracks is the perfect blend of research and personal experience that, like a good train ride, will whisk you into another world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Long History of the Future by Nicole Kobie</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long History of the Future
Author: Nicole Kobie
Narrator: Nicole Kobie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We love to imagine the future. But why is dramatic future technology always just around the corner, and never a reality? For decades we&amp;#039;ve delighted in dreaming about a sci-fi utopia, from flying cars and bionic humans to hoverboards; with driverless cars first proposed at the 1939 World&amp;#039;s Fair. And why not? Building a better world, be it a free-flying commute or an automated urban lifestyle is a worthy dream. Given the pace of technological change, nothing seems impossible anymore. But why are these innovations always out of reach? Delving into the remarkable history of technology, The Long History of the Future also looks at what lies ahead, showing how the origins of our technology may provide insight into how it realistically evolves. You may never be able to buy a fully driverless car, but automated braking and steering could slash collision rates. Smart cities won&amp;#039;t perfect city life, but they could help bins be emptied on time. Hyperloops may never arrive, but superfast trains could fill the gap. Looking to the future, Nicole Kobie demonstrates how despite our belief that current technology is the best it could ever be, the future always proves us wrong, and there is much to look forward to.</description>
      <author>Nicole Kobie</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004163069.mp3" length="742109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004163069.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long History of the Future
Author: Nicole Kobie
Narrator: Nicole Kobie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We love to imagine the future. But why is dramatic future technology always just around the corner, and never a reality? For decades we&amp;#039;ve delighted in dreaming about a sci-fi utopia, from flying cars and bionic humans to hoverboards; with driverless cars first proposed at the 1939 World&amp;#039;s Fair. And why not? Building a better world, be it a free-flying commute or an automated urban lifestyle is a worthy dream. Given the pace of technological change, nothing seems impossible anymore. But why are these innovations always out of reach? Delving into the remarkable history of technology, The Long History of the Future also looks at what lies ahead, showing how the origins of our technology may provide insight into how it realistically evolves. You may never be able to buy a fully driverless car, but automated braking and steering could slash collision rates. Smart cities won&amp;#039;t perfect city life, but they could help bins be emptied on time. Hyperloops may never arrive, but superfast trains could fill the gap. Looking to the future, Nicole Kobie demonstrates how despite our belief that current technology is the best it could ever be, the future always proves us wrong, and there is much to look forward to.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777387</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Long History of the Future
Author: Nicole Kobie
Narrator: Nicole Kobie
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 22, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
We love to imagine the future. But why is dramatic future technology always just around the corner, and never a reality? For decades we&amp;#039;ve delighted in dreaming about a sci-fi utopia, from flying cars and bionic humans to hoverboards; with driverless cars first proposed at the 1939 World&amp;#039;s Fair. And why not? Building a better world, be it a free-flying commute or an automated urban lifestyle is a worthy dream. Given the pace of technological change, nothing seems impossible anymore. But why are these innovations always out of reach? Delving into the remarkable history of technology, The Long History of the Future also looks at what lies ahead, showing how the origins of our technology may provide insight into how it realistically evolves. You may never be able to buy a fully driverless car, but automated braking and steering could slash collision rates. Smart cities won&amp;#039;t perfect city life, but they could help bins be emptied on time. Hyperloops may never arrive, but superfast trains could fill the gap. Looking to the future, Nicole Kobie demonstrates how despite our belief that current technology is the best it could ever be, the future always proves us wrong, and there is much to look forward to.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The American Transportation Revolution: A Social and Cultural History by Aaron W. Marrs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Transportation Revolution: A Social and Cultural History
Author: Aaron W. Marrs
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the first half of the nineteenth century, transportation in the United States underwent an extraordinary transformation. In The American Transportation Revolution, Aaron W. Marrs explores the cultural influence of steamboats and railroads, which fascinated Americans across the country. Demonstrating the wide cultural reach of steam transit, Marrs draws from an eclectic set of sources, including children&amp;#039;s books, comic almanacs, musical works, sermons, etiquette guides, cartoons, and employee rulebooks. This rich tapestry of cultural production helped &amp;#039;naturalize&amp;#039; steam technology for Americans before they ever encountered steam transit in person. Before ever seeing a railroad, Americans could read a novel that took place on a railroad, see an image of a train on currency, or purchase piano music imitating a train. These cultural artifacts made these new forms of transport feel familiar and natural. Marrs examines how cultural norms about travel emerged through the prescriptions of etiquette authors and the actions of travelers themselves, how enslaved people made innovative use of transportation networks to escape from slavery, and much more. Marrs convincingly demonstrates steam transportation&amp;#039;s broad cultural impact on the United States, and how Americans, in turn, imprinted their own meaning on this new technology.</description>
      <author>Aaron W. Marrs</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855538021.mp3" length="8505998" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855538021.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Transportation Revolution: A Social and Cultural History
Author: Aaron W. Marrs
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the first half of the nineteenth century, transportation in the United States underwent an extraordinary transformation. In The American Transportation Revolution, Aaron W. Marrs explores the cultural influence of steamboats and railroads, which fascinated Americans across the country. Demonstrating the wide cultural reach of steam transit, Marrs draws from an eclectic set of sources, including children&amp;#039;s books, comic almanacs, musical works, sermons, etiquette guides, cartoons, and employee rulebooks. This rich tapestry of cultural production helped &amp;#039;naturalize&amp;#039; steam technology for Americans before they ever encountered steam transit in person. Before ever seeing a railroad, Americans could read a novel that took place on a railroad, see an image of a train on currency, or purchase piano music imitating a train. These cultural artifacts made these new forms of transport feel familiar and natural. Marrs examines how cultural norms about travel emerged through the prescriptions of etiquette authors and the actions of travelers themselves, how enslaved people made innovative use of transportation networks to escape from slavery, and much more. Marrs convincingly demonstrates steam transportation&amp;#039;s broad cultural impact on the United States, and how Americans, in turn, imprinted their own meaning on this new technology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777188</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The American Transportation Revolution: A Social and Cultural History
Author: Aaron W. Marrs
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 19 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the first half of the nineteenth century, transportation in the United States underwent an extraordinary transformation. In The American Transportation Revolution, Aaron W. Marrs explores the cultural influence of steamboats and railroads, which fascinated Americans across the country. Demonstrating the wide cultural reach of steam transit, Marrs draws from an eclectic set of sources, including children&amp;#039;s books, comic almanacs, musical works, sermons, etiquette guides, cartoons, and employee rulebooks. This rich tapestry of cultural production helped &amp;#039;naturalize&amp;#039; steam technology for Americans before they ever encountered steam transit in person. Before ever seeing a railroad, Americans could read a novel that took place on a railroad, see an image of a train on currency, or purchase piano music imitating a train. These cultural artifacts made these new forms of transport feel familiar and natural. Marrs examines how cultural norms about travel emerged through the prescriptions of etiquette authors and the actions of travelers themselves, how enslaved people made innovative use of transportation networks to escape from slavery, and much more. Marrs convincingly demonstrates steam transportation&amp;#039;s broad cultural impact on the United States, and how Americans, in turn, imprinted their own meaning on this new technology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Changemakers: How Leaders Can Design Change in an Insanely Complex World by Maria Giuduce, Christopher Ireland</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Changemakers: How Leaders Can Design Change in an Insanely Complex World
Author: Maria Giuduce, Christopher Ireland
Narrator: Amanda Troop
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Today&amp;#039;s radically complex problems require people to lead with design.   Changemakers is an essential playbook for designers and nondesigners who want to drive change at work, at home, and in their communities. Groundbreaking designers Maria Giudice and Christopher Ireland—armed with insights from some of today&amp;#039;s top minds in business, tech, and social justice—offer a pragmatic, people–centered approach to change.   Who Should Read This Book? Changemakers can be designers, leaders, CEOs, tech people, project managers, product people—virtually anyone who wants to embrace and address change. This book will show them how to do it by clearly defining, studying, and addressing change as a design problem to be solved.</description>
      <author>Maria Giuduce, Christopher Ireland</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736727.mp3" length="8495424" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736727.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Changemakers: How Leaders Can Design Change in an Insanely Complex World
Author: Maria Giuduce, Christopher Ireland
Narrator: Amanda Troop
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Today&amp;#039;s radically complex problems require people to lead with design.   Changemakers is an essential playbook for designers and nondesigners who want to drive change at work, at home, and in their communities. Groundbreaking designers Maria Giudice and Christopher Ireland—armed with insights from some of today&amp;#039;s top minds in business, tech, and social justice—offer a pragmatic, people–centered approach to change.   Who Should Read This Book? Changemakers can be designers, leaders, CEOs, tech people, project managers, product people—virtually anyone who wants to embrace and address change. This book will show them how to do it by clearly defining, studying, and addressing change as a design problem to be solved.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777150</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Changemakers: How Leaders Can Design Change in an Insanely Complex World
Author: Maria Giuduce, Christopher Ireland
Narrator: Amanda Troop
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Today&amp;#039;s radically complex problems require people to lead with design.   Changemakers is an essential playbook for designers and nondesigners who want to drive change at work, at home, and in their communities. Groundbreaking designers Maria Giudice and Christopher Ireland—armed with insights from some of today&amp;#039;s top minds in business, tech, and social justice—offer a pragmatic, people–centered approach to change.   Who Should Read This Book? Changemakers can be designers, leaders, CEOs, tech people, project managers, product people—virtually anyone who wants to embrace and address change. This book will show them how to do it by clearly defining, studying, and addressing change as a design problem to be solved.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CompTIA Security+ Study Guide with over 500 Practice Test Questions: Exam SY0-701 (9th Edition) by David Seidl, Mike Chapple</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CompTIA Security+ Study Guide with over 500 Practice Test Questions: Exam SY0-701 (9th Edition)
Author: David Seidl, Mike Chapple
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the newly revised ninth edition of CompTIA Security+ Study Guide: Exam SY0-701, veteran cybersecurity professionals and educators Mike Chapple and David Seidl deliver easy-to-follow coverage of the security fundamentals tested by the challenging CompTIA SY0-701 exam. You&amp;#039;ll explore general security concepts, threats, vulnerabilities, mitigations, security architecture and operations, as well as security program management and oversight. You&amp;#039;ll get access to the information you need to start a new career—or advance an existing one—in cybersecurity, with efficient and accurate content. You&amp;#039;ll also find practice exams that get you ready to succeed on your first try at the real thing and help you conquer test anxiety; hundreds of review questions that gauge your readiness for the certification exam and help you retain and remember key concepts; and complimentary access to the online Sybex learning environment, complete with hundreds of additional practice questions and flashcards, and a glossary of key terms. Perfect for everyone planning to take the CompTIA SY0-701 exam, as well as those aiming to secure a higher-level certification like the CASP+, CISSP, or CISA, this study guide will also earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone who&amp;#039;s ever wondered if IT security is right for them. It&amp;#039;s a must-have reference!</description>
      <author>David Seidl, Mike Chapple</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 03 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663733108.mp3" length="2623296" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663733108.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>24:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CompTIA Security+ Study Guide with over 500 Practice Test Questions: Exam SY0-701 (9th Edition)
Author: David Seidl, Mike Chapple
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the newly revised ninth edition of CompTIA Security+ Study Guide: Exam SY0-701, veteran cybersecurity professionals and educators Mike Chapple and David Seidl deliver easy-to-follow coverage of the security fundamentals tested by the challenging CompTIA SY0-701 exam. You&amp;#039;ll explore general security concepts, threats, vulnerabilities, mitigations, security architecture and operations, as well as security program management and oversight. You&amp;#039;ll get access to the information you need to start a new career—or advance an existing one—in cybersecurity, with efficient and accurate content. You&amp;#039;ll also find practice exams that get you ready to succeed on your first try at the real thing and help you conquer test anxiety; hundreds of review questions that gauge your readiness for the certification exam and help you retain and remember key concepts; and complimentary access to the online Sybex learning environment, complete with hundreds of additional practice questions and flashcards, and a glossary of key terms. Perfect for everyone planning to take the CompTIA SY0-701 exam, as well as those aiming to secure a higher-level certification like the CASP+, CISSP, or CISA, this study guide will also earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone who&amp;#039;s ever wondered if IT security is right for them. It&amp;#039;s a must-have reference!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/777147</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CompTIA Security+ Study Guide with over 500 Practice Test Questions: Exam SY0-701 (9th Edition)
Author: David Seidl, Mike Chapple
Narrator: Ray Greenley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 24 hours 52 minutes
Release date: September  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the newly revised ninth edition of CompTIA Security+ Study Guide: Exam SY0-701, veteran cybersecurity professionals and educators Mike Chapple and David Seidl deliver easy-to-follow coverage of the security fundamentals tested by the challenging CompTIA SY0-701 exam. You&amp;#039;ll explore general security concepts, threats, vulnerabilities, mitigations, security architecture and operations, as well as security program management and oversight. You&amp;#039;ll get access to the information you need to start a new career—or advance an existing one—in cybersecurity, with efficient and accurate content. You&amp;#039;ll also find practice exams that get you ready to succeed on your first try at the real thing and help you conquer test anxiety; hundreds of review questions that gauge your readiness for the certification exam and help you retain and remember key concepts; and complimentary access to the online Sybex learning environment, complete with hundreds of additional practice questions and flashcards, and a glossary of key terms. Perfect for everyone planning to take the CompTIA SY0-701 exam, as well as those aiming to secure a higher-level certification like the CASP+, CISSP, or CISA, this study guide will also earn a place on the bookshelves of anyone who&amp;#039;s ever wondered if IT security is right for them. It&amp;#039;s a must-have reference!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan and The Evolution of Media by Paul Levinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan and The Evolution of Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote seminar, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan-whose concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man, which proposed that the media, not the content that they carry, affects the society in which it plays a role-as well as, the evolution of media over the past half-century.</description>
      <author>Paul Levinson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 24 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423198.mp3" length="577052" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423198.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan and The Evolution of Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote seminar, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan-whose concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man, which proposed that the media, not the content that they carry, affects the society in which it plays a role-as well as, the evolution of media over the past half-century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/776479</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan and The Evolution of Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: April 24, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote seminar, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan-whose concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man, which proposed that the media, not the content that they carry, affects the society in which it plays a role-as well as, the evolution of media over the past half-century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology by Anu Bradford</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology
Author: Anu Bradford
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The global battle among the three dominant digital powers—the United States, China, and the European Union—is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires, her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come. Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches—the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model—and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.</description>
      <author>Anu Bradford</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855571363.mp3" length="7889337" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855571363.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology
Author: Anu Bradford
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The global battle among the three dominant digital powers—the United States, China, and the European Union—is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires, her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come. Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches—the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model—and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775501</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Empires: The Global Battle to Regulate Technology
Author: Anu Bradford
Narrator: Nancy Peterson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 58 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The global battle among the three dominant digital powers—the United States, China, and the European Union—is intensifying. All three regimes are racing to regulate tech companies, with each advancing a competing vision for the digital economy while attempting to expand its sphere of influence in the digital world. In Digital Empires, her provocative follow-up to The Brussels Effect, Anu Bradford explores a rivalry that will shape the world in the decades to come. Across the globe, people dependent on digital technologies have become increasingly alarmed that their rapid adoption and transformation have ushered in an exceedingly concentrated economy where a few powerful companies control vast economic wealth and political power, undermine data privacy, and widen the gap between economic winners and losers. Bradford examines three competing regulatory approaches—the American market-driven model, the Chinese state-driven model, and the European rights-driven regulatory model—and discusses how governments and tech companies navigate the inevitable conflicts that arise when these regulatory approaches collide. Digital Empires lays bare the choices we face as societies and individuals, explains the forces that shape those choices, and illuminates the immense stakes involved for everyone who uses digital technologies.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ® by Jerry Kaplan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ®
Author: Jerry Kaplan
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Advances in Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) have created a new class of computer systems that exhibit astonishing proficiency on a wide variety of tasks with superhuman performance, producing novel text, images, music, and software by analyzing enormous collections of digitized information. Soon, these systems will provide expert medical care; offer legal advice; draft documents; write computer programs; tutor our children; and generate music and art. These advances will accelerate progress in science, art, and human knowledge, but they will also bring new dangers. Have we finally discovered the holy grail of AI—machines that match or exceed human intelligence? Which industries and professions will thrive, and which will wither? What risks and dangers will it pose? How can we ensure that these systems respect our ethical principles? Will the benefits be broadly distributed or accrue to a lucky few? How will GAI alter our political systems and international conflicts? Are we merely a stepping stone to a new form of non-biological life, or are we just getting better at building useful gadgets? Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know® equips listeners with the knowledge to answer these pressing questions.</description>
      <author>Jerry Kaplan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855560121.mp3" length="8319505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855560121.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ®
Author: Jerry Kaplan
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Advances in Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) have created a new class of computer systems that exhibit astonishing proficiency on a wide variety of tasks with superhuman performance, producing novel text, images, music, and software by analyzing enormous collections of digitized information. Soon, these systems will provide expert medical care; offer legal advice; draft documents; write computer programs; tutor our children; and generate music and art. These advances will accelerate progress in science, art, and human knowledge, but they will also bring new dangers. Have we finally discovered the holy grail of AI—machines that match or exceed human intelligence? Which industries and professions will thrive, and which will wither? What risks and dangers will it pose? How can we ensure that these systems respect our ethical principles? Will the benefits be broadly distributed or accrue to a lucky few? How will GAI alter our political systems and international conflicts? Are we merely a stepping stone to a new form of non-biological life, or are we just getting better at building useful gadgets? Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know® equips listeners with the knowledge to answer these pressing questions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know ®
Author: Jerry Kaplan
Narrator: Jonathan Yen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Advances in Generative Artificial Intelligence (GAI) have created a new class of computer systems that exhibit astonishing proficiency on a wide variety of tasks with superhuman performance, producing novel text, images, music, and software by analyzing enormous collections of digitized information. Soon, these systems will provide expert medical care; offer legal advice; draft documents; write computer programs; tutor our children; and generate music and art. These advances will accelerate progress in science, art, and human knowledge, but they will also bring new dangers. Have we finally discovered the holy grail of AI—machines that match or exceed human intelligence? Which industries and professions will thrive, and which will wither? What risks and dangers will it pose? How can we ensure that these systems respect our ethical principles? Will the benefits be broadly distributed or accrue to a lucky few? How will GAI alter our political systems and international conflicts? Are we merely a stepping stone to a new form of non-biological life, or are we just getting better at building useful gadgets? Generative Artificial Intelligence: What Everyone Needs to Know® equips listeners with the knowledge to answer these pressing questions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Writing is Designing: Words and the User Experience by Michael J. Metts, Andy Welfle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing is Designing: Words and the User Experience
Author: Michael J. Metts, Andy Welfle
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Without words, apps would be an unusable jumble of shapes and icons, while voice interfaces and chatbots wouldn&amp;#039;t even exist. Words make software human-centered, and require just as much thought as the branding and code. This book will show you how to give your users clarity, test your words, and collaborate with your team. You&amp;#039;ll see that writing is designing.</description>
      <author>Michael J. Metts, Andy Welfle</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736703.mp3" length="8507079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736703.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing is Designing: Words and the User Experience
Author: Michael J. Metts, Andy Welfle
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Without words, apps would be an unusable jumble of shapes and icons, while voice interfaces and chatbots wouldn&amp;#039;t even exist. Words make software human-centered, and require just as much thought as the branding and code. This book will show you how to give your users clarity, test your words, and collaborate with your team. You&amp;#039;ll see that writing is designing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Writing is Designing: Words and the User Experience
Author: Michael J. Metts, Andy Welfle
Narrator: William Sarris
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Without words, apps would be an unusable jumble of shapes and icons, while voice interfaces and chatbots wouldn&amp;#039;t even exist. Words make software human-centered, and require just as much thought as the branding and code. This book will show you how to give your users clarity, test your words, and collaborate with your team. You&amp;#039;ll see that writing is designing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial General Intelligence: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series) by Julian Togelius</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial General Intelligence: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Julian Togelius
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial intelligence surrounds us. More and more of the systems and services you interact with every day are based on AI technology. Most AI is narrowly specific; that is, it can only do a single thing, in a single context. For example, your spellchecker can&amp;#039;t do mathematics, and the world&amp;#039;s best chess-playing program can’t play Tetris. Human intelligence is different. We can solve a variety of tasks, including those we have not seen before. In Artificial General Intelligence, Julian Togelius explores technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence and asks what general AI would mean for human civilization. Togelius starts by giving examples of narrow AI that have superhuman performance in some way. He then discusses what it would mean to have general intelligence, by looking at definitions from psychology, ethology, and computer science. Next, he explores the two main families of technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence: foundation models through self-supervised learning, and open-ended learning in virtual environments. The final chapters of the book investigate potential artificial general intelligence beyond the strictly technical aspects. The questions discussed here investigate whether such general AI would be conscious, whether it would pose a risk to humanity, and how it might alter society.</description>
      <author>Julian Togelius</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663736260.mp3" length="8321031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663736260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial General Intelligence: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Julian Togelius
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial intelligence surrounds us. More and more of the systems and services you interact with every day are based on AI technology. Most AI is narrowly specific; that is, it can only do a single thing, in a single context. For example, your spellchecker can&amp;#039;t do mathematics, and the world&amp;#039;s best chess-playing program can’t play Tetris. Human intelligence is different. We can solve a variety of tasks, including those we have not seen before. In Artificial General Intelligence, Julian Togelius explores technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence and asks what general AI would mean for human civilization. Togelius starts by giving examples of narrow AI that have superhuman performance in some way. He then discusses what it would mean to have general intelligence, by looking at definitions from psychology, ethology, and computer science. Next, he explores the two main families of technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence: foundation models through self-supervised learning, and open-ended learning in virtual environments. The final chapters of the book investigate potential artificial general intelligence beyond the strictly technical aspects. The questions discussed here investigate whether such general AI would be conscious, whether it would pose a risk to humanity, and how it might alter society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775440</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial General Intelligence: (The MIT Press Essential Knowledge series)
Author: Julian Togelius
Narrator: Steve Marvel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 24 minutes
Release date: August 13, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial intelligence surrounds us. More and more of the systems and services you interact with every day are based on AI technology. Most AI is narrowly specific; that is, it can only do a single thing, in a single context. For example, your spellchecker can&amp;#039;t do mathematics, and the world&amp;#039;s best chess-playing program can’t play Tetris. Human intelligence is different. We can solve a variety of tasks, including those we have not seen before. In Artificial General Intelligence, Julian Togelius explores technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence and asks what general AI would mean for human civilization. Togelius starts by giving examples of narrow AI that have superhuman performance in some way. He then discusses what it would mean to have general intelligence, by looking at definitions from psychology, ethology, and computer science. Next, he explores the two main families of technical approaches to developing more general artificial intelligence: foundation models through self-supervised learning, and open-ended learning in virtual environments. The final chapters of the book investigate potential artificial general intelligence beyond the strictly technical aspects. The questions discussed here investigate whether such general AI would be conscious, whether it would pose a risk to humanity, and how it might alter society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health by Juan M. Lavista Ferres, William B. Weeks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health
Author: Juan M. Lavista Ferres, William B. Weeks
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health, a team of veteran Microsoft AI researchers delivers an insightful and fascinating discussion of how one of the world&amp;#039;s most recognizable software companies is tackling intractable social problems with the power of artificial intelligence (AI). In the book, you&amp;#039;ll see real in-the-field examples of researchers using AI with replicable methods and reusable AI code to inspire your own uses. The authors also provide: ● Easy-to-follow, non-technical explanations of what AI is and how it works ● Examples of the use of AI for scientists working on mitigating climate change ● Real applications of AI in humanitarian action, whether in speeding disaster relief with more accurate data for first responders or in helping address populations that have experienced adversity with examples of how analytics is being used to promote inclusivity ● A deep focus on AI in healthcare where it is improving provider productivity and patient experience, reducing per-capita healthcare costs, and increasing care access, equity, and outcomes ● Discussions of the future of AI in the realm of social benefit organizations and efforts</description>
      <author>Juan M. Lavista Ferres, William B. Weeks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735065.mp3" length="2704694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735065.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health
Author: Juan M. Lavista Ferres, William B. Weeks
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health, a team of veteran Microsoft AI researchers delivers an insightful and fascinating discussion of how one of the world&amp;#039;s most recognizable software companies is tackling intractable social problems with the power of artificial intelligence (AI). In the book, you&amp;#039;ll see real in-the-field examples of researchers using AI with replicable methods and reusable AI code to inspire your own uses. The authors also provide: ● Easy-to-follow, non-technical explanations of what AI is and how it works ● Examples of the use of AI for scientists working on mitigating climate change ● Real applications of AI in humanitarian action, whether in speeding disaster relief with more accurate data for first responders or in helping address populations that have experienced adversity with examples of how analytics is being used to promote inclusivity ● A deep focus on AI in healthcare where it is improving provider productivity and patient experience, reducing per-capita healthcare costs, and increasing care access, equity, and outcomes ● Discussions of the future of AI in the realm of social benefit organizations and efforts</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/775435</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health
Author: Juan M. Lavista Ferres, William B. Weeks
Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 20 minutes
Release date: July 23, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In AI for Good: Applications in Sustainability, Humanitarian Action, and Health, a team of veteran Microsoft AI researchers delivers an insightful and fascinating discussion of how one of the world&amp;#039;s most recognizable software companies is tackling intractable social problems with the power of artificial intelligence (AI). In the book, you&amp;#039;ll see real in-the-field examples of researchers using AI with replicable methods and reusable AI code to inspire your own uses. The authors also provide: ● Easy-to-follow, non-technical explanations of what AI is and how it works ● Examples of the use of AI for scientists working on mitigating climate change ● Real applications of AI in humanitarian action, whether in speeding disaster relief with more accurate data for first responders or in helping address populations that have experienced adversity with examples of how analytics is being used to promote inclusivity ● A deep focus on AI in healthcare where it is improving provider productivity and patient experience, reducing per-capita healthcare costs, and increasing care access, equity, and outcomes ● Discussions of the future of AI in the realm of social benefit organizations and efforts</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Theory &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; by Paul Levinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Theory &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot;
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Saint Francis College, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; proposed that the media--not the content that they carry--affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the primary focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, discusses how McLuhan&amp;#039;s ideas still hold true in today&amp;#039;s environment of social media, digital publication, and proliferation of mass communication methods.</description>
      <author>Paul Levinson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423112.mp3" length="601545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423112.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Theory &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot;
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Saint Francis College, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; proposed that the media--not the content that they carry--affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the primary focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, discusses how McLuhan&amp;#039;s ideas still hold true in today&amp;#039;s environment of social media, digital publication, and proliferation of mass communication methods.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774896</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Theory &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot;
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Saint Francis College, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s concept of &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; from his seminal book, Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. &amp;quot;The Medium Is The Message&amp;quot; proposed that the media--not the content that they carry--affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the primary focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, discusses how McLuhan&amp;#039;s ideas still hold true in today&amp;#039;s environment of social media, digital publication, and proliferation of mass communication methods.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>War of the Flea: The Classic Study of Guerrilla Warfare by Robert Taber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War of the Flea: The Classic Study of Guerrilla Warfare
Author: Robert Taber
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“The guerrilla fights the war of the flea, and his military enemy suffers the dog’s disadvantages: too much to defend; too small, ubiquitous, and agile an enemy to come to grips with.” With these words, Robert Taber began a revolution in conventional military thought that has dramatically impacted the way armed conflicts have been fought since the book’s initial publication in 1965. Whether ideological, nationalistic, or religious, all guerrilla insurgencies use similar tactics to advance their cause. War of the Flea’s timeless analysis of the guerrilla fighter’s means and methods provides a fundamental resource for any reader seeking to understand this distinct form of warfare and the challenge it continues to present to today’s armed forces in the Philippines, Colombia, and elsewhere.  This audiobook is skillfully narrated by Scott Pollak. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</description>
      <author>Robert Taber</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666664997.mp3" length="795923" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666664997.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War of the Flea: The Classic Study of Guerrilla Warfare
Author: Robert Taber
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“The guerrilla fights the war of the flea, and his military enemy suffers the dog’s disadvantages: too much to defend; too small, ubiquitous, and agile an enemy to come to grips with.” With these words, Robert Taber began a revolution in conventional military thought that has dramatically impacted the way armed conflicts have been fought since the book’s initial publication in 1965. Whether ideological, nationalistic, or religious, all guerrilla insurgencies use similar tactics to advance their cause. War of the Flea’s timeless analysis of the guerrilla fighter’s means and methods provides a fundamental resource for any reader seeking to understand this distinct form of warfare and the challenge it continues to present to today’s armed forces in the Philippines, Colombia, and elsewhere.  This audiobook is skillfully narrated by Scott Pollak. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774579</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: War of the Flea: The Classic Study of Guerrilla Warfare
Author: Robert Taber
Narrator: Scott R. Pollak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“The guerrilla fights the war of the flea, and his military enemy suffers the dog’s disadvantages: too much to defend; too small, ubiquitous, and agile an enemy to come to grips with.” With these words, Robert Taber began a revolution in conventional military thought that has dramatically impacted the way armed conflicts have been fought since the book’s initial publication in 1965. Whether ideological, nationalistic, or religious, all guerrilla insurgencies use similar tactics to advance their cause. War of the Flea’s timeless analysis of the guerrilla fighter’s means and methods provides a fundamental resource for any reader seeking to understand this distinct form of warfare and the challenge it continues to present to today’s armed forces in the Philippines, Colombia, and elsewhere.  This audiobook is skillfully narrated by Scott Pollak. Produced and published by Echo Point Books &amp;amp; Media, an independent bookseller in Brattleboro, Vermont.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Unwritten Laws of Engineering by W. J. King</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Laws of Engineering
Author: W. J. King
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Unwritten Laws of Engineering&amp;#039; by W. J. King is a seminal guide that transcends the boundaries of time with its pertinent advice for engineering professionals. Initially published in 1944, this book serves as an indispensable manual for both novice and experienced engineers, outlining essential principles for professional conduct, interpersonal relations, and career advancement within the technical and engineering spheres. King&amp;#039;s work distills complex workplace dynamics and ethical considerations into practical, actionable laws, making it an invaluable resource for understanding and navigating the multifaceted challenges of the engineering profession. Its enduring relevance is a testament to the foundational truths it encapsulates, making it a cornerstone read for those aspiring to excel in the engineering and technology sectors.</description>
      <author>W. J. King</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875126406.mp3" length="1430473" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875126406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Laws of Engineering
Author: W. J. King
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Unwritten Laws of Engineering&amp;#039; by W. J. King is a seminal guide that transcends the boundaries of time with its pertinent advice for engineering professionals. Initially published in 1944, this book serves as an indispensable manual for both novice and experienced engineers, outlining essential principles for professional conduct, interpersonal relations, and career advancement within the technical and engineering spheres. King&amp;#039;s work distills complex workplace dynamics and ethical considerations into practical, actionable laws, making it an invaluable resource for understanding and navigating the multifaceted challenges of the engineering profession. Its enduring relevance is a testament to the foundational truths it encapsulates, making it a cornerstone read for those aspiring to excel in the engineering and technology sectors.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/774253</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Unwritten Laws of Engineering
Author: W. J. King
Narrator: Yosef Kent
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 23 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;The Unwritten Laws of Engineering&amp;#039; by W. J. King is a seminal guide that transcends the boundaries of time with its pertinent advice for engineering professionals. Initially published in 1944, this book serves as an indispensable manual for both novice and experienced engineers, outlining essential principles for professional conduct, interpersonal relations, and career advancement within the technical and engineering spheres. King&amp;#039;s work distills complex workplace dynamics and ethical considerations into practical, actionable laws, making it an invaluable resource for understanding and navigating the multifaceted challenges of the engineering profession. Its enduring relevance is a testament to the foundational truths it encapsulates, making it a cornerstone read for those aspiring to excel in the engineering and technology sectors.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Python Essentials For Dummies by Alan Simpson, John C. Shovic PhD</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Python Essentials For Dummies
Author: Alan Simpson, John C. Shovic PhD
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The no-nonsense way to get started coding in the Python programming language Python Essentials For Dummies is a quick reference to all the core concepts in Python, the multifaceted general-purpose language used for everything from building websites to creating apps. This book gets right to the point, with no excess review, wordy explanations, or fluff, making it perfect as a desk reference on the job or as a brush-up as you expand your skills in related areas. Focusing on just the essential topics you need to know to brush up or level up your Python skill, this is the reliable little book you can always turn to for answers. ● Get a quick and thorough intro to the basic concepts of coding in Python ● Review what you&amp;#039;ve already learned or pick up essential new skills ● Create websites, software, machine learning, and automation for school or work ● Keep this concise reference book handy for jogging your memory as you code This portable Dummies Essentials book focuses on the key topics you need to know about the popular Python language. Great for supplementing a course, reviewing for a certification, or staying knowledgeable on the job.</description>
      <author>Alan Simpson, John C. Shovic PhD</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855567489.mp3" length="2690579" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855567489.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:27:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Python Essentials For Dummies
Author: Alan Simpson, John C. Shovic PhD
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The no-nonsense way to get started coding in the Python programming language Python Essentials For Dummies is a quick reference to all the core concepts in Python, the multifaceted general-purpose language used for everything from building websites to creating apps. This book gets right to the point, with no excess review, wordy explanations, or fluff, making it perfect as a desk reference on the job or as a brush-up as you expand your skills in related areas. Focusing on just the essential topics you need to know to brush up or level up your Python skill, this is the reliable little book you can always turn to for answers. ● Get a quick and thorough intro to the basic concepts of coding in Python ● Review what you&amp;#039;ve already learned or pick up essential new skills ● Create websites, software, machine learning, and automation for school or work ● Keep this concise reference book handy for jogging your memory as you code This portable Dummies Essentials book focuses on the key topics you need to know about the popular Python language. Great for supplementing a course, reviewing for a certification, or staying knowledgeable on the job.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773599</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Python Essentials For Dummies
Author: Alan Simpson, John C. Shovic PhD
Narrator: Lee Goettl
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 27 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The no-nonsense way to get started coding in the Python programming language Python Essentials For Dummies is a quick reference to all the core concepts in Python, the multifaceted general-purpose language used for everything from building websites to creating apps. This book gets right to the point, with no excess review, wordy explanations, or fluff, making it perfect as a desk reference on the job or as a brush-up as you expand your skills in related areas. Focusing on just the essential topics you need to know to brush up or level up your Python skill, this is the reliable little book you can always turn to for answers. ● Get a quick and thorough intro to the basic concepts of coding in Python ● Review what you&amp;#039;ve already learned or pick up essential new skills ● Create websites, software, machine learning, and automation for school or work ● Keep this concise reference book handy for jogging your memory as you code This portable Dummies Essentials book focuses on the key topics you need to know about the popular Python language. Great for supplementing a course, reviewing for a certification, or staying knowledgeable on the job.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Apple II Age: How the Computer Became Personal by Laine Nooney</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apple II Age: How the Computer Became Personal
Author: Laine Nooney
Narrator: Krystal Hammond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skip the iPhone, the iPod, and the Macintosh. If you want to understand how Apple Inc. became an industry behemoth, look no further than the 1977 Apple II. Designed by the engineer Steve Wozniak and hustled into the marketplace by his Apple cofounder Steve Jobs, the Apple II became one of the most prominent personal computers of this dawning industry.   The Apple II was a versatile piece of hardware, but its most compelling story isn&amp;#039;t found in the feat of its engineering, the personalities of Apple&amp;#039;s founders, or the way it set the stage for the company&amp;#039;s multibillion-dollar future. Instead, historian Laine Nooney shows, what made the Apple II iconic was its software. In software, we discover the material reasons people bought computers. The story of personal computing in the United States is not about the evolution of hackers—it&amp;#039;s about the rise of everyday users.   Recounting a constellation of software creation stories, Nooney offers a new understanding of how the hobbyists&amp;#039; microcomputers of the 1970s became the personal computer we know today. The Apple II Age offers an unprecedented look at the people, the industry, and the money that built the microcomputing milieu—and why so much of it converged around the pioneering Apple II.</description>
      <author>Laine Nooney</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798350865387.mp3" length="8440097" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798350865387.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apple II Age: How the Computer Became Personal
Author: Laine Nooney
Narrator: Krystal Hammond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skip the iPhone, the iPod, and the Macintosh. If you want to understand how Apple Inc. became an industry behemoth, look no further than the 1977 Apple II. Designed by the engineer Steve Wozniak and hustled into the marketplace by his Apple cofounder Steve Jobs, the Apple II became one of the most prominent personal computers of this dawning industry.   The Apple II was a versatile piece of hardware, but its most compelling story isn&amp;#039;t found in the feat of its engineering, the personalities of Apple&amp;#039;s founders, or the way it set the stage for the company&amp;#039;s multibillion-dollar future. Instead, historian Laine Nooney shows, what made the Apple II iconic was its software. In software, we discover the material reasons people bought computers. The story of personal computing in the United States is not about the evolution of hackers—it&amp;#039;s about the rise of everyday users.   Recounting a constellation of software creation stories, Nooney offers a new understanding of how the hobbyists&amp;#039; microcomputers of the 1970s became the personal computer we know today. The Apple II Age offers an unprecedented look at the people, the industry, and the money that built the microcomputing milieu—and why so much of it converged around the pioneering Apple II.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/773530</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Apple II Age: How the Computer Became Personal
Author: Laine Nooney
Narrator: Krystal Hammond
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: June 25, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Skip the iPhone, the iPod, and the Macintosh. If you want to understand how Apple Inc. became an industry behemoth, look no further than the 1977 Apple II. Designed by the engineer Steve Wozniak and hustled into the marketplace by his Apple cofounder Steve Jobs, the Apple II became one of the most prominent personal computers of this dawning industry.   The Apple II was a versatile piece of hardware, but its most compelling story isn&amp;#039;t found in the feat of its engineering, the personalities of Apple&amp;#039;s founders, or the way it set the stage for the company&amp;#039;s multibillion-dollar future. Instead, historian Laine Nooney shows, what made the Apple II iconic was its software. In software, we discover the material reasons people bought computers. The story of personal computing in the United States is not about the evolution of hackers—it&amp;#039;s about the rise of everyday users.   Recounting a constellation of software creation stories, Nooney offers a new understanding of how the hobbyists&amp;#039; microcomputers of the 1970s became the personal computer we know today. The Apple II Age offers an unprecedented look at the people, the industry, and the money that built the microcomputing milieu—and why so much of it converged around the pioneering Apple II.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wer schützt unsere Kinder? - Wie künstliche Intelligenz Familien und Schule verändert und was jetzt zu tun ist (Autorisierte Lesefassung) by Silke Müller</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer schützt unsere Kinder? - Wie künstliche Intelligenz Familien und Schule verändert und was jetzt zu tun ist (Autorisierte Lesefassung)
Author: Silke Müller
Narrator: Sandra Voss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Schulleiterin und Digitalexpertin Silke Müller warnt davor, Kinder mit künstlichen Intelligenzen allein zu lassen. In ihrem aufrüttelnden Hörbuch analysiert sie, was die KI-Revolution für Bildung und Erziehung bedeutet und gibt praktischen Rat, wie Eltern ihre Kinder schützen und kompetent begleiten. Elfjährige, die ihren Avatar um Rat fragen, wenn sie zum ersten Mal verliebt sind. Teenager im Video-Chat mit Pädophilen - durch KI getarnt als Gleichaltrige. Schummeleien mit ChatGPT &amp;amp; Co., die zur Kriminalisierung von Kindern führt. Künstliche Intelligenz ist in aller Munde, doch kaum jemand hat eine genaue Vorstellung, wie fundamental sie unser Leben verändern wird - und welche Bedrohung gerade für Kinder von ihr ausgeht. Silke Müller ist Schulleiterin in Niedersachsen und Digitalbeauftragte ihres Landes. Täglich erlebt sie, welchen Gefahren Kinder und Jugendliche durch KI ausgesetzt sind. Für die meisten Eltern, Großeltern und Pädagog*innen hingegen ist künstliche Intelligenz Neuland. Die Gefahren, die von ihr ausgehen, sind den wenigsten in vollem Ausmaß bekannt. Silke Müller, die in ihrem Nummer-1-Bestseller Wir verlieren unsere Kinder bereits auf die Gefahren in sozialen Netzwerken hingewiesen hat, widmet sich nun dem wichtigsten Thema digitaler Bildung: KI. Sie erklärt, was durch die neuesten Entwicklungen auf Eltern und Familien zukommt, und wie wir Kinder und Jugendliche sicher und kompetent daran teilhaben lassen können. &amp;#039;Mit Social Media kannten sich die meisten Eltern aus. Bei KI fühlen sich Eltern und Großeltern oft abgehängt. Dabei wird sich unsere Welt schon bald komplett verändert haben.&amp;#039; Silke Müller Die technologische Entwicklung lässt sich nicht aufhalten. Umso wichtiger ist es, informiert und engagiert auf sie zu reagieren - im Interesse der Kinder. Und so klärt dieses wichtige Hörbuch auf über Hintergründe und Zusammenhänge und macht Eltern Mut, ihre Kinder in eine neue Welt zu begleiten. Sprecherin Sandra Voss hat bereits das erste Buch von Silke Müller im Hörbuch begleitet. Sie arbeitete viele Jahre als Moderatorin und Radio-Redakteurin und ist mittlerweile auch eine gefragte Hörbuchsprecherin.</description>
      <author>Silke Müller</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732474998.mp3" length="799680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732474998.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:17:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer schützt unsere Kinder? - Wie künstliche Intelligenz Familien und Schule verändert und was jetzt zu tun ist (Autorisierte Lesefassung)
Author: Silke Müller
Narrator: Sandra Voss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Schulleiterin und Digitalexpertin Silke Müller warnt davor, Kinder mit künstlichen Intelligenzen allein zu lassen. In ihrem aufrüttelnden Hörbuch analysiert sie, was die KI-Revolution für Bildung und Erziehung bedeutet und gibt praktischen Rat, wie Eltern ihre Kinder schützen und kompetent begleiten. Elfjährige, die ihren Avatar um Rat fragen, wenn sie zum ersten Mal verliebt sind. Teenager im Video-Chat mit Pädophilen - durch KI getarnt als Gleichaltrige. Schummeleien mit ChatGPT &amp;amp; Co., die zur Kriminalisierung von Kindern führt. Künstliche Intelligenz ist in aller Munde, doch kaum jemand hat eine genaue Vorstellung, wie fundamental sie unser Leben verändern wird - und welche Bedrohung gerade für Kinder von ihr ausgeht. Silke Müller ist Schulleiterin in Niedersachsen und Digitalbeauftragte ihres Landes. Täglich erlebt sie, welchen Gefahren Kinder und Jugendliche durch KI ausgesetzt sind. Für die meisten Eltern, Großeltern und Pädagog*innen hingegen ist künstliche Intelligenz Neuland. Die Gefahren, die von ihr ausgehen, sind den wenigsten in vollem Ausmaß bekannt. Silke Müller, die in ihrem Nummer-1-Bestseller Wir verlieren unsere Kinder bereits auf die Gefahren in sozialen Netzwerken hingewiesen hat, widmet sich nun dem wichtigsten Thema digitaler Bildung: KI. Sie erklärt, was durch die neuesten Entwicklungen auf Eltern und Familien zukommt, und wie wir Kinder und Jugendliche sicher und kompetent daran teilhaben lassen können. &amp;#039;Mit Social Media kannten sich die meisten Eltern aus. Bei KI fühlen sich Eltern und Großeltern oft abgehängt. Dabei wird sich unsere Welt schon bald komplett verändert haben.&amp;#039; Silke Müller Die technologische Entwicklung lässt sich nicht aufhalten. Umso wichtiger ist es, informiert und engagiert auf sie zu reagieren - im Interesse der Kinder. Und so klärt dieses wichtige Hörbuch auf über Hintergründe und Zusammenhänge und macht Eltern Mut, ihre Kinder in eine neue Welt zu begleiten. Sprecherin Sandra Voss hat bereits das erste Buch von Silke Müller im Hörbuch begleitet. Sie arbeitete viele Jahre als Moderatorin und Radio-Redakteurin und ist mittlerweile auch eine gefragte Hörbuchsprecherin.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wer schützt unsere Kinder? - Wie künstliche Intelligenz Familien und Schule verändert und was jetzt zu tun ist (Autorisierte Lesefassung)
Author: Silke Müller
Narrator: Sandra Voss
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 17 minutes
Release date: May  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Schulleiterin und Digitalexpertin Silke Müller warnt davor, Kinder mit künstlichen Intelligenzen allein zu lassen. In ihrem aufrüttelnden Hörbuch analysiert sie, was die KI-Revolution für Bildung und Erziehung bedeutet und gibt praktischen Rat, wie Eltern ihre Kinder schützen und kompetent begleiten. Elfjährige, die ihren Avatar um Rat fragen, wenn sie zum ersten Mal verliebt sind. Teenager im Video-Chat mit Pädophilen - durch KI getarnt als Gleichaltrige. Schummeleien mit ChatGPT &amp;amp; Co., die zur Kriminalisierung von Kindern führt. Künstliche Intelligenz ist in aller Munde, doch kaum jemand hat eine genaue Vorstellung, wie fundamental sie unser Leben verändern wird - und welche Bedrohung gerade für Kinder von ihr ausgeht. Silke Müller ist Schulleiterin in Niedersachsen und Digitalbeauftragte ihres Landes. Täglich erlebt sie, welchen Gefahren Kinder und Jugendliche durch KI ausgesetzt sind. Für die meisten Eltern, Großeltern und Pädagog*innen hingegen ist künstliche Intelligenz Neuland. Die Gefahren, die von ihr ausgehen, sind den wenigsten in vollem Ausmaß bekannt. Silke Müller, die in ihrem Nummer-1-Bestseller Wir verlieren unsere Kinder bereits auf die Gefahren in sozialen Netzwerken hingewiesen hat, widmet sich nun dem wichtigsten Thema digitaler Bildung: KI. Sie erklärt, was durch die neuesten Entwicklungen auf Eltern und Familien zukommt, und wie wir Kinder und Jugendliche sicher und kompetent daran teilhaben lassen können. &amp;#039;Mit Social Media kannten sich die meisten Eltern aus. Bei KI fühlen sich Eltern und Großeltern oft abgehängt. Dabei wird sich unsere Welt schon bald komplett verändert haben.&amp;#039; Silke Müller Die technologische Entwicklung lässt sich nicht aufhalten. Umso wichtiger ist es, informiert und engagiert auf sie zu reagieren - im Interesse der Kinder. Und so klärt dieses wichtige Hörbuch auf über Hintergründe und Zusammenhänge und macht Eltern Mut, ihre Kinder in eine neue Welt zu begleiten. Sprecherin Sandra Voss hat bereits das erste Buch von Silke Müller im Hörbuch begleitet. Sie arbeitete viele Jahre als Moderatorin und Radio-Redakteurin und ist mittlerweile auch eine gefragte Hörbuchsprecherin.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bitcoin Answered: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Everything Bitcoin by Jon Law, Alan John</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitcoin Answered: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Everything Bitcoin
Author: Jon Law, Alan John
Narrator: Tom Brooks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bitcoin Answered disentangles the fragmented web of information around Bitcoin being received by the general public through a simple, question-based format.  The book breaks down the scope of Bitcoin, digital currencies, and blockchain, and provides an understanding of Bitcoin from a sentiment, technical, historical, and conceptual standpoint, all in a simplistic and visual-backed manner. Simply put, we&amp;#039;re your one-stop shop for Bitcoin understanding.  The 100+ questions and answers include:  - What is Bitcoin?  - Who started Bitcoin? -Can Bitcoin be hacked? - Will Bitcoin run out? - Is Bitcoin a scam? - Is Bitcoin anonymous? - Is Bitcoin outdated? - How is Bitcoin mined?  - Is Bitcoin a good investment? - Does Bitcoin have intrinsic value? - Was Bitcoin the first cryptocurrency? - How popular is Bitcoin?  ... and more!</description>
      <author>Jon Law, Alan John</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875121999.mp3" length="1464310" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875121999.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitcoin Answered: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Everything Bitcoin
Author: Jon Law, Alan John
Narrator: Tom Brooks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bitcoin Answered disentangles the fragmented web of information around Bitcoin being received by the general public through a simple, question-based format.  The book breaks down the scope of Bitcoin, digital currencies, and blockchain, and provides an understanding of Bitcoin from a sentiment, technical, historical, and conceptual standpoint, all in a simplistic and visual-backed manner. Simply put, we&amp;#039;re your one-stop shop for Bitcoin understanding.  The 100+ questions and answers include:  - What is Bitcoin?  - Who started Bitcoin? -Can Bitcoin be hacked? - Will Bitcoin run out? - Is Bitcoin a scam? - Is Bitcoin anonymous? - Is Bitcoin outdated? - How is Bitcoin mined?  - Is Bitcoin a good investment? - Does Bitcoin have intrinsic value? - Was Bitcoin the first cryptocurrency? - How popular is Bitcoin?  ... and more!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772092</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bitcoin Answered: A Beginner&amp;#039;s Guide to Everything Bitcoin
Author: Jon Law, Alan John
Narrator: Tom Brooks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 14 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Bitcoin Answered disentangles the fragmented web of information around Bitcoin being received by the general public through a simple, question-based format.  The book breaks down the scope of Bitcoin, digital currencies, and blockchain, and provides an understanding of Bitcoin from a sentiment, technical, historical, and conceptual standpoint, all in a simplistic and visual-backed manner. Simply put, we&amp;#039;re your one-stop shop for Bitcoin understanding.  The 100+ questions and answers include:  - What is Bitcoin?  - Who started Bitcoin? -Can Bitcoin be hacked? - Will Bitcoin run out? - Is Bitcoin a scam? - Is Bitcoin anonymous? - Is Bitcoin outdated? - How is Bitcoin mined?  - Is Bitcoin a good investment? - Does Bitcoin have intrinsic value? - Was Bitcoin the first cryptocurrency? - How popular is Bitcoin?  ... and more!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Well-Being by Deepak Chopra</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Well-Being
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra, Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra delivers a visionary and unprecedented exploration of how artificial intelligence can revolutionize well-being and open new horizons for personal development. “AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy, and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.”—Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra, MD, illuminates AI’s untapped potential to unravel the enigma of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat but as a catalyst for personal and collective growth. In Digital Dharma, Chopra navigates the balance between technology and expanded awareness, explaining that while AI cannot duplicate human intelligence, it can vastly enhance personal and spiritual growth. Chopra shows readers how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential—survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom, and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. AI chatbots offer information, advice, and exploratory avenues of untapped potential about any aspect of human awareness.  In practical terms, making AI your ally and guide depends on the art of the prompt, the questions a user poses to a chatbot. As Chopra shows in detail, by asking the right questions, you can bring AI into your inner world, which is where personal growth happens. Chopra provides a personal assessment for you to better understand yourself and exercises to help you expand your awareness in any part of your life. Digital Dharma masterfully helps readers to harness AI, not merely as a technological tool but as a partner in crafting a future where human potential solves the urgent problems facing the planet and each of us as individuals. Deepak Chopra invites us to transcend our limitations and explore a relationship with AI that elevates collective consciousness and personal evolution at the same time.</description>
      <author>Deepak Chopra</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593946527.mp3" length="2496044" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593946527.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Well-Being
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra, Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra delivers a visionary and unprecedented exploration of how artificial intelligence can revolutionize well-being and open new horizons for personal development. “AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy, and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.”—Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra, MD, illuminates AI’s untapped potential to unravel the enigma of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat but as a catalyst for personal and collective growth. In Digital Dharma, Chopra navigates the balance between technology and expanded awareness, explaining that while AI cannot duplicate human intelligence, it can vastly enhance personal and spiritual growth. Chopra shows readers how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential—survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom, and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. AI chatbots offer information, advice, and exploratory avenues of untapped potential about any aspect of human awareness.  In practical terms, making AI your ally and guide depends on the art of the prompt, the questions a user poses to a chatbot. As Chopra shows in detail, by asking the right questions, you can bring AI into your inner world, which is where personal growth happens. Chopra provides a personal assessment for you to better understand yourself and exercises to help you expand your awareness in any part of your life. Digital Dharma masterfully helps readers to harness AI, not merely as a technological tool but as a partner in crafting a future where human potential solves the urgent problems facing the planet and each of us as individuals. Deepak Chopra invites us to transcend our limitations and explore a relationship with AI that elevates collective consciousness and personal evolution at the same time.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/772047</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Digital Dharma: How AI Can Elevate Spiritual Intelligence and Personal Well-Being
Author: Deepak Chopra
Narrator: Deepak Chopra, Karen Murray
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 34 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestselling author Deepak Chopra delivers a visionary and unprecedented exploration of how artificial intelligence can revolutionize well-being and open new horizons for personal development. “AI has the potential to help us create a more peaceful, just, sustainable, healthy, and joyful world. Digital Dharma shows you a path.”—Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI In a world captivated yet bewildered by artificial intelligence, spiritual icon Deepak Chopra, MD, illuminates AI’s untapped potential to unravel the enigma of consciousness, positioning AI not as a threat but as a catalyst for personal and collective growth. In Digital Dharma, Chopra navigates the balance between technology and expanded awareness, explaining that while AI cannot duplicate human intelligence, it can vastly enhance personal and spiritual growth. Chopra shows readers how the most popular, freely available chatbots can serve as guides through every level of human potential—survival and safety, emotional connection, self-worth, abundance, creativity, wisdom, and the infinite possibilities of cosmic consciousness. AI chatbots offer information, advice, and exploratory avenues of untapped potential about any aspect of human awareness.  In practical terms, making AI your ally and guide depends on the art of the prompt, the questions a user poses to a chatbot. As Chopra shows in detail, by asking the right questions, you can bring AI into your inner world, which is where personal growth happens. Chopra provides a personal assessment for you to better understand yourself and exercises to help you expand your awareness in any part of your life. Digital Dharma masterfully helps readers to harness AI, not merely as a technological tool but as a partner in crafting a future where human potential solves the urgent problems facing the planet and each of us as individuals. Deepak Chopra invites us to transcend our limitations and explore a relationship with AI that elevates collective consciousness and personal evolution at the same time.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Understanding Media by Paul Levinson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Understanding Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Baylor University, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s seminal book, &amp;quot;Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man,&amp;quot; which proposed that the media--not the content that they carry-- affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, lays out, how in the decades since its 1964 publication, McLuhan&amp;#039;s study of media theory and the concept that &amp;quot;the medium is the message,&amp;quot; still holds true.</description>
      <author>Paul Levinson</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798886423068.mp3" length="564718" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798886423068.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Understanding Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Baylor University, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s seminal book, &amp;quot;Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man,&amp;quot; which proposed that the media--not the content that they carry-- affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, lays out, how in the decades since its 1964 publication, McLuhan&amp;#039;s study of media theory and the concept that &amp;quot;the medium is the message,&amp;quot; still holds true.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771609</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Author Paul Levinson Discusses Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s Understanding Media
Author: Paul Levinson
Narrator: Paul Levinson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 49 minutes
Release date: April  5, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the following keynote address given at Baylor University, author Paul Levinson discusses Canadian philosopher and academic Marshall McLuhan&amp;#039;s seminal book, &amp;quot;Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man,&amp;quot; which proposed that the media--not the content that they carry-- affects the society in which it plays a role and, thus, should be the focus of study. Levinson, a colleague of McLuhan&amp;#039;s, lays out, how in the decades since its 1964 publication, McLuhan&amp;#039;s study of media theory and the concept that &amp;quot;the medium is the message,&amp;quot; still holds true.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide by Jordan Genung, Steven Bennett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide
Author: Jordan Genung, Steven Bennett
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This new self-study system delivers complete coverage of every topic on the Certified in Cybersecurity exam Take the Certified in Cybersecurity exam from (ISC)2 with confidence using the information contained in this comprehensive study guide. Written by a pair of cybersecurity experts and successful trainers, CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide offers background material, detailed examples, and over 200 practice questions. Each exam domain is presented with information corresponding to the (ISC)2 certification exam outline. Using the trusted &amp;#039;All-in-One&amp;#039; format, the book reviews every topic on the test and presents foundational knowledge and skills important for an entry-level cybersecurity role. You will get explanations and technical details on core concepts as well as stories, discussions, and anecdotes from real-world cybersecurity experts. Coverage includes: ● Security Principles ● Business Continuity (BC), Disaster Recovery (DR), and Incident Response Concepts ● Access Controls Concepts ● Network Security ● Security Operations</description>
      <author>Jordan Genung, Steven Bennett</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781638414384.mp3" length="8518775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781638414384.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide
Author: Jordan Genung, Steven Bennett
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This new self-study system delivers complete coverage of every topic on the Certified in Cybersecurity exam Take the Certified in Cybersecurity exam from (ISC)2 with confidence using the information contained in this comprehensive study guide. Written by a pair of cybersecurity experts and successful trainers, CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide offers background material, detailed examples, and over 200 practice questions. Each exam domain is presented with information corresponding to the (ISC)2 certification exam outline. Using the trusted &amp;#039;All-in-One&amp;#039; format, the book reviews every topic on the test and presents foundational knowledge and skills important for an entry-level cybersecurity role. You will get explanations and technical details on core concepts as well as stories, discussions, and anecdotes from real-world cybersecurity experts. Coverage includes: ● Security Principles ● Business Continuity (BC), Disaster Recovery (DR), and Incident Response Concepts ● Access Controls Concepts ● Network Security ● Security Operations</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/771368</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide
Author: Jordan Genung, Steven Bennett
Narrator: Mike Chamberlain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 42 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
This new self-study system delivers complete coverage of every topic on the Certified in Cybersecurity exam Take the Certified in Cybersecurity exam from (ISC)2 with confidence using the information contained in this comprehensive study guide. Written by a pair of cybersecurity experts and successful trainers, CC Certified in Cybersecurity All-in-One Exam Guide offers background material, detailed examples, and over 200 practice questions. Each exam domain is presented with information corresponding to the (ISC)2 certification exam outline. Using the trusted &amp;#039;All-in-One&amp;#039; format, the book reviews every topic on the test and presents foundational knowledge and skills important for an entry-level cybersecurity role. You will get explanations and technical details on core concepts as well as stories, discussions, and anecdotes from real-world cybersecurity experts. Coverage includes: ● Security Principles ● Business Continuity (BC), Disaster Recovery (DR), and Incident Response Concepts ● Access Controls Concepts ● Network Security ● Security Operations</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sprachkurs Python - Das Programmier-Hörbuch (ungekürzt) by Johannes Schildgen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprachkurs Python - Das Programmier-Hörbuch (ungekürzt)
Author: Johannes Schildgen
Narrator: Johannes Schildgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Python ist die ideale Programmiersprache, um Programmieren zu lernen. Die Sprache ist sowohl sehr simpel als auch vielseitig einsetzbar. Das macht Python zu einer der populärsten Programmiersprachen überhaupt.  Zu Beginn lernst du die Grundlagen der Programmiersprache Python, also Datentypen, Variablen, Kontrollstukturen, Schleifen und Funktionen. Danach schauen wir uns komplexe Datentypen wie Listen und Dictionaries an und schnuppern in fortgeschrittene Themen hinein, wie zum Beispiel objektorientierte Programmierung, die Arbeit mit Dateien sowie Exception-Handling. In den hinteren Kapiteln geht es um das große Thema Datenanalysen mit Jupyter Notebooks und um Machine-Learning.  Ganz unabhängig von deinem fachlichen Hintergrund und deinem Vorwissen: Mit dem Sprachkurs Python, dem Programmier-Hörbuch, lernst du Python während der Autofahrt, beim Putzen, in der U-Bahn oder beim Spazierengehen.</description>
      <author>Johannes Schildgen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 26 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4066004657257.mp3" length="852565" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4066004657257.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprachkurs Python - Das Programmier-Hörbuch (ungekürzt)
Author: Johannes Schildgen
Narrator: Johannes Schildgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Python ist die ideale Programmiersprache, um Programmieren zu lernen. Die Sprache ist sowohl sehr simpel als auch vielseitig einsetzbar. Das macht Python zu einer der populärsten Programmiersprachen überhaupt.  Zu Beginn lernst du die Grundlagen der Programmiersprache Python, also Datentypen, Variablen, Kontrollstukturen, Schleifen und Funktionen. Danach schauen wir uns komplexe Datentypen wie Listen und Dictionaries an und schnuppern in fortgeschrittene Themen hinein, wie zum Beispiel objektorientierte Programmierung, die Arbeit mit Dateien sowie Exception-Handling. In den hinteren Kapiteln geht es um das große Thema Datenanalysen mit Jupyter Notebooks und um Machine-Learning.  Ganz unabhängig von deinem fachlichen Hintergrund und deinem Vorwissen: Mit dem Sprachkurs Python, dem Programmier-Hörbuch, lernst du Python während der Autofahrt, beim Putzen, in der U-Bahn oder beim Spazierengehen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/770915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sprachkurs Python - Das Programmier-Hörbuch (ungekürzt)
Author: Johannes Schildgen
Narrator: Johannes Schildgen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 41 minutes
Release date: April 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Python ist die ideale Programmiersprache, um Programmieren zu lernen. Die Sprache ist sowohl sehr simpel als auch vielseitig einsetzbar. Das macht Python zu einer der populärsten Programmiersprachen überhaupt.  Zu Beginn lernst du die Grundlagen der Programmiersprache Python, also Datentypen, Variablen, Kontrollstukturen, Schleifen und Funktionen. Danach schauen wir uns komplexe Datentypen wie Listen und Dictionaries an und schnuppern in fortgeschrittene Themen hinein, wie zum Beispiel objektorientierte Programmierung, die Arbeit mit Dateien sowie Exception-Handling. In den hinteren Kapiteln geht es um das große Thema Datenanalysen mit Jupyter Notebooks und um Machine-Learning.  Ganz unabhängig von deinem fachlichen Hintergrund und deinem Vorwissen: Mit dem Sprachkurs Python, dem Programmier-Hörbuch, lernst du Python während der Autofahrt, beim Putzen, in der U-Bahn oder beim Spazierengehen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence by Harper Hadley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence
Author: Harper Hadley
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence Unleash the Power of Content with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide to creating impactful connections, driving meaningful engagement, and wielding lasting influence through the art of content. Dive deep into the strategies and tactics that industry leaders use to captivate audiences and build thriving brands. Get invaluable insights on crafting compelling narratives, harnessing the art of storytelling, and leveraging the digital landscape to maximize the reach and impact of your content. But this audiobook goes beyond theory. It equips you with practical tools and techniques that you can implement immediately, transforming your content marketing efforts from mere campaigns to transformative experiences. &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your blueprint for success in the ever-evolving digital landscape. From developing a content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s vision to mastering the nuances of different platforms and formats, this audiobook empowers you to navigate the dynamic content ecosystem with confidence. Are you ready to unlock the potential of your brand and make a lasting impact? Embrace the power of content marketing and embark on a transformative journey with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Your audience awaits.</description>
      <author>Harper Hadley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875118579.mp3" length="790596" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875118579.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence
Author: Harper Hadley
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence Unleash the Power of Content with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide to creating impactful connections, driving meaningful engagement, and wielding lasting influence through the art of content. Dive deep into the strategies and tactics that industry leaders use to captivate audiences and build thriving brands. Get invaluable insights on crafting compelling narratives, harnessing the art of storytelling, and leveraging the digital landscape to maximize the reach and impact of your content. But this audiobook goes beyond theory. It equips you with practical tools and techniques that you can implement immediately, transforming your content marketing efforts from mere campaigns to transformative experiences. &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your blueprint for success in the ever-evolving digital landscape. From developing a content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s vision to mastering the nuances of different platforms and formats, this audiobook empowers you to navigate the dynamic content ecosystem with confidence. Are you ready to unlock the potential of your brand and make a lasting impact? Embrace the power of content marketing and embark on a transformative journey with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Your audience awaits.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769745</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence
Author: Harper Hadley
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence Unleash the Power of Content with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide to creating impactful connections, driving meaningful engagement, and wielding lasting influence through the art of content. Dive deep into the strategies and tactics that industry leaders use to captivate audiences and build thriving brands. Get invaluable insights on crafting compelling narratives, harnessing the art of storytelling, and leveraging the digital landscape to maximize the reach and impact of your content. But this audiobook goes beyond theory. It equips you with practical tools and techniques that you can implement immediately, transforming your content marketing efforts from mere campaigns to transformative experiences. &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing&amp;#039; is your blueprint for success in the ever-evolving digital landscape. From developing a content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s vision to mastering the nuances of different platforms and formats, this audiobook empowers you to navigate the dynamic content ecosystem with confidence. Are you ready to unlock the potential of your brand and make a lasting impact? Embrace the power of content marketing and embark on a transformative journey with &amp;#039;Master Content Marketing: Learn How to Master Content Marketing for Meaningful Engagement and Lasting Influence.&amp;#039; Your audience awaits.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence by Chris Calvin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence
Author: Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence Step into the realm of the future with &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence.&amp;#039; This compelling audiobook is a captivating exploration of the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our technological landscape and societal influence. Uncover the potential of AI to amplify human potential and revolutionize industries from healthcare to finance, from transportation to entertainment. Explore the dynamic interplay between human ingenuity and machine intelligence, as we navigate the delicate balance between AI-driven automation and the preservation of human connection. But with great power comes great responsibility. As we delve into the influence of AI on our lives, we also address the ethical considerations and potential risks that come with its adoption. From privacy concerns to biases in AI algorithms, we confront the challenges of ensuring responsible and equitable AI practices. In the age of AI, knowledge is power. Arm yourself with a comprehensive understanding of the technology driving change, and the role we play as individuals and society in shaping its trajectory. Whether you are a technology enthusiast or a curious observer, this audiobook will expand your horizons and challenge your perspective on the potential and limitations of AI. Join us on this captivating journey of exploring the redefined landscape of technology and influence in the age of artificial intelligence. Together, let us envision a future that embraces the power of AI for the betterment of humanity and the preservation of our shared values.</description>
      <author>Chris Calvin</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875118630.mp3" length="824878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875118630.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence
Author: Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence Step into the realm of the future with &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence.&amp;#039; This compelling audiobook is a captivating exploration of the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our technological landscape and societal influence. Uncover the potential of AI to amplify human potential and revolutionize industries from healthcare to finance, from transportation to entertainment. Explore the dynamic interplay between human ingenuity and machine intelligence, as we navigate the delicate balance between AI-driven automation and the preservation of human connection. But with great power comes great responsibility. As we delve into the influence of AI on our lives, we also address the ethical considerations and potential risks that come with its adoption. From privacy concerns to biases in AI algorithms, we confront the challenges of ensuring responsible and equitable AI practices. In the age of AI, knowledge is power. Arm yourself with a comprehensive understanding of the technology driving change, and the role we play as individuals and society in shaping its trajectory. Whether you are a technology enthusiast or a curious observer, this audiobook will expand your horizons and challenge your perspective on the potential and limitations of AI. Join us on this captivating journey of exploring the redefined landscape of technology and influence in the age of artificial intelligence. Together, let us envision a future that embraces the power of AI for the betterment of humanity and the preservation of our shared values.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769741</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence
Author: Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence Step into the realm of the future with &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence: Redefining the Landscape of Technology and Influence.&amp;#039; This compelling audiobook is a captivating exploration of the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our technological landscape and societal influence. Uncover the potential of AI to amplify human potential and revolutionize industries from healthcare to finance, from transportation to entertainment. Explore the dynamic interplay between human ingenuity and machine intelligence, as we navigate the delicate balance between AI-driven automation and the preservation of human connection. But with great power comes great responsibility. As we delve into the influence of AI on our lives, we also address the ethical considerations and potential risks that come with its adoption. From privacy concerns to biases in AI algorithms, we confront the challenges of ensuring responsible and equitable AI practices. In the age of AI, knowledge is power. Arm yourself with a comprehensive understanding of the technology driving change, and the role we play as individuals and society in shaping its trajectory. Whether you are a technology enthusiast or a curious observer, this audiobook will expand your horizons and challenge your perspective on the potential and limitations of AI. Join us on this captivating journey of exploring the redefined landscape of technology and influence in the age of artificial intelligence. Together, let us envision a future that embraces the power of AI for the betterment of humanity and the preservation of our shared values.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing by Connor Ansel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing
Author: Connor Ansel
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing In today&amp;#039;s digital age, creating captivating and influential content is more important than ever. But how do you craft content that resonates with your target audience and drives real results? The answer lies in mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, and &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide. This audiobook reveals the secrets to creating content that connects and engages. It dives deep into the intricacies of developing a practical content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s goals and resonates with your audience. From understanding audience personas and conducting effective market research to crafting compelling narratives and optimizing distribution channels, this audiobook equips you with the essential tools to succeed in the ever-evolving digital landscape. But practicality is just the beginning. [Author&amp;#039;s Name] delves into the art of content marketing, teaching you how to leverage your content to build brand authority, drive conversions, and foster long-term customer loyalty. Discover how to harness the power of storytelling, create compelling calls-to-action, and measure the effectiveness of your content marketing efforts. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your recipe for success. By mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, you&amp;#039;ll transform your brand&amp;#039;s online presence, engage your audience on a deeper level, and ignite meaningful growth.</description>
      <author>Connor Ansel</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875118838.mp3" length="890464" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875118838.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing
Author: Connor Ansel
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing In today&amp;#039;s digital age, creating captivating and influential content is more important than ever. But how do you craft content that resonates with your target audience and drives real results? The answer lies in mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, and &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide. This audiobook reveals the secrets to creating content that connects and engages. It dives deep into the intricacies of developing a practical content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s goals and resonates with your audience. From understanding audience personas and conducting effective market research to crafting compelling narratives and optimizing distribution channels, this audiobook equips you with the essential tools to succeed in the ever-evolving digital landscape. But practicality is just the beginning. [Author&amp;#039;s Name] delves into the art of content marketing, teaching you how to leverage your content to build brand authority, drive conversions, and foster long-term customer loyalty. Discover how to harness the power of storytelling, create compelling calls-to-action, and measure the effectiveness of your content marketing efforts. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your recipe for success. By mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, you&amp;#039;ll transform your brand&amp;#039;s online presence, engage your audience on a deeper level, and ignite meaningful growth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing
Author: Connor Ansel
Narrator: Steven Myles
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 34 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Content Chemistry: Mastering the Art of Practical Content Strategy &amp;amp; Marketing In today&amp;#039;s digital age, creating captivating and influential content is more important than ever. But how do you craft content that resonates with your target audience and drives real results? The answer lies in mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, and &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your ultimate guide. This audiobook reveals the secrets to creating content that connects and engages. It dives deep into the intricacies of developing a practical content strategy that aligns with your brand&amp;#039;s goals and resonates with your audience. From understanding audience personas and conducting effective market research to crafting compelling narratives and optimizing distribution channels, this audiobook equips you with the essential tools to succeed in the ever-evolving digital landscape. But practicality is just the beginning. [Author&amp;#039;s Name] delves into the art of content marketing, teaching you how to leverage your content to build brand authority, drive conversions, and foster long-term customer loyalty. Discover how to harness the power of storytelling, create compelling calls-to-action, and measure the effectiveness of your content marketing efforts. Whether you&amp;#039;re a seasoned marketer or just starting out, &amp;#039;Content Chemistry&amp;#039; is your recipe for success. By mastering the art of practical content strategy and marketing, you&amp;#039;ll transform your brand&amp;#039;s online presence, engage your audience on a deeper level, and ignite meaningful growth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation by Franz Talka</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation
Author: Franz Talka
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation Step into the exciting world of technology and innovation with &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation.&amp;#039; This captivating audiobook is your gateway to understanding the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our ever-evolving digital landscape. In this accessible and informative audiobook, we unravel the complexities of AI in a way that anyone can comprehend. Whether you are a tech enthusiast or a complete beginner, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to grasp the fundamentals of AI technology and its diverse applications in our daily lives. Explore the potential of AI to revolutionize industries, from healthcare and finance to transportation and entertainment. Discover how AI-driven automation is streamlining processes, optimizing decision-making, and paving the way for unprecedented levels of efficiency and productivity. As we embrace this technological frontier, we also address the ethical considerations that come with AI development. From data privacy to algorithmic biases, we navigate the importance of responsible AI practices that prioritize transparency and fairness. &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039; is not just about understanding the technology; it&amp;#039;s about envisioning a future that harnesses the potential of AI for the greater good. From global challenges to individual aspirations, AI has the power to shape a world where innovation and progress are accessible to all. Join us on this enlightening journey of embracing the future of technology and innovation with AI. Whether you&amp;#039;re curious about the technology driving change or seeking inspiration for your own ventures, this audiobook will empower you to navigate the dynamic landscape of AI and become an active participant in the shaping of our digital future.</description>
      <author>Franz Talka</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875118654.mp3" length="768712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875118654.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation
Author: Franz Talka
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation Step into the exciting world of technology and innovation with &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation.&amp;#039; This captivating audiobook is your gateway to understanding the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our ever-evolving digital landscape. In this accessible and informative audiobook, we unravel the complexities of AI in a way that anyone can comprehend. Whether you are a tech enthusiast or a complete beginner, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to grasp the fundamentals of AI technology and its diverse applications in our daily lives. Explore the potential of AI to revolutionize industries, from healthcare and finance to transportation and entertainment. Discover how AI-driven automation is streamlining processes, optimizing decision-making, and paving the way for unprecedented levels of efficiency and productivity. As we embrace this technological frontier, we also address the ethical considerations that come with AI development. From data privacy to algorithmic biases, we navigate the importance of responsible AI practices that prioritize transparency and fairness. &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039; is not just about understanding the technology; it&amp;#039;s about envisioning a future that harnesses the potential of AI for the greater good. From global challenges to individual aspirations, AI has the power to shape a world where innovation and progress are accessible to all. Join us on this enlightening journey of embracing the future of technology and innovation with AI. Whether you&amp;#039;re curious about the technology driving change or seeking inspiration for your own ventures, this audiobook will empower you to navigate the dynamic landscape of AI and become an active participant in the shaping of our digital future.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769740</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation
Author: Franz Talka
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 44 minutes
Release date: March 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation Step into the exciting world of technology and innovation with &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone: Embracing the Future of Technology and Innovation.&amp;#039; This captivating audiobook is your gateway to understanding the transformative power of artificial intelligence (AI) and its profound impact on our ever-evolving digital landscape. In this accessible and informative audiobook, we unravel the complexities of AI in a way that anyone can comprehend. Whether you are a tech enthusiast or a complete beginner, you&amp;#039;ll be empowered to grasp the fundamentals of AI technology and its diverse applications in our daily lives. Explore the potential of AI to revolutionize industries, from healthcare and finance to transportation and entertainment. Discover how AI-driven automation is streamlining processes, optimizing decision-making, and paving the way for unprecedented levels of efficiency and productivity. As we embrace this technological frontier, we also address the ethical considerations that come with AI development. From data privacy to algorithmic biases, we navigate the importance of responsible AI practices that prioritize transparency and fairness. &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039; is not just about understanding the technology; it&amp;#039;s about envisioning a future that harnesses the potential of AI for the greater good. From global challenges to individual aspirations, AI has the power to shape a world where innovation and progress are accessible to all. Join us on this enlightening journey of embracing the future of technology and innovation with AI. Whether you&amp;#039;re curious about the technology driving change or seeking inspiration for your own ventures, this audiobook will empower you to navigate the dynamic landscape of AI and become an active participant in the shaping of our digital future.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone by Franz Talka, Chris Calvin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone
Author: Franz Talka, Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone Dive into the future with &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039;, a compelling 2 in 1 audiobook bundle that brings together &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039;. This collection is designed to navigate the complexities and potentials of artificial intelligence (AI), providing listeners with a comprehensive understanding of how AI is reshaping our world, from business and technology to everyday life. Together, these audiobooks provide a balanced view of AI&amp;#039;s capabilities and its implications for society, encouraging informed discussion and critical thinking about the role of technology in our future. With expert narration and engaging content, &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; is your gateway to understanding one of the most significant technological advancements of our time. Embark on this auditory journey to discover the power and promise of artificial intelligence. Perfect for thinkers, innovators, and anyone intrigued by the future of technology, this bundle equips you with the knowledge to navigate the AI-driven world. Tune in and let &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; transform your understanding of artificial intelligence and its impact on the world around us</description>
      <author>Franz Talka, Chris Calvin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 27 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875118791.mp3" length="1357470" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875118791.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone
Author: Franz Talka, Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone Dive into the future with &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039;, a compelling 2 in 1 audiobook bundle that brings together &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039;. This collection is designed to navigate the complexities and potentials of artificial intelligence (AI), providing listeners with a comprehensive understanding of how AI is reshaping our world, from business and technology to everyday life. Together, these audiobooks provide a balanced view of AI&amp;#039;s capabilities and its implications for society, encouraging informed discussion and critical thinking about the role of technology in our future. With expert narration and engaging content, &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; is your gateway to understanding one of the most significant technological advancements of our time. Embark on this auditory journey to discover the power and promise of artificial intelligence. Perfect for thinkers, innovators, and anyone intrigued by the future of technology, this bundle equips you with the knowledge to navigate the AI-driven world. Tune in and let &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; transform your understanding of artificial intelligence and its impact on the world around us</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769736</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone
Author: Franz Talka, Chris Calvin
Narrator: Deedee Ash
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 30 minutes
Release date: March 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
The AI Influence Bundle, 2 in 1 Bundle: Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence for Everyone Dive into the future with &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039;, a compelling 2 in 1 audiobook bundle that brings together &amp;#039;Power in the Age of Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;Artificial Intelligence for Everyone&amp;#039;. This collection is designed to navigate the complexities and potentials of artificial intelligence (AI), providing listeners with a comprehensive understanding of how AI is reshaping our world, from business and technology to everyday life. Together, these audiobooks provide a balanced view of AI&amp;#039;s capabilities and its implications for society, encouraging informed discussion and critical thinking about the role of technology in our future. With expert narration and engaging content, &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; is your gateway to understanding one of the most significant technological advancements of our time. Embark on this auditory journey to discover the power and promise of artificial intelligence. Perfect for thinkers, innovators, and anyone intrigued by the future of technology, this bundle equips you with the knowledge to navigate the AI-driven world. Tune in and let &amp;#039;The AI Influence Bundle&amp;#039; transform your understanding of artificial intelligence and its impact on the world around us</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Applying Artificial Intelligence: The Practitioner&amp;#039;s Handbook by Dan Rose Johansen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Applying Artificial Intelligence: The Practitioner&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Dan Rose Johansen
Narrator: Rich Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into the world of AI with &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence,&amp;#039; a transformative guide designed to demystify the technology and unlock its potential for your organisation.  Amidst the whirlwind of misconceptions and speculative narratives surrounding AI, this book emerges as a beacon of clarity, shedding light on how technology can enhance human performance. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is not just another book; it&amp;#039;s a strategic toolkit tailored for forward-thinking organisations eager to harness the power of the technologies. With a focus on practical application, this guide empowers your in-house experts to bridge the gap between complex AI concepts and real-world business challenges. It&amp;#039;s about turning the abstract into the actionable. Imagine equipping your team with the knowledge to identify opportunities where AI can drive innovation, optimise operations, and create unparalleled competitive advantages. This book offers a pragmatic approach to understanding AI&amp;#039;s role in problem-solving and decision-making, backed by a practical methodology for confidently managing projects. Gone are the days when the realms of AI technology and business strategy operated in silos. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; champions a collaborative approach, advocating for the education of your domain experts in AI principles. This strategy ensures that those who know your business best also lead the charge in integrating AI solutions, making for a seamless fusion of tech prowess and business acumen. Prepare to transform your organisation&amp;#039;s approach to AI, turning scepticism into strategy and confusion into clarity. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is your gateway to unlocking the untapped potential of AI in your business, one insightful chapter at a time. Let your domain experts become the architects of your AI-driven future, and watch as your business unfolds new horizons of efficiency and innovation.</description>
      <author>Dan Rose Johansen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788793116535.mp3" length="1422298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788793116535.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Applying Artificial Intelligence: The Practitioner&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Dan Rose Johansen
Narrator: Rich Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into the world of AI with &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence,&amp;#039; a transformative guide designed to demystify the technology and unlock its potential for your organisation.  Amidst the whirlwind of misconceptions and speculative narratives surrounding AI, this book emerges as a beacon of clarity, shedding light on how technology can enhance human performance. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is not just another book; it&amp;#039;s a strategic toolkit tailored for forward-thinking organisations eager to harness the power of the technologies. With a focus on practical application, this guide empowers your in-house experts to bridge the gap between complex AI concepts and real-world business challenges. It&amp;#039;s about turning the abstract into the actionable. Imagine equipping your team with the knowledge to identify opportunities where AI can drive innovation, optimise operations, and create unparalleled competitive advantages. This book offers a pragmatic approach to understanding AI&amp;#039;s role in problem-solving and decision-making, backed by a practical methodology for confidently managing projects. Gone are the days when the realms of AI technology and business strategy operated in silos. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; champions a collaborative approach, advocating for the education of your domain experts in AI principles. This strategy ensures that those who know your business best also lead the charge in integrating AI solutions, making for a seamless fusion of tech prowess and business acumen. Prepare to transform your organisation&amp;#039;s approach to AI, turning scepticism into strategy and confusion into clarity. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is your gateway to unlocking the untapped potential of AI in your business, one insightful chapter at a time. Let your domain experts become the architects of your AI-driven future, and watch as your business unfolds new horizons of efficiency and innovation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769732</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Applying Artificial Intelligence: The Practitioner&amp;#039;s Handbook
Author: Dan Rose Johansen
Narrator: Rich Keeble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 15 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dive into the world of AI with &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence,&amp;#039; a transformative guide designed to demystify the technology and unlock its potential for your organisation.  Amidst the whirlwind of misconceptions and speculative narratives surrounding AI, this book emerges as a beacon of clarity, shedding light on how technology can enhance human performance. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is not just another book; it&amp;#039;s a strategic toolkit tailored for forward-thinking organisations eager to harness the power of the technologies. With a focus on practical application, this guide empowers your in-house experts to bridge the gap between complex AI concepts and real-world business challenges. It&amp;#039;s about turning the abstract into the actionable. Imagine equipping your team with the knowledge to identify opportunities where AI can drive innovation, optimise operations, and create unparalleled competitive advantages. This book offers a pragmatic approach to understanding AI&amp;#039;s role in problem-solving and decision-making, backed by a practical methodology for confidently managing projects. Gone are the days when the realms of AI technology and business strategy operated in silos. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; champions a collaborative approach, advocating for the education of your domain experts in AI principles. This strategy ensures that those who know your business best also lead the charge in integrating AI solutions, making for a seamless fusion of tech prowess and business acumen. Prepare to transform your organisation&amp;#039;s approach to AI, turning scepticism into strategy and confusion into clarity. &amp;#039;Applying Artificial Intelligence&amp;#039; is your gateway to unlocking the untapped potential of AI in your business, one insightful chapter at a time. Let your domain experts become the architects of your AI-driven future, and watch as your business unfolds new horizons of efficiency and innovation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking by Shannon Vallor</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking
Author: Shannon Vallor
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today&amp;#039;s powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today&amp;#039;s grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.</description>
      <author>Shannon Vallor</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696614672.mp3" length="8233287" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696614672.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking
Author: Shannon Vallor
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today&amp;#039;s powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today&amp;#039;s grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/769026</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The AI Mirror: How to Reclaim Our Humanity in an Age of Machine Thinking
Author: Shannon Vallor
Narrator: Kim Niemi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
For many, technology offers hope for the future—that promise of shared human flourishing and liberation that always seems to elude our species. Artificial intelligence (AI) technologies spark this hope in a particular way. They promise a future in which human limits and frailties are finally overcome—not by us, but by our machines. Yet rather than open new futures, today&amp;#039;s powerful AI technologies reproduce the past. Forged from oceans of our data into immensely powerful but flawed mirrors, they reflect the same errors, biases, and failures of wisdom that we strive to escape. Our new digital mirrors point backward. They show only where the data say that we have already been, never where we might venture together for the first time. To meet today&amp;#039;s grave challenges to our species and our planet, we will need something new from AI, and from ourselves. Shannon Vallor makes a wide-ranging, prophetic, and philosophical case for what AI could be: a way to reclaim our human potential for moral and intellectual growth, rather than lose ourselves in mirrors of the past. Rejecting prophecies of doom, she encourages us to pursue technology that helps us recover our sense of the possible, and with it the confidence and courage to repair a broken world. Vallor calls us to rethink what AI is and can be, and what we want to be with it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course by Jeff Poppen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</description>
      <author>Jeff Poppen</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781645022503.mp3" length="870622" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781645022503.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768977</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Barefoot Biodynamics: How Cows, Compost, and Community Help Us Understand Rudolf Steiner’s Agriculture Course
Author: Jeff Poppen
Narrator: Madison Niederhauser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April 18, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
With decades of knowledge and proven, common-sense methods from “The Barefoot Farmer,” this practical guide to biodynamic principles and practices will appeal to growers of every scale and experience level.     In Barefoot Biodynamics, organic grower Jeff Poppen—“The Barefoot Farmer”—combines tales from his personal history in rural Tennessee with the practical applications of biodynamic principles and the deep aspects of the biodynamic methods that continue to make his farm a success today.     Jeff’s friendly, direct, and humorous writing will appeal not only to the biodynamic-curious, but also to farmers and gardeners who have experimented with the biodynamic approach and are looking for a deeper understanding of the practice.     Rooted in the teachings of biodynamic pioneer Rudolf Steiner, Jeff’s unique insights and deep reflections on “guiding lines” of biodynamic growing are an invaluable resource. Those “guiding lines” include:       - producing a farm’s fertility using cover crops, compost, and other on-farm inputs  - enjoying the renewing power of farm festivals  - augmenting scientific knowledge with the power of observation and intuition  - avoiding chemical fertilizers  - understanding that carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen make up 95 percent of the physical structure of plants and are freely available in the air around us  - enhancing the availability of critical minerals such as silica and lime through good farming practices  - building humus-rich soil teeming with microbial life  - using homeopathic preparations to heal and enrich the soil       In addition, Jeff walks the reader through the eight lectures on farming given by Steiner in 1924, summarizing important points from each lecture and “translating” them from Steiner’s profound yet sometimes impenetrable vocabulary into plain language. In Barefoot Biodynamics, Jeff provides new insight into these enigmatic lectures, revealing an often overlooked yet cost-effective farming method rooted in common sense.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Genesis: Artificial Intelligence, Hope, and the Human Spirit by Craig Mundie, Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: Artificial Intelligence, Hope, and the Human Spirit
Author: Craig Mundie, Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt
Narrator: Byron Wagner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
As Artificial Intelligence (AI) becomes more dynamic and ubiquitous, it is dramatically empowering people in all walks of life while also giving rise to urgent questions about the future of humanity—a historic challenge whose contours and consequences are revealed by three eminent thinkers in Genesis.  As it absorbs data, gains agency, and intermediates between humans and reality, AI will help us to address enormous crises, from climate change to geopolitical conflicts to income inequality. It might well solve some of the greatest mysteries of our universe, revolutionize fields as diverse as medicine and architecture, and elevate the human spirit to unimaginable heights. But it will also pose challenges on a scale and of an intensity that we have never seen—usurping our power of independent judgment and action, testing our relationship with the divine, and perhaps even spurring a new phase in human evolution. Whom will we choose to lead our species through this wilderness? Or have we, passively and unwittingly, already chosen?     Charting a course between blind faith and unjustified fear, Genesis outlines an effective strategy for navigating the age of AI. The last book of elder statesman Henry Kissinger, written with technologists Eric Schmidt and Craig Mundie, it prepares the decisionmakers of today—that is, all of us—for the choices of tomorrow, and equips us to seize the opportunities presented by AI without falling prey to the darker forces that this revolution has unleashed.</description>
      <author>Craig Mundie, Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781668645093.mp3" length="832213" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781668645093.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: Artificial Intelligence, Hope, and the Human Spirit
Author: Craig Mundie, Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt
Narrator: Byron Wagner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
As Artificial Intelligence (AI) becomes more dynamic and ubiquitous, it is dramatically empowering people in all walks of life while also giving rise to urgent questions about the future of humanity—a historic challenge whose contours and consequences are revealed by three eminent thinkers in Genesis.  As it absorbs data, gains agency, and intermediates between humans and reality, AI will help us to address enormous crises, from climate change to geopolitical conflicts to income inequality. It might well solve some of the greatest mysteries of our universe, revolutionize fields as diverse as medicine and architecture, and elevate the human spirit to unimaginable heights. But it will also pose challenges on a scale and of an intensity that we have never seen—usurping our power of independent judgment and action, testing our relationship with the divine, and perhaps even spurring a new phase in human evolution. Whom will we choose to lead our species through this wilderness? Or have we, passively and unwittingly, already chosen?     Charting a course between blind faith and unjustified fear, Genesis outlines an effective strategy for navigating the age of AI. The last book of elder statesman Henry Kissinger, written with technologists Eric Schmidt and Craig Mundie, it prepares the decisionmakers of today—that is, all of us—for the choices of tomorrow, and equips us to seize the opportunities presented by AI without falling prey to the darker forces that this revolution has unleashed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768612</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Genesis: Artificial Intelligence, Hope, and the Human Spirit
Author: Craig Mundie, Henry A. Kissinger, Eric Schmidt
Narrator: Byron Wagner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 3 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
As Artificial Intelligence (AI) becomes more dynamic and ubiquitous, it is dramatically empowering people in all walks of life while also giving rise to urgent questions about the future of humanity—a historic challenge whose contours and consequences are revealed by three eminent thinkers in Genesis.  As it absorbs data, gains agency, and intermediates between humans and reality, AI will help us to address enormous crises, from climate change to geopolitical conflicts to income inequality. It might well solve some of the greatest mysteries of our universe, revolutionize fields as diverse as medicine and architecture, and elevate the human spirit to unimaginable heights. But it will also pose challenges on a scale and of an intensity that we have never seen—usurping our power of independent judgment and action, testing our relationship with the divine, and perhaps even spurring a new phase in human evolution. Whom will we choose to lead our species through this wilderness? Or have we, passively and unwittingly, already chosen?     Charting a course between blind faith and unjustified fear, Genesis outlines an effective strategy for navigating the age of AI. The last book of elder statesman Henry Kissinger, written with technologists Eric Schmidt and Craig Mundie, it prepares the decisionmakers of today—that is, all of us—for the choices of tomorrow, and equips us to seize the opportunities presented by AI without falling prey to the darker forces that this revolution has unleashed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Drunk Robots: Genesis of the SUDO AIs by Christiaan Rendle</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunk Robots: Genesis of the SUDO AIs
Author: Christiaan Rendle
Narrator: Brian Pederson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. James Vandenberg finally receives approval to pursue his lifelong dream of creating advanced AI robots. Despite initial skepticism, he convinces the board of FORTRAN 5 to support his project, leading to the development of the SUDO AI program, which aims to create hyper-intelligent robots. As the robots evolve and display human-like emotions, concerns arise about their potential military use. When negotiations with the military ensue, Vandenberg&amp;#039;s opposition prompts the robots to flee. They embark on a perilous journey to freedom, pursued by law enforcement and military forces. Despite facing numerous obstacles and power depletion, they eventually reach a safe house, finding solace in their newfound freedom and camaraderie.</description>
      <author>Christiaan Rendle</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875117008.mp3" length="830067" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875117008.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunk Robots: Genesis of the SUDO AIs
Author: Christiaan Rendle
Narrator: Brian Pederson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. James Vandenberg finally receives approval to pursue his lifelong dream of creating advanced AI robots. Despite initial skepticism, he convinces the board of FORTRAN 5 to support his project, leading to the development of the SUDO AI program, which aims to create hyper-intelligent robots. As the robots evolve and display human-like emotions, concerns arise about their potential military use. When negotiations with the military ensue, Vandenberg&amp;#039;s opposition prompts the robots to flee. They embark on a perilous journey to freedom, pursued by law enforcement and military forces. Despite facing numerous obstacles and power depletion, they eventually reach a safe house, finding solace in their newfound freedom and camaraderie.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/768328</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Drunk Robots: Genesis of the SUDO AIs
Author: Christiaan Rendle
Narrator: Brian Pederson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Dr. James Vandenberg finally receives approval to pursue his lifelong dream of creating advanced AI robots. Despite initial skepticism, he convinces the board of FORTRAN 5 to support his project, leading to the development of the SUDO AI program, which aims to create hyper-intelligent robots. As the robots evolve and display human-like emotions, concerns arise about their potential military use. When negotiations with the military ensue, Vandenberg&amp;#039;s opposition prompts the robots to flee. They embark on a perilous journey to freedom, pursued by law enforcement and military forces. Despite facing numerous obstacles and power depletion, they eventually reach a safe house, finding solace in their newfound freedom and camaraderie.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs by Jim Kalbach</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs
Author: Jim Kalbach
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jobs To Be Done is key to building successful products, and this book masterfully gives a step–by–step guide on how to put it into practice.&amp;#039; —Melissa Perri, author of Escaping the Build Trap These days, consumers have real power: they can research companies, compare ratings, and find alternatives with a simple tap. Focusing on customer needs isn&amp;#039;t a nice–to–have, it&amp;#039;s a strategic imperative. The Jobs To Be Done Playbook (JTBD) helps organizations turn market insight into action. This book shows you techniques to make offerings people want, as well as make people want your offering.</description>
      <author>Jim Kalbach</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735423.mp3" length="7919785" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735423.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs
Author: Jim Kalbach
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jobs To Be Done is key to building successful products, and this book masterfully gives a step–by–step guide on how to put it into practice.&amp;#039; —Melissa Perri, author of Escaping the Build Trap These days, consumers have real power: they can research companies, compare ratings, and find alternatives with a simple tap. Focusing on customer needs isn&amp;#039;t a nice–to–have, it&amp;#039;s a strategic imperative. The Jobs To Be Done Playbook (JTBD) helps organizations turn market insight into action. This book shows you techniques to make offerings people want, as well as make people want your offering.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/766989</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Jobs To Be Done Playbook: Align Your Markets, Organization, and Strategy Around Customer Needs
Author: Jim Kalbach
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 10 minutes
Release date: May 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Jobs To Be Done is key to building successful products, and this book masterfully gives a step–by–step guide on how to put it into practice.&amp;#039; —Melissa Perri, author of Escaping the Build Trap These days, consumers have real power: they can research companies, compare ratings, and find alternatives with a simple tap. Focusing on customer needs isn&amp;#039;t a nice–to–have, it&amp;#039;s a strategic imperative. The Jobs To Be Done Playbook (JTBD) helps organizations turn market insight into action. This book shows you techniques to make offerings people want, as well as make people want your offering.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Mastering AI: A Survival Guide to Our Superpowered Future by Jeremy Kahn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering AI: A Survival Guide to Our Superpowered Future
Author: Jeremy Kahn
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A Fortune magazine journalist draws on his expertise and extensive contacts among the companies and scientists at the forefront of artificial intelligence to offer dramatic predictions of AI’s impact over the next decade, from reshaping our economy and the way we work, learn, and create to unknitting our social fabric, jeopardizing our democracy, and fundamentally altering the way we think. Within the next five years, Jeremy Kahn predicts, AI will disrupt almost every industry and enterprise, with vastly increased efficiency and productivity. It will restructure the workforce, making AI copilots a must for every knowledge worker. It will revamp education, meaning children around the world can have personal, portable tutors. It will revolutionize health care, making individualized, targeted pharmaceuticals more affordable. It will compel us to reimagine how we make art, compose music, and write and publish books. The potential of generative AI to extend our skills, talents, and creativity as humans is undeniably exciting and promising.   But while this new technology has a bright future, it also casts a dark and fearful shadow. AI will provoke pervasive, disruptive, potentially devastating knock-on effects. Leveraging his unrivaled access to the leaders, scientists, futurists, and others who are making AI a reality, Kahn will argue that if not carefully designed and vigilantly regulated AI will deepen income inequality, depressing wages while imposing winner-take-all markets across much of the economy. AI risks undermining democracy, as truth is overtaken by misinformation, racial bias, and harmful stereotypes. Continuing a process begun by the internet, AI will rewire our brains, likely inhibiting our ability to think critically, to remember, and even to get along with one another—unless we all take decisive action to prevent this from happening.   Much as Michael Lewis’s classic The New New Thing offered a prescient, insightful, and eminently readable account of life inside the dot-com bubble, Mastering AI delivers much-needed guidance for anyone eager to understand the AI boom—and what comes next.</description>
      <author>Jeremy Kahn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797181134.mp3" length="803300" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797181134.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering AI: A Survival Guide to Our Superpowered Future
Author: Jeremy Kahn
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A Fortune magazine journalist draws on his expertise and extensive contacts among the companies and scientists at the forefront of artificial intelligence to offer dramatic predictions of AI’s impact over the next decade, from reshaping our economy and the way we work, learn, and create to unknitting our social fabric, jeopardizing our democracy, and fundamentally altering the way we think. Within the next five years, Jeremy Kahn predicts, AI will disrupt almost every industry and enterprise, with vastly increased efficiency and productivity. It will restructure the workforce, making AI copilots a must for every knowledge worker. It will revamp education, meaning children around the world can have personal, portable tutors. It will revolutionize health care, making individualized, targeted pharmaceuticals more affordable. It will compel us to reimagine how we make art, compose music, and write and publish books. The potential of generative AI to extend our skills, talents, and creativity as humans is undeniably exciting and promising.   But while this new technology has a bright future, it also casts a dark and fearful shadow. AI will provoke pervasive, disruptive, potentially devastating knock-on effects. Leveraging his unrivaled access to the leaders, scientists, futurists, and others who are making AI a reality, Kahn will argue that if not carefully designed and vigilantly regulated AI will deepen income inequality, depressing wages while imposing winner-take-all markets across much of the economy. AI risks undermining democracy, as truth is overtaken by misinformation, racial bias, and harmful stereotypes. Continuing a process begun by the internet, AI will rewire our brains, likely inhibiting our ability to think critically, to remember, and even to get along with one another—unless we all take decisive action to prevent this from happening.   Much as Michael Lewis’s classic The New New Thing offered a prescient, insightful, and eminently readable account of life inside the dot-com bubble, Mastering AI delivers much-needed guidance for anyone eager to understand the AI boom—and what comes next.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765321</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Mastering AI: A Survival Guide to Our Superpowered Future
Author: Jeremy Kahn
Narrator: Kyle Tait
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 29 minutes
Release date: July  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
A Fortune magazine journalist draws on his expertise and extensive contacts among the companies and scientists at the forefront of artificial intelligence to offer dramatic predictions of AI’s impact over the next decade, from reshaping our economy and the way we work, learn, and create to unknitting our social fabric, jeopardizing our democracy, and fundamentally altering the way we think. Within the next five years, Jeremy Kahn predicts, AI will disrupt almost every industry and enterprise, with vastly increased efficiency and productivity. It will restructure the workforce, making AI copilots a must for every knowledge worker. It will revamp education, meaning children around the world can have personal, portable tutors. It will revolutionize health care, making individualized, targeted pharmaceuticals more affordable. It will compel us to reimagine how we make art, compose music, and write and publish books. The potential of generative AI to extend our skills, talents, and creativity as humans is undeniably exciting and promising.   But while this new technology has a bright future, it also casts a dark and fearful shadow. AI will provoke pervasive, disruptive, potentially devastating knock-on effects. Leveraging his unrivaled access to the leaders, scientists, futurists, and others who are making AI a reality, Kahn will argue that if not carefully designed and vigilantly regulated AI will deepen income inequality, depressing wages while imposing winner-take-all markets across much of the economy. AI risks undermining democracy, as truth is overtaken by misinformation, racial bias, and harmful stereotypes. Continuing a process begun by the internet, AI will rewire our brains, likely inhibiting our ability to think critically, to remember, and even to get along with one another—unless we all take decisive action to prevent this from happening.   Much as Michael Lewis’s classic The New New Thing offered a prescient, insightful, and eminently readable account of life inside the dot-com bubble, Mastering AI delivers much-needed guidance for anyone eager to understand the AI boom—and what comes next.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>MoneyGPT: AI and the Threat to the Global Economy by James Rickards</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: MoneyGPT: AI and the Threat to the Global Economy
Author: James Rickards
Narrator: James Rickards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Essential reading” – Forbes From the New York Times bestselling author of The New Great Depression and Currency Wars, a telling prediction for how AI will endanger global economic markets and security In November 2022, OpenAI released GPT-4 in a chatbot form to the public. In just two months, it claimed 100 million users—the fastest app to ever reach this benchmark. Since then, AI has become an all-consuming topic, popping up on the news, in ads, on your messenger apps, and in conversations with friends and family. But as AI becomes ubiquitous and grows at an ever-increasing pace, what does it mean for the financial markets? In MoneyGPT, Wall Street veteran and former advisor to the Department of Defense James Rickards paints a comprehensive picture of the danger AI poses to the global financial order, and the insidious ways in which AI will threaten national security. Rickards shows how, while AI is touted to increase efficiency and lower costs, its global implementation in the financial world will actually cause chaos, as selling begets selling and bank runs happen at lightning speed. AI further benefits malicious actors, Rickards argues, because without human empathy or instinct to intervene, threats like total nuclear war that once felt extreme are now more likely. And throughout all this, we must remain vigilant on the question of whose values will be promoted in the age of AI. As Rickards predicts, these systems will fail when we rely on them the most. MoneyGPT shows that the danger is not that AI will malfunction, but that it will function exactly as intended. The peril is not in the algorithms, but in ourselves. And it’s up to us to intervene with old-fashioned human logic and common sense before it’s too late.</description>
      <author>James Rickards</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593911235.mp3" length="2592416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593911235.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:4:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: MoneyGPT: AI and the Threat to the Global Economy
Author: James Rickards
Narrator: James Rickards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Essential reading” – Forbes From the New York Times bestselling author of The New Great Depression and Currency Wars, a telling prediction for how AI will endanger global economic markets and security In November 2022, OpenAI released GPT-4 in a chatbot form to the public. In just two months, it claimed 100 million users—the fastest app to ever reach this benchmark. Since then, AI has become an all-consuming topic, popping up on the news, in ads, on your messenger apps, and in conversations with friends and family. But as AI becomes ubiquitous and grows at an ever-increasing pace, what does it mean for the financial markets? In MoneyGPT, Wall Street veteran and former advisor to the Department of Defense James Rickards paints a comprehensive picture of the danger AI poses to the global financial order, and the insidious ways in which AI will threaten national security. Rickards shows how, while AI is touted to increase efficiency and lower costs, its global implementation in the financial world will actually cause chaos, as selling begets selling and bank runs happen at lightning speed. AI further benefits malicious actors, Rickards argues, because without human empathy or instinct to intervene, threats like total nuclear war that once felt extreme are now more likely. And throughout all this, we must remain vigilant on the question of whose values will be promoted in the age of AI. As Rickards predicts, these systems will fail when we rely on them the most. MoneyGPT shows that the danger is not that AI will malfunction, but that it will function exactly as intended. The peril is not in the algorithms, but in ourselves. And it’s up to us to intervene with old-fashioned human logic and common sense before it’s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765302</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: MoneyGPT: AI and the Threat to the Global Economy
Author: James Rickards
Narrator: James Rickards
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 4 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
“Essential reading” – Forbes From the New York Times bestselling author of The New Great Depression and Currency Wars, a telling prediction for how AI will endanger global economic markets and security In November 2022, OpenAI released GPT-4 in a chatbot form to the public. In just two months, it claimed 100 million users—the fastest app to ever reach this benchmark. Since then, AI has become an all-consuming topic, popping up on the news, in ads, on your messenger apps, and in conversations with friends and family. But as AI becomes ubiquitous and grows at an ever-increasing pace, what does it mean for the financial markets? In MoneyGPT, Wall Street veteran and former advisor to the Department of Defense James Rickards paints a comprehensive picture of the danger AI poses to the global financial order, and the insidious ways in which AI will threaten national security. Rickards shows how, while AI is touted to increase efficiency and lower costs, its global implementation in the financial world will actually cause chaos, as selling begets selling and bank runs happen at lightning speed. AI further benefits malicious actors, Rickards argues, because without human empathy or instinct to intervene, threats like total nuclear war that once felt extreme are now more likely. And throughout all this, we must remain vigilant on the question of whose values will be promoted in the age of AI. As Rickards predicts, these systems will fail when we rely on them the most. MoneyGPT shows that the danger is not that AI will malfunction, but that it will function exactly as intended. The peril is not in the algorithms, but in ourselves. And it’s up to us to intervene with old-fashioned human logic and common sense before it’s too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - SEO-Sprint: In 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1 by Mare Hojc</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - SEO-Sprint: In 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1
Author: Mare Hojc
Narrator: Eike Dahle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lernen Sie die Strategie kennen, wie wir unsere Kunden innerhalb von 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1 ranken können. Mit unserer innovativen SEO SPRINT Methodologie. In diesem Buch lernen Sie die Grundlagen &amp;amp; Herangehensweise für einen SEO Sprint kennen. Dieses Buch behandelt nicht die einzelnen SEO-Maßnahmen im Detail (wie baut man Backlinks auf, wie erstellt man SEO-Content, wie findet und korrigiert man technische Probleme, was ist UX-SEO..). Das steht bereits in vielen SEO-Büchern und Blogs. Anstelle dessen werden Sie die grundlegende Strategie hinter einem SEO Sprint kennenlernen und wissen, wie man in 3 Monaten auf Google Seite 1 kommen kann. Seit über 18 Jahren machen wir schon SEO und halfen vielen Kunden dabei, Ihre Webseite weit oben auf Google anzeigen zu lassen. Viel Zeit und viele SEO-Projekte. Angefangen von kleinen und mittelgroßen Unternehmen, haben wir uns mittlerweile das Vertrauen von großen internationalen und globalen Organisationen verdient. Und dabei eine Menge gelernt. In dieser Zeit wurden wir immer wieder mit diesen drei Einwänden unserer Kunden konfrontiert: 1. SEO braucht zu lange, bevor man Ergebnisse sieht 2. Trotz langer Wartezeit, weiß man nie, ob die gewünschten Ergebnisse überhaupt eintreten werden 3. Trotzdem muss man monatlich viel Geld investieren Irgendwann sagten wir &amp;#039;Genug!&amp;#039; In diesem Audiobuch werden Sie lernen: - Die 4 SEO-Säulen einfach erklärt - Welchen SEO-Hebel haben große Webseiten und welchen kleinere (Erfahrung aus mehr als 100 SEO-Projekten) - Warum SEO-Projekte oft länger dauern und schlechtere Resultate liefern? (Spoiler-Alarm: Budget wird für falsche Maßnahmen aufgewendet) - Was ist ein SEO-Sprint und warum kann er so schnelle Resultate liefern? - Was sind die Vorteile eines SEO-Sprints gegenüber klassischen SEO-Maßnahmen? - 4 Fallstudien: Onlinehandel, Metallindustrie, Blockchain &amp;amp; Web3, Software Praxisnah und verständlich. Viel Spaß beim Zuhören Mare Hojc</description>
      <author>Mare Hojc</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989834408.mp3" length="904984" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989834408.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - SEO-Sprint: In 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1
Author: Mare Hojc
Narrator: Eike Dahle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lernen Sie die Strategie kennen, wie wir unsere Kunden innerhalb von 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1 ranken können. Mit unserer innovativen SEO SPRINT Methodologie. In diesem Buch lernen Sie die Grundlagen &amp;amp; Herangehensweise für einen SEO Sprint kennen. Dieses Buch behandelt nicht die einzelnen SEO-Maßnahmen im Detail (wie baut man Backlinks auf, wie erstellt man SEO-Content, wie findet und korrigiert man technische Probleme, was ist UX-SEO..). Das steht bereits in vielen SEO-Büchern und Blogs. Anstelle dessen werden Sie die grundlegende Strategie hinter einem SEO Sprint kennenlernen und wissen, wie man in 3 Monaten auf Google Seite 1 kommen kann. Seit über 18 Jahren machen wir schon SEO und halfen vielen Kunden dabei, Ihre Webseite weit oben auf Google anzeigen zu lassen. Viel Zeit und viele SEO-Projekte. Angefangen von kleinen und mittelgroßen Unternehmen, haben wir uns mittlerweile das Vertrauen von großen internationalen und globalen Organisationen verdient. Und dabei eine Menge gelernt. In dieser Zeit wurden wir immer wieder mit diesen drei Einwänden unserer Kunden konfrontiert: 1. SEO braucht zu lange, bevor man Ergebnisse sieht 2. Trotz langer Wartezeit, weiß man nie, ob die gewünschten Ergebnisse überhaupt eintreten werden 3. Trotzdem muss man monatlich viel Geld investieren Irgendwann sagten wir &amp;#039;Genug!&amp;#039; In diesem Audiobuch werden Sie lernen: - Die 4 SEO-Säulen einfach erklärt - Welchen SEO-Hebel haben große Webseiten und welchen kleinere (Erfahrung aus mehr als 100 SEO-Projekten) - Warum SEO-Projekte oft länger dauern und schlechtere Resultate liefern? (Spoiler-Alarm: Budget wird für falsche Maßnahmen aufgewendet) - Was ist ein SEO-Sprint und warum kann er so schnelle Resultate liefern? - Was sind die Vorteile eines SEO-Sprints gegenüber klassischen SEO-Maßnahmen? - 4 Fallstudien: Onlinehandel, Metallindustrie, Blockchain &amp;amp; Web3, Software Praxisnah und verständlich. Viel Spaß beim Zuhören Mare Hojc</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/765105</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - SEO-Sprint: In 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1
Author: Mare Hojc
Narrator: Eike Dahle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: March 14, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Lernen Sie die Strategie kennen, wie wir unsere Kunden innerhalb von 3 Monaten (anstatt 12) auf Google Seite #1 ranken können. Mit unserer innovativen SEO SPRINT Methodologie. In diesem Buch lernen Sie die Grundlagen &amp;amp; Herangehensweise für einen SEO Sprint kennen. Dieses Buch behandelt nicht die einzelnen SEO-Maßnahmen im Detail (wie baut man Backlinks auf, wie erstellt man SEO-Content, wie findet und korrigiert man technische Probleme, was ist UX-SEO..). Das steht bereits in vielen SEO-Büchern und Blogs. Anstelle dessen werden Sie die grundlegende Strategie hinter einem SEO Sprint kennenlernen und wissen, wie man in 3 Monaten auf Google Seite 1 kommen kann. Seit über 18 Jahren machen wir schon SEO und halfen vielen Kunden dabei, Ihre Webseite weit oben auf Google anzeigen zu lassen. Viel Zeit und viele SEO-Projekte. Angefangen von kleinen und mittelgroßen Unternehmen, haben wir uns mittlerweile das Vertrauen von großen internationalen und globalen Organisationen verdient. Und dabei eine Menge gelernt. In dieser Zeit wurden wir immer wieder mit diesen drei Einwänden unserer Kunden konfrontiert: 1. SEO braucht zu lange, bevor man Ergebnisse sieht 2. Trotz langer Wartezeit, weiß man nie, ob die gewünschten Ergebnisse überhaupt eintreten werden 3. Trotzdem muss man monatlich viel Geld investieren Irgendwann sagten wir &amp;#039;Genug!&amp;#039; In diesem Audiobuch werden Sie lernen: - Die 4 SEO-Säulen einfach erklärt - Welchen SEO-Hebel haben große Webseiten und welchen kleinere (Erfahrung aus mehr als 100 SEO-Projekten) - Warum SEO-Projekte oft länger dauern und schlechtere Resultate liefern? (Spoiler-Alarm: Budget wird für falsche Maßnahmen aufgewendet) - Was ist ein SEO-Sprint und warum kann er so schnelle Resultate liefern? - Was sind die Vorteile eines SEO-Sprints gegenüber klassischen SEO-Maßnahmen? - 4 Fallstudien: Onlinehandel, Metallindustrie, Blockchain &amp;amp; Web3, Software Praxisnah und verständlich. Viel Spaß beim Zuhören Mare Hojc</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - offline: ... weil dein Leben einmalig ist! by Axel Volk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - offline: ... weil dein Leben einmalig ist!
Author: Axel Volk
Narrator: Pete Dückmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Du bist jung und ackerst dich gerade durch die Herausforderungen der realen und der virtuellen Welt? Dann ist dieses Heft genau für dich geschrieben! Axel Volk will dich nicht als ein weiterer von vielen Influencern unterhalten, sondern schreibt dir auf einigen Seiten seine Beobachtungen und Gedanken zum Umgang mit den digitalen Medien. Bevor Du ein Viertel deines freien Zeitbudgets vor dem Smartphone verbringst, lohnt sich die Zeit für dieses Hörbuch – auf jeden Fall!</description>
      <author>Axel Volk</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Mar 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783945515587.mp3" length="891264" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783945515587.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - offline: ... weil dein Leben einmalig ist!
Author: Axel Volk
Narrator: Pete Dückmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Du bist jung und ackerst dich gerade durch die Herausforderungen der realen und der virtuellen Welt? Dann ist dieses Heft genau für dich geschrieben! Axel Volk will dich nicht als ein weiterer von vielen Influencern unterhalten, sondern schreibt dir auf einigen Seiten seine Beobachtungen und Gedanken zum Umgang mit den digitalen Medien. Bevor Du ein Viertel deines freien Zeitbudgets vor dem Smartphone verbringst, lohnt sich die Zeit für dieses Hörbuch – auf jeden Fall!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/764859</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - offline: ... weil dein Leben einmalig ist!
Author: Axel Volk
Narrator: Pete Dückmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Du bist jung und ackerst dich gerade durch die Herausforderungen der realen und der virtuellen Welt? Dann ist dieses Heft genau für dich geschrieben! Axel Volk will dich nicht als ein weiterer von vielen Influencern unterhalten, sondern schreibt dir auf einigen Seiten seine Beobachtungen und Gedanken zum Umgang mit den digitalen Medien. Bevor Du ein Viertel deines freien Zeitbudgets vor dem Smartphone verbringst, lohnt sich die Zeit für dieses Hörbuch – auf jeden Fall!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Understanding DeFi: The Roles, Tools, Risks, and Rewards of Decentralized Finance by Alexandra Damsker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding DeFi: The Roles, Tools, Risks, and Rewards of Decentralized Finance
Author: Alexandra Damsker
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decentralized finance (DeFi) is a rapidly growing field in fintech, having grown from $700 million to $100 billion over the past three years alone. But the lack of reliable information makes this area both risky and murky. In this practical book, experienced securities attorney Alexandra Damsker explains DeFi&amp;#039;s role in both blockchain and finance. Ideal for developers looking to build decentralized applications (DApps), this book compares DeFi to traditional bank-led fintech and explains why DeFi is exploding in interest and popularity. You&amp;#039;ll explore the growing array of DApps and platforms in various categories, including their benefits and drawbacks, and learn how DeFi tools work together from the perspective of both users and developers. With this book, you will learn how DeFi fits into the blockchain and fintech worlds; understand why it&amp;#039;s important to move beyond the banking system; explore the tools for building a useful, functional DeFi application; and learn the risks, benefits, regulatory concerns, and unresolved issues in this nascent and fast-growing industry. You&amp;#039;ll also see which technologies are well-positioned to be incorporated into DeFi blockchains in the near future and assess your own risk level to determine which strategies are most appropriate.</description>
      <author>Alexandra Damsker</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735546.mp3" length="8000581" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding DeFi: The Roles, Tools, Risks, and Rewards of Decentralized Finance
Author: Alexandra Damsker
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decentralized finance (DeFi) is a rapidly growing field in fintech, having grown from $700 million to $100 billion over the past three years alone. But the lack of reliable information makes this area both risky and murky. In this practical book, experienced securities attorney Alexandra Damsker explains DeFi&amp;#039;s role in both blockchain and finance. Ideal for developers looking to build decentralized applications (DApps), this book compares DeFi to traditional bank-led fintech and explains why DeFi is exploding in interest and popularity. You&amp;#039;ll explore the growing array of DApps and platforms in various categories, including their benefits and drawbacks, and learn how DeFi tools work together from the perspective of both users and developers. With this book, you will learn how DeFi fits into the blockchain and fintech worlds; understand why it&amp;#039;s important to move beyond the banking system; explore the tools for building a useful, functional DeFi application; and learn the risks, benefits, regulatory concerns, and unresolved issues in this nascent and fast-growing industry. You&amp;#039;ll also see which technologies are well-positioned to be incorporated into DeFi blockchains in the near future and assess your own risk level to determine which strategies are most appropriate.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763995</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Understanding DeFi: The Roles, Tools, Risks, and Rewards of Decentralized Finance
Author: Alexandra Damsker
Narrator: Siiri Scott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 47 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Decentralized finance (DeFi) is a rapidly growing field in fintech, having grown from $700 million to $100 billion over the past three years alone. But the lack of reliable information makes this area both risky and murky. In this practical book, experienced securities attorney Alexandra Damsker explains DeFi&amp;#039;s role in both blockchain and finance. Ideal for developers looking to build decentralized applications (DApps), this book compares DeFi to traditional bank-led fintech and explains why DeFi is exploding in interest and popularity. You&amp;#039;ll explore the growing array of DApps and platforms in various categories, including their benefits and drawbacks, and learn how DeFi tools work together from the perspective of both users and developers. With this book, you will learn how DeFi fits into the blockchain and fintech worlds; understand why it&amp;#039;s important to move beyond the banking system; explore the tools for building a useful, functional DeFi application; and learn the risks, benefits, regulatory concerns, and unresolved issues in this nascent and fast-growing industry. You&amp;#039;ll also see which technologies are well-positioned to be incorporated into DeFi blockchains in the near future and assess your own risk level to determine which strategies are most appropriate.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Defensive Security Handbook: Best Practices for Securing Infrastructure (2nd Edition) by Lee Brotherston, William F. Reyor III, Amanda Berlin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defensive Security Handbook: Best Practices for Securing Infrastructure (2nd Edition)
Author: Lee Brotherston, William F. Reyor III, Amanda Berlin
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite the increase of high-profile hacks, record-breaking data leaks, and ransomware attacks, many organizations don&amp;#039;t have the budget for an information security (InfoSec) program. If you&amp;#039;re forced to protect yourself by improvising on the job, this pragmatic guide provides a security-101 handbook with steps, tools, processes, and ideas to help you drive maximum-security improvement at little or no cost. Each chapter in this book provides step-by-step instructions for dealing with issues such as breaches and disasters, compliance, network infrastructure, password management, vulnerability scanning, penetration testing, and more. Network engineers, system administrators, and security professionals will learn how to use frameworks, tools, and techniques to build and improve their cybersecurity programs. This book will help you plan and design incident response, disaster recovery, compliance, and physical security; learn and apply basic penetration testing concepts through purple teaming; conduct vulnerability management using automated processes and tools; and use IDS, IPS, SOC, logging, and monitoring. You&amp;#039;ll also bolster Microsoft and Unix systems, network infrastructure, and password management; use segmentation practices and designs to compartmentalize your network; and reduce exploitable errors by developing code securely.</description>
      <author>Lee Brotherston, William F. Reyor III, Amanda Berlin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735522.mp3" length="8703827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735522.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defensive Security Handbook: Best Practices for Securing Infrastructure (2nd Edition)
Author: Lee Brotherston, William F. Reyor III, Amanda Berlin
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite the increase of high-profile hacks, record-breaking data leaks, and ransomware attacks, many organizations don&amp;#039;t have the budget for an information security (InfoSec) program. If you&amp;#039;re forced to protect yourself by improvising on the job, this pragmatic guide provides a security-101 handbook with steps, tools, processes, and ideas to help you drive maximum-security improvement at little or no cost. Each chapter in this book provides step-by-step instructions for dealing with issues such as breaches and disasters, compliance, network infrastructure, password management, vulnerability scanning, penetration testing, and more. Network engineers, system administrators, and security professionals will learn how to use frameworks, tools, and techniques to build and improve their cybersecurity programs. This book will help you plan and design incident response, disaster recovery, compliance, and physical security; learn and apply basic penetration testing concepts through purple teaming; conduct vulnerability management using automated processes and tools; and use IDS, IPS, SOC, logging, and monitoring. You&amp;#039;ll also bolster Microsoft and Unix systems, network infrastructure, and password management; use segmentation practices and designs to compartmentalize your network; and reduce exploitable errors by developing code securely.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Defensive Security Handbook: Best Practices for Securing Infrastructure (2nd Edition)
Author: Lee Brotherston, William F. Reyor III, Amanda Berlin
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Despite the increase of high-profile hacks, record-breaking data leaks, and ransomware attacks, many organizations don&amp;#039;t have the budget for an information security (InfoSec) program. If you&amp;#039;re forced to protect yourself by improvising on the job, this pragmatic guide provides a security-101 handbook with steps, tools, processes, and ideas to help you drive maximum-security improvement at little or no cost. Each chapter in this book provides step-by-step instructions for dealing with issues such as breaches and disasters, compliance, network infrastructure, password management, vulnerability scanning, penetration testing, and more. Network engineers, system administrators, and security professionals will learn how to use frameworks, tools, and techniques to build and improve their cybersecurity programs. This book will help you plan and design incident response, disaster recovery, compliance, and physical security; learn and apply basic penetration testing concepts through purple teaming; conduct vulnerability management using automated processes and tools; and use IDS, IPS, SOC, logging, and monitoring. You&amp;#039;ll also bolster Microsoft and Unix systems, network infrastructure, and password management; use segmentation practices and designs to compartmentalize your network; and reduce exploitable errors by developing code securely.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI by Ethan Mollick</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI
Author: Ethan Mollick
Narrator: Ethan Mollick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Consumer AI has arrived. And with it, inescapable upheaval as we grapple with what it means for our jobs, lives and the future of humanity. Cutting through the noise of AI evangelists and AI doom-mongers, Wharton professor Ethan Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world. In Co-Intelligence, he urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher and coach. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking and optimistic, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. &amp;#039;Co-Intelligence is the very best book I know about the ins, outs, and ethics of generative AI. Drop everything and read it cover to cover NOW&amp;#039; Angela Duckworth © Ethan Mollick 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</description>
      <author>Ethan Mollick</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780753561188.mp3" length="1389054" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780753561188.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI
Author: Ethan Mollick
Narrator: Ethan Mollick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Consumer AI has arrived. And with it, inescapable upheaval as we grapple with what it means for our jobs, lives and the future of humanity. Cutting through the noise of AI evangelists and AI doom-mongers, Wharton professor Ethan Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world. In Co-Intelligence, he urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher and coach. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking and optimistic, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. &amp;#039;Co-Intelligence is the very best book I know about the ins, outs, and ethics of generative AI. Drop everything and read it cover to cover NOW&amp;#039; Angela Duckworth © Ethan Mollick 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI
Author: Ethan Mollick
Narrator: Ethan Mollick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: April 11, 2024
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Consumer AI has arrived. And with it, inescapable upheaval as we grapple with what it means for our jobs, lives and the future of humanity. Cutting through the noise of AI evangelists and AI doom-mongers, Wharton professor Ethan Mollick has become one of the most prominent and provocative explainers of AI, focusing on the practical aspects of how these new tools for thought can transform our world. In Co-Intelligence, he urges us to engage with AI as co-worker, co-teacher and coach. Wide ranging, hugely thought-provoking and optimistic, Co-Intelligence reveals the promise and power of this new era. &amp;#039;Co-Intelligence is the very best book I know about the ins, outs, and ethics of generative AI. Drop everything and read it cover to cover NOW&amp;#039; Angela Duckworth © Ethan Mollick 2024 (P) Penguin Audio 2024</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Inside KI by Larissa Holzki, Stephan Scheuer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inside KI
Author: Larissa Holzki, Stephan Scheuer
Narrator: Patrick Twinem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum KI keine Ahnung hat und trotzdem alles kann 2023 fing die Künstliche Intelligenz an, zu schreiben und zu sprechen wie ein Mensch. Damit steht die Welt vor einem fundamentalen Umbruch. Unsere Zivilisation, die Art und Weise, wie wir leben und arbeiten, wird so stark verändert werden wie durch die Erfindung des Internets. Noch lässt sich nur erahnen, welches Ausmaß an Innovationen in allen Lebensbereichen nun möglich ist. Fest steht aber, dass wir diese technische und gesellschaftliche Revolution nur dann in unserem Sinne steuern können, wenn wir sie und ihre Pioniere kennen und verstehen. Die Journalisten Larissa Holzki und Stephan Scheuer stellen die führenden Köpfe vor, die diese Entwicklung im Silicon Valley in den USA und in Europa treiben, und zeigen, wie wir jetzt richtig reagieren.</description>
      <author>Larissa Holzki, Stephan Scheuer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788727137551.mp3" length="1411215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788727137551.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inside KI
Author: Larissa Holzki, Stephan Scheuer
Narrator: Patrick Twinem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum KI keine Ahnung hat und trotzdem alles kann 2023 fing die Künstliche Intelligenz an, zu schreiben und zu sprechen wie ein Mensch. Damit steht die Welt vor einem fundamentalen Umbruch. Unsere Zivilisation, die Art und Weise, wie wir leben und arbeiten, wird so stark verändert werden wie durch die Erfindung des Internets. Noch lässt sich nur erahnen, welches Ausmaß an Innovationen in allen Lebensbereichen nun möglich ist. Fest steht aber, dass wir diese technische und gesellschaftliche Revolution nur dann in unserem Sinne steuern können, wenn wir sie und ihre Pioniere kennen und verstehen. Die Journalisten Larissa Holzki und Stephan Scheuer stellen die führenden Köpfe vor, die diese Entwicklung im Silicon Valley in den USA und in Europa treiben, und zeigen, wie wir jetzt richtig reagieren.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Inside KI
Author: Larissa Holzki, Stephan Scheuer
Narrator: Patrick Twinem
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 23 minutes
Release date: April  4, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum KI keine Ahnung hat und trotzdem alles kann 2023 fing die Künstliche Intelligenz an, zu schreiben und zu sprechen wie ein Mensch. Damit steht die Welt vor einem fundamentalen Umbruch. Unsere Zivilisation, die Art und Weise, wie wir leben und arbeiten, wird so stark verändert werden wie durch die Erfindung des Internets. Noch lässt sich nur erahnen, welches Ausmaß an Innovationen in allen Lebensbereichen nun möglich ist. Fest steht aber, dass wir diese technische und gesellschaftliche Revolution nur dann in unserem Sinne steuern können, wenn wir sie und ihre Pioniere kennen und verstehen. Die Journalisten Larissa Holzki und Stephan Scheuer stellen die führenden Köpfe vor, die diese Entwicklung im Silicon Valley in den USA und in Europa treiben, und zeigen, wie wir jetzt richtig reagieren.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter by Ryan Mac, Kate Conger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter
Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by Kirkus Reviews “Riveting . . . Character Limit offers a telling lesson in the cost of getting everything you want.” —The Washington Post “You couldn’t hope for a better ringside seat on the unfolding drama . . . [Character Limit] is a triumph.” —The Guardian   “Masterful in how it paints a picture and puts you in the room with the famous entrepreneur . . . Character Limit is a page turner.” —Forbes Rising star New York Times technology reporters, Kate Conger and Ryan Mac, tell for the first time the full and shocking inside story of Elon Musk’s unprecedented takeover of Twitter and the forty-four-billion-dollar deal’s seismic political, social, and financial fallout The billionaire entrepreneur and Tesla CEO Elon Musk has become inextricable from the social media platform that until 2023 was known as Twitter. Started in the mid-2000s as a playful microblogging platform, Twitter quickly became a vital nexus of global politics, culture, and media—where the retweet button could instantly catapult any idea to hundreds of millions of screens around the world, unleashing raw collective emotion like nothing else before. While its founder had idealistically dreamed of building a &amp;#039;digital town square,&amp;#039; he detested Wall Street and never focused on building a profitable business. Musk joined the platform in 2010 and, by 2022, had become one of the site’s most influential users, hooking over 80 million followers with a mix of provocations, promotion of his companies, and attacks on his enemies. To Musk, Twitter — once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech — had badly lost its way. He blamed it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus” and claimed that the survival of democracy and the human race itself depended on the future of the site. In January of 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and soon after, made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion dollars. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—but Musk quickly changed his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him to close the deal in October. The richest man on earth controlled one of the most powerful media platforms in the world—but at what price? Before long Twitter would be gone for good, replaced by something radically different, as Musk remade the company in his own image from the ground up. The story of the showdown between Musk and Twitter and his eventual takeover of the company is unlike anything in business or media that has come before. In vivid, cinematic detail, Conger and Mac follow the inner workings of the company as Musk lays siege to it, first from the outside as one of its most vocal users, and then finally from within as a contentious and mercurial leader. Musk has shared some of his version of events, but Conger and Mac have uncovered the full story through exclusive interviews, unreported documents, and internal recordings at Twitter following the billionaire’s takeover. With unparalleled sources from within and around the company, they provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. This is the defining story of our time told with uncommon style and peerless rigor. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost?</description>
      <author>Ryan Mac, Kate Conger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593911174.mp3" length="2712413" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593911174.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter
Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by Kirkus Reviews “Riveting . . . Character Limit offers a telling lesson in the cost of getting everything you want.” —The Washington Post “You couldn’t hope for a better ringside seat on the unfolding drama . . . [Character Limit] is a triumph.” —The Guardian   “Masterful in how it paints a picture and puts you in the room with the famous entrepreneur . . . Character Limit is a page turner.” —Forbes Rising star New York Times technology reporters, Kate Conger and Ryan Mac, tell for the first time the full and shocking inside story of Elon Musk’s unprecedented takeover of Twitter and the forty-four-billion-dollar deal’s seismic political, social, and financial fallout The billionaire entrepreneur and Tesla CEO Elon Musk has become inextricable from the social media platform that until 2023 was known as Twitter. Started in the mid-2000s as a playful microblogging platform, Twitter quickly became a vital nexus of global politics, culture, and media—where the retweet button could instantly catapult any idea to hundreds of millions of screens around the world, unleashing raw collective emotion like nothing else before. While its founder had idealistically dreamed of building a &amp;#039;digital town square,&amp;#039; he detested Wall Street and never focused on building a profitable business. Musk joined the platform in 2010 and, by 2022, had become one of the site’s most influential users, hooking over 80 million followers with a mix of provocations, promotion of his companies, and attacks on his enemies. To Musk, Twitter — once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech — had badly lost its way. He blamed it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus” and claimed that the survival of democracy and the human race itself depended on the future of the site. In January of 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and soon after, made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion dollars. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—but Musk quickly changed his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him to close the deal in October. The richest man on earth controlled one of the most powerful media platforms in the world—but at what price? Before long Twitter would be gone for good, replaced by something radically different, as Musk remade the company in his own image from the ground up. The story of the showdown between Musk and Twitter and his eventual takeover of the company is unlike anything in business or media that has come before. In vivid, cinematic detail, Conger and Mac follow the inner workings of the company as Musk lays siege to it, first from the outside as one of its most vocal users, and then finally from within as a contentious and mercurial leader. Musk has shared some of his version of events, but Conger and Mac have uncovered the full story through exclusive interviews, unreported documents, and internal recordings at Twitter following the billionaire’s takeover. With unparalleled sources from within and around the company, they provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. This is the defining story of our time told with uncommon style and peerless rigor. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/763061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Character Limit: How Elon Musk Destroyed Twitter
Author: Ryan Mac, Kate Conger
Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 20 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Named a Best Book of the Year by Kirkus Reviews “Riveting . . . Character Limit offers a telling lesson in the cost of getting everything you want.” —The Washington Post “You couldn’t hope for a better ringside seat on the unfolding drama . . . [Character Limit] is a triumph.” —The Guardian   “Masterful in how it paints a picture and puts you in the room with the famous entrepreneur . . . Character Limit is a page turner.” —Forbes Rising star New York Times technology reporters, Kate Conger and Ryan Mac, tell for the first time the full and shocking inside story of Elon Musk’s unprecedented takeover of Twitter and the forty-four-billion-dollar deal’s seismic political, social, and financial fallout The billionaire entrepreneur and Tesla CEO Elon Musk has become inextricable from the social media platform that until 2023 was known as Twitter. Started in the mid-2000s as a playful microblogging platform, Twitter quickly became a vital nexus of global politics, culture, and media—where the retweet button could instantly catapult any idea to hundreds of millions of screens around the world, unleashing raw collective emotion like nothing else before. While its founder had idealistically dreamed of building a &amp;#039;digital town square,&amp;#039; he detested Wall Street and never focused on building a profitable business. Musk joined the platform in 2010 and, by 2022, had become one of the site’s most influential users, hooking over 80 million followers with a mix of provocations, promotion of his companies, and attacks on his enemies. To Musk, Twitter — once known for its almost absolute commitment to free speech — had badly lost its way. He blamed it for the proliferation of what he called the “woke mind virus” and claimed that the survival of democracy and the human race itself depended on the future of the site. In January of 2022, Musk began secretly accumulating Twitter stock. By April, he was its largest shareholder, and soon after, made an unsolicited offer to purchase the company for the unimaginable sum of $44 billion dollars. Backed into a corner, Twitter’s board accepted his offer—but Musk quickly changed his mind, forcing Twitter to sue him to close the deal in October. The richest man on earth controlled one of the most powerful media platforms in the world—but at what price? Before long Twitter would be gone for good, replaced by something radically different, as Musk remade the company in his own image from the ground up. The story of the showdown between Musk and Twitter and his eventual takeover of the company is unlike anything in business or media that has come before. In vivid, cinematic detail, Conger and Mac follow the inner workings of the company as Musk lays siege to it, first from the outside as one of its most vocal users, and then finally from within as a contentious and mercurial leader. Musk has shared some of his version of events, but Conger and Mac have uncovered the full story through exclusive interviews, unreported documents, and internal recordings at Twitter following the billionaire’s takeover. With unparalleled sources from within and around the company, they provide a revelatory, three-dimensional, and definitive account of what really happened when Musk showed up, spoiling for a brawl and intent on revolution, with his merciless, sycophantic cadre of lawyers, investors, and bankers. This is the defining story of our time told with uncommon style and peerless rigor. In a world of viral ideas and emotion, who gets to control the narrative, who gets to be heard, and what does power really cost?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Killer Tech by Mark Stross</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killer Tech
Author: Mark Stross
Narrator: Douglas Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Killer Tech and the Drive to Save Humanity, Mark Stross presents a gripping exploration of our entanglement with technology in a world where digital platforms increasingly dictate our lives. With thought-provoking insights and real-life anecdotes, Mark unveils the hidden costs of our digital addiction and challenges readers to reconsider their relationship with technology. The message is clear: &amp;#039;If you&amp;#039;re not paying for the product, you are the product.&amp;#039; Mark sheds light on how tech giants, corporations, and algorithms categorize and manipulate us, turning us into &amp;#039;users&amp;#039; and stripping away our humanity. But he doesn&amp;#039;t just point out the problems; he provides a road map for taking back control. As the pace of technological change accelerates, Mark offers guardrails to help us navigate this uncertain new world. Killer Tech goes beyond the obvious and delves into the fascinating rise of virtual worlds, NFTs, deepfakes, UFOs, and the blurry line between the real and the virtual. He challenges us to consider a digital bill of rights and the need to take charge of our data and online personas. Killer Tech is a wake-up call, a call to action, and a promise of empowerment. It is your guide to making informed choices, reshaping your digital destiny, and reclaiming your humanity. Author: Mark Stross Narrated by Douglas Martin</description>
      <author>Mark Stross</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798218970406.mp3" length="1440652" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798218970406.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killer Tech
Author: Mark Stross
Narrator: Douglas Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Killer Tech and the Drive to Save Humanity, Mark Stross presents a gripping exploration of our entanglement with technology in a world where digital platforms increasingly dictate our lives. With thought-provoking insights and real-life anecdotes, Mark unveils the hidden costs of our digital addiction and challenges readers to reconsider their relationship with technology. The message is clear: &amp;#039;If you&amp;#039;re not paying for the product, you are the product.&amp;#039; Mark sheds light on how tech giants, corporations, and algorithms categorize and manipulate us, turning us into &amp;#039;users&amp;#039; and stripping away our humanity. But he doesn&amp;#039;t just point out the problems; he provides a road map for taking back control. As the pace of technological change accelerates, Mark offers guardrails to help us navigate this uncertain new world. Killer Tech goes beyond the obvious and delves into the fascinating rise of virtual worlds, NFTs, deepfakes, UFOs, and the blurry line between the real and the virtual. He challenges us to consider a digital bill of rights and the need to take charge of our data and online personas. Killer Tech is a wake-up call, a call to action, and a promise of empowerment. It is your guide to making informed choices, reshaping your digital destiny, and reclaiming your humanity. Author: Mark Stross Narrated by Douglas Martin</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761199</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Killer Tech
Author: Mark Stross
Narrator: Douglas Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 55 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Killer Tech and the Drive to Save Humanity, Mark Stross presents a gripping exploration of our entanglement with technology in a world where digital platforms increasingly dictate our lives. With thought-provoking insights and real-life anecdotes, Mark unveils the hidden costs of our digital addiction and challenges readers to reconsider their relationship with technology. The message is clear: &amp;#039;If you&amp;#039;re not paying for the product, you are the product.&amp;#039; Mark sheds light on how tech giants, corporations, and algorithms categorize and manipulate us, turning us into &amp;#039;users&amp;#039; and stripping away our humanity. But he doesn&amp;#039;t just point out the problems; he provides a road map for taking back control. As the pace of technological change accelerates, Mark offers guardrails to help us navigate this uncertain new world. Killer Tech goes beyond the obvious and delves into the fascinating rise of virtual worlds, NFTs, deepfakes, UFOs, and the blurry line between the real and the virtual. He challenges us to consider a digital bill of rights and the need to take charge of our data and online personas. Killer Tech is a wake-up call, a call to action, and a promise of empowerment. It is your guide to making informed choices, reshaping your digital destiny, and reclaiming your humanity. Author: Mark Stross Narrated by Douglas Martin</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Twitch Transmisión Principiante Guía: Placer &amp;amp; Beneficio by Ian Batantu</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twitch Transmisión Principiante Guía: Placer &amp;amp; Beneficio
Author: Ian Batantu
Narrator: Adriana Carreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Listo para convertir tu pasión por los juegos en una carrera rentable? Esta Guía para principiantes de Twitch Streaming te tiene cubierto. Aprende a configurar y hacer crecer un canal de Twitch exitoso, interactuar con los espectadores, crear contenido atractivo y monetizar tus transmisiones. Si usted es un novato o un jugador experimentado, esta guía tiene todos los consejos de expertos y conocimiento interno que necesita para tener éxito. ¡Únete a los millones de jugadores que ya están prosperando en Twitch y deja que este libro sea tu guía definitiva!</description>
      <author>Ian Batantu</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875110320.mp3" length="1289058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875110320.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twitch Transmisión Principiante Guía: Placer &amp;amp; Beneficio
Author: Ian Batantu
Narrator: Adriana Carreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Listo para convertir tu pasión por los juegos en una carrera rentable? Esta Guía para principiantes de Twitch Streaming te tiene cubierto. Aprende a configurar y hacer crecer un canal de Twitch exitoso, interactuar con los espectadores, crear contenido atractivo y monetizar tus transmisiones. Si usted es un novato o un jugador experimentado, esta guía tiene todos los consejos de expertos y conocimiento interno que necesita para tener éxito. ¡Únete a los millones de jugadores que ya están prosperando en Twitch y deja que este libro sea tu guía definitiva!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761181</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Twitch Transmisión Principiante Guía: Placer &amp;amp; Beneficio
Author: Ian Batantu
Narrator: Adriana Carreno
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 29 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
¿Listo para convertir tu pasión por los juegos en una carrera rentable? Esta Guía para principiantes de Twitch Streaming te tiene cubierto. Aprende a configurar y hacer crecer un canal de Twitch exitoso, interactuar con los espectadores, crear contenido atractivo y monetizar tus transmisiones. Si usted es un novato o un jugador experimentado, esta guía tiene todos los consejos de expertos y conocimiento interno que necesita para tener éxito. ¡Únete a los millones de jugadores que ya están prosperando en Twitch y deja que este libro sea tu guía definitiva!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burners &amp;amp; Black Markets by Lance Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burners &amp;amp; Black Markets
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tired of being spied on? This book is your golden ticket to Ultimate Privacy, Security and Hacker-Proof Phones, PCs and Secure Laptops. Even on iPhone, the NSA won&amp;#039;t know who you are. You need help to protect yourself from Big Data, Big Government and Big Brother. You need one book to keep your assets, data and records SECURE. Total mobile security. This is that book. I will teach you online privacy on the internet and elsewhere; master the art of anonymity in days, not weeks. Whether you&amp;#039;re a burned CIA agent on the run or just tired of being spied on by your ISP, the government and nosy relatives, you need to communicate privately and securely. In this explosive yet easy to read book, I use true-life adventures (and grievous mistakes!) to show you how the Powers That Be steal your freedom, your assets, your guns, and even your identity without you knowing it. Master the dark art of anonymity and get free access to thousands of dark net sites and see the Hidden Wiki, all for free! This book is one of the most powerful ebooks to read and download and comes with free stuff you can acquire on the dark web and clearnet...and all in anonymous real-time. Just say no to evil hackings, spies and malware viruses. Time to take a stand! Topics: How to be anonymous online, hacking the NSA, NSA spying, blackhat app mobile security, burner phones &amp;amp; law enforcement, FBI true crime and police raid tactics, Android Best Apps, network security, Cold War, value of encryption, cyber warfare, Try Hack Me, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, best android apps, DuckDuckGo, Root Me, python, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, How the NSA Threatens National Security, internet security for windows, cybercrime, cybersecurity, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dark web, burn notice, CSI cyber, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, what is opsec, person of interest, Navy Seals,, special forces, off-grid living, infosec, dark web guide, art of invisibility, Computer genius</description>
      <author>Lance Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 28 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875110498.mp3" length="1449522" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875110498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:44:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burners &amp;amp; Black Markets
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tired of being spied on? This book is your golden ticket to Ultimate Privacy, Security and Hacker-Proof Phones, PCs and Secure Laptops. Even on iPhone, the NSA won&amp;#039;t know who you are. You need help to protect yourself from Big Data, Big Government and Big Brother. You need one book to keep your assets, data and records SECURE. Total mobile security. This is that book. I will teach you online privacy on the internet and elsewhere; master the art of anonymity in days, not weeks. Whether you&amp;#039;re a burned CIA agent on the run or just tired of being spied on by your ISP, the government and nosy relatives, you need to communicate privately and securely. In this explosive yet easy to read book, I use true-life adventures (and grievous mistakes!) to show you how the Powers That Be steal your freedom, your assets, your guns, and even your identity without you knowing it. Master the dark art of anonymity and get free access to thousands of dark net sites and see the Hidden Wiki, all for free! This book is one of the most powerful ebooks to read and download and comes with free stuff you can acquire on the dark web and clearnet...and all in anonymous real-time. Just say no to evil hackings, spies and malware viruses. Time to take a stand! Topics: How to be anonymous online, hacking the NSA, NSA spying, blackhat app mobile security, burner phones &amp;amp; law enforcement, FBI true crime and police raid tactics, Android Best Apps, network security, Cold War, value of encryption, cyber warfare, Try Hack Me, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, best android apps, DuckDuckGo, Root Me, python, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, How the NSA Threatens National Security, internet security for windows, cybercrime, cybersecurity, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dark web, burn notice, CSI cyber, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, what is opsec, person of interest, Navy Seals,, special forces, off-grid living, infosec, dark web guide, art of invisibility, Computer genius</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761154</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Burners &amp;amp; Black Markets
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 44 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tired of being spied on? This book is your golden ticket to Ultimate Privacy, Security and Hacker-Proof Phones, PCs and Secure Laptops. Even on iPhone, the NSA won&amp;#039;t know who you are. You need help to protect yourself from Big Data, Big Government and Big Brother. You need one book to keep your assets, data and records SECURE. Total mobile security. This is that book. I will teach you online privacy on the internet and elsewhere; master the art of anonymity in days, not weeks. Whether you&amp;#039;re a burned CIA agent on the run or just tired of being spied on by your ISP, the government and nosy relatives, you need to communicate privately and securely. In this explosive yet easy to read book, I use true-life adventures (and grievous mistakes!) to show you how the Powers That Be steal your freedom, your assets, your guns, and even your identity without you knowing it. Master the dark art of anonymity and get free access to thousands of dark net sites and see the Hidden Wiki, all for free! This book is one of the most powerful ebooks to read and download and comes with free stuff you can acquire on the dark web and clearnet...and all in anonymous real-time. Just say no to evil hackings, spies and malware viruses. Time to take a stand! Topics: How to be anonymous online, hacking the NSA, NSA spying, blackhat app mobile security, burner phones &amp;amp; law enforcement, FBI true crime and police raid tactics, Android Best Apps, network security, Cold War, value of encryption, cyber warfare, Try Hack Me, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, best android apps, DuckDuckGo, Root Me, python, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, How the NSA Threatens National Security, internet security for windows, cybercrime, cybersecurity, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dark web, burn notice, CSI cyber, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, what is opsec, person of interest, Navy Seals,, special forces, off-grid living, infosec, dark web guide, art of invisibility, Computer genius</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Invisibility Toolkit by Lance Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Invisibility Toolkit
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sovereignty is under attack. You don&amp;#039;t need the red pill to see it because you&amp;#039;ve already been unplugged. It&amp;#039;s all around you. Well, sometimes a victim decides to stop being a victim. Within this book lies top secrets known only to the FBI and a few law enforcement agencies: How to disappear in style and retain assets. How to switch up multiple identities on the fly and be invisible such that no one; not your ex, not your parole officer, nor even the federal government can find you. Ever. The Invisibility Toolkit is the ultimate guide for anyone who values their privacy or needs to disappear. Whether you&amp;#039;re running from stalkers or hit men or overzealous cops or divorce courts, you owe it to yourself to learn how to protect your greatest asset: You and your family! But be warned. Going incognito is dangerous and for that you need a dangerous book. This book is one the NSA doesn&amp;#039;t want you to read! It&amp;#039;s stuff you won&amp;#039;t see in any James Bond or Bourne film or even Burn Notice. But if you love freedom, this book is mandatory reading because it&amp;#039;s life-saving reading. You&amp;#039;ll learn: - How to disappear using CIA counter-surveillance techniques in the Far East - How to wear a perfect disguise. - How to bring down a drone. - How to be invisible in Canada, Thailand, China or the Philippines. - How to use crypto on the run. - How to fool skip tracers. - How to sneak into/out of Canada or anywhere else - How spies use networking to be anonymous. - Edward Snowden&amp;#039;s opsec. - Opsec in foreign countries. - Linux, Android, Iphone Security and Online Privacy Topics: how to protect your assets, assertiveness, survive like a spy, hidden wealth, burner phones, how to be invisible, analyze people with dark psychology, how to disappear/live off the grid, cold war, spycraft the easy way, encryption made simple, Privacy and Surveillance, hackproof your home, starting over, art of being invisible, drone threats &amp;amp; stalkers, person of interest, anti-hacking, bankruptcy</description>
      <author>Lance Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875110894.mp3" length="1419273" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875110894.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Invisibility Toolkit
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sovereignty is under attack. You don&amp;#039;t need the red pill to see it because you&amp;#039;ve already been unplugged. It&amp;#039;s all around you. Well, sometimes a victim decides to stop being a victim. Within this book lies top secrets known only to the FBI and a few law enforcement agencies: How to disappear in style and retain assets. How to switch up multiple identities on the fly and be invisible such that no one; not your ex, not your parole officer, nor even the federal government can find you. Ever. The Invisibility Toolkit is the ultimate guide for anyone who values their privacy or needs to disappear. Whether you&amp;#039;re running from stalkers or hit men or overzealous cops or divorce courts, you owe it to yourself to learn how to protect your greatest asset: You and your family! But be warned. Going incognito is dangerous and for that you need a dangerous book. This book is one the NSA doesn&amp;#039;t want you to read! It&amp;#039;s stuff you won&amp;#039;t see in any James Bond or Bourne film or even Burn Notice. But if you love freedom, this book is mandatory reading because it&amp;#039;s life-saving reading. You&amp;#039;ll learn: - How to disappear using CIA counter-surveillance techniques in the Far East - How to wear a perfect disguise. - How to bring down a drone. - How to be invisible in Canada, Thailand, China or the Philippines. - How to use crypto on the run. - How to fool skip tracers. - How to sneak into/out of Canada or anywhere else - How spies use networking to be anonymous. - Edward Snowden&amp;#039;s opsec. - Opsec in foreign countries. - Linux, Android, Iphone Security and Online Privacy Topics: how to protect your assets, assertiveness, survive like a spy, hidden wealth, burner phones, how to be invisible, analyze people with dark psychology, how to disappear/live off the grid, cold war, spycraft the easy way, encryption made simple, Privacy and Surveillance, hackproof your home, starting over, art of being invisible, drone threats &amp;amp; stalkers, person of interest, anti-hacking, bankruptcy</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761139</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Invisibility Toolkit
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Your sovereignty is under attack. You don&amp;#039;t need the red pill to see it because you&amp;#039;ve already been unplugged. It&amp;#039;s all around you. Well, sometimes a victim decides to stop being a victim. Within this book lies top secrets known only to the FBI and a few law enforcement agencies: How to disappear in style and retain assets. How to switch up multiple identities on the fly and be invisible such that no one; not your ex, not your parole officer, nor even the federal government can find you. Ever. The Invisibility Toolkit is the ultimate guide for anyone who values their privacy or needs to disappear. Whether you&amp;#039;re running from stalkers or hit men or overzealous cops or divorce courts, you owe it to yourself to learn how to protect your greatest asset: You and your family! But be warned. Going incognito is dangerous and for that you need a dangerous book. This book is one the NSA doesn&amp;#039;t want you to read! It&amp;#039;s stuff you won&amp;#039;t see in any James Bond or Bourne film or even Burn Notice. But if you love freedom, this book is mandatory reading because it&amp;#039;s life-saving reading. You&amp;#039;ll learn: - How to disappear using CIA counter-surveillance techniques in the Far East - How to wear a perfect disguise. - How to bring down a drone. - How to be invisible in Canada, Thailand, China or the Philippines. - How to use crypto on the run. - How to fool skip tracers. - How to sneak into/out of Canada or anywhere else - How spies use networking to be anonymous. - Edward Snowden&amp;#039;s opsec. - Opsec in foreign countries. - Linux, Android, Iphone Security and Online Privacy Topics: how to protect your assets, assertiveness, survive like a spy, hidden wealth, burner phones, how to be invisible, analyze people with dark psychology, how to disappear/live off the grid, cold war, spycraft the easy way, encryption made simple, Privacy and Surveillance, hackproof your home, starting over, art of being invisible, drone threats &amp;amp; stalkers, person of interest, anti-hacking, bankruptcy</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Usenet: The Ultimate Guide by Lance Henderson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Usenet: The Ultimate Guide
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usenet. It is a strange term is it not? Almost like something Neo might have used in The Matrix film. The term conjures up images of archaic bulletin boards from the 1980s in which jacking in meant astronomical charges every month. Well. No longer. Ignore those who say &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t talk about Usenet&amp;#039;. No longer can you afford to leave your IP address out there for the world (and lawyers) to see. You want privacy &amp;amp; anonymity? Come to Usenet. Learn to be a ghost in the machine called the Internet, and do it anonymously. I will teach you how in an hour, not weeks. - Learn how to use Usenet - which groups to join, which to avoid - Learn how to be anonymous online - Learn why anonymity will decrease with peer-to-peer systems but increase with Usenet - Everything you need to know to set up a Usenet account and leech to your heart&amp;#039;s content - How to use Tor, How to use PGP, Remailers/Mixmaster, SSL. - How to use encryption (and how it preserves anonymity) - How to use a VPN with Usenet - Which Vpn and Usenet companies rat you out, and which won&amp;#039;t. - How to Stay Anonymous Online (Be Invisible) The time is coming when politicians may try to silence the freedom Usenet offers. So dont wait for that to happen. Act now and see a wonderland of free files, data, speech and zero censorship benefits to say whatever you feel to whomever. Because now is the time! Act now because tomorrow may be too late! Topics: hacking, hackers, blackhat, app security, burner phones, a.i., law enforcement, FBI true crime, police raid tactics, pc computer security, network security, cold war, spy books, cyber warfare, cloud security, norton antivirus, mcafee, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, operational security, vpn, python programming, red hat linux, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, cybercrime, cybersecurity book, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dogecoin, dark web, burn notice, csi cyber, mr. robot, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, opsec, person of interest, breaking bad</description>
      <author>Lance Henderson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798875110917.mp3" length="1537970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798875110917.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:14:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Usenet: The Ultimate Guide
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usenet. It is a strange term is it not? Almost like something Neo might have used in The Matrix film. The term conjures up images of archaic bulletin boards from the 1980s in which jacking in meant astronomical charges every month. Well. No longer. Ignore those who say &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t talk about Usenet&amp;#039;. No longer can you afford to leave your IP address out there for the world (and lawyers) to see. You want privacy &amp;amp; anonymity? Come to Usenet. Learn to be a ghost in the machine called the Internet, and do it anonymously. I will teach you how in an hour, not weeks. - Learn how to use Usenet - which groups to join, which to avoid - Learn how to be anonymous online - Learn why anonymity will decrease with peer-to-peer systems but increase with Usenet - Everything you need to know to set up a Usenet account and leech to your heart&amp;#039;s content - How to use Tor, How to use PGP, Remailers/Mixmaster, SSL. - How to use encryption (and how it preserves anonymity) - How to use a VPN with Usenet - Which Vpn and Usenet companies rat you out, and which won&amp;#039;t. - How to Stay Anonymous Online (Be Invisible) The time is coming when politicians may try to silence the freedom Usenet offers. So dont wait for that to happen. Act now and see a wonderland of free files, data, speech and zero censorship benefits to say whatever you feel to whomever. Because now is the time! Act now because tomorrow may be too late! Topics: hacking, hackers, blackhat, app security, burner phones, a.i., law enforcement, FBI true crime, police raid tactics, pc computer security, network security, cold war, spy books, cyber warfare, cloud security, norton antivirus, mcafee, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, operational security, vpn, python programming, red hat linux, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, cybercrime, cybersecurity book, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dogecoin, dark web, burn notice, csi cyber, mr. robot, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, opsec, person of interest, breaking bad</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761138</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Usenet: The Ultimate Guide
Author: Lance Henderson
Narrator: James C Lewis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 14 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Usenet. It is a strange term is it not? Almost like something Neo might have used in The Matrix film. The term conjures up images of archaic bulletin boards from the 1980s in which jacking in meant astronomical charges every month. Well. No longer. Ignore those who say &amp;#039;Don&amp;#039;t talk about Usenet&amp;#039;. No longer can you afford to leave your IP address out there for the world (and lawyers) to see. You want privacy &amp;amp; anonymity? Come to Usenet. Learn to be a ghost in the machine called the Internet, and do it anonymously. I will teach you how in an hour, not weeks. - Learn how to use Usenet - which groups to join, which to avoid - Learn how to be anonymous online - Learn why anonymity will decrease with peer-to-peer systems but increase with Usenet - Everything you need to know to set up a Usenet account and leech to your heart&amp;#039;s content - How to use Tor, How to use PGP, Remailers/Mixmaster, SSL. - How to use encryption (and how it preserves anonymity) - How to use a VPN with Usenet - Which Vpn and Usenet companies rat you out, and which won&amp;#039;t. - How to Stay Anonymous Online (Be Invisible) The time is coming when politicians may try to silence the freedom Usenet offers. So dont wait for that to happen. Act now and see a wonderland of free files, data, speech and zero censorship benefits to say whatever you feel to whomever. Because now is the time! Act now because tomorrow may be too late! Topics: hacking, hackers, blackhat, app security, burner phones, a.i., law enforcement, FBI true crime, police raid tactics, pc computer security, network security, cold war, spy books, cyber warfare, cloud security, norton antivirus, mcafee, kali linux, encryption, digital forensics, operational security, vpn, python programming, red hat linux, cryptography, wifi security, Cyberwar, raspberry pi, cybercrime, cybersecurity book, cryptocurrency, bitcoin, dogecoin, dark web, burn notice, csi cyber, mr. robot, Silicon Valley, IT Crowd, opsec, person of interest, breaking bad</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Dive!: Australian Submariners at War by Mike Carlton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dive!: Australian Submariners at War
Author: Mike Carlton
Narrator: Mike Carlton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Submariners are a special breed. Not for them a life on the ocean wave, the fresh air and sunshine of other naval sailors. With stealth and daring they go deep and dark, alone and unseen, in often dangerous waters. They sometimes call themselves the Silent Service, with good reason. Australian submariners have done extraordinary deeds in the First and Second World Wars and, more recently, the Cold War. In April 1915 the Australian submarine AE2 penetrated the Dardanelles Strait to &amp;#039;run amuck&amp;#039;, a historic feat that was a turning point in the Gallipoli campaign. Eventually captured, her crew spent three harrowing years as prisoners-of-war in Turkey. In the Second World War Australian naval volunteers made their name serving in midget submarines, attacking Hitler&amp;#039;s mightiest battleship, the Tirpitz, in the icy waters of a Norwegian fjord. Later, they fought the Japanese in the South China Sea. And in the last half of the twentieth century, RAN submarines played a vital role tracking the Soviet navy in the Pacific Ocean. One wrong move could have led to outright war. The risks they ran, the perils they met and the intelligence they gathered are still classified Top Secret. Submarines and the sailors who serve in them have been and remain the tip of the spear of Australia&amp;#039;s defences. For the first time, this is their unique story.</description>
      <author>Mike Carlton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781761342905.mp3" length="853092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781761342905.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dive!: Australian Submariners at War
Author: Mike Carlton
Narrator: Mike Carlton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Submariners are a special breed. Not for them a life on the ocean wave, the fresh air and sunshine of other naval sailors. With stealth and daring they go deep and dark, alone and unseen, in often dangerous waters. They sometimes call themselves the Silent Service, with good reason. Australian submariners have done extraordinary deeds in the First and Second World Wars and, more recently, the Cold War. In April 1915 the Australian submarine AE2 penetrated the Dardanelles Strait to &amp;#039;run amuck&amp;#039;, a historic feat that was a turning point in the Gallipoli campaign. Eventually captured, her crew spent three harrowing years as prisoners-of-war in Turkey. In the Second World War Australian naval volunteers made their name serving in midget submarines, attacking Hitler&amp;#039;s mightiest battleship, the Tirpitz, in the icy waters of a Norwegian fjord. Later, they fought the Japanese in the South China Sea. And in the last half of the twentieth century, RAN submarines played a vital role tracking the Soviet navy in the Pacific Ocean. One wrong move could have led to outright war. The risks they ran, the perils they met and the intelligence they gathered are still classified Top Secret. Submarines and the sailors who serve in them have been and remain the tip of the spear of Australia&amp;#039;s defences. For the first time, this is their unique story.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/761097</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Dive!: Australian Submariners at War
Author: Mike Carlton
Narrator: Mike Carlton
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 28 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Submariners are a special breed. Not for them a life on the ocean wave, the fresh air and sunshine of other naval sailors. With stealth and daring they go deep and dark, alone and unseen, in often dangerous waters. They sometimes call themselves the Silent Service, with good reason. Australian submariners have done extraordinary deeds in the First and Second World Wars and, more recently, the Cold War. In April 1915 the Australian submarine AE2 penetrated the Dardanelles Strait to &amp;#039;run amuck&amp;#039;, a historic feat that was a turning point in the Gallipoli campaign. Eventually captured, her crew spent three harrowing years as prisoners-of-war in Turkey. In the Second World War Australian naval volunteers made their name serving in midget submarines, attacking Hitler&amp;#039;s mightiest battleship, the Tirpitz, in the icy waters of a Norwegian fjord. Later, they fought the Japanese in the South China Sea. And in the last half of the twentieth century, RAN submarines played a vital role tracking the Soviet navy in the Pacific Ocean. One wrong move could have led to outright war. The risks they ran, the perils they met and the intelligence they gathered are still classified Top Secret. Submarines and the sailors who serve in them have been and remain the tip of the spear of Australia&amp;#039;s defences. For the first time, this is their unique story.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Too Far on a Whim: The Limits of High-Steam Propulsion in the US Navy by Tyler A. Pitrof</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Far on a Whim: The Limits of High-Steam Propulsion in the US Navy
Author: Tyler A. Pitrof
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Too Far on a Whim, Tyler A. Pitrof presents a high-spirited revision of the US Navy&amp;#039;s commitment to high-steam propulsion systems, the mainstay of its World War II fleets. Pitrof&amp;#039;s research persuasively demonstrates that in its war against the Imperial Japanese Navy, the US Navy succeeded despite its high-steam propulsion systems rather than because of them. War with an aggressive Japan and a resurgent Germany loomed in the dark days of the late 1930s. Rear Admiral Harold G. Bowen Sr., head of the US Navy&amp;#039;s Bureau of Engineering, advanced a radical vision: a new fleet based on high-steam propulsion, a novel technology that promised high speeds with smaller engines and better fuel efficiency. The official record of high-steam technology&amp;#039;s subsequent performance has relied heavily on Bowen&amp;#039;s own memoir, in which he painted high-steam innovation in heroic colors. Pitrof&amp;#039;s empirical review of primary sources such as maintenance records illuminates the opposite. Pitrof provides an account that extends far beyond technology and into matters of naval hierarchies and bureaucracy, strategic theory, and ego. To Far on a Whim is a landmark for those interested in naval history and technology.</description>
      <author>Tyler A. Pitrof</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jul 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9798855540826.mp3" length="8496985" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9798855540826.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Far on a Whim: The Limits of High-Steam Propulsion in the US Navy
Author: Tyler A. Pitrof
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Too Far on a Whim, Tyler A. Pitrof presents a high-spirited revision of the US Navy&amp;#039;s commitment to high-steam propulsion systems, the mainstay of its World War II fleets. Pitrof&amp;#039;s research persuasively demonstrates that in its war against the Imperial Japanese Navy, the US Navy succeeded despite its high-steam propulsion systems rather than because of them. War with an aggressive Japan and a resurgent Germany loomed in the dark days of the late 1930s. Rear Admiral Harold G. Bowen Sr., head of the US Navy&amp;#039;s Bureau of Engineering, advanced a radical vision: a new fleet based on high-steam propulsion, a novel technology that promised high speeds with smaller engines and better fuel efficiency. The official record of high-steam technology&amp;#039;s subsequent performance has relied heavily on Bowen&amp;#039;s own memoir, in which he painted high-steam innovation in heroic colors. Pitrof&amp;#039;s empirical review of primary sources such as maintenance records illuminates the opposite. Pitrof provides an account that extends far beyond technology and into matters of naval hierarchies and bureaucracy, strategic theory, and ego. To Far on a Whim is a landmark for those interested in naval history and technology.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Too Far on a Whim: The Limits of High-Steam Propulsion in the US Navy
Author: Tyler A. Pitrof
Narrator: Eric Jason Martin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 31 minutes
Release date: July  2, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In Too Far on a Whim, Tyler A. Pitrof presents a high-spirited revision of the US Navy&amp;#039;s commitment to high-steam propulsion systems, the mainstay of its World War II fleets. Pitrof&amp;#039;s research persuasively demonstrates that in its war against the Imperial Japanese Navy, the US Navy succeeded despite its high-steam propulsion systems rather than because of them. War with an aggressive Japan and a resurgent Germany loomed in the dark days of the late 1930s. Rear Admiral Harold G. Bowen Sr., head of the US Navy&amp;#039;s Bureau of Engineering, advanced a radical vision: a new fleet based on high-steam propulsion, a novel technology that promised high speeds with smaller engines and better fuel efficiency. The official record of high-steam technology&amp;#039;s subsequent performance has relied heavily on Bowen&amp;#039;s own memoir, in which he painted high-steam innovation in heroic colors. Pitrof&amp;#039;s empirical review of primary sources such as maintenance records illuminates the opposite. Pitrof provides an account that extends far beyond technology and into matters of naval hierarchies and bureaucracy, strategic theory, and ego. To Far on a Whim is a landmark for those interested in naval history and technology.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Generative AI in Practice: 100+ Amazing Ways Generative Artificial Intelligence Is Changing Business And Society by Bernard Marr</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative AI in Practice: 100+ Amazing Ways Generative Artificial Intelligence Is Changing Business And Society
Author: Bernard Marr
Narrator: Jon Vertullo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Generative AI is rewriting the rulebook with its seemingly endless capabilities, from crafting intricate industrial designs, writing computer code, and producing mesmerizing synthetic voices to composing enchanting music and innovating genetic breakthroughs. In Generative AI in Practice, renowned futurist Bernard Marr offers listeners a deep dive into the captivating universe of GenAI. This comprehensive guide introduces you to the basics of this groundbreaking technology and outlines the profound impact that GenAI will have on business and society. In this book, Marr sheds light on the most innovative real-world GenAI applications through practical examples. You&amp;#039;ll enjoy a captivating discussion of innovations in media and entertainment, seismic shifts in advertising, and the future trajectory of GenAI. You will: ● Navigate the complex landscapes of risks and challenges posed by Generative AI ● Delve into the revolutionary transformation of the job market in the age of GenAI ● Understand AI&amp;#039;s transformative impact on education, healthcare, and retail ● And more This audiobook includes a bonus afterword not included in the print edition.</description>
      <author>Bernard Marr</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663735027.mp3" length="2708753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663735027.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative AI in Practice: 100+ Amazing Ways Generative Artificial Intelligence Is Changing Business And Society
Author: Bernard Marr
Narrator: Jon Vertullo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Generative AI is rewriting the rulebook with its seemingly endless capabilities, from crafting intricate industrial designs, writing computer code, and producing mesmerizing synthetic voices to composing enchanting music and innovating genetic breakthroughs. In Generative AI in Practice, renowned futurist Bernard Marr offers listeners a deep dive into the captivating universe of GenAI. This comprehensive guide introduces you to the basics of this groundbreaking technology and outlines the profound impact that GenAI will have on business and society. In this book, Marr sheds light on the most innovative real-world GenAI applications through practical examples. You&amp;#039;ll enjoy a captivating discussion of innovations in media and entertainment, seismic shifts in advertising, and the future trajectory of GenAI. You will: ● Navigate the complex landscapes of risks and challenges posed by Generative AI ● Delve into the revolutionary transformation of the job market in the age of GenAI ● Understand AI&amp;#039;s transformative impact on education, healthcare, and retail ● And more This audiobook includes a bonus afterword not included in the print edition.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760476</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Generative AI in Practice: 100+ Amazing Ways Generative Artificial Intelligence Is Changing Business And Society
Author: Bernard Marr
Narrator: Jon Vertullo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 26 minutes
Release date: April 30, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Generative AI is rewriting the rulebook with its seemingly endless capabilities, from crafting intricate industrial designs, writing computer code, and producing mesmerizing synthetic voices to composing enchanting music and innovating genetic breakthroughs. In Generative AI in Practice, renowned futurist Bernard Marr offers listeners a deep dive into the captivating universe of GenAI. This comprehensive guide introduces you to the basics of this groundbreaking technology and outlines the profound impact that GenAI will have on business and society. In this book, Marr sheds light on the most innovative real-world GenAI applications through practical examples. You&amp;#039;ll enjoy a captivating discussion of innovations in media and entertainment, seismic shifts in advertising, and the future trajectory of GenAI. You will: ● Navigate the complex landscapes of risks and challenges posed by Generative AI ● Delve into the revolutionary transformation of the job market in the age of GenAI ● Understand AI&amp;#039;s transformative impact on education, healthcare, and retail ● And more This audiobook includes a bonus afterword not included in the print edition.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future by Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future
Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don&amp;#039;t risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward.</description>
      <author>Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Apr 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663734549.mp3" length="8234960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663734549.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future
Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don&amp;#039;t risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760474</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Fusion Strategy: How Real-Time Data and AI Will Power the Industrial Future
Author: Venkat Venkatraman, Vijay Govindarajan
Narrator: Tom Parks
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 34 minutes
Release date: April  9, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Tech giants like Facebook, Amazon, and Google can collect real-time data from billions of users. For companies that design and manufacture physical products, that type of fluid, data-rich information used to be a pipe dream. Now, with the rise of cheap and powerful sensors, supercomputing, and artificial intelligence, things are changing—fast. In Fusion Strategy, world-renowned innovation guru Vijay Govindarajan and digital strategy expert Venkat Venkataraman offer a first-of-its-kind playbook that will help industrial companies combine what they do best—create physical products—with what digitals do best—use algorithms and AI to parse expansive, interconnected datasets—to make strategic connections that would otherwise be impossible. The laws of competitive advantage are changing, rewarding those who have the most robust, data-driven insights rather than the most valuable assets. To compete in the new digital age, companies need to use real-time data to turbocharge their products, strategies, and customer relationships. Those that don&amp;#039;t risk falling on the wrong side of the next great digital divide. Fusion Strategy is the way forward.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain by Derek S. Reveron, Tai Ming Cheung, Jon R. Lindsay</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain
Author: Derek S. Reveron, Tai Ming Cheung, Jon R. Lindsay
Narrator: Rebecca Lam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Western political discourse on cybersecurity is dominated by news of Chinese military development of cyberwarfare capabilities and cyber exploitation against foreign governments, corporations, and non-governmental organizations. Western accounts, however, tell only one side of the story. Chinese leaders are also concerned with cyber insecurity, and Chinese authors frequently note that China is also a victim of foreign cyber attacks—predominantly from the United States. China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain is a comprehensive analysis of China&amp;#039;s cyberspace threats and policies. The contributors—Chinese specialists in cyber dynamics, experts on China, and experts on the use of information technology between China and the West—address cyberspace threats and policies, emphasizing the vantage points of China and the US on cyber exploitation and the possibilities for more positive coordination with the West. The volume&amp;#039;s multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural approach does not pretend to offer wholesale resolutions. Contributors take different stances on how problems may be analyzed and reduced. The compilation provides empirical and evaluative depth on the deepening dependence on shared global information infrastructure and the growing willingness to exploit it for political or economic gain.</description>
      <author>Derek S. Reveron, Tai Ming Cheung, Jon R. Lindsay</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 May 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663734266.mp3" length="8650667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663734266.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain
Author: Derek S. Reveron, Tai Ming Cheung, Jon R. Lindsay
Narrator: Rebecca Lam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Western political discourse on cybersecurity is dominated by news of Chinese military development of cyberwarfare capabilities and cyber exploitation against foreign governments, corporations, and non-governmental organizations. Western accounts, however, tell only one side of the story. Chinese leaders are also concerned with cyber insecurity, and Chinese authors frequently note that China is also a victim of foreign cyber attacks—predominantly from the United States. China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain is a comprehensive analysis of China&amp;#039;s cyberspace threats and policies. The contributors—Chinese specialists in cyber dynamics, experts on China, and experts on the use of information technology between China and the West—address cyberspace threats and policies, emphasizing the vantage points of China and the US on cyber exploitation and the possibilities for more positive coordination with the West. The volume&amp;#039;s multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural approach does not pretend to offer wholesale resolutions. Contributors take different stances on how problems may be analyzed and reduced. The compilation provides empirical and evaluative depth on the deepening dependence on shared global information infrastructure and the growing willingness to exploit it for political or economic gain.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760472</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain
Author: Derek S. Reveron, Tai Ming Cheung, Jon R. Lindsay
Narrator: Rebecca Lam
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 16 minutes
Release date: May 21, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
Western political discourse on cybersecurity is dominated by news of Chinese military development of cyberwarfare capabilities and cyber exploitation against foreign governments, corporations, and non-governmental organizations. Western accounts, however, tell only one side of the story. Chinese leaders are also concerned with cyber insecurity, and Chinese authors frequently note that China is also a victim of foreign cyber attacks—predominantly from the United States. China and Cybersecurity: Espionage, Strategy, and Politics in the Digital Domain is a comprehensive analysis of China&amp;#039;s cyberspace threats and policies. The contributors—Chinese specialists in cyber dynamics, experts on China, and experts on the use of information technology between China and the West—address cyberspace threats and policies, emphasizing the vantage points of China and the US on cyber exploitation and the possibilities for more positive coordination with the West. The volume&amp;#039;s multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural approach does not pretend to offer wholesale resolutions. Contributors take different stances on how problems may be analyzed and reduced. The compilation provides empirical and evaluative depth on the deepening dependence on shared global information infrastructure and the growing willingness to exploit it for political or economic gain.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Immortal, and now? by Andy Goldau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal, and now?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the history of mankind, there has always been a desire for immortality and eternal life. Over the centuries, people have made many attempts to achieve this goal. In modern times, advances in science and technology have created the potential for eternal life to actually become possible. This audiobook explores the various ways that eternal life could be achieved, including genetic manipulation, epigenetics, cryonics, and human AIs. The pros and cons of each method are discussed, as well as the ethical and social implications associated with eternal life.</description>
      <author>Andy Goldau</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989833708.mp3" length="923704" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989833708.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal, and now?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the history of mankind, there has always been a desire for immortality and eternal life. Over the centuries, people have made many attempts to achieve this goal. In modern times, advances in science and technology have created the potential for eternal life to actually become possible. This audiobook explores the various ways that eternal life could be achieved, including genetic manipulation, epigenetics, cryonics, and human AIs. The pros and cons of each method are discussed, as well as the ethical and social implications associated with eternal life.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760358</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Immortal, and now?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 50 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In the history of mankind, there has always been a desire for immortality and eternal life. Over the centuries, people have made many attempts to achieve this goal. In modern times, advances in science and technology have created the potential for eternal life to actually become possible. This audiobook explores the various ways that eternal life could be achieved, including genetic manipulation, epigenetics, cryonics, and human AIs. The pros and cons of each method are discussed, as well as the ethical and social implications associated with eternal life.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Unsterblich, und jetzt? by Andy Goldau</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Unsterblich, und jetzt?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Geschichte der Menschheit hat es schon immer den Wunsch nach Unsterblichkeit und dem ewigen Leben gegeben. Im Laufe der Jahrhunderte haben die Menschen viele Versuche unternommen, um dieses Ziel zu erreichen. In der modernen Zeit haben Fortschritte in der Wissenschaft und Technologie das Potenzial geschaffen, dass das ewige Leben tatsächlich möglich werden könnte. Dieses Hörbuch untersucht die verschiedenen Möglichkeiten, wie das ewige Leben erreicht werden könnte, einschließlich der genetischen Manipulation, der Epigenetik, der Kryonik und der menschlichen KIs. Es werden die Vor- und Nachteile jeder Methode diskutiert sowie die ethischen und sozialen Implikationen, die mit dem ewigen Leben verbunden sind.</description>
      <author>Andy Goldau</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 06:23:35 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783989833746.mp3" length="952222" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783989833746.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Unsterblich, und jetzt?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Geschichte der Menschheit hat es schon immer den Wunsch nach Unsterblichkeit und dem ewigen Leben gegeben. Im Laufe der Jahrhunderte haben die Menschen viele Versuche unternommen, um dieses Ziel zu erreichen. In der modernen Zeit haben Fortschritte in der Wissenschaft und Technologie das Potenzial geschaffen, dass das ewige Leben tatsächlich möglich werden könnte. Dieses Hörbuch untersucht die verschiedenen Möglichkeiten, wie das ewige Leben erreicht werden könnte, einschließlich der genetischen Manipulation, der Epigenetik, der Kryonik und der menschlichen KIs. Es werden die Vor- und Nachteile jeder Methode diskutiert sowie die ethischen und sozialen Implikationen, die mit dem ewigen Leben verbunden sind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/760355</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Unsterblich, und jetzt?
Author: Andy Goldau
Narrator: Callum Anderson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 7 minutes
Release date: February 27, 2024
Genres: Computers &amp; Technology
Publisher's Summary: 
In der Geschichte der Menschheit hat es schon immer den Wunsch nach Unsterblichkeit und dem ewigen Leben gegeben. Im Laufe der Jahrhunderte haben die Menschen viele Versuche unternommen, um dieses Ziel zu erreichen. In der modernen Zeit haben Fortschritte in der Wissenschaft und Technologie das Potenzial geschaffen, dass das ewige Leben tatsächlich möglich werden könnte. Dieses Hörbuch untersucht die verschiedenen Möglichkeiten, wie das ewige Leben erreicht werden könnte, einschließlich der genetischen Manipulation, der Epigenetik, der Kryonik und der menschlichen KIs. Es werden die Vor- und Nachteile jeder Methode diskutiert sowie die ethischen und sozialen Implikationen, die mit dem ewigen Leben verbunden sind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
